Category Archives: Teachers’ Resources

Form 1 Agriculture Exams and Marking Schemes Free

Form 1 Agriculture Exams and Marking Schemes Free

 

NAME………………………………………………………………..ADM…………….

Class……………………………………………

 

JOINT EXAMINATION TERM THREE

 

AGRICULTURE FORM ONE

 

TIME: 2 HOURS

 

Instructions:

– This paper consists of 11 printed pages.

-This paper has three sections A,B and C.

– Answer ALL questions in sections A and B.

-Answer any TWO questions in section C.

 

For Examiners use:

SECTION QUESTIONS MAXIMUM SCORE STUDENTS SCORE
A 1-17 30  
B 18-21 20  
C 22 20  
23 20  
24 20  
TOTAL 90  

 

 

SECTION A (ANSWER ALL THE QUESTIONS IN THIS SECTION)

  1. Define the following terms. (2mks)
  2. Arable farming

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Organic farming

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Name four branches of livestock farming. (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. State four characteristics of extensive farming system.             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. List four aspects of rainfall that affect Agriculture.             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Give four constituents of soil.             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

 

 

  1. Name any four types of soil structures.             (2mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. State four ways of modifying soil P.H             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. State the use of the following tools and equipments. (2mks)
  2. Strip cup: ……………………………………………………………………………………….
  3. Burdizzo: ………………………………………………………………………………………
  4. Bolus gun: …………………………………………………………………………………….
  5. Plumb bob: ……………………………………………………………………………………..
  6. Give four ways of clearing land during preparations.             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Name two types of underground water sources.             (1mk)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

 

 

 

  1. State two types of pipes used to convey water to the farm.             (1mk)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

  1. List four types of irrigation systems.             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Give any four methods of drainage.             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. Name any two types of organic manure.             (1mk)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. State four ways by which soil looses fertility.             (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. List four types of products a farmer can obtain from domesticated livestock. (2mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. Name two types of camel species reared in the farm.                                     (1mk)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

SECTION B (Answer ALL the questions in this section)

  1. Study the diagram below and answer the questions that follow.

 

  1. Identify the tool illustrated above.             (1mk)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. On the diagram label parts A,B and C.             (3mks)

A…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

B…………………………………………………………………………………………………….

C…………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. State two maintenance practices that can be done on the tool. (1mk)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below illustrates a farming operation done during crop production
  2. Identify the practice. (1mk)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. Describe how the above practice is done.             (2mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

  1. State the importance of the practice.             (2mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The diagram below illustrates a method of water harvesting

 

 

  1. Identify the methodof water harvesting. (1mk)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. State factors that determine the amount of water harvested by the method above. (2mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

  1. State the maintenance practices that should be done on part A. (2mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. State the aim of the experiment. (1mk)

…………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

 

  1. Identify soil types A,B,C. (3mks)

A………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

B………………………………………………………………………………………………………

C……………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

  1. Which of the above soil types is suitable for growing of paddy rice.             (1mk)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION C (Answer any TWO questions in this section)

 

  1. (a) Discuss the process of water treatment. (12mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..………………………………………………………………………………

(b) Describe various uses of water in the farm.                                                        (5mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(c) State three reasons of treating water in the farm.                                                            (3mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

  1. (a) Highlight five characteristics of fertile soils.             (5mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(b) Describe various ways by which soil fertility can be maintained.                 (10mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………..

(c) List five factors that affect quality of farmyard manure.                                       (5mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

 

 

  1. (a) State the importance of livestock in the farm. (5mks)

……………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….

(b) Describe the general characteristics of Dairy cattle breeds.                          (7mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

(c) Explain the uses of farm records.                                                                       (8mks)

………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………

__________________________________________________________________________________________

JOINT EXAMINATION

AGRICULTURE FORM ONE TERM THREE

MARKING SCHEME.

  • a) Arable farming– this is the growing of crops on a cultivated land
  1. b) Organic farming– this is the growing of crops and rearing of livestock without using agricultural chemicals.

 

  • Pastoralism/mammalian livestock production

Fish farming/aquaculture

Bee keeping/apiculture

Poultry keeping

  • Requires large tracts of land

Low capital investment

Low labour per unit area

Low yield per unit area

 

  • Rainfall intensity

Rainfall amount

Rainfall distribution

Rainfall reliability

 

  • Mineral matter

Organic matter

Soil air

Soil water

Soil living organisms.

 

  • Single grained soil structure

Crumby Soil structure

Granular soil structure

Platy soil structure

Blocky soil structure

Prismatic soils structure

Columnar soil structure

 

  • Lime application

Application of sulphur

Application of basic fertilizer

Application of acidic fertilizer

  • Strip cup– used to check if a cow has mastitis

Burdizzo – used to castrate bulls, rams, buck or billy

Bolus guns – used to administer solid drugs through the mouth of an animal

Plumb bob – used to check if wall is vertically straight

 

  • Slashing

Burning of vegetation cover

Tree felling

Use of herbicides

 

  • springs

Wells

Boreholes

 

  • Plastic pipes

Metal pipes (aluminium and galvanized iron pipes)

Hose pipes

 

  • Surface irrigation ( flood, furrow,basin)

Overhead irrigation/ sprinkler

Sub-surface irrigation

Drip/trickle irrigation.

 

  • Use of open ditches

Use of underground drain pipes

French drains

Cambered beds

Pumping

Planting trees e.g eucalyptus trees.

 

  • Green manure

Compost manure

Farmyard manure

 

  • Leaching

Soil erosion

Mono-cropping

Continuous cropping

Change in soil P.H.

Burning vegetation cover

Accumulation of salts

 

 

 

 

  • Milk

Wool

Meat

Eggs

Honey

Blood.

 

  • Dromedary

Bactrian

 

SECTION B

  • hand saw.

 

  1. A – toe

B – blade

C – Handle

 

  1. Teeth setting should be done

Clean after use

Straighten blade when bent

Replace broken handle

Regular sharpening of teeth if blunt

Tighten loose nuts and screws

Oil the blade during long storage to reduce rusting

 

  • Ridging

 

  1. It is done by digging soil in a continuous lineand heaping it on one side to form a ridge and furrow.

 

  1. Promotes easy harvesting of tubers

Promotes expansion of root tubers

Furrows help to conserve water

Ridges promote anchorage

Promotes production of seeds in ground nuts

 

  • Roof water harvesting/ roof catchment.

 

  1. Surface area of the roof

Amount of rainfall/ Intensity

 

  1. Clean to remove dirt

Repair broken or leaking points

Place it on a strong base to resist water pressure

Paint iron sheet tanks to avoid rusting.

  • To compare capillarity action in different soils

 

  1. A- sand soil

B- Loam soil

C – Clay soil

 

  1. soil type C

 

SECTION C

  • Filtration at water intake – it is done by series of sieves to remove large particles

Softening of water – in the softening chamber, soda ash is added to soften water and alum (aluminium sulphate) to coagulate solid particles

Coagulation and sedimentation – the tank is open to allow aeration which removes bad smell, water stays for 36 hours to kill bilharzia worms.

Filtration – done using different sizes of gravel and a layer of sand to remove small solids

Chlorination – chlorine is added using a doser to kill micro organisms

Storage – water is stored awaiting distribution

 

  1. Domestic use e.g cooking

Washing animal structures

Construction

Diluting chemicals

Watering plants

Watering animals

Promotes aquaculture

Washingfarm equipments

Cooling machines

Processing of farm produce.

 

  1. To remove chemical impurities

To remove bad smell and taste

To kill disease causing micro organisms

To remove sediments of solid particles

 

  • Good depth

Proper drainage

Good water holding capacity

Correct P.H

Adequate nutrient supply.

Free from excessive infestation of soil borne pests and diseases.

 

 

 

 

  1. Control soil erosion

Crop rotation

Weed control

Minimum tillage

Inter cropping

Proper drainage

Control of soil P.H

Use of organic manure

Use of inorganic fertilizer

Avoid practise that reduce soil nutrients e.g burning of vegetation cover

 

  1. Type of animal used

Type of food eaten

Typeof litter / bedding used

Method of storage

Age of farm yard manure

 

  • Source of food

Source of income when sold

Provide animal power

Source of raw materials

Cultural uses e.g status symbol, medium of exchange, social ceremonies and recreational purposes.

 

  1. Their bodies are wedge/ triangular shaped

They have a straight topline.

They have prominent milk veins

They are docile with mild temperament

They have visible pin-bone

They have well set apart hind quarters to give room for big udder

They have large stomach capacity therefore eat more and hence high milk production

They have large and well developed udder.

 

  1. It shows the history of the farm

It helps to detect losses or thefts in a farm

Shows whether the farm is making profit or losses

Facilitates easy planning and budgeting

Makes it easy to share profit and losses during partnership

Helps to compare performance of different enterprises within a farm

Helps to settle disputes among heirs to the estate if farmer dies without leaving a will

Helps in assessment of income tax therefore reduced taxation

Helps to determine worth or value of the farm by comparing assets and liabilities

Supportsinsurance incase of death, theft or fire

Provides labour information e.g NSSF dues

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Alupe University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

Alupe University Course List, Fees, Requirements, How to Apply

The Application Process

1 Find Course of your Choice

Lots of programmes

2 Fill and Pay Application fees

Fill and Submit through postal or hand deliver to the university administration office.

3 Review The Submission

Application fee, then will be reviewed by the committee.

4 Last Decision

You will be notified on the application status

ALUPE UNIVERSITY COLLEGE

ACADEMIC PROGRAMMES 

SCHOOLOF HEALTH SCIENCES
S/N PROGRAMME MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1. Bachelor of Science (Physical Therapy) i.                 Mean grade of B at KCSE with B in Biology and Chemistry and either Mathematics/Physics,

Kiswahili/English and any other subject

ii.               ‘A’ level – 3 principals passes in Biology and Chemistry and either Physics or Mathematics

iii.             Diploma in relevant areas of study from recognized

institutions with GPA of 3.00 MUST in addition meet the minimum University entry requirement

2. Bachelor of Science (Medical laboratory Sciences) i.                 Mean grade of B at KCSE with B in Biology and Chemistry and either Mathematics/Physics,

Kiswahili/English and any other subject

ii.               ‘A’ level – 3 principals passes in Biology and Chemistry and either Physics or Mathematics

iii.             Diploma in relevant areas of study from recognized institutions with GPA of 3.00 MUST, in addition, meet the minimum University entry requirement

iv.             Those holding qualification equivalent to the above from institutions recognized by Moi University Senate may also be considered

3. Bachelor of Science (Medical Psychology) i.                 Mean grade of C+ at KCSE, C+ in Biology and Chemistry and either Mathematics or Physics and either English or Kiswahili

ii.               Holders of KACE must have at least 2 principal passes and 1 subsidiary pass

iii.             Candidates with Diploma or other qualification with at least a credit pass in Psychology or counseling related field from institutions recognized by Moi University Senate MUST in addition meet the minimum University entry requirement.

4. Bachelor of Science (Environmental Health) i.                 Mean grade of B at KCSE with B in Biology and Chemistry and either Mathematics/Physics,

Kiswahili/English and any other subject

ii.               ‘A’ level – 3 principals passes in Biology and Chemistry and either Physics or Mathematics

iii.             Diploma in relevant areas of study from recognized institutions with GPA of 3.00 MUST, in addition, meet the minimum University entry requirement

iv.             Those holding qualification equivalent to the above from institutions recognized by Moi University

 

    Senate may also be considered
SCHOOL OF SCIENCE, TECHNOLOGY AND ENGINEERING
S/N PROGRAMME MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1. Bachelor of Science (Computer Science) i.          A minimum of C+ at KCSE, and atleast a C+ in Mathematics, Physics or Physical Sciences

OR

ii.          2 principal passes, one of which must be in Mathematics or Physics at ‘A’ level

OR

iii.          KNEC Diploma in Computer Studies or its equivalent from a recognized institution

2. Bachelor of Science (Applied Statistics with Computing) i.          A minimum of C+ at KCSE, and a minimum of grade of B- Mathematics

OR

ii.          KNEC Diploma in Applied Statistics or its equivalent from a recognized institution

3. Bachelor of Science (Microbiology) i.          A minimum of C+ at KCSE, and atleast a C+ in any two science subjects relevant to the area of study

OR

ii.          2 principals and subsidiary pass at ‘A’ level in science subjects

OR

iii.          KNEC Diploma in Science/Applied Science or its equivalent from institutions recognized by Moi University Senate.

4. Bachelor of Science (Parasitology) i.          A minimum of C+ at KCSE, and atleast a C+ in any two science subjects relevant to the area of study

OR

ii.          2 principals and subsidiary pass at ‘A’ level in science subjects

OR

iii.          KNEC Diploma in Science/Applied Science or its equivalent from institutions recognized by Moi University Senate.

SCHOOL OF EDUCATION AND SOCIAL SCIENCES
S/N PROGRAMME MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1. Bachelor of Education (Science) (i)    Minimum Mean Grade of C+ (Plus) and above at KCSE and C+ in the two teaching subjects at KCSE Level or its Equivalent, OR

(ii)    A Diploma holder in Secondary Education from a recognized institution, (With credit and above plus Minimum Mean Grade of C+ at KCSE and C+ in the two teaching subjects at KCSE Level)

2. Bachelor of Education (i) Minimum Mean Grade of C+ (Plus) and above at KCSE or its

 

  (Arts) Equivalent, with at least Grade C (Plain) and above in Mathematics and C+ in the two teaching subjects at KCSE Level, OR

(ii) A Diploma holder in Secondary Education from a recognized institution, (With credit and above plus Minimum Mean Grade of C+ at KCSE and C+ in the two teaching subjects at KCSE Level)

3. Bachelor of Arts (Community Development) (i)    Minimum Mean Grade of C+ (Plus) at KCSE, OR

 

(ii)     Two Principal Passes and One Subsidiary Pass at “A” level,

OR

(iii)    A Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized institution

4. Bachelor of Art (Counseling Psychology) (i)    Minimum Mean Grade of C+ (Plus) at KCSE, OR

 

(ii)     Two Principal Passes and One Subsidiary Pass at “A” level,

OR

(iii)    A Diploma in a related discipline from a recognized institution

5. Diploma in Social Work Mean Grade of ‘C’ (Plain) at KCSE or Division II at KCE or 1 Principal Pass at KACE “A”– Level or at least a D+ at KCSE plus a One -year certificate from an accredited institution or

KNEC.

6 Diploma in Community Development Mean Grade of ‘C’ (Plain) at KCSE or Division II at KCE or 1 Principal Pass at KACE “A”– Level or at least a D+ at KCSE

plus a One -year certificate from an accredited institution or KNEC.

SCHOOL OF BUSINESS, ECONOMICS AND HUMAN RESOURCE DEVELOPMENT
S/N PROGRAMME MINIMUM ADMISSION REQUIREMENTS
1. Bachelor of Business Management i.                 KCSE mean grade C+ and at least C in English and Maths/Commerce/Economics/Business studies/Accounting

OR

ii.               Ordinary Diploma in Business related fields from a recognized institution

OR

iii.             CPA/CPS or HND holders from recognized Institution

2. Bachelor of Arts Economics i.                 KCSE mean grade C+ and at least C in English and Maths

OR

ii.               Two principal passes at ‘A’ level

OR

 

    iii.       Have Diploma in Development related fields from a recognized institution
3. Bachelor of Hotel and Hospitality Management i.                 KCSE mean grade C+ OR

ii.               Two principal passes and subsidiary pass at KACE – ‘A’ level

OR

iii.             Diploma or Higher Diploma in related fields from a recognized institution

4. Bachelor of Tourism Management i.                 KCSE mean grade C+ OR

ii.               Two principal passes and subsidiary pass at KACE – ‘A’ level

OR

iii.             Diploma or Higher Diploma in related fields from a recognized institution

5. Bachelor of Science in Communication and Public Relations i.                 KCSE mean grade C+ and at least C+ in English , C+ in Kiswahili and C- in  Mathematics

OR

ii.               Diploma in Public relations, Human Resource Development, Education, and any other relevant areas (with distinction or credit)

6. Diploma in Hotel and Restaurant Management i.          Minimum grade of C- at KCSE, with at least D+ in English and Kiswahili

OR

ii.          ‘A’ level qualification with at least a subsidiary pass OR

iii.          Any other certificate awarded by an institution recognized by Moi University Senate

7. Diploma in Tourism Management iv.          Minimum grade of C- at KCSE, with at least D+ in English and Kiswahili

OR

v.          ‘A’ level qualification with at least a subsidiary pass OR

vi.          Any other certificate awarded by an institution recognized by Moi University Senate

8. Diploma in Business Management i.      Minimum grade of C- at KCSE, with at least C- in English/Kiswahili, D+ in Mathematics or Accounting or

Commerce or Economics or Business studies

 

SULPHUR AND ITS COMPOUNDS FORM 3 CHEMISTRY NOTES LATEST IN PDF

SULPHUR AND ITS COMPOUNDS

 Objectives

By the end of the Chapter, the learner should be able to:

(a)  Name the sources of sulphur.

(b)  Describe the extraction of sulphur.

(c)  Describe the preparation of the allotropes of sulphur.

(d)  State the properties and uses of sulphur.

(e)  Name and describe the preparation of the oxides of sulphur.

(f)  State the properties and uses of the oxides of sulphur.

(g)  Describe the contact process for the manufacture of sulphuric acid.

(h)  Describe the properties and state the uses of sulphuric acid.

(i)   Describe the preparation and state the properties of hydrogen sulphide.

(j)  Explain pollution effects of sulphur containing compounds.

SULPHUR AND ITS COMPOUNDS

Sulphur is the second member of group VI elements. It is placed just below oxygen in the periodic table. It has an atomic number 16 hence its electron arrangement is 2.8.6.

Sulphur occurs naturally as an element in deposits in places such as Texas and Louisiana in U.S.A, Sicily in Italy, and various places in Japan.

Sulphur also occurs in combination with other elements as sulphides and sulphates. The sulphide ores include copper pyrites (CuFeS2) and iron pyrites (FeS2).

The sulphate ores include gypsum (CaSO4.2H2O)and anhydrite (CaSO4). Petroleum gas and coal mines contain sulphur in the form of hydrogen sulphide gas.

Sulphur and its allotropes

 

Extraction OfSulphur: The Frasch process

The Frasch process is  employed in the extraction of Sulphur. The process is based on the low melting point of sulphur which ranges between 113 °C and 119°C. In the Frasch process, three concentric pipes of different diameters 2 cm, 8 cm, and 15 cm are sunk into the sulphur deposits underground.

 

Water is heated to about 170°C under pressure of about 10 atmospheres and is forced down the outermost pipe. The pressure ensures that the water remains in liquid state at such high temperature.

Hot air at a pressure of 15 atmospheres is forced down the innermost pipe. This produces a light froth consisting of a mixture of molten sulphur and water. The high pressure forces the mixture up the middle pipe.

The mixture is run into large tanks on the surface where the sulphur solidifies at 115°C, Separates from the water and is stored. Sulphur obtained this way in usually over 99% pure.

 

Allotropes of Sulphur

Sulphur exhibits allotropy. The main allotropes are rhombic and monoclinic sulphur

Rhombic Sulphur

Rhombic sulphur is also referred to as octahedral or α-sulphur. It is a bright yellow crystalline

solid with an octahedral shape.

(a) A crystal of rhombic sulphur.                 (b) Packing of rhombic sulphur molecules in a crystal

How to prepare Rhombic sulphur:

Place two spatulafuls of powdered sulphur in a boiling tube containing 10 cm3 of carbon(IV) sulphide. Stir and filter the contents of the tube into a dry beaker using a dry filter paper. Allow the filtrate to evaporate slowly. Use a hand lens to examine the crystals formed.

Rhombic sulphur melts at 113°C and has a density of 2.06 g/cm3. It is the stable allotrope below 96°C. Above this temperature, it slowly changes into monoclinic sulphur.

Monoclinic Sulphur

Monoclinic sulphur is also referred to as prismatic or ß – sulphur. It is a pale yellow crystalline solid. The crystals appear needle-like when observed using a hand lens. The actual shape of the crystal is a hexagonal prism.

  • A crystal of monoclinic Sulphur. (b) Packing of monoclinic Sulphur molecules in a crystal

 

How to prepare monoclinic sulphur

Place some powdered sulphur in an evaporating dish and heat gently until the sulphur melts. Using a glass rod, stir and add more sulphur a little at a time until the dish is almost full of molten sulphur.

Remove the source of heat and allow the sulphur to cool and form a crust on the surface. Using a thin glass rod, carefully pierce two holes on widely separated points

in the crust as shown below .

Immediately pour out the molten sulphur. Remove the crust by cutting round the edge of the dish with a knife. Use a hand lens to observe the crystals that have formed on the underside of the crust.

Monoclinic sulphur has a melting point of 119°C and a density of 1.98 g/cm3. Below 96°C monoclinic sulphur gradually changes to rhombic sulphur. This temperature of 96°C is the transition temperature for rhombic and monoclinic sulphur.

The temperature at which one allotrope of an element changes to another is called the transition temperature.

Non-crystalline – (amorphous) forms of Sulphur

Include plastic, colloidal, and powdery sulphur.

Plastic sulphur is prepared by heating powdered sulphur until it boils. The boiling sulphur is then poured in a thin continuous stream into a beaker containing cold water. Long elastic yellow threads of plastic sulphur are formed.

This form of sulphur is insoluble in carbon(IV) sulphide. It turns into hard rhombic sulphur if left for a few days.

When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to a test-tube containing a dilute solution of sodium thiosulphate, Na2S2O3, a yellow precipitate of colloidal sulphur is deposited.

N2S2O3,(aq) + 2HCl(aq)  2NaCl(aq) + H2O(l) + SO2(g) + S(s)

Powdery sulphur may be prepared by saturating distilled water with hydrogen sulphide. The solution is then exposed to air. A white powder is deposited.

H2S(g) + Water  H2S(aq)

2H2S(aq) + O2(g)  2H2O(l) + 2S(s)

 

 

 

Physical Properties of Sulphur

Sulphur is a yellow non-metallic element. A molecule of sulphur consists of a puckered ring of eight atoms of sulphur joined together by strong covalent bonds as shown below. .

Sulphur is soluble in organic solvents such as benzene, methyl benzene, and carbon(IV) sulphide. It does not dissolve in water.

Effect of heat on sulphur.

When the yellow powder is gently heated, it melts at 113°C to a clear amber liquid. At this temperature molten sulphur has a low viscosity, and flows easily. This liquid is made up of rings of sulphur molecules consisting of eight atoms of sulphur, S8.

On further heating the liquid gradually darkens. At 160°C, it becomes reddish-brown, and very viscous such that the test-tube may be inverted without the liquid sulphur pouring out. These changes are due to the breaking of the S8 rings which join to form long chains with over 100,000 atoms of sulphur. As the chains entangle with one another, the viscosity of

the liquid increases.

Long chains of sulphur atoms.                                                                     Shorter chains of sulphur atoms

Above 160°C, the liquid darkens further and becomes almost black. Near the boiling point the liquid becomes more mobile. This is due to the breaking of the long chains to shorter chains.

The liquid boils at 444°C and forms a reddish-brown vapour consisting of S8, S6 and S2 molecules which cools to form a yellow sublimate. This sublimate is known as “flowers of sulphur” and consists mainly of S8 rings.

 

Chemical Properties of Sulphur

 

Reaction of sulphur with oxygen, iron powder and  copper

Sulphur burns in oxygen with a bright blue flame forming misty fumes with a choking smell.

The gas is mainly sulphur(VI) oxide (sulphur dioxide) SO2, with traces of sulphur(IV) oxide (sulphur trioxide, SO3).

S(s) + O2(g)  SO2(g)

2S(s) + 3O2(g)  2SO3(g)

The moist blue litmus paper turns red indicating that the oxides produced when sulphur burns are acidic.

Sulphur combines directly with some elements to form sulphides.

  • When a mixture of sulphur, and iron powder is heated, a highly exothermic reaction occurs. Once the reaction has started at one point, the glow spreads through the mixture without further heating, forming iron(II) sulphide. This is because the heat produced during the reaction is high enough to sustain the reaction.
  • Hot powdered copper similarly combines with heated sulphur forming copper(I) sulphide.
  • Sulphur also combines with some non-metals such as carbon and hydrogen forming non-metallic sulphides.

Carbon combines with sulphur at high temperatures to form carbon(IV) sulphide. Hydrogen combines with sulphur to form hydrogen sulphide.

 

Reaction of sulphur with concentrated acids

Sulphur is easily oxidised by both concentrated nitric(V) and sulphuric(VI) acids.

  • When warmed with concentrated nitric(V) acid, sulphur is oxidised to sulphuric(VI) acid. The sulphate () ion in the acid forms a white precipitate with barium ions in the solution. The nitric(V) acid itself is reduced to red brown nitrogen(IV) oxide and water.

S(s) + 6HNO3(aq)  H2SO4(aq) + 6NO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

  • Concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid oxidises sulphur to sulphur(IV) oxide while the acid is reduced to sulphur(IV) oxide, and water.

S(s) + 2H2SO,(l)  3SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

Concentrated hydrochloric acid does not react with sulphur because it is not an oxidising agent.

 

Uses of Sulphur

  • Manufacture of sulphuric(VI) acid.
  • As a fungicide.
  • In the manufacture of bleaching agent used to bleach wood pulp in the paper industry.
  • Vulcanisation (hardening) of rubber.
  • Used in smaller quantities in the manufacture of dyes, and fireworks..

The Compounds of Sulphur

Sulphur forms several compounds. The common compounds include the oxides, sulphuric acid and hydrogen sulphide

Oxides of Sulphur

Sulphur forms two oxides namely sulphur(IV) oxide, SO2, and sulphur(VI) oxide SO3.

 

Sulphur(IV) Oxide, SO2

 

Laboratory preparation of sulphur (IV) oxide.

Sulphur(IV) oxide is prepared in the laboratory by the action of dilute hydrochloric acid on a suitable sulphite such as sodium sulphite.

Na2SO3(s) + 2HCl(aq)  SO2(g) + 2NaCl(aq) + H2O(l)

The gas may also be prepared by the action of concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid on copper turnings. The reaction should be carried out in a fume cupboard.

Cu(s) + 2H2SO4(aq)  SO2(g) + 2H2O(l) + CuSO4(aq)

Sulphur(IV) oxide is dried by passing it through concentrated sulphuric(IV) acid and collected by downward delivery. The gas jar is confirmed to be full of the gas when the paper soaked in orange potassium chromate(VI) turns green.

 

Physical Properties of Sulphur(IV) Oxide

Sulphur(IV) oxide is a colourless poisonous gas with a characteristic irritating, and choking smell.

It has a boiling point of –10°C and is readily liquefied under pressure.

Discussion Questions

  1. Give a reason why sulphur(IV) oxide is collected by downward delivery.

It is denser than air, hence can be collected by downward delivery.

  1. Explain the observation made when a test-tube full of sulphur(IV) oxide is inverted in a trough of water.

When a test-tube full of the gas is inverted in a trough of water, the water level rises rapidly inside the test-tube. This shows that the gas is soluble in water.

  1. Explain the observation made when:

(a)  A damp litmus paper was dropped into a test-tube containing sulphur(IV) oxide gas.

When a moist blue litmus paper is dropped into a test-tube containing sulphur(IV) oxide, it turns red showing that the gas is acidic. The gas has no effect on dry litmus. The solution of the gas in water is sulphuric(IV) acid. This is a weak dibasic acid.

SO2(g) + H2O(l)  H2SO3(aq)

The acid is responsible for the change in colour of the moist litmus.

  • Sodium hydroxide solution is added to sulphur(IV) oxide.

When sodium hydroxide solution is added to sulphur(IV) oxide gas, neutralisation occurs. The sulphuric(IV) acid formed reacts with sodium hydroxide forming a salt and water. During the reaction between the acid and sodium hydroxide, two types of salts are formed, a normal and an acid salt.

 

Chemical Properties of Sulphur (IV) Oxide

 

Bleaching Action of Sulphur(IV) Oxide

Sulphur(IV) Oxide is a bleaching agent. It bleaches by reduction. This property is applied in paper industries to bleach paper.

Discussion Questions

  1. State and explain what is observed when coloured flowers are dropped in a gas jar containing Sulphur (IV) oxide.

When coloured flowers are dropped into a gas jar containing sulphur(VI) oxide, the flowers are bleached. Sulphur(IV) oxide combines first with the moisture, forming sulphuric(IV) acid. The sulphuric(IV) acid then combines with oxygen from the dye to form sulphuric(VI) acid. When the dye loses oxygen it becomes colourless. In this reaction, the dye undergoes reduction while the sulphuric(IV) acid is oxidised.

SO2(g) + H2O(l)  H2SO3(aq)

H2SO3(aq) + Dye  H2SO4(aq) + Colourless material.

  1. Give a reason why newsprint paper turns brown after some time.

During the manufacture of paper, reducing agents such as sulphuric(IV) acid are used to bleach the materials. When such paper is exposed to the atmosphere in the presence of sunlight, the oxygen removed during bleaching is restored. This explains why newsprint paper turns brown after sometime.

 

Reducing Action of Sulphur(IV) Oxide

Sulphur(IV) oxide is a strong reducing agent. The reducing property is only displayed when the gas is in aqueous state.

Discussion Questions

  1. Explain the observations made when sulphur(IV) oxide gas is reacted with:

(i)  Acidified potassium chromate(VI) solution.

Acidified potassium dichromate(VI) turns from orange to green when reacted with sulphur(IV) oxide. The chromium(VI) ion in the dichromate () is reduced to chromium(III) ion.

This is a test for Sulphur (IV) Oxide

 

(ii)  Acidified potassium manganate(VII) solution

The colour of acidified potassium manganate(VII) turns from purple to colourless when reacted with sulphur(IV) oxide. This is because the manganese(VII) ion in the manganate ion () is reduced to manganese(II) ion.

(iii) Acidified bromine water followed by a few drops of barium chloride solution.

Red brown acidified bromine water is decolourised when reacted with sulphur(IV) oxide. The bromine water is reduced to hydrobromic acid as the sulphur(IV) oxide is oxidised to sulphate.

  1. Explain the observations made when:

(i)   Concentrated nitric(V) acid is added to a test-tube full of sulphur(IV) oxide, followed by barium chloride solution.

When concentrated nitric(V) acid is added to a test-tube containing sulphur(IV) oxide gas brown fumes of nitrogen(IV) oxide are given off.

The nitric(V) acid is reduced to nitrogen(IV) oxide while the sulphuric(IV) acid is oxidised to sulphuric(VI) acid. When a solution of barium chloride is added to the mixture, a white precipitate of barium sulphate is formed indicating the presence of sulphate,  ions.

(ii)  Sulphur(IV) oxide is reacted with a hot solution of iron(II) chloride.

When warm iron(III) chloride solution is added to sulphur(IV) oxide the yellow colour changes to green. Sulphur(IV) oxide reduces yellow iron(III) ions, Fe3+(aq) to pale green iron(II), Fe2+(aq) ions.

(iii) Sulphur (IV) Oxide is reacted with hydrogen peroxide

Similarly, hydrogen peroxide is reduced to water.

(Iv) A burning splint is lowered into a gas jar containing Sulphur (IV) oxide.

When a burning splint is lowered into a test-tube containing sulphur(IV) oxide, it is put off showing that the gas does not support combustion or burn. However, in the presence of a catalyst, the gas is oxidised to sulphur(VI) oxide.

Oxidising Action of Sulphur(IV) Oxide

Sulphur (IV) Oxide also acts as an Oxidising agent. It oxidises burning magnesium to magnesium oxide and hydrogen sulphide to Sulphur.

Discussion Questions

Explain the observations made when burning magnesium is lowered into a gas jar of sulphur(IV) oxide.

When burning magnesium is lowered into a gas jar of sulphur(IV) oxide, it continues to burn for some time. White fumes of magnesium oxide, and yellow specks of sulphur are formed.

Burning magnesium continues to burn in sulphur(IV) oxide because the heat produced by the burning magnesium decomposes the sulphur(IV) oxide to sulphur and oxygen. The magnesium combines with the oxygen to form magnesium oxide.

In this reaction, sulphur(IV) oxide is an oxidising agent, supplying oxygen to magnesium.

Explain the observations made when a gas jar of dry hydrogen sulphide gas is inverted over a test-tube containing Sulphur(IV) Oxide and a few drops of water added.

When a gas jar of dry hydrogen sulphide gas is inverted over a test-tube containing dry sulphur(IV) oxide, there is no observable change. When a few drops of water are added into each gas jar and the mixture is shaken, a yellow deposit of sulphur is produced.

2H2S(g) + SO2(g)  3S(s) + 2H2O(l)

The reaction only takes place when the gases are moist. Sulphur(IV) oxide acts as an oxidising agent.

 

Sulphur (VI) Oxide, SO3

 

Preparation of Sulphur (VI) Oxide (SO3)

In the laboratory, sulphur(VI) oxide is prepared by reacting sulphur(IV) oxide with oxygen in the presence of a platinum catalyst..

Lab Preparation of Sulphur Trioxide, SO3

 

Equation for the reaction taking place,

2SO2(g)+ O2(g)  2SO3(s)

Other Methods

Decomposing of sodium hydrogen sulphate.

Discussion Questions

  1. State the purpose of the following in the set up.

(a)  Concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid.

Sulphur(IV) oxide and oxygen gases are dried by passing them through concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid

(b)  Freezing salt ice mixture.

The sulphur(VI) oxide is cooled by the freezing salt-ice mixture and it solidifies.

(c)  Anhydrous calcium chloride.

Since sulphur(VI) oxide is deliquescent, calcium chloride is used to keep it free from moisture

  1. Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the combustion tube.

2SO2(g)+ O2(g)  2SO3(s)

  1. Comment on the method of collection of sulphur(VI) oxide.

The sulphur(VI) oxide is cooled by the freezing salt-ice mixture and it solidifes. This allows it to be collected as illustrated.

 

Test for Sulphate and Sulphite ions.

The addition of bariumchloride on sodium sulphate and sodium sulphite is used to test for sulphate and sulphite ions.

Test

To 2 cm3 of sodium sulphate in a test-tube:

(i)  Add 2 cm3 of barium chloride(or nitrate) solution.

(ii)  To the mixture in(i) above add 2 cm3 of dilute hydrochloric acid (or dilute nitric(V) acid).

Repeat procedure (i) and (ii) using 2 cm3 solution of sodium sulphite.

Discussion Questions

  1. State the observations made when barium chloride solution is added to:

(a)  Sodium sulphate solution and barium sulphite solutions.

When barium chloride solution is added to sodium sulphate and sodium sulphite solutions, a white precipitate is formed in each case. The white precipitates are barium sulphate and barium sulphite respectively.

  1. Why is the acid added to the mixture?

The acid is  added to distinguish between the sulphate and sulphite ions.

When dilute hydrochloric acid is added to the mixture containing barium sulphate precipitate, the precipitate does not dissolve.

However, when dilute hydrochloric acid is added to the mixture containing barium sulphite precipitate, the precipitate dissolves. This is the test for sulphite ions.

BaSO3(s) + 2HCl(aq)  BaCl2(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l)

BaSO3(s) + 2H+(aq)  Ba2+(aq) + SO2(g) + H2O(l)

 

Uses of Sulphur(VI) Oxide

Sulphur(VI) oxide is used:

  • As a major raw material in the large scale manufacture of sulphuric(VI) acid.
  • To make calcium hydrogen sulphite, Ca(HSO3)2, used to bleach wood pulp in the manufacture of paper.
  • As a fumigant.
  • As a preservative in jam and fruit juices.

 

 

Sulphuric (VI) acid

 

Large Scale Manufacture of Sulphuric(VI) Acid

Sulphuric(IV) acid is manufactured by the contact process shown below.

The raw materials for its manufacture are sulphur(IV) oxide and air.

Sulphides or sulphur are burnt in air to produce sulphur(IV) oxide.

  • Burning of sulphur is the most convenient method of producing sulphur(IV) oxide.

S(s) + O2(g)  SO2(g)

The sulphur(IV) oxide contains dust particles as impurities.

  • The impurities reduce the surface area of the catalyst, thus impairing its efficiency. These impurities are said to poison the catalyst.
  • The dust impurities are removed by electrostatic precipitation.

The mixture of gases is passed through concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid in order to dry it.

After purification, the gaseous mixture is pre-heated in the heat exchanger to attain suitable reaction temperature before being passed into the catalytic chamber.

In the catalytic chamber, sulphur(IV) oxide and oxygen react to form sulphur(VI) oxide.

Either platinum or vanadium(V) oxide may be used as catalyst.

  • However, the vanadium(V) oxide(V2O5) is preferred because it is cheaper and less easilypoisoned.

For maximum yield of sulphur(VI) oxide in the contact process, low temperature and high pressure are necessary.

  • However, at low temperature the reaction is slow while high pressure is expensive tomaintain. A temperature of 450°C and pressure of 2 to 3 atmospheres are used and are referred to as optimum conditions.

The sulphur(VI) oxide is not dissolved directly in water because the excessive heat generated could boil the acid to produce a mist of fine droplets of sulphuric(VI) acid in air. Hence, the gas is dissolved in concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid to form oleum (H2S2O7).

  • Sulphuric(VI) acid is obtained by diluting oleum with water.

H2S2O7(1) + H2O(l)  2H2SO4(l)

During the contact process, not all the sulphur(IV) oxide is converted into sulphur (VI) oxide: only 98% conversion of sulphur(IV) oxide to sulphur(VI) oxide occurs.

  • Sulphur(IV) oxide is a pollutant, passing the exhaust gases through chimneys lined with calcium hydroxide reduces the amount of sulphur(IV) oxide released to the atmosphere. This is referred to as scrubbing the gas.

Ca(OH)2(aq) + SO2(g)  CaSO3(s) + H2O(l)

  • In some industries, filters fitted with strong alkalis are installed to remove any traces of acid or mist from exhaust gases.

Properties of Sulphuric(VI) acid

Concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid is a colourless oily liquid.

It has a density of 1.84 g/cm3 and boils at 338°C.

It is very soluble in water. It dissolves with evolution of heat (exothermic reaction)

Concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid is hygroscopic. This property makes the acid a suitable drying agent for gases which do not react with it. The acid readily removes water from hydrated salts.

Concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid is a strong dehydrating agent.

A dehydrating agentis a substance which is capable of removing chemically combined water or the elements of water from a compound.

The process of removing water or its elements from a compound is called dehydration.

The acid dehydrates alcohols to to alkenes, methanoic acid to carbon(II) oxide and sugar to carbon. The sugar crystals are charred to a black mass when concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid is added to it.

Hot concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid is a strong oxidising agent.It oxidises metals such as copper and non metals such as carbon and sulphur.

It is also a less volatile acid and displaces more volatile acids from their salts.

Discussion Questions

  1. Explain why the acid should be added to water and not water to acid.

If water is added to the acid, fumes are produced since the reaction is quite exothermic. For this reason, dilution of the concentrated acid should always be carried out by adding small portions of the acid slowly to a large volume of water with constant stirring.

  1. Explain the observation made when concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid was added to:

(a)  Copper(II) sulphate crystals.

When the acid is added to blue crystals of copper(II) sulphate pentahydrate, CuSO4.5H2O, a white powder of the anhydrous salt is formed.

 

  • Sugar crystals.

When concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid is added to sugar crystals, the crystals are charred to a black mass.

(c) Methanoic acid and ethanol

Methanoic acid is dehydrated to form carbon(II) oxide.

The acid also dehydrates alcohols to alkenes.

  1. Explain the observations made when concentrated sulphuric(IV) acid was reacted with:

(a)  Copper and zinc metals

When copper or zinc metal is added to concentrated sulphuric(IV) acid, a gas is produced which turns acidified potassium chromate(VI) solution from orange to green and decolourises acidified potassium manganate(VII) solution.

Cu(s) + 2H2SO4(l)  CuSO4(aq) + SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

Zn(s) + 2H2SO4(l)  ZnSO4(aq) + SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

(b)  Carbon and Sulphur powder.

Hot concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid  oxidises non-metals such as sulphur and carbon.

S(s) + 2H4SO4(l)  3SO2(g) + 2H2O(l)

C(s) + 2H2SO4(l)  2SO2(g) + CO2 (g) + 2H2O(l)

  1. Explain the observation made when concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid was added toPotassium nitrate crystals and Sodium chloride.

Concentrated sulphuric(IV) acid is a less volatile acid. It displaces more volatile acids from their salts.

KNO3(s) + H2SO4(l)  HNO3(g) + KHSO4(s)

NaCl(s) + H2SO4(l)  HCl(s) + NaHSO4(s)

 

Reactions of Dilute Sulphuric(VI) Acid

 

Reactions with metals

When dilute sulphuric(VI) acid is added to magnesium or zinc, an effervescence occurs as a colourless gas which produces a ‘pop’ sound when a burning splint is applied is produced. The reaction between magnesium and dilute sulphuric acid is more vigorous than that of zinc and dilute sulphuric(VI) acid.

Mg(s) + H2SO4 (aq)  MgSO4(aq) + H2(g)

Zn(s) + H2SO4(aq)  ZnSO4(aq) + H2(g)

Copper is below hydrogen in the reactivity series of the metals. It does not therefore displace hydrogen from dilute sulphuric(VI) acid.

The reactions between metals high in the reactivity series such as potassium and sodium with dilute acids are very violent and should never be attempted. The vigour of the reaction decreases as you go down the reactivity series.

Reactions with carbonates.

Effervescence occurs when dilute sulphuric(VI) acid is added to the carbonates of zinc, sodium and copper. The colourless gas produced forms a white precipitate with lime water showing that it is carbon(IV) oxide.

ZnCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq)  ZnSO4(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

Na2CO3(s) + H2SO4(aq)  Na2SO4(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

CuCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq)  CuSO4(aq) + H2O(l) + CO2(s)

The reaction between calcium carbonate and dilute sulphuric (VI) acid stops soon after it starts. This is because the calcium sulphate produced during the reaction is insoluble.

CaCO3(s) + H2SO4(aq)  CaSO4(s) + H2O(l) + CO2(g)

The insoluble calcium sulphate forms a coating on the sulphate calcium preventing further contact with the acid. As a result the reaction stops. Lead(II) carbonate behaves in a similar manner.

Reaction with metal oxides and hydroxides

When dilute sulphuric(VI) acid reacts with a metal oxide or hydroxide, a salt and water are formed. However, those metal oxides whose sulphates are insoluble react only for a short while.

Thus, the reaction between dilute sulphuric(VI) acid, and lead(II) oxide stops almost immediately. This is due to the formation of an insoluble layer of lead(II) sulphate which effectively prevents further contact between the acid and the oxide.

2NaOH(aq) + H2SO4(aq)  Na2SO4(aq) + 2H2O(l)

 

Uses of Sulphuric(VI) acid

  1. Manufacture of fertilisers.
  2. Processing of metal ores.
  3. Manufacture of detergents.
  4. Manufacture of plastics.
  5. Manufacture of dyes and paints.
  6. Used in lead acid accumulators

 

Hydrogen Sulphide (H2S)

Hydrogen sulphide is a gaseous compound of sulphur which is very poisonous. It occurs naturally in some deposits mixed with natural gas.

 

Preparation and properties of hydrogen sulphide

The set-up below can be used to prepare hydrogen sulphide.

.

Hydrogen sulphide is formed when dilute hydrochloric acid is added to iron(II) sulphide.

FeS(s) + 2HCl(aq)  FeCl2(aq) + H2S(g)

However, any metal sulphide, and dilute acid can be used to prepare hydrogen sulphide gas.

The gas is collected over warm water since it dissolves in cold water.

The gas can be dried by passing it through a U-tube packed withanyhydrous calcium chloride.

The gas cannot be dried using concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid because it would be oxidised to sulphur.

3H2S(g) + H2SO4(l)  4S(s) + 4H2O(l)

 

Physical properties of hydrogen sulphide

Hydrogen sulphide is a colourless gas with a characteristic smell of rotten eggs. It is very poisonous. It is slightly soluble in cold water. It is denser than air.

Chemical properties of hydrogen sulphide

 

(a) Reaction with water

Hydrogen sulphide dissolves in water to form a weak acidic solution of H2S(aq).

Aqueous hydrogen sulphide is a weak dibasic acid. It forms two types of salts, the hydrogen sulphides, and the sulphides, e.g., sodium hydrogen sulphide (NaHS) and sodium sulphide (Na2S).

(b) Reaction with Oxygen

Hydrogen sulphide burns in air with a pale blue flame. In a limited supply of air, sulphur and water are formed.

2H2S(g) + O2(g)  2S(s) + 2H2O(g)

In excess air, sulphur(IV) oxide and water are formed.

2H2S(g) + 3O2(g)  2SO2(g) + 2H2O(g)

(c) Reactions of hydrogen sulphide as a reducing agent

Hydrogen sulphide is a strong reducing agent and is readily oxidised to sulphur, which is precipitated as a yellow solid. Red-brown bromine water is reduced by hydrogen sulphide forming colourless hydrogen bromide solution and a yellow precipitate of sulphur.

Br2(aq) + H2S(g)  2HBr(aq) + S(s)

Yellow iron(III) chloride in solution is reduced to green iron(II) chloride.

H2S(g) + 2FeCl3(aq)  2FeCl2(aq) + S(s) + 2HCl(aq)

Acidified purple potassium manganate(VII) solution is reduced to a colourless manganese(II) solution.

Similarly, acidified orange chromate(VI) is reduced to green chromium(III) ions solution.

A solution of hydrogen peroxide is reduced to water, and a yellow precipitate of sulphur is formed.

H2O2(aq) + H2S(g)  2H2O(l) + S(s)

Brown fumes of nitrogen(IV) oxide are produced and pale yellow sulphur is deposited when hydrogen sulphide is bubbled into dilute nitric(V) acid.

2HNO3(aq) + H2S(g)  2NO2(g) + 2H2O(l) + S(s)

Dilute sulpharic(VI) acid is reduced to sulphur by hydrogen sulphide.

H2SO4(aq) + 3H2S(g)  4S(s) + 4H2O(T)

(d) Reaction with aqueous metallic ious

Hydrogen sulphide reacts with some metal ions in solution to form precipitates of metal sulphides. When bubbled through aqueous copper(II) sulphate, a black precipitate of copper(II) sulphide is formed.

Cu2+(aq) + S2-(aq) CuS(s)

Other metal sulphides are precipitated as shown by the following ionic equations.

Zn2+(aq) + S2-(aq)  ZnS(s)

Pb2+(aq) + S2-(aq) PbS(s)

Fe2+(aq) + S2-(aq) FeS(s)

Most sulphides are insoluble in water except those of sodium, potassium and ammonium. When equal volumes of equimolar hydrogen sulphide and sodium hydroxide solutions are reacted, sodium hydrogen sulphide, an acid salt is formed.

NaOH(aq) + H2S(aq) NaHS(aq) + H2O(l)

When excess sodium hydroxide is used sodium sulphide, a normal salt is formed.

2NaOH(aq) + H2S(aq)  Na2S(aq) + 2H2O(l)

 

Pollution of the Atmosphere by Compounds of Sulphur

Sulphur compounds especially sulphur(IV) oxide and hydrogen sulphide, are among the major atmospheric pollutants. Sulphur(IV) oxide is usually emitted into the atmosphere when sulphur containing fuels are burnt. Some sulphur(IV) oxide is also emitted during the extraction of metals such as copper and in the manufacture of sulphuric(VI) acid. In the atmosphere sulphur(IV) oxide dissolves in water to form sulphuric(IV) acid.

SO2(g) + H2O(l)  H2SO3(aq)

The sulphuric(IV) acid is then oxidised by atmospheric oxygen to sulphuric(VI) acid, which comes down as acid rain or acid fog. These have serious environmental effects. These include:

  • Stunted growth in plants due to loss of chlorophyll from plants’ leaves.
  • Death of plants as a result of defoliation.
  • Destruction of aquatic life in acidified lakes.
  • Corrosion of stone work on buildings.
  • Corrosion of metallic structures.
  • Leaching of minerals in the soil.
  • Irritation of the respiratory system

 

 

 

 

Review Exercises

 

  1. 2006 Q 6

In an experiment to study the properties of concentrated sulphuric acid, a mixture of the acid and wood charcoal was heated in a boiling tube.

 

  • Write the equation of the reaction that took place in the boiling tube. (1 mark)

 

  • Using oxidation numbers, show that reduction and oxidation reactions took place in the boiling tube.                                                 (2 marks)

 

 

  1. 2006 Q 16

When hydrogen sulphide gas was bubbled into an aqueous solution of iron (III) chloride, a yellow precipitate was deposited.

 

  • State another observation that was made.          (1 mark)

 

  • Write an equation for the reaction that took place.           (1 mark)

 

  • What type of reaction was undergone by hydrogen by hydrogen sulphide in this reaction?                                                                                                                                      (1 mark)

 

  1. 2006 Q 27 P1

Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

 

  • Name reagent z.                                                                              (1mark)

 

  • Describe the process which takes place in step 2.             (1mark)

 

  • Identify the white solid.             (1mark)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2006 Q 4 P2
  • The diagram below shows some processes that take place during the industrial manufacture of sulphuric acid.

 

  • Write the equation for the reaction in which sulphur dioxide gas is produced.                                         (1 mark)
  • Why is it necessary to keep the gases pure and dry?     (1 mark)

 

  • Describe the process that takes place in chamber G.     (1 mark)

 

  • Name the gases that escape into the environment. (1 mark)

 

  • State and explain the harmful effect on the environment of one of the gases named in (iv) above                             (1 mark)

 

  • Give one reason why it is necessary to use a pressure of 2-3 atmospheres and not more.             (1 mark)

 

  • (i) Complete the table below to show the observations made when concentrated sulphuric acid is added to the substances shown.      (2 marks)
Substance                          Observation
Iron fillings  
Crystals of white sugar  

 

(ii) Give reasons for the observations made using:

  1. iron fillings  (1 mark)
  2. Crystals of white sugar. (1 mark)

 

  • Name one fertilizer made from sulphuric acid. (1 mark)

 

  • Suggest a reason why BaSO4(a pigment made from sulphuric acid) would be suitable in making paint for cars.                                  (1 mark)

 

 

 

  1. 2007 Q 30 P1

Below is a sketch of a graph showing the change in viscosity? (Ease of flow) with temperature when solid sulphur is heated.

Describe what happens to the sulphur molecules when sulphur is heated from 150 °C to about 200 °C.                                                                                                           (2 marks)

 

 

  1. 2008 Q 8 P1
  • State the observation made at the end of the experiment when a mixture of iron powder and sulphur is heated in a test tube.                                (1 mark)
  • Write an equation for the reaction the product in (a) above and dilute hydrochloric acid.                                           (1 mark)
  • When a mixture of iron powder and sulphur is heated, it glows more brightly than that of iron fillings and sulphur. Explain this observation.                               (1 mark)

 

 

  1. 2008 Q 9 P1

Zinc reacts with both concentrated and dilute sulphuric (VI) acid. Write equations for the two reactions.                                                                                                         (2 marks)

 

 

  1. 2008 Q 30 P1

Crude oil contains sulphur.  What would be the effect to the environment of using fuel containing sulphur?                                                                                                             (1 mark)

 

 

  1. 2009 Q 22 P1

A student added very dilute sulphuric (VI) acid to four substance and recorded the observations shown in the table below.

 

Test Substance Gas given off
1 Sodium Yes
2 Iron No
3 Carbon Yes
4 Copper No

 

For which tests are the observations wrong? Explain.                          (3 marks)

 

 

  1. 2010 Q 11 P1 ,2016 Q26 P1

Hydrogen sulphide is a highly toxic and flammable gas. It is normally prepared in a fume chamber.

  • Name two reagents that can be used to prepare hydrogen sulphide in the laboratory.                             (1 mark)
  • One of the uses of hydrogen sulphide is to produce sulphur as shown in the following equation;

2H2S(g) + SO2(g)   3S(s) + 2H2O(l)

Identify the reducing agent in this reaction and give a reason for your answer.                                                                                                                                                      (1 mark)

  • Other than production of sulphuric (IV) acid, state one commercial use of sulphur.                             (1 mark)

 

 

  1. 2011 Q 17 P1

The set up below was used to prepare a gas and study some of its properties.

Study it and answer the questions that follow:

  • State and explain the observations made in the.
    1. tube labelled A;    (1 mark)
    2. beaker labelled B.                                                                   (1 mark)
  • State one precaution that should be taken when carrying out this experiment.                                         (1 mark)

 

 

  1. 2011 Q 1 P2

The flow chart below shows some of the processes involved in large scale production of sulphuric (VI) acid. Use it to answer the questions that follow.

  • Describe how oxygen is obtained from air on a large scale.               (3 marks)

 

  • (i) Name substance A.                                                                                  (1 mark)

(ii) Write an equation for the process that takes place in the absorption

chamber                                                                                                          (1 mark)

 

  • Vanadium (V) Oxide is a commonly used catalyst in the contact process.
  • Name another catalyst which can be used for this process.                       (1 mark)
  • Give two reasons why vanadium (V) Oxide is the commonly used catalyst.                                                                                                                                             (2 marks)

 

  • State and explain the observation made when concentrated sulphuric acid is added to crystals of copper (II) sulphate in a beaker.                            (2 marks)

 

  • The reaction of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid with sodium chloride produces hydrogen chloride gas. State the property of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid illustrated in this reaction.                                                                                              (1 mark)

 

  • Name four uses of sulphuric (VI) acid.                                              (2 marks)

 

 

  1. 2012 Q18 P1

Acidified potassium manganate (VII) solution is decolourised when sulphur (IV) oxide is bubbled through it. The equation for the reaction is given below.

 2H2O (l) + 5SO2(g) +2KMnO4(aq  K2SO4(aq) + 2MnSO4(a + 2H2SO4(aq)

 

  • Which reactant is oxidised? Explain.                                                                  (2 marks)

 

  • Other than the manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid, state other use of sulphur (IV) oxide                                                                                                                                (1 mark)

 

 

  1. 2013 Q12 P1
  • What would be observed if sulphur (IV) oxide is bubbled through acidified potassium manganate(VII)?                   (1 mark)

 

  • In an experiment, sulphur (IV) oxide was dissolved in water to form solution L.
  • What would be observed if a few drops of barium nitrate solution were immediately added to solution L?                                                                                   (1 mark)
  • Write an ionic equation for the reaction that occurred between solution L and aqueous barium nitrate in (b) (i) above.                                                                      (1 mark)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2013 Q3 P2
    • The diagram below shows the Frasch process used for extraction of sulphur. Use it to answer the question that follows.
  • Identify X.                                                                                                       (1 mark)
  • Why is it necessary to use superheated water in this process? (1 mark)
  • State two physical properties of sulphur that makes it possible for it to be extracted by this method.                                       (2 marks)

 

  • The diagram below shows part of the process in the manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid. Study it and answer the questions that follow.

 

  • Write an equation for the formation of sulphur (IV) oxide from sulphur. (1 mark)
  • What is the role of concentrated sulphur (VI) acid in chamber A?            (1 mark)
  • Name two catalysts that can be used in the catalytic chamber B.            (2 marks)
  • State two roles of the heat exchanger. (1 mark)

 

  • Explain one way in which sulphur (IV) oxide is a pollutant                                           (1mark)

 

  • What observation will be made when a few drops of concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid are added to crystals of sugar? Explain your answer.                                                                       (1 mark)

 

 

  1. 2014 Q11 P1

Study the flow chart below and answer the questions that follow.

Identify Z and M.                                                                                                         (2 marks)

 

  1. 2014 Q20 P1

In the contact process, during the production of sulphur (VI) oxide, a catalyst is used. Give two reasons why vanadium (V) oxide is preferred to platinum.                                                                                                                                                                                               (2 marks)

  1. 2015 Q17 P1
  • One of the allotropes of sulphur is rhombic sulphur, name the other allotrope.                                                                                                                                                                   (1 mark)
  • Concentrated sulphuric (VI) acid reacts with ethanol and copper.

State the property of the acid shown in each case.                                       (2 marks)

  • Ethanol
  • Copper ………………………………………………………………………………..

 

 

  1. 2015 Q5 P2
  • The set up below can be used to generate a gas without heating. This occurs when substance M reacts with solid N.

 

  • Complete the table below giving the names of substance M and solid N if the gasses generated are chlorine and sulphur (IV) oxide.                                (2 marks)
  • Complete the diagram above to show how a dry sample of sulphur (IV) oxide can be collected.              (2 marks)

 

  • Describe two chemical methods that can be used to test the presence of sulphur (IV)oxide.                                  (3 marks)
  • Other than the manufacture of sulphuric (VI) acid, state two uses of sulphur (IV) oxide.                                                                                                                                   (2 marks)

 

 

  1. 2017 P1 Q7.

A sample of water is suspected to contain sulphate ions. Describe an experiment that can be carried out to determine the presence of sulphate ions.                                      (3 marks)

 

 

  1. 2017 P2 Q3 (a)

A student used Figure 2 to investigate the action of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid on some metals.

Beaker I and II contained equal volumes of dilute sulphuric (VI) acid. To beaker I, a clean iron rod was dipped and to beaker II, a clean copper rod was dipped.

  • Why was it necessary to clean the metal rods?          (1 mark)
  • Describe the observations made in each beaker.

Beaker I:                                                                                                         (1 mark)

Beaker II:                                                                                                        (1 mark)

  • Explain the observations in (a) (ii).          (2 marks)

 

  1. 2018 P1 Q 4.

One of the allotropes of sulphur is rhombic sulphur.

  • Name the other allotrope of sulphur. (1 mark)

 

  • Draw a diagram to show the shape of the allotrope named in (a) above.                               (1 mark)
  • Write an equation for the reaction between concentrated sulphuric(VI) acid and sulphur.                                           (1 mark)

 

 

 

  1. 2019 P1 Q9.

Sulphur(IV) oxide is prepared in the laboratory using the set-up in Figure 3.

Study it and answer the questions that follow.

  • Identify substance F. (1 mark)
  • Write an equation for the reaction that takes place in the flask.          (1 mark)
  • State the purpose of liquid G.                                                             (1 mark)

CRE REVISION QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS

UNIT 1:            WORK.

  1. Why do you think a man should work?
  2. A man works because it is a command from God to all men.
  3. A man should work to improve his environment
  • A man works to sustain his family
  1. A man may work for the community at large.
  2. A man works to earn his own living – e.g food, clothing and shelter
  3. A man works to get money to pay expenses for good living for example one may buy a radio, T.V. car etc.
  • A man must work to achieve his own personal development.

 

  1. What are the accepted rights of employment?
  2. They have a right to take their profits abroad if they are foreign
  3. It is their right to be licenced by the government to operate a business
  • It is the right of the employers to get a fair day’s work from the
  1. It is the employer’s right to be protected from fair competition
  2. It is the right of the employer to join associations of their own choice.
  3. It is the employers right to enjoy their profits
  • It is the right of the employer not to be overtaxed.

 

  1. Why is it necessary for a Christian to work?
  2. Through work a Christian can serve his community
  3. It is necessary for a Christian to work because God blesses the hardworking Ref. Psalms 128:1
  • Christians who work can share their incomes with the less fortunate members of the community
  1. Christians work because work was instituted by God during creation. God commanded human beings to work – Genesis 1:28.
  2. To Christians work is a way of furthering the creation activity of God.
  3. In work a Christian provides for life requirements
  • Christians work because Paul said that those who do not work should not eat.
  • Through work Christians avoid idleness which leads to sin.
  1. Through work Christians avoid parasitic life. Paul worked as a tent maker to avoid depending on fellow Christians
  2. Christians work to protect or take care of God’s creation.
  3. Christians follow Jesus’ example who was a carpenter before he started his preaching ministry.

 

  1. How has modern Technology and economy changed the Traditional African attitude to work?
  2. Today there is change of roles. Duties which were done by men only are being done by men only are being done by women and also duties which were done by women only are also being done by men.
  3. Ones talents are not fully utilised because of job specialization.
  • In modern society some people do not want to work but they want to earn their living through begging, stealing and playing games like gambling.
  1. Today some people use machines to work for them as opposed to the idea that everyone was a worker in Traditional African societies.
  2. In traditional African communities, the work one did was determined by age, sex and inheritance but today the choice of the occupation one does is determined by the education he has received.
  3. In traditional African communities there was co-operation in work but in modern societies there is steep competition which may lead to rivalry.
  • Today people view work in terms of career which one gets into after formal education and training while in Traditional African communities work was part and parcel of entire life process. Work began at youthful stage upto age till one was too old to work.
  • Unemployment was unheard of in traditional African communities because everyone was employed but today it is a common problem.
  1. Today some people are doing unacceptable jobs like prostitution just to earn a living.
  2. Today job inheritance is rare but in traditional African communities many jobs were inherited from parents e.g blacksmith, craftsmanship etc.
  3. In modern society work is meant to benefit an individual whilst an in traditional African communities work benefited the entire community.

 

  1. Give reasons why Christians condemn idlers.
  2. David committed adultery because of idleness – 2 Samuel 5:15
  3. Idleness brings deep sleep and hunger – Proverbs 19: 15
  • Paul condemns it and advises the young widows to marry to avoid idleness
  1. Idleness hinders community development
  2. Idleness leads to failure to glorify God as work glorifies God
  3. Jesus condemned idleness in the parable of the talents
  • Work distinguishes man from animals but idleness lowers the dignity of man
  • Idleness causes anti social activities like stealing, rape, murder etc.
  1. Idleness is a health hazard
  2. Idleness leads to poverty
  3. Idleness di-humanises individuals thus retarding human development
  • Idleness retards the God given talents.

 

  1. What are the disadvantages of industrial strikes?
  2. It leads to loss of life where violence is used.
  3. It creates animosity between the management and the workers
  • It leads to loss of earnings for the employees
  1. It spoils relationship between employer and employees
  2. It may result to destruction of property.
  3. It can result to loss of employment to the employees
  • It can lead to imprisonment to the strike participants if they are found guilty.
  • It can lead to suffering to the families or dependants of the sacked workers or during the period when the workers are not working.
  1. May lead to workers loosing all their terminal benefits
  2. It is very difficult for the workers to get employed elsewhere especially when there is serious unemployment in the country.

 

  1. Explain the qualities of a good employee.
  2. A good employee is one who works without or if need be with minimal supervision.
  3. A good employee is faithful to the employer
  • A good employee has great respect to his work
  1. A good employee is very punctual in his work.
  2. A good employee if he has to quit his job he does so with proper understanding between himself and the employer.
  3. A good employee works diligently
  • A good employee is honest and trustworthy towards his employer.

 

  1. Outline problems that face self-employed people today.
  2. Lack of sufficient capital to start off their businesses
  3. They rarely get soft loans to boost their businesses.
  • They face problems of theft and fire outbreaks like the ones that destroyed Kikomba market and Garissa lodge.
  1. Lack of good markets for their products
  2. Most of them have no administration skills
  3. Steep competition from other similar but established businesses.
  • Many a times they are misadvised by their friends
  • Problems resulting from supporting big family.

 

  1. State ways in which the church can promote self-employment in modern society.
  2. Help Christians in getting presses for their businesses.
  3. Opening many more training institutes to train more masons, carpenters, electricians, dress and cloth makers.
  • Through organising communal self-help projects
  1. Giving guidance and counselling on the importance of work
  2. Providing in-service courses for the self-employed to boost their productivity
  3. Cultivating a sense of responsibility in work
  • Assisting them with the initial equipment’s like tool boxes, sewing machines etc.
  • Getting for them market to sell their end products.

 

  1. Discuss factors causing child labour in our society.
  2. Destitution or orphanage
  3. Teenage pregnancies
  • Calamities which are either natural or political which destabilizes community
  1. Juvenile delinquency – criminology among the youth
  2. Poverty
  3. Irresponsible parenthood – for example drunkenness or over strict or harsh.
  • Search for cheap labour
  • High cost of education leading to school drop-out
  1. Insecurity or fear incase of wife fearing the husband – the wife may run away with the children who may end up seeking for employment to sustain themselves.

 

  1. What should the government of Kenya do to stop child-labour?
  2. The government should punish those parents who allow child labour.
  3. The government should teach the Kenyan folk that children are entitled to education
  • Government should punish those who employ children.
  1. The government should let everybody know that children are the future leaders.
  2. Everybody should be made aware by the government that employing children is a great harm to the children psychologically
  3. It should be governments policy that every child is allowed to grow to maturity and be made to persue a career of their choice.

 

  1. What effects can result from place of work if the workers are incited by fellow workers or malicious people?
  2. It can cause conflicts/ bad blood between employer and employees
  3. It can cause stoppage of work which lead to stoppage of production important goods, or denial of essential services
  • It can cause workers to be unmanageable.
  1. It may force the business to close down if workers bring problems.
  2. Incitement can result to strike actions
  3. When strongly incited by malicious people workers may become destructive.

 

  1. Explain the duties and responsibilities of employees to employers.
  2. Employees should do their work diligently and efficiently.
  3. They should pray for the success of their company
  • They are obliged to show respect and loyalty to the employer
  1. They must do their work with all the honesty and integrity.
  2. They must co-operate with other workers in the company.
  3. They must take care of the employers property
  • They must work according to the terms in the contract.
  • Workers should show good will to the employer
  1. They should not take part in strikes which have unreasonable demands.

 

  1. Explain ways in which employer portrays human dignity of employees.
  2. He should not sexually harass female employees.
  3. He should be sensitive and reasonable when handling the needs of lays redundant.
  • He should not exploit his workers
  1. He should exercise justice and fairness especially when handling those retiring workers
  2. He should give his workers salary equivalent to the work done
  3. The employer should provide to workers a healthy and safe public holidays
  • The employer should motivate his workers through promotions
  • He should allow his workers to join unions of their choices like KUDHEIHA.

 

  1. Give reasons why Christians should not resort to strike action.
  2. Strike action leads to hatred, bitterness and frustration
  3. A Christian may not take part in any strike because it can cause loss of life which is against God’s commandment – thou shall not kill.
  • Strike action is a waste of time as well as scarce resources.
  1. A Christian may not take part in a strike action because it could lead to destruction of property.

 

  1. What role can the state in improving poor relationship between employer and employees?
  2. The state can advise the employer to involve the employees in share holding of the business.
  3. The state can give guidance and counselling to both parties to improve their relationship.
  • The state can allow trade unions in trying to improve relationship between employer and employees.
  1. The state can call the two parties to discuss their problems openly and come out with workable solutions which can improve their relationship.
  2. The state can allow collective bargaining in the at the Association of employers meets with the union of employees for collective discussions. This would improve the relationship between employers and employees quite a great deal.

 

  1. How can Christians show their faith in God by working?
  2. By working hard
  3. By glorifying in the money one works for
  • By valuing work more that he money one works for
  1. By not being late to attend to his work
  2. By showing extra commitment in work
  3. By praying God before work begins.

 

  1. Explain what would be the Christian teaching towards work:
  2. All Christians must work since Christ worked as a carpenter and a preacher
  3. All Christians must work because it is God ordained
  • It is only through work that Christians can conquer and subdue the earth
  1. Christians must work because the Bible condemns laziness
  2. It is only through work that a Christian can meet the needs of his family
  3. All Christians must work because God is still working i.e he did not stop working after creation.
  • Christians must work to be healthy in the bodies
  • Through work Christians socialize.

 

  1. Explain Jesus’ teaching on work
  2. Jesus said he was working because his heavenly father was also working
  3. Jesus worked manually as a carpenter before he began his preaching work
  • Jesus worked tirelessly as an itinerant preacher. He preached form place to place without any means of transport
  1. Jesus performed signs and wonders
  2. Jesus taught his disciples to follow him and he would make them fishers of men.
  3. When accused of mixing with great sinners like tax-collectors he defended himself by saying that a doctor goes for the sick, so he associated with sinners so as to convert them.
  4. What factors would a Christian consider while choosing a career.
  5. A Christian would consider a career that he likes most eg. Some people qualify to join University to do super degrees like medicine but they opt to join Bible institutes to do theology with an aim of becoming pastors
  6. A Christian should pray to God to get His direction
  • Availability of job chances would be a determining factors
  1. In choosing a career one would also consider his physical abilities. A blind man cannot choose to be a driver.
  2. In choosing a career one considers the services to the community. He should consider a career which would give more service to his community.
  3. Finally a Christian should seek pieces of advise form fellow Christians.

 

  1. Explain the secular attitudes towards work.

Secular attitudes to work are the non-edigious attitudes towards work:

  1. Today people work to meet their basic needs and other needs like buying radios, TVs, Cars and houses in urban areas.
  2. Today people work in big offices where there are many people each doing a specialised job.
  • Today we have competition in work as exemplified by the stiff competition among schools in KCPE and KCSE.
  1. Today many people hate manual work due to influence of Western Education
  2. Today the modern attitude towards work is individualistic as it is opposed to communal kind of work done in Traditional African community.
  3. Today work is determined by qualifications rather than age and sex. Today we have women working as pilots and men working as cooks in big hotels and schools.
  • Today there may be no job satisfaction because one works like a machine.

 

  1. State reasons why manual work is not liked by some people in Kenya today.
  2. Many people do not like manual work because it is tiresome
  3. Other people do not like manual work because it is lowly paid
  • Others dislike manual work because it makes one dirty
  1. Modern education is preparing people to white-colar jobs to the neglect of manual work.
  2. Others do not like manual work because it was a method used by colonial masters and also in schools to punish the disobedient people
  3. Manual work is seen by many people as work meant for those who are not educated.

 

  1. Explain in details why Africans worked:
  2. An African person worked to attain self-fulfillment. Any African enjoyed their work which was mostly manual
  3. Some Africans worked to perfect their talents and skills eg. Blacksmith.
  • An African worked to provide the basic needs of the family, namely food, shelter and clothing.
  1. An African worked because everybody was a worker, failing to work was failing in ones responsibilities.
  2. In work an African expected to tap Gods blessings.
  3. In many a time work in African society was done communally hence there was no excuse for not working.
  • In A.T.S. the lazy people were mocked and ridiculed.

 

  1. Explain Paul’s teaching on work:
  2. Paul taught Christians to work as he worked as a tentmaker. In this he taught them to work to avoid human parasiticism
  3. Paul taught through work a Christian glorifies God.
  • Paul taught the Thessalonians church that if one does not work he should not eat.
  1. Paul advised thieves not to steal but instead they should work.
  2. Paul advised Christians to work to get food to eat and to prevent poverty from coming to them.
  3. Paul advised that the able should work to help the helpless members of the community.
  • Paul taught Christians to work just like the early church which worked together.

 

  1. Under what conditions can we justify an industrial strike.
  2. Workers are justified to strike when they are sure that they will get whatever they are asking for.
  3. A strike is justifiable when the cause of the strike is a genuine cause. e.g when workers have not been paid for several months.
  • A strike is justifiable if the strikers follow all the procedures laid down in law.
  1. A strike is justifiable when all other mean of averting a strike have been tried and failed.
  2. A strike action is justifiable if the results of the strike have more good than the evil is causes.

 

  1. What are the duties of an employee?
  2. To work faithfully for the employer i.e he should not give poor quality work if he is capable of better.
  3. He has a duty of caring for his family from his earning
  • He must guard the property entrusted to him by the employer.
  1. Must work according to his job prescription.
  2. Should never use any force in solving problems at place of work.
  3. One must be loyal to his employer
  • He must work to promote the success of the enterprise.

 

  1. State the four principles found in the Hippocratic Oath taken by all doctors.
  2. Never to administer Buthanasia
  3. To keep secrets of all patients
  • Never to assist a woman in carrying out abortion
  1. Always put the interests of patients first.

 

  1. Explain what would happen to a firm if the employer ignores his duties.
  2. The firms production will be lowered because workers are not supervised hence they do not work properly.
  3. It is obvious the workers would result to go slow
  • Chances of thefts by workers would be very high
  1. Many workers would have no morale in their work
  2. If the customers notice this scanaric, they may run away
  3. The good relationship between employer and employee is eroded.

 

 

 

 

UNIT 2: LEISURE, DRUG AND DRUG ABUSE.

 

  1. On what grounds do Christians or those opposed to cigarette smoking refuse or condemn this practice.
  2. They argue that cigarette smoking is causing destructive fire which can destroy entire forests, industrial or even homes.
  3. They argue that smoking is the chief cause of chest and respiratory diseases
  • Smoking is an expensive leisure habit
  1. They argue that smoking has been found to cause miscarriage or birth of small and unhealthy babies.
  2. They argue that smoking obviously causes bad breath and discoloured teeth.
  3. They argue that in the field of medicine there has been a recent discovery that smoking causes poor blood circulation e.g high blood.

 

  1. In detail explain the effects of alcoholism on career:
  2. Alcoholism can easily lead one to embezzle public funds which are entrusted to him
  3. Alcoholism affects ones efficiency at work. Infact it reduces significantly
  • Alcoholism may make one to absent himself from work.
  1. A lot of money is spent on drinking at the expense of the basic necessities like food shelter, clothing etc.
  2. Alcoholism affects the health of a person – rendering one ineffective at work.
  3. Alcoholism may lead to break of ones family and this adversely effects one’s performance at work.
  • Drunkards may collide with fellow workers hence affecting ones career.
  • Alcoholics may have great risks in their career especially drivers cause accidents when they drive under the influence of alcohol.

 

  1. Why are High school boys and girls easily lured into drug abuse?
  2. Today we have great advertisement in all forms of media
  3. Great desire to discover what one feels when he/she is under the influence of a certain drug
  • Lack of counselling on the part of the parents, teachers and church ministers.
  1. Pressure from other boys or girls
  2. Frustrations as a result of blocked goals of life
  3. The drugs are readily available everywhere today.

 

  1. What do you think the church can do to minimise drug abuse in our society?
  2. The church should work out modalities geared to rehabilitating the drug addicts
  3. Those who have fallen victims to drug abuse should be counselled and also the would-be drug abusers.
  • The church should approach against drug-abuse
  1. The church should provide recreational facilities which would take away people from drugs.

 

  1. State five forms of modern leisure.
  2. Drinking
  3. Reading novels and magazines for leisure
  • Watching T.V.
  1. Joining others in parties
  2. Travelling and visiting friends
  3. Playing and games
  • Gambling
  • Playing football or other games activities
  1. Taking part in painting, knitting, weaving
  2. Writing and receiving letters to and from friends and relatives
  3. Listening to radios/ cassettes.

 

  1. In your understanding of the African Traditional communities, explain the leisure activities that were undertaken by them.
  2. They conducted traditional dances e.g “Kilumi”, “Kilui” dances among the Akamba, “Kamaru” and Mucungwa” dances among the Kikuyu.
  3. During harvest seasons they held games and sports like wrestling.
  • They held beer parties in ceremonies like initiation, naming and marriage or drinking even for leisure.
  1. Spent in listening to gifted and talented story tellers
  2. As they waited for food in the evening thy discussed family matters
  3. Singing songs to entertain other people.

 

  1. Compare and contrast the Traditional African and modern understanding of leisure.
  2. In traditional African communities leisure was done in fear of the ancestors as well as God while today such a concept is not present hence today’s leisure secular.
  3. In traditional African communities people never misused leisure unlike today when we have great misuse of leisure in drug taking.
  • In African understanding of leisure it was wholly communal while today’s leisure is dominated by individualism.
  1. In traditional African communities leisure activities were determined by age and sex while in today’s society there are no boundaries. One is free to engage in any leisure activity irrespective of age and sex.
  2. In traditional African communities no money was spent in leisure activities but today leisure activities but today leisure activities are very expensive.
  3. In African traditional communities major leisure activities took place during or after the period of harvesting while today’s leisure goes on throughout; there is no time limit e.g people drink throughout.
  • In traditional African communities older members of the community advised the youth during leisure time while today youth engage themselves in the leisure activities on their own.
  • In traditional African communities story telling dominated the evenings while today the evening are dominated by radios, T.V.s and cassettes.

 

  1. What are the factors that lead people to misuse leisure?
  2. Lack of guidance and counselling especially the youth
  3. Some misuse leisure due to boredom or idleness
  • Others misuse leisure because of peer group pressure
  1. Others misuse leisure due to influence from erotic pornographic literature and films.
  2. When some people have too much money (wealth) they may be tempted to misuse leisure especially in heavy drinking.
  3. Extreme poverty may make some not to afford some leisure items like the legal beer hence end up the legal beer hence and up taking illicit drinks like “kumikumi”, “Kuruta” and Kamata.
  • Others misuse leisure due to lack of variety of good leisure activities.
  • There are others who misuse leisure due to lack of appropriate education.

 

  1. Explain five leisure activities that are income generating:
  2. Playing soccer especially for professional players
  3. Acting in drama
  • Weaving
  1. Painting
  2. Singing – those who have live performances like Kanda Bongoman, Less Wanyika, Chania Boys band, Kimangu boys band – earn a lot of money per night.
  3. Painting – some people do it for leisure but it generates good money.

 

  1. Explain how leisure can be used in the Glory of God.
  2. Through praying individually or as a group
  3. Through evangelising
  • Through joining others in Christian seminars, conferences and retreats
  1. Through singing in choir
  2. Through writing Christian magazines.
  3. Through guidance and counselling to the youth or other groups that would need help.
  • Through doing manual work in the church e.g sweeping and clearing church compound.
  • Through donating funds to the church to propagate the gospel.
  1. Reading or studying the Bible.

 

  1. Give reasons why you think alcohol as a way of spending leisure is condemned.
  2. It can cause separation or even divorce
  3. Alcohol wastes family resources
  • Alcohol leads to poor health or death
  1. Alcohol brews quarrels within the family
  2. Alcohol is causing many accidents
  3. Alcohol leads to addiction
  • Alcohol leads to loss of means of income or employment
  • Alcohol may make one to commit crimes e.g homicide.

 

 

 

  1. Explain the leisure activities that are done by the youth today.
  2. The Christian youth would spend their leisure time in worshipping
  3. The youth would participate in drama
  • The youth would visit the sick
  1. The youth spend their leisure in playing football, netball etc
  2. The youth could spend their leisure time writing letters to friends
  3. Youth spend their leisure time in choir
  • They also spend their time in charitable jobs like cleaning markets and building houses for the old and poor.
  • The youth spent their leisure time travelling for site-seeing.

 

  1. Explain reasons why people drink.
  2. Some people drink to cover their frustrations
  3. Others drink as a way of burying problems at work, home and even at the society at large.
  • Others drink to keep company
  1. The youth would drink to show to others that they are grown ups.
  2. Others are drunkards due to heredity
  3. Others drink due to addiction.

 

  1. Discuss the importance of leisure to any worker.
  2. Leisure is very important to a worker to enable him attend celebrations
  3. It is time which one uses to replace lost energy
  • Workers need leisure period to attend church to pray
  1. Leisure is important for one to socialise with other people e.gmembers day.
  2. Leisure time is important because one would use it to visit friends.
  3. During leisure one gets time to engage in his hobbies e.g gambling, golf playing etc.
  • It is time one uses to do short courses which develops ones career e.g attending evening computer classes which is common today, reading for expanding / increasing knowledge.
  • This is time used to stay with family members.

 

 

UNIT 3:           WEALTH AND MONEY.

  1. Explain how wealth was acquired in traditional African communities.
  2. Through hard work. A man could clear forests and have a big farm which made him rich after good harvest.
  3. Payment of dowry. Parents with many girls obtained a lot of wealth when their daughters got married.
  • By cattle raiding. This was common between the Maasai and the Kamba people.
  1. By engaging in barter trade.
  2. By inheritance of family wealth
  3. Through use of ones talents e.g blacksmith
  • By marrying many wives who inturn gave birth to many children to provide cheap labour.
  • One could obtain wealth by receiving gifts for ones good conduct or in recognition of ones special talents.

 

  1. What do you think are the causes of poverty at individual levels.
  2. If one is very lazy i.e he cannot work to earn a living
  3. Lack of opportunities to get good education.
  • Exploitation of the poor by the rich
  1. Lack of employment
  2. If one cannot work due to poor health
  3. Poverty can be brought by misuse of ones health.

 

  1. Explain the traditional African attitudes towards wealth.
  2. Wealth enabled one man to marry many wives who would inturn give birth to many children to survive the man after he dies.
  3. Wealth was measured in terms of how many heads of cattle one had, how big were his pieces of land, how many wives and children one had.
  • Wealth brought respect to individuals
  1. In traditional African communities, wealth was seen as a sign of God’s blessings.
  2. In traditional African communities, wealth was viewed as a sign of hard work
  3. In traditional African communities the rich were given decent burials
  • In traditional African communities wealth was a guarantee to the offspring that they would not suffer because they inherit wealth from their rich parents.

 

  1. What changes were brought to African community after the introduction of money economy by the colonial masters?
  2. Introduction of money economy caused rural urban migration
  3. Money economy motivated Africans to look for wage employment.
  • It led to Africans to become businessmen and also created social classes.
  1. It helped to create a capitalistic economy structurally depending on foreign economics
  2. Money economy led to whites taking away from Africans their arable land hence reducing Africans to squatters and later made them their workers.
  3. Money economy dismantled the closely knit traditional social systems. This was done through migrations.

 

  1. Explain in detail how money economy has interfered with good Christian living.
  2. Desire to a mass a lot of wealth by Christians has affected many Christians commitment to God
  3. Bride price has been commercialized hence undermining equality in the home.
  • Immoral practices, bribery and corruption is seriously undermining Christian faith.
  1. Desire for money is forcing Christians to sell their land and live squatters’ lives.
  2. Money economic has led to emergency of class systems in Kenya.
  3. Money has driven Christians to wage labour which inturn has adversely affected the family bond.
  • Money economy is making people to move from rural to urban areas hence interfering with family unity.
  • Money economy has brought about the spirit of materialism and individualism even amongst Christians.
  1. Money donations has lowered the drive to hard work to earn a living.
  2. Christians are competing in acquiring more riches.

 

  1. In what ways can a Christian use his wealth properly?
    i)    By giving tithes and offerings
  2. By sponsoring the spread of the Gospel
  • By giving alms to the destitute members of the community
  1. By giving food to famine stricken areas
  2. Giving money to build hospitals and rehabilitation centres
  3. Providing for his family needs
  • Giving social amenities to the poor
  • By giving professional training
  1. By giving both formal education and technical training.

 

  1. Explain how a modern Christian can misuse wealth.
  2. A Christian can today misuse wealth through doing gambling in casinos
  3. A Christian can misuse his wealth if he sues it abusing drugs like alcohol, other expensive drugs like heroine and cocaine etc.
  • A Christian can misuse his wealth if he/ she uses it to show off
  1. One can misuse wealth in purchase of unnecessary expensive clothes or even cars.
  2. A Christian can misuse wealth if he uses it in bribery.
  3. Wealth can easily be misused if it is used with prostitutes
  • A Christian can misuse wealth if he uses it to exploit other people especially the poor
  • Other Christians can misuse wealth if they use it to buy high position in employment.

 

  1. Explain how a modern Christian can misuse wealth.
  2. A Christian can today misuse wealth through doing gambling in casinos
  3. A Christian can misuse his wealth if he uses it abusing drugs like alcohol, other expensive drugs like heroine and cocaine etc.
  • A Christian can misuse his wealth if he/ she uses it to show off.
  1. One can misuse wealth in purchase of unnecessary expensive clothes or even cars
  2. A Christian can misuse wealth if he uses it in bribery
  3. Wealth can easily be misused if it is used with prostitutes.
  • A Christian can misuse wealth if he uses it to exploit other

people especially the poor.

  • Other Christians can misuse wealth if they use it to buy high positions in employment.

 

  1. Explain ways in which a modern rich man may misuse his wealth.
  2. A rich man can misuse his money by spending it with prostitutes.
  3. A rich man can misuse his money through going to discos
  • A rich man can waste a lot of money through gambling
  1. A rich man can waste a lot of money buying expensive pornographic films and literature
  2. When he uses his money just to show off.
  3. It helps people do criminal acts like murdering those perceived to be his enemies
  • He may misuse his money through indulging in drug abuse.

 

  1. Explain how a Christian may use wealth to glorify God.
  2. A Christian can be tithing to his church
  3. A Christian can use his wealth in glory of God by supporting evangelism
  • A Christian use his money to the glory of God by donating towards building his church
  1. A Christian can use his money to buy church plot
  2. A Christian can buy relief food for the needy
  3. A Christian can be broadcasting services for his church to enable his church to preach through the radio and T.V.
  • A Christian can use his wealth donating towards homes for the destitute.
  • A Christian can use his wealth to buy bibles and distribute them to those who cannot afford to buy.

 

  1. Explain how a modern Christian can amass wealth.
  2. A Christian can acquire wealth through earning salary or wage.
  3. A Christian can get wealth through doing honest business
  • A Christian can get wealth through inheritance from parents because this is lawful
  1. A Christian can get wealth through receiving gifts
  2. One can get money and wealth through interest accrued from investments
  3. A Christian may amass wealth by borrowing a loan and using it properly to yield profits
  • A Christian can get wealth through working in their farms.

 

  1. What are the likely side effects to the very rich and the very poor in a modern community.
  2. The rich will definitely exploit the poor
  3. Wives and daughters of the very poor people may result to prostitution although some irresponsible rich men may also involve themselves in this vice.
  • Very poor people may give birth to very many children whom they cannot support who turn to be street children.
  1. The poor may result to stealing for survival
  2. The rich are tempted to grab the poor mans property
  3. Due to too much wealth the rich may turn to immorality
  • The poor mans plight is ignored by the rich.
  • The poor may live in abject poverty while the rich live in excessive luxuries.
  1. Because of extremity in terms of earthly possession, enemity may develop between the two groups.

 

  1. Explain how our government uses the foreign aid received from the donor countries.
  2. The government uses foreign aid in improving health care services.
  3. Aid is used in buying food for famine stricken areas
  • Aid is used in national disasters like in stopping the Hiv/ Aids scourge
  1. Aid is used by government to build institutions of learning like public universities
  2. Aid is used by government in initiating projects like construction of hydro-electric power stations, roads.
  3. Aid can also be used to finance workshops.

 

  1. Explain factors hindering the growth of Jua-kali sector in Kenya today.
  2. We have fearless competition among Jua-kali artisans
  3. The sector does not get soft loans
  • The sector lacks the required capital to sustain their enterprises.
  1. Most of the people involved in Jua-kali sector have no knowledge in business management.
  2. This sector lacks good markets for finished goods.
  3. Sometimes the entrepreneurs are unable to pay high taxes

 

 

UNIT 4:           LAW, ORDER & JUSTICE.

 

  1. How can Christians contribute towards maintenance of law and order in the society?
  2. By keeping the laws of God just as Jesus did.
  3. By obeying the laws of the land
  • By forgiving wrongdoers
  1. By fighting against social evils like prostitution, tribalism, drug abuse, abortion, murder, stealing with violence etc.
  2. Praying for peace and justice to prevail in the community.
  3. By respecting the lawful authority
  • By condemning unjust laws and violation of human rights in the society
  • By being peace makers themselves.

 

  1. List five forms of punishment meted to criminals and offenders by the Kenyan law courts.
  2. Death penalty (capital punishment)
  3. Imprisonment
  • Detention under the detention camp Act.
  1. Corporal punishment
  2. Fines
  3. Forfeiture
  • Compensation
  • Youths taken to approved schools for school going young
  1. Police supervision
  2. Banning
  3. Torture
  • Deportation
  • Conditional discharge.

 

  1. State five reasons why as Christians we should respect the laws of our country.
  2. Christians respect the laws of the land because they ensure that justice is done.
  3. Because the Bible commands us to do so.
  • A Christian must respect the laws of the land because they protect peoples property.
  1. Laws must be respected by all Christians because they protect peoples property.
  2. Respect the country’s laws as one way of showing love to our country
  3. Laws must be respected by Christians because they specify the duties to individuals
  • Laws of the land must be respected by Christians because they come from God.
  • Christians respect laws of the country because they keep peace in the land.

 

  1. List five social evils that are negatively affecting Kenya’s development.
  2. Robbery and violence is affecting business in Kenya
  3. Drug abuse especially drinking is causing a lot of deaths in road carnage
  • Tribalism, Nepotism
  1. Prostitution and adultery
  2. Murder
  3. Abortion
  • Greed leading to exploitation and cheating in business
  • Bribery and corruption.

 

  1. What is the importance of laws to a Christian in any country?
  2. Laws maintain peace and order.
  3. Laws protect the rights of individuals.
  • Laws protect lives of citizens
  1. Laws protect individuals property
  2. To define what is legal and what is illegal
  3. To punish
  • To limit human freedom
  • To regulate human behaviour.
  1. To ensure efficiency in work.

 

  1. Give reasons why one of the ten commandments is against murder.
  2. Only god can take away human life
  3. The commandment forbids murder to avoid the unwanted sorrows
  • The commandment “thou shall not kill” is present among the ten commandments because life is very precious.
  1. This commandment in question forbids killing because God created every man for a divine and a specific purpose.
  2. The commandment “Thou shall not kill” forbids murder because human life is sacred.

 

  1. What are the causes of crimes in modern world?
  2. Growing up among habitual criminals
  3. Great desire for power may drive one to commit crimes like organise for coup-detat.
  • Egoism
  1. Great desire to get more and more riches.
  2. Being envious of other peoples wealth
  3. Lack of normal upbringing e.g parking boys and “chokoras”
  • Breakdown of traditional norms
  • Insecurity
  1. Extreme poverty
  2. Heredity – If there is criminology in the family lineage there are great chances of one becoming a criminal.

 

  1. List five great evils that face mankind today.
  2. Diseases – Aids is the worst
  3. Poverty
  • Ignorance or illiteracy
  1. Wars and fighting
  2. Natural calamities like earthquakes, floods, famine etc
  3. Corruption or bribery.

 

  1. Why are many Christians opposed to capital punishment?
  2. They argue the capital punishment is irreversible; once a person dies, you cannot bring him back to life.
  3. It is against human rights
  • It take away a family and a community member.
  1. It against Gods law – “Thou shall not kill”
  2. Those who administer the punishment and even the criminal suffer degradation.
  3. It does not serve the purpose of reforming, warning the offender because the offender dies.
  • Gods plan in punishment is to cause repentance hence the criminal does not live to repent.
  • It lowers the human dignity of the criminal
  1. It is possible to kill an innocent person because judges are human beings.
  2. God alone is the giver of life and it is only Him alone who can take it away.
  3. Capital punishment destroys Gods image found in the criminal
  • Th judge may be biased or dishonest and pass a judgement which does not deserve capital punishment.

 

  1. Explain ways in which a Christian can show respect for life today.
  2. By giving guidance and counselling on the value of life
  3. By conserving to environment – planting trees, flowers and grass
  • Discouraging capital punishment
  1. By ensuring that there is no pollution of water, air and land
  2. Condemning abortion
  3. Discouraging child abuse
  • By helping the less fortunate members of the community
  • Sharing natural resources with those who are unfortunate.

 

  1. List down atleast five forms of punishment meted against law breakers
  2. Stoning to death
  3. Excommunication
  • Cursing
  1. Chopping off of some parts of the body.
  2. Banishment
  3. Throwing of offenders in flooded rivers to drawn
  • Torture by clan elders e.g. thorning, thrashing, burning of the victims though not to death, applying of liquids like sisal fluid which causes severe itching especially among the Akamba people.
  • Shooting to death of victims especially wizards, witches and murderers.
  1. Denial of basic rights, e.g a son who frossely offended his parents could be denied a share in their inheritance in some communities.

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Explain how law and order was maintained in Traditional African societies.
  2. Law and order was maintained through keeping customary beliefs and regulations.
  3. Law and order was maintained through oathing. Africans feared breaking established oaths because they could result to death hence they followed the law.
  • Another way of maintaining law and order was through punishing law breakers. The forms of punishment administered to wrong doors included the following fines, canning, curses and excommunication.
  1. Africans made covenants to ensure that law and order was maintained.
  2. In traditional African communities clan elders, chiefs and priests supervised the community in a bid to maintain law and order.

 

  1. Why do you think crime is on the increase in modern time?
  2. Today many people are arrogant and they even do not want to respect the governing authorities.
  3. Today we have a lot of drug-abuse.
  • Today we have very many poor people and very few extremely rich people.
  1. Advancement in technology – criminals can easily communicate in mobile phones and also can move very fast due to fast means of transport.
  2. Increase in unemployment which is even affecting university graduates.
  3. Some people are committing crimes in self-defence.

 

  1. List five forms of idolatry in modern world.
  2. Desire for material things
  3. Love for money
  • Desire for power
  1. Desire for sex
  2. Great desire for pleasure

 

  1. How can Christians help ex-prisoners?
  2. Helping them to solve their problems
  3. Visiting them to show them that they belong to them
  • Preaching good news to them.
  1. Showing concern and love to them
  2. Praying for them to get Gods help
  3. Involving them in church activities
  • Welcoming them to churches, which will make them heal fast
  • Advising their families to accept and forgive them
  1. Providing them with food, shelter and clothing
  2. Providing job opportunities to them.
  3. Providing them with guidance and counselling to help them and to reform them.

 

  1. Explain the major reasons for punishment.
  2. To discourage or deter the criminals themselves or other would be criminalse.g public execution discourages many criminals from committing crimes. On 23/04/2001 China executed 113 criminals in sports stadium.
  3. To reform the offender. Here the criminal is taught law, how to respect it and other people.
  • Retribulation – this causing pain to the criminal equivalent the pain he caused to his victim.
  1. To guard people and their properties against criminals.

 

  1. What do you think would happen if a certain society is left without laws?
  2. There would be total hopelessness among many people in the community
  3. There would be serious drug abuse in the society
  • Sex-abuses like rape, homosexuality, incert and bestiality would be prevalent.
  1. There would be great misunderstanding between the youth and the old.
  2. There would be serious moral decay
  3. People would be confused on which culture to follow.

 

  1. Explain the characteristics of dictatorial leaders.
  2. They rule their countries with iron-hands
  3. Most dictators plunder the economies of their countries because they know any time they could be overthrown and go to live in exile.
  • Dictators show open nepotism and all forms of injustice without any fear.
  1. Dictators have no respect for religion – they end up murdering the church leaders who point out their problems.
  2. Because of the injustices they perpetuate the country develops a lot of insecurity
  3. In their rule they have no regard to the countriesconstitution ; instead they violate it greatly.

 

  1. What are the moral duties of the state to her citizens?
  2. The state has a duty of providing a good tax system. The state should not overtax her citizens.
  3. A state should protect the citizens from any external danger
  • The state has a duty of providing employment to her citizens
  1. The state has a duty of maintaining and overseeing justice
  2. The state has a duty of protecting rights for all the citizens
  3. The state must provide essential services like food during famines, hospitals, roads etc.

 

  1. How is justice maintained in Kenyan schools?
  2. There are rules and regulations to protect the rights of students and teachers
  3. There is established procedures of dealing with offenders for example punishment, suspension and expulsion.
  • Offenders are assisted through guidance and counselling
  1. Hard core students are taken to approved schools where they are given further discipline.

 

  1. Outline the dangers of electing an unjust ruler?
  2. An unjust ruler would rule in a dictatorial manner.
  3. An unjust ruler would ignore the country’s constitution – he would violet it grossly.
  • An unjust ruler would plunder the economy.
  1. It is obvious that an unjust ruler practice all manner of social injustices.
  2. An unjust ruler would bring a state of insecurity.
  3. An unjust ruler would abuse religion or may show bias to religion.

 

  1. What are the problems that Christians could encounter in trying to promote social justice in Kenya?
  2. The educated who have no regard for the uneducated whom they regard as ignorant
  3. Greed and selfishness resulting in grabbing, exploitation of the poor.
  • Opposition from the rich who are not willing to share their riches with poor.
  1. People not willing.
  2. Men not willing to share political power with women
  3. People of one race discriminating against those from other races as it was the case in South Africa during Apartheid regime.
  • When the old are not willing to share responsibilities with the youth.
  • Nepotism or clanism – that is possible favouring their own tribesmen or clansmen in share of resources, jobs and power.
  1. Greed and selfishness resulting from grabbing, exploitation of the poor and the rich and those in power.
  2. People from some denominations not willing to help people of other denominations.

 

  1. Explain how injustice can disrupt peace in any society.
  2. Injustice can lead to murders, robbery with violence or even assassinations.
  3. It can cause suffering e.g hunger, sicknesses and death.
  • It can lead to civil war.
  1. It cause rebellion like civil disobedience, coup detat, demonstrations, strikes, all manner of violence.
  2. To those who practice injustice, it can cause disrespect.
  3. It can led to hypocrisy and cheating.
  • It leads to international isolation like what was happening in South Africa during the period of Apartheid policy.

 

  1. How can Christians be good examples in doing injustice?
  2. By organising projects to help the destitute.
  3. By not being hypocritical
  • By avoiding to do any evil
  1. By leading humble lives
  2. By avoiding any quarrels amongst themselves
  3. By being responsible to others like Jesus.
  • By being ready to serve others.

 

  1. State six fundamental rights of a citizen according to UN’s universal declaration or Human rights.
  2. Right to marry and raise a family
  3. Right to life
  • Right to freedom of worship and expression
  1. Right to rightful arrest and fair trial
  2. Right to enjoy and use personal property freely
  3. Right to employment and a just wage.
  • Right to education
  • Right to own property
  1. Right to free association with others
  2. Right to freedom of speech and of information
  3. Right to personal freedom or liberty

 

  1. In what ways do Christians practice social justice?
  2. Christians practice social justice by caring for the environment
  3. By sharing their properties and resources to the less unfortunate members of the society.
  • By paying visits to the sick, prisoners and bereaved family members
  1. Praying for peace and justice in the society
  2. By calling for the justice rule of the law.
  3. By helping the poor and the needy.
  • Pointing out the social evils affecting the community
  • Christians should accomplish their domestic duties.

 

  1. Explain the Biblical teaching on order and justice.
  2. The Bible teaches that our God is a God of order as found in the creation account – in Psalm 17:8 God is just.
  3. Prophets Amos, Jeremiah, Issaih condemned the rich for exploiting the poor, fatherless and widows.
  • Jesus taught that people should first seek Gods kingdom and His justice.
  1. Jesus practised justice by associating with the despised member of the society like – Mathew and Saccheaus who were both tax-collectors
  2. According to prophet Isaiah, Gods justice involves helping the widows, the orphans and the poor.
  3. From (2 Samuel 12: – 1 – 15) we learn that all men are equal before God and should be treated with justice as God is against an injustice.
  • Christians are the watch dogs of the society to speak against an unjust laws or unjust practices.
  • Christians must exercise justice always by helping the hungry, thirsty, strangers, the sick and the prisoners.
  1. Jesus was opposed to Pharisees and Sadducees because they neglected justice mercy, and faith.

 

UNIT 5:  THE CHRISTIAN INVOLVEMENT IN

POLITICAL LIFE OF THE NATION.

 

  1. What are the qualities of good leaders according to old testament?
  • Deuteronomy
  1. He is respected by everybody
  2. He is mature and patient
  • He is not selfish
  1. He is humble
  2. He is not a lover of alcohol
  3. He is wise
  • One who has a God fearing family
  • He speaks for the helpless
  1. He has great skills in organising people.

 

  1. Briefly explain the purpose of law in Traditional African society
  2. In African Traditional communities law set out the roles of the members of society.
  3. In A.T.S. law guided people in all religious matters
  • In A.T.S. law created harmony in the entire community.
  1. In A.T.S. law guided people on what should be eaten and what should not be eaten e.g among the Akamba women did not eat the heads of goats because this was purely for the men who were the family leaders.
  2. In A.T.S. law guided people in the various rites that the members had to undergo.
  3. In A.T.S. law governed the terms of trade between the members of the community and other communities.
  • In A.T.S. law set out the specific punishment to be given to the wrong doers.
  • In A.T.S. the law set out accepted relations between rival communities.
  1. In A.T.S. laws were to guide people who belonged to various professions.

 

 

 

  1. What part can a Christian play in the national elections?
  2. A Christian can be honest in whatever role he is playing in election process
  3. Praying for fair, free, just and peaceful elections
  • Being very committed in whatever part he is given to play
  1. Accepting to work in any capacity in and out of polling stations.

 

  1. Outline the qualities of a good church leader according to New Testament.
  2. Must be above reproach
  3. A husband of one wife
  • Must be temperate
  1. Must have self-control
  2. Must be respectable
  3. Must be able to teach
  • Not a drunkard
  • Not violent but gentle
  1. Not quarrelsome
  2. Not a lover of money
  3. Must manage his family well
  • Must not be a recent convert
  • Must have a good reputation with outsiders
  • Must be hospitable
  1. Must not pursue dishonest gain.

 

  1. Explain how a Christian can acquire leadership qualities.
  2. A Christian can acquire leadership qualities by going through a theological training institute.
  3. Through experience acquired after long service
  • By learning Christian religious education in school
  1. Through attending seminars on leadership
  2. One can acquire those leadership skills through Gods inspiration
  3. By studying the Bible especially on areas dealing with Christian leadership
  • By emulating other leaders who are successful

 

  1. Explain the various forms of discrimination found in our modern society.
  2. Education discrimination – here the educated would discriminate the uneducated or the vice versa
  3. Tribal discrimination – Here members of a given tribe would employ or like to associate with members of their tribe at the expense of those who do not belong to their tribe.
  • Language discrimination – here people use their mother tongue in amidst of those who do not understand it. When they do this deliberately then it amounts to language discrimination.  This is becoming common in our public offices.
  1. Class and economic discrimination – here people prefer to associate with those of their social economic class. The rich would associate with the rich and despise the poor.
  2. Discrimination on basis of health – here the health might ignore association with those suffering from dreaded diseases like Aids, T.B from their places f work especially in the private sector. Or when those suffering from physical disabilities are denied employment on this basis.
  3. Discrimination based on age – here people discriminate against those of other age. This is common in churches especially when the old members are opposed to election of the youth to join church councils.
  • Discrimination based on sex – here people prefer to associate with those of their own sex. In the past there were certain jobs which were meant for men or women, but today this is dying out because today women are doing jobs like piloting, mechanical and electrical engineering which were meant for men.  Today men are working as cooks, chefs, which were jobs meant for women.  In one is denied a job on the basis of sex this amounts to discrimination.
  • Discrimination against the minority group. – Here majority group ignore the minority group especially when it comes to issues like allocating positions or property in the entire society.
  1. Religious discrimination – Here people associate with those of their denomination and discriminate others.

 

  1. As a Christian, what social and religious evils would you condemn in Kenya today?
  2. A Christian in Kenya can condemn oppression of the poor by the rich economically
  3. A Christian can condemn the want on destruction of the viral natural forests in Kenya.
  • A Christian may condemn the high level of bribery and corruption
  1. A Christian may condemn the misuse of public funds by those in leadership
  2. A Christian may condemn evil like murder, rape, violent, stealing etc
  3. A Christian may condemn prostitution which is highly practised in Kenya
  • A Christian may condemn injustices in law courts
  • A Christian may condemn car-jacking which is a common phenomena in our main cities.

 

  1. Explain problems that may result from good relationship between the state and church.
  2. The church may compromise and fail to condemn social evils committed by the state.
  3. The church may be forced to do corruption
  • Strong relationship between the church and state may make the church to forfeit her legitimate authority which comes from God.
  1. The church may be misused by the politicians to achieve evil political ends at the painful expense of the church
  2. The state may use Biblical teachings and change them to cover their political ideologies.
  3. Strong alliance between church and state may bring politics in church government.

 

  1. Explain how a Christian can ensure that justice is done Kenya today:
  2. A Christian can propagate justice in Kenya today through preaching against all forms of exploitation.
  3. A Christian can propagate justice by speaking against detention without trial.
  • A Christian can ensure justice by preaching against bribery in law courts and in traffic controls.
  1. He can preach justice by speaking against any forms of dictatorship in any form of leadership.
  2. He can preach against tribalism and racism.
  3. He can condemn strongly the grabbing of poor mans lands by the rich, the grabbing of public plots by the greedy and rich individuals.

 

  1. From the judgement passed on to Jesus by the Pontius Pilate, what can Christians learn?
  2. Jesus was the son of God
  3. Jesus was not guilty
  • Leaders should not abuse powers given to them.
  1. Christians should not give false witness
  2. One should not be influenced by others to speak lies
  3. One should be fair in passing judgements
  • One should seek to please God but not fellowmen.
  • Leaders should give guidance to those he is leading.

 

  1. Explain the steps church leaders would take in handling dishonest members.
  2. Help them in avoiding all circumstances which could lead them to dishonest
  3. Forgive the dishonest members
  • They can discipline them
  1. Leaders should set good examples to be followed by dishonest members
  2. Study the circumstances leading to dishonesty
  3. Leaders should pray to the affected members
  • Instead of ignoring them they should be given guidance and counseling
  • They should teach them to lead responsible lives

 

  1. What is the importance of professional ethics to a Christian?
  2. When a Christian observes professional ethics in his work many other people develop a liking to his profession.
  3. Professional ethics makes a Christian good example to other workmates
  • Professional ethics helps a Christian to improve skills
  1. Professional ethics dictates on how a Christian should relate with his colleagues.
  2. Professional ethics controls a Christian not a reveal professional secrets
  3. Professional ethics controls a Christian form breaking the rules that guides him e.g a male teacher is prohibited from sexual knowledge of his female student.

 

 

 

  1. How can Christian Youth serve God today?
  2. By contributing money in aid of church activities
  3. By singing in the choir by providing labour in the church e.g sweeping church, cultivating in church compound, watering flower beds etc.
  • By teaching in Sunday schools
  1. By taking pair in communal work.
  2. By worshipping God in the church through praying and reading the Bible
  3. A Christian youth who is educated can also teach the adults
  • By participating in societies like Y.C.S, U

 

  1. What do you think the Kenyan Church should do to curb abortion which is increasing at an alarming rate?
  2. The church should emphatically teach that life is a gift from God hence it should not be terminated easily.
  3. The church should outrightly condemn it as sinful and unnecessary
  • The church should teach parents to love their pregnant daughters.
  1. The church should provide homes to the unmarried mothers
  2. The church should fearlessly teach sex education to all especially abortion
  3. The church should encourage the youth to share ideas on sex and about abortion.
  • The church should build homes for unwanted children.
  • The church has a duty to guide and counsel pregnant girls.

 

  1. How can the church promote peace in modern society?
  2. The church should participate in choosing just leaders
  3. The church should make peace between various groups of people
  • Th church should participate in social activities both at family level and at national level.
  1. The church should be mindful of other peoples welfare
  2. The church should aid in bringing people in different backgrounds together.
  3. The church has a role of strengthening national consciousness.
  • The church has a duty of fighting poverty, ignorance, oppression and sickness
  • The church should fight against prejudice.
  1. The church should serve her role as a servant where she is required to do so.

 

  1. In detail explain ways in which the modern church can participate in political issues of Kenya as a country.
  2. The church should help in negotiations to end statement like in the ongoing constitutional review
  3. The church should always mediate between the citizen and the leaders of the country.
  • The church should participate in the election process.
  1. The church should always act as the conscience of the state.
  2. The church should participate in offering civil education to the voters although the state is opposed to it today.
  3. The church has a prime duty of praying to the state
  • The church should fearlessly condemn the evils in the state.
  • The church should word hand in hand with political leaders in the socio-economic development projects like building schools, hospitals and church.

 

  1. Explain problems that are hindering effective church

influence in the social life of the community.

  1. Lack of money to spread the gospel
  2. There are wrangles within the churches
  • Today we have emergency of devil worship, several cults and communism in our society.
  1. Some church leaders involving themselves in immorality which gives the church a big blow.
  2. Strong negative influence from science
  3. Lack of appropriate training of church leaders
  • Some church members practicing self-righteousness.
  • Lack of accountability and transparency in church funds
  1. When social classes and practised in the church

 

 

 

  1. Explain what steps should churches take to retain the youth in

their churches.

  1. The Church should encourage the youth to have church weddings and support those who cannot afford such ceremonies.
  2. The church should learn to accommodate modern styles of dressing during church worship.
  • For the church to attract the youth, they should start English service to cater for their interests.
  1. The church should start organising guidance and counselling to make them aware of their role in the church
  2. The church should involve the church in various church activities much liked by the youth
  3. The church should organise youth rallies and crusades which are very much liked by the youth.
  • The church should have some of them in leadership roles i.e in church council
  • The church should allow them to form youth groups
  1. The church should allow them to sing in the church using modern tunes and styles
  2. The church should provide recreational facilities to the youth because they have a lot of energy for the same
  3. The church should provide employment opportunities to them and also strongly recommend for employment elsewhere.

 

UNIT 6:           ISSUES RELATED TO MODERN SCIENCE

AND TECHNOLOGY

 

  1. Explain how Christians are using science and technology to spread the Gospel today.
  2. Archeological discoveries are confirming the truth of the Gospel.
  3. Medicines have helped Christians to do the healing ministry which is part of spreading the gospel.
  • Scientific researches have been adopted by the church because they help the church in changing to modern methods and approaches.
  1. Tools like radios, T.V.s, Video cassettes and cinemas are used to preach the good news.
  2. Christians today are using public address systems when preaching in crusades and in big churches
  3. The knowledge of architecture has enabled the church to build big churches like the church of Dr. David Logicho in South Korea which as a sitting capacity of 350,000 people. This is the largest church in the world.
  • Different modes of transport like air, water, rail and road have enabled evangelists and other ministers to preach in many parts of the world.
  • Christians today are spreading the Gospel through the print media e.gtypewriter’s, computers and printing machines.
  1. Churches use telephones, fax machines and postal services to spread the gospel.
  2. Modern advancement in agriculture and commerce has improved peoples income which in inturn used in spreading the gospel.

 

  1. Give five reasons why some Christians are opposed to the use of artificial contraceptives.
  2. It lowers the dignity of the persons involved
  3. Artificial contraceptives have a lot of risks on the lives of people involved.
  • It is an immoral act.
  1. It is only God who has the sole duty of creating giving human life, hence artificial contraceptives is wrong.
  2. It is opposed because it is unnatural way of having a child.

 

  1. What would you advice a patient to do while on medications?
  2. One should be advised to hide drugs from children
  3. One should take full dose as per the physician’s instructions.
  • One should never use expired drugs because they can cause instant death
  1. One should store medicines in cool dry places
  2. One should never share drugs with other patients
  3. It is advisable that one should not treat himself unless he/ she is a medical practitioner.

 

  1. Give reasons why a few Christians are opposed to family planning programmes.
  2. They argue that it is a way of promoting prostitution
  3. They argue that most of the family planning methods have serious effects.
  • Others say that they opt to use the natural method because it has no medical complications.
  1. Others argue that using of family planning methods is a clear indication that they do not trust God to give them the children they would need.
  2. Other Christians argue that they are following God’s command “multiply and fill the earth” – Genesis chapter 1:.

 

  1. Explain how a Christian should treat people suffering from AIDS.
  2. A Christian should advice AIDs patients to take drugs according to physicians instructions.
  3. Christians should show them love because they are children of God
  • Christians should preach to them and convert them before they die because it is a terminal disease.
  1. Christians should not disassociate themselves from AIDs patients but rather they should keep company with them.
  2. Christians should feed and cloth those suffering from AIDs.

 

  1. Why do you think majority of men do not accept vasectomy in Kenya?
  2. Many argue that once one undergoes vasectomy it is irreversible.
  3. Others argue that it causes misunderstanding in the family
  • Some fear to be looked down upon by other fellow men even women
  1. Others argue that it interferes with the perfect creation of God.
  2. Others say it has several side effects.
  3. Others refuse it simply because they do not know anything about it.

 

  1. What are some of the problems that may result from the advertisement of condoms?
  2. It will encourage the youth to commit fornication and the married adultery.
  3. The S.T.D. may increase because condoms cannot give full quarantee that one cannot conduct the S.T.D. when using them.
  • There will be unwanted pregnancies because some condoms are known to be defective.
  1. The youth would want to experiment on them because they are very adventurous.
  2. There will be a lot of moral decay in the society.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In detail describe the religious significance of the environment in traditional African communities.
  2. All believed that it was their religious duty to make care of the environment.
  3. Each community believed that their homeland was a gift from God.
  • To the African people the following environmental phenomenas revealed that nature of God: – stars, moon, sun, eclipse, rain, clouds, thunder and lightening.
  1. In many societies major oaths were taken by one taking the soil as a symbol of environment.
  2. Some communities had heavenly bodies which were considered sacred.
  3. Many African communities had their shrines where they worshipped in certain environmental places e.g trees, rivers, mountains, hills, rocks and forests.
  • Rites of passages were connected to the environment e.g circumcision blood flowed to the soil to bind the initiates to the ancestors, birth day.
  • The environment showed the relationship between God and people at given times e.g drought, floods, epidemics.

 

  1. Explain how science and technology has improved the quality of human life.
  2. Due to many discoveries in medicine many diseases are now brought under control.
  3. Due to advancement in transport and communication the quality of human life has greatly been influenced. Today one can be flown to Europe within hours for treatment incase he/ she cannot be treated in Kenya.
  • Due to advancement in science and Technology improvement in fuel production which inturn improves the quality of human life.
  1. Science and technology has led to production of good quality textiles which inturn are improving the quality of human life.
  2. Advancement in science and technology has led great production of food hence improvement in human life
  3. Today we have good supply due to improvement in science ad technology.
  • Due to advancement in science and technology we have good houses which improve the quality of human life a great deal
  • Electricity and electrical appliances have greatly improved the quality of human life.

 

  1. List five technological activities which are threatening mans life.
  2. Pesticides and fertilizers which have negative effects to man.
  3. Remains from nuclear weapons have long lasting effects e.g Bombs dropped at Nagasaki and Heroshima in the second world war are still a threat to human life even today.
  • Carbon monoxide emitted from industries is ruining the ozone layer which inturn allows dangerous ultra-violet rays from the sun.
  1. Toxic gas from industries are causing chest diseases.
  2. Cutting down trees from timber and paper causes deforestation which inturn results to desertification.

 

  1. Explain the benefits of modern science and Technology to mankind.
  2. Modern Science has come up with modern medicines which improves human life.
  3. Modern Science has greatly improved mans environment
  • Modern science has boasted food production.
  1. Modern science and Technology has brought unity of mankind as mankind can communicate from all earners of the world.
  2. Science and technology has greatly improved communication.
  3. Science and technology has brought unity of mankind as mankind can communicate from all corners of the world.
  • Through use of science and technology man can easily control the universe.

 

  1. How can Christians help to protect the environment?
  2. Supporting environmental programmes with finances.
  3. Teaching other people on how to preserve it for example soil conservation, tree planting, cleaning the environment, good farming methods and afforestation.
  • In taking part during environmental days.
  1. Teaching others the importance of the environment e.g for beauty, prosperity and for healthy.
  2. Christians should condemn in the strongest terms possible the senseless destruction and exploitation of the environment.
  3. Be ready to work in protecting the environment e.g in building gabions, planting trees, cleaning the city, cleaning river beds.
  • Planting flower and tree nurseries from where other people could get seedlings to plant.
  • Desert from all activities that destroy environment like poaching, cultivating on steep slopes, falling trees, encroaching on catchment areas.
  1. Giving ideas on conservation to others.
  2. Taking good care of their homes, shambas.

 

  1. From the creation account, – explain the relationship that should exist between human beings and the environment.
  2. Man had dominion over the environment
  3. Man and environment depend on each other.
  • Man and environment were both created by God hence should appreciate the environment as Gods creation.
  1. Man has a duty to take care of the environment
  2. The environment was created to be used by man.

 

  1. Outline the importance of trees to mankind.
  2. Trees act as wind breakers in plantations and settled areas.
  3. Trees provide fuel for cooking
  • Trees provide building materials
  1. From trees we get paper e.gWebuye factory
  2. From trees we got food e.g. some wild fruits are used as food.
  3. Trees provide medicine.
  • Trees prevent soil erosion.
  • Trees especially in forested areas provide water catchement.

 

  1. Define the term Euthanasia: Give reasons for and against euthanasia.
  2. The term Euthanasia is a Greek word meaning “Mercy killing” or painless death.
  3. Reasons for Euthanasia:
  4. Those who advocate for it say that they have compassion for one who is undergoing unbearable pain.
  5. They argue that life is survival for the fittest
  • They argue that one has a right to choose death without suffering
  1. Since medical expenses may be high, euthanasia may be a way of relieving the economic burden.
  2. Others argue that there is no point of keeping a person who will obviously die.

 

Arguments against Euthanasia:

  1. Euthanasia equals murder
  2. Euthanasia is a pure materialistic concept of life
  • Others say that those who accept Euthanasia are simply committing suicide.
  1. Doctors who administer Euthanasia may never be trusted by their patients.
  2. Others argue that euthanasia is against Bible which condemns murder
  3. Negative and positive euthanasia is likewise murder when done without the consent of the suffering person.
  • Euthanasia renders human life meaningless.
  • Those who administer or allow euthanasia prove that they have no love and care for the drying.
  1. Medical ethics forbids euthanasia.
  2. Euthanasia is an open rejection and rebellion against God.

 

  1. List atleast five forms of artificial contraceptives.
  2. Condoms
  3. Diaphragms
  • Hormonal pills
  1. Injections e.g Depo-Provera
  2. Foaming pills and jollies
  3. Intra uterine devise (IUD) also “loop”
  • Tubal-ligation.

 

 

UNIT 8:       ISSUES RELATED TO SEX,

MARRIAGE AND FAMILY.

 

  1. What are the causes of sexual abuse in modern society?
  2. Lack of guidance and counselling of the youth.
  3. Poverty
  • Influence of drugs
  1. Today there is less emphasis on sex education
  2. Influence from pornographic literature and films.
  3. Light or lack of punishment to sex offenders
  • Great influence from Western culture
  • Total breakdown of traditional taboos governing sex.

 

  1. Briefly explain what the traditional African initiates were taught about sex during initiation.
  2. They were taught the time or period in which they could abstain from sexual relationships.
  3. They were instructed on how to conduct themselves in from of members of the opposite sex.
  • They were taught about the intimacy of female to male relationships
  1. They were given a detailed instruction by courageous tutors on their own procreative systems
  2. They were taught that sex was sacred and important
  3. They were taught that the right place of sex was only in marriage
  • They were fully tutored on all the taboos connected with sex.

 

  1. Why do you think Christians are against fornication.
  2. Fornication is a source of contracting Standards.
  3. Fornication is condemned in the Bible i.e fornicators are among those who will not inherit the kingdom of God.
  • Christians condemn fornication because it does not achieve one purpose of sex which is fulfillment.
  1. A girl who involves herself in fornication in never trusted in marriage in future marriage because she has broken her virginity.
  2. It may result to unwanted pregnancies.

 

  1. What ways were used by the Africans to prevent the abuse of sex?
  2. Polygamy was allowed in many African communities to reduce or even control the abuse of sex.
  3. Sex offenders were severely punished or fined.
  • The young were given serious guidance and counselling on matters pertaining to sex.
  1. Boys and girls could only mix in the presence of responsible adults.
  2. Sex was strictly for the married people.
  3. Rigid sexual taboos were practiced in all African communities.
  • Young and mature girls were strictly monitored by the parentse.g a young child could accompany a mature girl to the river, to the bush or even to the villagers and relatives homes to ensure that she could not talk to boys on the way.

 

  1. What are the effects of irresponsible sex?
  2. It can led to social evils like rape, drug abuse
  3. It can result to early pregnancies and forced marriages
  • It can lead to the spread of sexually transmitted diseases like AIDs, Syphilis, Gonorrhea etc.
  1. It causes single parenthood.
  2. It brings health problems especially to young girls when they give birth.
  3. It can cause divorce.
  • It causes or leads to prostitution or even homosexuality in extreme cases.
  • It leads to birth of illegitimate children
  1. It causes crime among young children e.g the parking boys
  2. It causes abortion to avoid the unwanted children.

 

  1. Give atleast five examples of deviant sexual behaviour found in our modern society.
  2. Rape
  3. Abortion
  • Prostitution
  1. Homosexuality
  2. Bestiality
  3. Lesbianism

 

  1. What are the causes of prostitution?
  2. Prostitution has been made by some people an economic activity to earn living from or generate some income.
  3. Some men and women turn to prostitution because their sexual demands are not met in their marriage relationship.
  • Especially among the youth, peer group influence and pressures may lead to entering and practising prostitution.
  1. Phonographic literature and films dealing with loose sexual information lure people to indulge sexual immoralities.
  2. As a result of separation or divorce, the affected may need company for sexual relation or money which may result to practising prostitution.
  3. Some women may leave their rural homes to look for jobs and if they fail, are forced to result to prostitution.
  • Extreme poverty.

 

  1. What are the evils of prostitution?
  2. It undermines the mutual and companionship aspect of sex
  3. Through prostitution, deadly sexually transmitted diseases are passed on.
  • It is a source of moral and spiritual decay
  1. Where prostitution is rampant, crime rate is quite high
  2. Some times it leads to unwanted pregnancies
  3. It encourages sexual crimes such as abortion
  • Prostitution may make young girls loose their dignity in society or their dignified ways of earning a decent living.
  • Where couples engage in the practice, they loose confidence to one another and the family may end up breaking.
  1. Misuse of money
  2. Children brought up where prostitution is rampant are likely to develop diligent behaviours.
  3. It undermines the purpose of sex in marriage / sex become a pure physical satisfaction.

 

  1. Explain both the similarities and differences between the traditional and Christian understanding of marriage.

Similarities:

  1. In both marriage is seen as covenant relationship
  2. In both marriage is seen as a social affair as many people are invited to attend the marriage feasts.
  • In both marriage is aimed at providing mutual love
  1. Both believe that marriage is sacred and that it is the divine will of God.
  2. In both marriage enables man and woman to have new responsibilities.
  3. Marriage promotes the social status the new couple in both tradition and Christian societies.
  • In both marriage brings about new ties of relationships. In both the young couple gets new friends and relatives e.g brothers, sisters-in-law.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Differences:

  1. Traditional African marriage allows polygamy while Christian marriage is strictly monogamous.
  2. Christian marriage unites a man and a woman while traditional African marriage unites two families – the family of the man to the family of the woman.
  • Christian marriage ends with the death of one partner while Traditional African marriage continues even long after the death of one partner in that a woman can continue bearing children to the deceased husband.
  1. In traditional African marriage one does not die but lives through the birth of this children who continue his name after his death while Christianity gets immortal life through salvation by the blood of Jesus Christ.
  2. In Christianity it is not a must for everyone to marry for some have celibacy for religious reasons, while in traditional African societies it was a duty / a must for everyone to marry and raise a family.
  3. Marriage without children in traditional African society was not complete while in Christianity the marriage is complete and acceptable without children.
  • A wife can have children for her husband incase the husband been important but this is unacceptable in Christianity for it is sin of sexual immorality.
  • In traditional African marriages, a woman was married to the whole family or even clan but in Christianity a woman belongs to one man who has all rights over her.

 

  1. Explain the types of marriages found in Kenya today.
  2. Christian marriage:

This is conducted in church following Christian teaching.  It is    conducted by Pastor, Rev., Priest or even a Bishop.  There are many family members and Christians who act as witnesses.

  1. Islamic marriage:

This is conducted according to Islamic teaching.  A Kadhi conducts it.  There are very many witnesses who include Islamic faithful, friends and relatives from both families.

  • Traditional African marriage:

These are marriages conducted following traditional Africans customs.  These marriages are also called customary marriages.  These are the majority in Kenya.  These marriages differ from one community to another.

  1. Civil marriages:

These are conducted at the District commissioner’s office.  There are very few witnesses.  They follow the laws of Kenya and incase of divorce the same office authorises though it is done at law courts.

 

  1. What are some of the reasons given by Christians for celibacy?
  2. Some claim that they want to follow the example of Jesus who had no wife.
  3. Others follow Jesus teaching that they leave everything including wives for the sake of the kingdom.
  • Others especially women want to follow the example of barren women like Elizabeth who late became the mother of John the Baptist.
  1. Others say they only want to be married to Christ as they cannot be fully committed if they got earthly marriage.
  2. Others say they want to remain virgin like the ten virgins of the Bible hence some become Nuns and sisters.

 

  1. Explain the secular reasons for remaining single today.
  2. Some people prefer co-habiting to real committed life.
  3. Others claim they have missed a “Mr right” or “Miss right”.
  • Girls who have illegitimate children have difficulties in getting husbands.
  1. Other girls spend a lot of their life in education only to find that they have become too old to attract a man for marriage.
  2. Some girls choose to lead a single parenthood rather than to marry.
  3. Others say they would rather not marry than fail in their careers – for example a lady working with armed forces in Kenya would choose to remain rather than leaving her career to get married.
  • Men fearing the highly educated women like professors
  • Others who are selfish would not like to share their earnings with any one else hence they decide not to marry.
  1. Some men may remain single because of physical defects – Eunuchs.

 

 

 

  1. What was the importance of children in traditional African communities?
  2. Children were to inherit the parents’ property after their death. Inheritance was strictly for boys.
  3. In traditional African society children were perceived as blessings from God.
  • Children were very important in traditional African societies because they continue family and clan through procreation. That is, they kept the fire of life burning.
  1. Children completed a marriage for a marriage without children was not complete and binding.
  2. In traditional African societies one got respect in the society according to the number of children one had. The more the children the more the respect one received from his community.
  3. Children in traditional African societies provide labour force. Many children meant higher labour force and this could make one rich.  Also one who had many girls he get a lot of dowry when the girls were married.

 

  1. Discuss the African view that in traditional African communities a woman is married to the whole clan.
  2. It was accepted traditionally that can elders or age mates of the husband could discipline the woman if she misbehaved.
  3. If a husband dies a brother or a kinsman takes over the wife
  • Clan elders resolved quarrels between husband and wife incase any arose.
  1. Before the young couple could make a decision they consulted their clan members.
  2. Clan members shared marriage expenses by contributing food, goats for dowry even working on the wedding day. This brought in the idea that the wife belonged to them.
  3. After marriage most of the members of the clan could visit the married woman and she was expected to show hospitality at all times.
  • Clan members collected the bride and brought her to her new home on the marriage day hence the wife belonged to them.
  • Everyone took any part in the ceremonial and the rituals connected with marriage therefore everyone felt the wife belonged to each one of them especially them. She could be refereed to as “our wife”.
  1. In some communities the kinsmen played a great role in choosing the bride.
  2. Since the woman belonged to the whole clan she was supposed to participate in all clan functions.
  3. A kinsman was called upon to raise up children if a man was impotent.
  • In some communities like the Maasai, intimate friends could share wives.
  • A wife was supposed to know all the clan members immediately she was married.
  • Once a woman got married she was supposed to perform all household chores for the whole clan without complaining.

 

  1. What difficulties can be encountered in maintaining this practice of a woman being married to a whole clan in modern societies?
  2. Employment and mobility have kept women away from their clansmen and has made them outward looking.
  3. Some people pay more loyalty to their churches than the clans hence the idea of a wife being a clan wife does not arise.
  • Some couples marry without involving their clan members.
  1. There has been breakdown of clan solidarity and kinship ties.
  2. The cost of living today makes it difficult for those involved to entertain the clansmen easily.
  3. Women liberation movements cannot accept this practice at all.
  • Today society is tolerant to single parenthood therefore this practise is quite unacceptable in traditional African society.
  • Mixed marriages across tribal and racial lines make it difficult to uphold this traditional African practice or value on marriage.
  1. Conditions of habitation in urban areas cannot allow this practice.
  2. Society has changed attitude towards women for example today women may own property or even inherit property form their parents.
  3. Migrations both rural to urban and rural to rural migrations have separated members of the clan from other members.
  • Christian teaching on marriage emphasize the responsibility to the nuclear family rather than the extended family.
  • Western education has exposed learners to Western ideas and values that conflict with this practice in African marriages.

 

 

  1. What are the causes of conflict in marriage in Kenya today?
  2. Lack of children – many a times men blame their wives and strife starts in the family.
  3. Selfishness on the part of husband or wife.
  • Negligence of ones responsibilities. Here a man neglects his fatherly duties or the wife neglects her motherly duties as the homemaker.
  1. Unfaithfulness on the part of husband or wife especially on matters related to sex.
  2. Influence of traditional African practices for example if a man wants to marry a second wife and his first wife resists, or a man spends a lot of money on the extended family especially when the wife does not accept this practice friction begins in marriage.
  3. When the husband or wife takes so much drug taking especially alcohol.
  • Use of misuse of family money. Here either the husband or wife uses family money without information of the other and especially when it is used for the intended purpose.
  • Influence from Western education or religion or modernity or even women’s liberation movement liberation movement which makes not to accept the wives traditional role in marriage.
  1. In cases where the wife is more senior position than the man, if the wife transfers the same seniority at home conflicts sets in that home.
  2. Extended family may cause conflicts in marriage if there is interference especially when in-laws start coming in between the married couple.
  3. Wife beating especially in Kenya today when such a practice is becoming a thing of the past.

 

  1. How can a Christian couple ensure a successful marriage?
  2. The two should share their happiness and sorrows.
  3. They should treat each other as equals as they are equal before the eyes of God
  • They should give conjugal rights to each other
  1. The two should practice understanding, tolerance and forgiveness.
  2. They should consult each other in important decisions affecting their family.

 

 

  1. Why do you think the church disapproves of divorce?.
  2. Marriage after divorce is regarded to be equivalent to adultery.
  3. It is Biblically wrong and Christ disapproves of it.
  • Divorce cancels the permanence of marriage that was intended for man at the beginning.
  1. Divorce is not an option for two believers. Otherwise marriage loses meaning.
  2. Reconciliation / love should be the guiding principles in married life.
  3. The partner at fault should accept his/ her mistakes to avoid divorce.
  • Marriage is a symbol of Christ and the church so divorce devalues the meaning or the symbol of unity and love.
  • Divorce brings insecurity to the children.
  1. Divorce disrupts family life.
  2. Marriage is sacred and therefore should never be dissolved.

 

  1. In details outline the consequences of divorce in contemporary society.
  2. It causes economic strain on one partner who is left with the children.
  3. It results to single parenthood.
  • It causes great enemy to the two partners
  1. It causes deep suffering to the children
  2. It may lead to prostitution to the two partners
  3. Children would lack security because they are brought up by one parent especially the mother.
  • It causes juvenile delinquency.
  • It leads to failure in achieving family goals.
  1. It leads to adultery
  2. In extreme cases it may lead to one committing suicide.
  3. Divorce causes deep frustrations to both partners affected.
  • It leads to children to grow without total parental love.

 

  1. Explain the traditional African understanding of the family.
  2. An African family is composed of the living, the dead ancestors and the yet to be born members.
  3. In traditional African community many nuclear families which were related through blood, marriage or adoption formed an extended family. This was the most common feature of African families since the idea of a nuclear family is foreign to the Africans.
  • In traditional African a family without children was incomplete and unnecessary. The chief purpose of marrying was procreation to have a family and continue it.
  1. Polygamous marriages were common features of many traditional African families. The more the number of wives and children one had the more he was respected in the given society.
  2. An extended families were a common feature because it had many members who shared responsibilities like, education of children, raising of dowry, helping bereaved families, supporting widows, supporting week members of the family in times of famine and misfortunes and doing communal work like cultivation, construction of houses etc.

 

  1. How can the modern society prevent prostitution?
  2. The governmental organisations and churches can join hands together and give them skills which make them start income generating activities as an alternative to prostitution.
  3. Other members of the society should treat them with love but not call them “Malaya” (prostitutes) because this would demoralise them the more.
  • The government should enlighten the community through mass media about the dangers of prostitution because some practice it due to ignorance of the side effects of the practice. This would also deter the would be prostitutes.
  1. The prostitutes should be talked to by qualified guidance and counselling personal and this can help a great deal. The same services should be extended to the would be abusers of sex.
  2. People who engage in prostitution should be encouraged to go to church where they can be taught sound morality.

 

  1. Explain the Christian understanding of the family.
  2. To Christians a family begins with marriage between a man and woman who agree to live together for life.
  3. The chief purpose of having a Christian family is mutual love and companionship as opposed to traditional African which is procreation.
  • A Christian family is an example of the relationship between Christ and the church that is why Paul directed that husbands love their wives as Christ loved the church – Ephesians chapter 5:25.
  1. In Christian understanding, a childless family is still a complete family
  2. A Christian family is purely monogamous.

 

  1. Briefly explain the various kinds of families in Kenya today.
  2. Single Parent Family.

This family is made up of one parent either man or woman and children.  This family may result from death of one marriage partner, or separation in marriage or children born by a girl and she fails to get a marriage partner or when a man has a child with a girl and the man is forced to carry the child as with the customary practice of the Luhya and some coast communities.

Here a woman is married to at least two husbands.  This is commonly practised in India.  It is very rare in Kenya.

  • Polygamous family.

Here a man marries more than one wife and he raises children.  This type of family was common in African culture though it is slowly dying out because of economic strain.

  1. Nuclear family.

This is composed of a man, wife and children.  This is the type of family which is mostly recommended by Christians today.  It is the most common due to Christianity, western education and also due to economic pressure.

  1. Extended family.

This is composed of many nuclear families.  Here an old man may have twelve sons who marry to have each a nuclear family. When all these many nuclea families use one family name of the old man, then it is an extended family.

 

  1. Why do young people seek church weddings?
  2. Christian marriage is permanent
  3. The church gives guidance and counselling to the couple.
  • Church wedding enables couple celebrate marriage with friends, relatives etc.
  1. Church wedding enables one to declare publicly that he/she is married
  2. Marriage is ordained by God hence the great desire to seek it.
  3. It helps the couple to be strong in faith as their best couple helps the young couple in matters of faith.
  • The young Christians seek church weddings so as to get a certificate.
  • The youth would seek church weddings because they know their marriages will last long for they fear to break vows they made in church infront of a great congregation.
  1. The young seek church marriages so as to get God’s blessings.
  2. Church marriages helps to couple to work their salvation as one as they will be helping each other in their Christian walk to heaven.
  3. Because marriage is sacred.
  • It makes couple become members of Christian community
  • To avoid non-Christian marriage.
  • It enables the couple to declare in public that they are married.

 

  1. Why did traditional African communities prefer to have extended families to nuclear families?
  2. Extended family had many relatives than a nuclear family hence many people would join together in consoling members who lost a member.
  3. It was easier for an extended family to pay dowry than a nuclear family.
  • In terms of work force an extended family has many members hence they could do a lot of work as compared to a nuclear family.
  1. It was easier for an extended family to help the orphaned children than in a nuclear family.
  2. In times of hardship like famine the richer members of the extended family would easily help the poor members of the family while this is not possible in a nuclear family.
  3. An extended family is stronger in defence than a nuclear family.

 

  1. Why do you think it was mandatory for everyone to marry in traditional African communities?
  2. It was a way of proving ones fertility
  3. Unmarried people were never respected in traditional African societies no matter how old one was.
  • It was only through marriage that one would be remembered after being named by their children.
  1. Marriage in traditional African communities joined two families together therefore one would marry to have many relatives and friends.
  2. One married to continue the fire of life burning through procreation as the idea of adoption of children is alien to Africans.

 

  1. Define the term abortion. What are some of the reasons advanced for and against abortion?

Definition  –  Abortion is the willful removal of the foetus from the mother’s body while it cannot lead independent life.

Reasons for abortion:

  1. Some people argue that abortion would be justified in pregnancy were as a result of rape.
  2. Others argue that abortion may be justified if done to save the life of the mother, the child or both.
  • Others say that abortion can be justified on economic grounds i.e if the child to be born is going to be a great economic burden.
  1. Others argue that abortion can be justified when the child to be born is likely to be physically deformed.
  2. Others argue that abortion can be justified if a schoolgirl becomes pregnant and wishes to pursue her studies.
  3. Others argue that abortion can be justified if a couple have ‘accidental pregancy’ and they feel they do not need the child or even unmarried people who get pregnancy out of uncommitted love.

 

  1. Reasons against abortion.
  2. Many Christians especially the Catholics argue that abortion equals murder irrespective of the age of the foetus.
  3. They argue that all effort should be made to save the life of the mother and the child but not just to result to abortion.
  • On the view that the child to be born is likely to be physically deformed – they argue that it is not possible to prove this with certainty. They say this is a serous issue that should have no guesswork.
  1. On the argument pertaining to economic burden – they argue that such children could be taken to children’s homes for the orphans and destitute.
  2. On pregnant schoolgirls they argue that the same should give birth first and are allowed to continue with her studies.
  3. If abortion is made freely, many will abuse sex.

 

  1. Discuss in detail factors that are enhancing prostitution today.
  2. The youth will mostly get involved in prostitution due to peer group pressure.
  3. Others are indulging in prostitution due to lack of partners as a result of divorce.
  • Others are getting into prostitution due to unfulfilled sexual desires from their spouses.
  1. Children born and brought up by prostitutes would turn to be prostitutes when they grow up.
  2. Today we have many sugar mammies and sugar daddies who are seriously promoting prostitution.
  3. These days we have very many video and cinema halls, which are showing pornographic videos and films that are leading many to indulge in prostitution.
  • The movement from rural areas to urban areas is in a great deal promoting prostitution.
  • Extreme poverty drives many young and old men to prostitution especially if they have no other source of livelihood.
  1. Great desire for sex promotes prostitution even among the married people.

 

  1. Explain the problems associated with childlessness in marriage today.
  2. In extreme cases it may lead to divorce.
  3. Also extreme cases may lead to suicide especially the woman if the husband adversely accuses her of barrenness.
  • Childless couple always feel incomplete
  1. A man in childless family may engage in heavy drinking to cover frustrations.
  2. Childless couples may result to unfaithfulness to prove their fertility
  3. Childless couple may easily be tempted to steal children.
  • It is easy for childless couples to hate children or those who have children.
  • Many childless couples have constant war amongst themselves because they keep blaming each other.

 

 

 

  1. Explain methods used by Africans in choosing life partners.
  2. In many communities parents of the boy chose the girl to be married to their son.
  3. The boyskingsmen could also choose a suitable girl for their boy.
  • A mature boy was also allowed to choose marriage partner then sought the consent of his parents who gave an approval.
  1. In some other communities mature boys and girls meet and when they fall in love, each consulted their parents who in turn went ahead with payment of dowry.
  2. A marriage partner could be chosen by the boys age mates but sought the parents consent. This method was used in a few communities.
  3. In other communities, for example the Kamba, father of a girl could give his girl to be married by a son whose father is a big friend. In this case the consent of the boy and girls was sought.

 

  1. Discuss the factors that make some people abstain from marriage.
  2. Early pregnancies of girls make them not find willing men to marry them hence opt to lead single parenthood.
  3. Many fear to fail in marriage in particular if they know of their friends who have failed in marriage.
  • Some are barren (women) or impotent (men) hence see no reason of committing themselves into marriage.
  1. Others are celibate i.e they choose not to marry so as to serve God as priests, nuns, monks etc.
  2. Others decide not to marry if they have heavy family burdens to carry.
  3. Others sacrifice their marriages on the altar of their loved careers e.g women who join the military forces may stick into their career at the expense of marriage.

 

  1. Explain what Paul taught the Corinthians about marriage.
  2. Paul taught the Corinthians not to marry non-Christians – the believers should not be yoked together with non-believers.
  3. He taught them to choose celibacy like him if they wanted to serve God better.
  • Paul taught those who separated or divorced not to seek marriage again so long as their spouses were living otherwise that be equal to adultery.
  1. He taught the Corinthian church that those who lost their spouses could re-marry to avoid temptations to sexual immorality.
  2. Paul taught the Corinthian church that marriage was permanent hence there was no room for divorce.
  3. He advised the Corinthians that those who are married should not deny each other their conjugal rights.
  • Paul advised the married Corinthians not to separate for long to avoid the sin of immorality.

 

  1. Explain the problems a Kenyan youth would encounter today.
  2. The spirit of materialism as everybody today wants to acquire more and more can catch up a youth.
  3. A youth today is faced with problems of pre-marital sex.
  • A youth may be caught up in tribal conflicts.
  1. Today the youth are faced with acute problem of unemployment.
  2. Today’s youth is experiencing problems of broken families. Today divorce is on the increase resulting to single parenthood.
  3. Today’s youth does not know which culture to follow, modern (western) or traditional culture.
  • Temptations to engage in drug abuse are a today’s problem to the youth.

 

  1. Explain methods through which Christians can resolve misunderstanding between parents and their children.
  2. By Christians being role models to be followed
  3. Through prayers christens can bring proper understanding
  • Christians can provide guidance and counselling to both children and their parents
  1. Christians can solve misunderstandings by being frank in their judgement
  2. By committing children to Gods will.
  3. By seeking help from church ministers.

 

  1. What are the characteristics of an ideal Christian family?
  2. An ideal Christian family is monogamous
  3. An ideal Christian family exercises great degree of tolerance among the members.
  • Lover governs in an ideal Christian family.
  1. In an ideal Christian family parents guide their children in spiritual issues.
  2. An ideal Christian family is one that is started by God.
  3. In an ideal Christian family members help each other.
  • An ideal Christian family is live-long
  • Children have great respect towards parents in an ideal Christian family.
  1. In an ideal Christian family members pray together daily
  2. Forgiveness dominates an ideal Christian family.
  3. Incase children misbehave in a Christian family they are given discipline in great love.

 

  1. What do you think children should be told about God at an early age?
  2. To give them a sense of belonging to the Christian community
  3. To instill in them an awareness of God.
  • To follow the example of Christ.
  1. To be conversant with the true teaching of their church
  2. To learn how to trust, obey and give themselves to God.
  3. To learn how to communicate to God through prayer.
  • To acquit themselves with the religious practices of their church
  • To enable them become members of the church.

 

  1. Explain briefly the side effects of rape in Kenya.
  2. Today most of the rapists are being imprisoned with canning
  3. Rape may result to unwanted pregnancies.
  • Ladies who are raped do not forget the experiences throughout their lives.
  1. The raped ladies may loss dignity in their societies.
  2. Rape results to contracting of STD and AIDS which is most prevalent those days.
  3. Rape in extreme case may make the victim to commit suicide. The lady may commit suicide due to the social stigma or the man may commit suicide while fearing the punishment that follows after he is arrested.

 

  1. Why do you think there are some many cases of divorce today?
  2. One cause of divorce today is domestic violence – men beating their wives or wives beating their husbands.
  3. Increased extra marital sex.
  • Lack of communication between the married people.
  1. Childlessness caused by impotence of men or infertility or bareness of women.
  2. Religious differences among the married members
  3. Cultural differences caused by people who are married from difference cultures e.g a Luhya marrying a Boran.
  • Sexually transmitted diseases e.g Aids.
  • Great gap in education level between the husband and wife.
  1. Differences caused by people’s careers. Some people value their careers more than their marriages.

 

  1. What was the important of polygamy in Traditional African Societies?
  2. In Traditional African communities polygamy was a sign of prestige.
  3. Polygamy increased chances of each woman getting married
  • Polygamy ensured that incase one wife was barren the others could bear children.
  1. Many wives gave birth to many children which inturn ensured large labour force.
  2. Polygamy reduced cases of sexual immorality.

 

  1. What steps can the church and state take to control irresponsible sex?
  2. Government and church should train guidance and counseling personnel to vigorously counsel students in schools and even adults.
  3. The government should have severe punishment to the sex abusers e.g President Moi on 30/06/2001 suggested that whoever transmits Aids trough rape should be hanged.
  • Conduct family life and sex education to the youth as well as the mature people.
  1. Set strict laws controlling sex behaviours.
  2. The government may refuse licences to areas encouraging immorality
  3. The churches should teach sound doctrine on matters pertaining to sex abuse.

 

  1. Why do you think Christian families have difficulties living peacefully together?
  2. Permissiveness and peer group pressure
  3. Unfaithfulness on the part of married partners.
  • Drug abuse by parents and mature children
  1. Bareness for the wife, impotence for the husband or S.T.D.s
  2. Lack of tolerance on the married partners.
  3. Religious differences can bring lack of harmony in the family.
  • Lack of dialogue between the marriage partners and even between parents and children.
  • Greed for wealth can cause differences in the family.
  1. Refusal of conjugal rights by any part of the marriage partner.
  2. Misuse of family resources e.g selling family properties secretly.
  3. Cultural differences especially where the husband and wife do not come form same ethnic community.
  • Generation gap between parents and children
  • Child abuse, which is on the increase when, parents (some) are beating, raping, playing sex with their children.
  • When family members are separated for long
  1. Criminology among children.

 

  1. State five conditions under which Traditional African communities granted divorce.
  2. If the woman had broken her virginity before marriage
  3. If one has inherited diseases
  • Failure to honour and respect in-laws
  1. Failure to pay dowry.
  2. If one partner became a thief
  3. If one partner became cruel to the other
  • If couple was related by blood.

 

  1. How has money economy changed the Traditional of African concept of Bride wealth?
  2. Today bridewealth is longer shared by the extended family of the bride but only given to the brides father.
  3. Money given as dowry de-humanises the bride rather than make her feel accepted in the community.
  • It is no longer seen as a token of appreciation but as a “price”.
  1. The girl is seen as an investment by her father which can be purchased as a commodity by her husband.
  2. It is no longer fixed, but it can be bargained.
  3. It is now paid in cash money and not in form of animals and other gifts.
  • Nowadays there is greed and exploitation by the brides father.
  • Instead of dowry being a cementing factor between the two families and also the couple it has become a cause of disharmony and friction.
  1. These days dowry is fixed according to the status, education and position of the girl.

 

  1. Give reasons why you think Christians make vows in marriages.
  2. To make marriage permanent
  3. To have a companion
  • To obey God’s command
  1. To show how they love each other
  2. To procreate for continuity
  3. To provide good atmosphere for blessing
  • To show to the public their intentions
  • To declare total commitment to each other.

 

  1. Explain how alcoholism has affected marriage in Kenya today.
  2. Alcoholism may lead to loss of job due to failure to carry out ones duties consequently leading to financial constraints in the home.
  3. Alcoholism brews quarrels and fights between couples
  • Alcoholism endangers ones family in that it may cause fatal accidents.
  1. Alcoholism leads to misuse of family finances at the expense of basic family needs.
  2. Alcoholism may lead to malnutrition of children due to lack of balanced diet.
  3. Alcoholism may make the husband to be absent from home hence abdicating family responsibilities.
  • Alcoholism may cause death of both parents reducing children to poor orphans.
  • The spread of STD / AIDS is prevalent among alcoholics.
  1. Alcoholism lowers the social status of the family especially when the wife is an alcoholic in our African setting.
  2. Alcoholism is a major cause of immorality hence unfaithfulness.
  3. Alcoholism is causing terminal sicknesses like kidney failure liver disease etc.
  • Alcoholism may cause birth of deformed children especially for expectant mothers who suffer from foetal alcoholic syndrome.

 

 

  1. What were the duties of children towards parents in Traditional African societies.
  2. Children helped their parents on daily work.
  3. Children were supposed to obey or respect their parents
  • They were supposed to remember their parents after their parents death
  1. Children had a duty of looking after and inheriting their parents property
  2. Children were supposed to give their parents decent burials
  3. Children had a duty of caring for their parents during parents old age.
  • Children must name their offsprings after their parents.

 

  1. Why was marriage in traditional African communities seen as a covenant?
  2. Breaking of marriage had serious consequences
  3. Ancestors were involved to protect and bless marriages
  • It bound two families together
  1. There are witnesses
  2. Vows are made promising to be loyal to each other.
  3. There is a ceremony to express the relationship
  • Conditions are set e.g payment of dowry.

 

  1. What are the causes of unfaithfulness among the married today in Kenya?
  2. Peer group pressure
  3. Lengthy separation between the couple.
  • Lack of sexual satisfaction by one partner
  1. Lack of dialogue in marriage.
  2. Lack of self control
  3. Addiction to alcohol may easily lure one into extramarital sex any partner can fall victim to this.
  • Threats from bosses at places of work mostly on married women one can yield to such pressures to safeguard ones job.
  • Poverty can push a married woman to engage in adultery for economic gains.
  1. Unfaithfulness in marriage can result from lack of interest in the marriage partner.
  2. Need for revenge – a married woman can easily fall victim to unfaithfulness if she discovers that her husband does it.

 

  1. What was the significance of marriage in African Traditional communities?
  2. Marriage was importance because it promoted ones status in community
  3. Through marriage one gives birth to children who continue his family lineage after death.
  • Marriage is importance because it enables one to get legitimate children.
  1. Through marriage one proves that he is a good leader especially if he manages his family well
  2. It is only through marriage that one can raise a family.

 

  1. What are the initiates taught about sex?
  2. The secrets and mystery of man and woman relationship
  3. How to approach and behave towards members of the opposite sex.
  • There own procreation systems
  1. When the refrain from sexual relationships
  2. The place and importance of sex in marriage
  3. They were taught sex was sacred.

 

  1. In details outline how Kenyan churches help to strengthen marriage bonds:
  2. During weddings, churches ensure that the bride and bridegroom exchange vows which they are expected to keep till death separates them.
  3. Churches hold prayers for families
  • Churches write books and materials on family life.
  1. Churches organise guidance and counselling to those preparing to marry.
  2. Churches provides pastoral care to families both young and old
  3. Churches organise couples’ seminars and workshops
  • Churches provide teachings on how to have successful Christian marriages.
  • Church members provide both moral and material support to families in times of hardships like sickness and even when they are bereaved.
  1. Churches intervene when there are misunderstandings between husband and wife.
  2. Churches prepare family life programmes which enlightens the parents and children on their duties in a family.
  3. Christian churches do not encourage divorce hence this stand makes couples to stay together.
  • Some churches discipline errant members in matters pertaining to marriage.
  • Churches encourage members to hold family prayers at home which inturn unite the family.

 

  1. Why do you think polygamy cannot work in modern Kenya?
  2. Polygamy breeds quarrels and fights in families
  3. Polygamy reduces women to inferior positions in marriage relationships
  • Polygamy results to bitterness between co-wives and their children.
  1. Polygamy brings problems of dirding inheritance after the man dies that is why we have court tussles ranging burial places to who should get what in ones estates.
  2. Some women may give love portions to the man while trying to posses him and they may lead to his death.
  3. Polygamy can easily lead to sexual promiscuity
  • Polygamy can easily cause poverty where a man has very many wives and children to support.
  • Polygamy can drive a man to mental confusion in particular when the man is torn between the wives.
  1. Polygamy can cause great rivalry which can result to murder or suicide.
  2. Polygamy results to favourism to one wife or certain children at the expense of the others.

 

  1. What are the obvious results of uncontrolled sex among the youth?
  2. It may lead to the youth dropping from school.
  3. Unwanted pregnancies
  • There are high chances of contracting sexually transmitted diseases.
  1. Frequent quarrels with the parents especially when they are trying to correct the youth.
  2. It may lead to single parenthood
  3. Some girls may be forced to abort
  • It may cause a psychological stigma to the affected girls especially if they do not marry and are leading miserable life.

 

  1. Outline the main causes of sexual immorality among the youth in today’s world.
  2. Peer group pressure forces the youth to indulge in sexual immorality.
  3. Lack of relevant education to the youth
  • Drugs abuse among the youth especially the abuse of alcohol.
  1. Pornographic films and literature
  2. Parents have neglected their roles as role models and counsellors to their own children.
  3. Influence from T.Vs, Videos etc.
  • Lack of privacy as found in urban areas where a couple shares a single room with mature youth.
  • There is a lot of permissiveness in our modern society.
  1. Unemployment that is the order of the day even among university graduates so leading many to indulge in sexual immorality.
  2. Today we have condoms in all public places. This is encouraging the youth to involve themselves in sex abuse without fear of contracting S.T.Ds and even becoming pregnant.
  3. The youth lack people who can set good examples for them to follow.
  • Frustration is leading many youth into sexual abuse.

 

  1. What steps did Traditional African societies take to ensure there were few pregnancies before marriage?
  2. Opposite sexes respected each other.
  3. Sound sex education was given to the youth.
  • There was severe punishment to the girls who became pregnant before marriage.
  1. Boys and girls were not allowed to mix in the absence of responsible elders.
  2. Virginity was highly valued in many traditional African societies
  3. Mothers monitored their daughters’ conduct to safeguard against any sex abuse.
  • Young men who misbehaved were heavily fined or given bad nicknames.
  • The youth were explicitly explained the dangers of irresponsible sex.
  1. There were rigid taboos on sex relationships, which were observed.
  2. List down way in which a Christian can show responsibility in the community.
  3. A Christian can evangelise to the non-Christians.
  4. A Christian visit and pray for the sick
  • A Christian can lead an exemplary life that can be coveted by everyone.
  1. A Christian can care for the needy
  2. A Christian can share in the problems of others.

 

  1. Critically examine factors that may undermine marriage in our modern Kenya:
  2. When in-laws become key decision makers in any marriage
  3. The current economic problems facing Kenya
  • Alcoholism is the major undermines to Kenyan marriage
  1. Negative peer group pressure i.e one is advised wrongly on issues pertaining to marriage.
  2. Rampant S.T.Ds especially AIDS
  3. Conflict emanating from inter-cultural marriages
  • Differences as a result of different faith e.g catholic married to S.D.A.
  • The great pressure exerted by the women’s liberation movement is a sending negative signals in some marriages.
  1. Increased incidents of extra-marital sex among the married
  2. Deviant children are undermining marriage because parents blame each other when children become ill-behaved. In many cases the man blames the wife and conflict sets in.

 

  1. Explain how a Christian marriage qualifies to be a modern covenant.
  2. In marriage there is a sign of a ring and a marriage certificate.
  3. There are conditions – both take marriage vows promising to stay together till they die.
  • We have a church wedding ceremony
  1. In Christian marriage we have joining together of a man and a wife which are the two parties involved.
  2. In a Christian marriage there are so many witnesses including parents, relatives, best couples and friends.
  3. There are consequences.

 

 

 

  1. What are the problems that are resulting from inter-cultural marriages:
  2. There are problems of inheritance because different cultures have different beliefs on inheritance.
  3. There will be problems in the way they view the role of women/ men in marriage and this opposed view can bring conflict in marriage.
  • Different cultures have different norms, which are likely to bring conflicts in inter-cultural marriages.
  1. Different cultures have different taboos, which may also bring conflict in marriages.
  2. The feelings by one partner that his/her partner’s cultures are primitive salvage or uncivilised.

 

  1. Explain the significance of dowry in African Traditional Society.
  2. Dowry in A.T.S. was a goal for marriage
  3. Dowry showed appreciation by the boys family to the girls family
  • It was a sign of the girls presence in her home.
  1. It served as a compensation to the loss of the girl
  2. It was a constant reminder that the girl was not cheap.

 

  1. Give reasons why many people today are for monogamous marriage.
  2. If is not easy to contract sexually transmitted disease especially when the partners are faithful.
  3. It is easy to plan a monogamous marriage
  • A couple have a small family to bring up
  1. Such a marriage has fewer problems
  2. It is an ideal marriage especially when the parents are good models to their children.

 

  1. Explain how the modern church can rehabilitate prostitutes.
  2. The church can rehabilitate prostitutes by showing them love.
  3. The church should try to give prostitutes an alternative means of earning a living e/g providing them with employment.
  • The church should visit the prostitutes regularly
  1. The church should give these prostitutes food and assist them to meet their basic needs
  2. The church members should encourage them to go to church where they can hear sound Christian doctrine.
  3. The church should give them some technical skills, which would help them to be self-employed.

 

  1. Explain how marriage in traditional African communities contributed to the social relationship in the communities.
  2. Marriage controlled behaviour of individuals within the relationship
  3. Any marital differences were solved by the family of the community
  • Marriage brought together the two families involved
  1. Marriage encouraged assisting each other in that one felt obliged to educate his sisters and brother in-law
  2. Marriage encouraged sharing of meals and ceremonies. During marriage feasts, all people were involved and they enjoyed themselves.
  3. Children who were born out of marriage formed a link between the families and ancestors.

 

  1. Explain the African concept on human sexuality.
  2. In Traditional African societies it was highly valued and preserved till marriage
  3. Africans believed and taught that sex was sacred and secretive
  • The full meaning of sexuality was fully realised in marriage
  1. Sex offenders were severely punished.
  2. It was only through sex that life was transmitted.
  3. It was a taboo to expose sex organs
  • In traditional African communities it was prohibited to talk about sex in public.
  • In African traditional communities agemates were allowed to talk about sex in detail because they underwent same circumcision knife.

 

  1. List down the new privileges enjoyed by a newly circumcised youth in traditional African communities.
  2. One stood a chance of being chosen as a community leader.
  3. An initiate was allowed to marry.
  • Graduating from initiation enabled one to be respected by the community. Many African communities have no respect for the uncircumcised e.g the Kikuyu community call one “kihii”
  1. After initiation one could own property.
  2. After initiation one was allowed to pour out libation and offer sacrifices.
  3. After initiation one could become an elder
  • Initiation enabled one to change his/ her status. One became a husband/ wife, father/ mother.

 

  1. Explain the similarities found between Old Testament and African and African traditional marriages.
  2. In both dowry was a must to be paid
  3. Procreation was key factor in marriage, as a result Abraham had to take his maid for the purpose of having a child.
  • In both woman we handled as a property – Ref. Judges 19:24-27.
  1. In both there was wife inheritance
  2. In both polygamy was practised
  3. In both marriage could be arranged – a good example in old Testament is when Abraham arranged marriage for his son Isaac to marry Rebecca.
  • In both they overcame barrenness by marrying a second wife.
  • In both companionship was to be for mutual relationship.
  1. In both when sufficient reasons were given, divorce was granted.
  2. In both marriage brought good relationship between the two families involved, that is why Solomon married daughters of neighbouring kings to ensure peace.
  3. Wife was subordinate to the husband. Sarah called her husband Abraham “my lord” just as the Nigerian women called their husbands.

 

  1. Outline the importance of courtship in traditional African marriage.
  2. Courtship enabled those involved to get pieces of advice from others who were concerned.
  3. Courtship enabled the involved to negotiate dowry
  • Courtship was important because it enabled one to learn the character of the other person (partner).
  1. Courtship period enabled in-laws, relatives and friends to familiarise themselves with each other.
  2. Courtship period enabled closer understanding between both families
  3. Courtship was important because it allowed the involved to learn the background of each other (partner).

 

  1. Explain reasons why sex before marriage was rare in traditional African communities.
  2. Africans reduced sex before marriage by allowing early marriages
  3. There was severe punishment for sex offenders
  • The youth followed rigid social norms and taboos
  1. Boys and girls mixed rarely and when they did, a mature and responsible elder supervised them.
  2. Sex education for the boys and girls was given during initiation and even continued by the grandparents
  3. Parents and clan members made marriage arrangements for their mature youths.
  • In traditional African communities virginity was highly valued and rewarded.

 

  1. In your own view, how can the church help single parents?
  2. The church can help single parents by encouraging them to get married
  3. The church provides pastoral care, guidance and counselling to single parents.
  • The church should welcome them and even persuade them to join church seminars on family life.
  1. The church should involve them in all church functions to cultivate a sense of belonging to them.
  2. The church should provide single parents with job opportunities.
  3. The church should involve them in all church functions to cultivate a sense of belong to them.
  • The church should visit them as way of showing love to them which they desperately need.

 

  1. What do you think can make a modern preacher not to be popular to the society?
  2. When the preacher practices immorality
  3. When one speaks against murder.
  • When a preacher gives inaccurate preaching.
  1. When one condemns corruption and bribery
  2. When one is against the worshipping of wealth and power.
  3. When one condemns the oppression of the poor by the rich.
  • When a preacher misuses the pulpit e.g he engages in politics on the pulpit.
  • When one condemns false preachers.
  1. When the preacher turns to be corrupt.
  2. When he condemns popular leisure activities
  3. When one does not set oneself as a good model
  • When one is not gender sensitive.

NATIONAL INTERGRATION UNITY AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION HISTORY TOPICAL REVISION

NATIONAL INTERGRATION UNITY AND CONFLICT RESOLUTION

  1. a) State five factors that promote national unity in Kenya.
  • Constitution
  • Education
  • National language
  • Social economic interactions
  • Equal distribution of resources
  • National philosophies
  • National symbols of unity e.g. National flag

Any 5 x 1 = 5 marks

  1. b) Explain five methods of conflict resolution.
  • Negotiation – discussion between two parties or people who are trying to reach an agreement.
  • Arbitration – This is provided by the Kenyan laws. Arbitrators.
  • Diplomacy/conciliation – negotiations between individuals to create understanding and room for reconciliation.
  • Legislation – passing of laws that controls conflicts. It criminalizes activities that lead to conflicts.
  • Traditional society – elders of communities raising their experience to resolve a conflict.
  • Religious action – Religious figures are called upon to resolve political, social & economic conflicts and give guidance on the emerging social trends and issues.
  • Court action/litigation – parties take other parties to court for arbitration.
  • Policing – used to maintain law and order. Presence of police help to control crime that bring about conflicts.
  • International agreements – International agreement on security or sharing of Natural resources e.g. Egypt & Kenya on waters of R. Nile.
  • Mediation – A situation where a person who is not involved in a dispute tries to reach two conflicting parties reach an agreement.

Any 5 x 2 = 10 marks

ANS 23 DIST 1

 

11.What is conflict resolution?   (1mk)

  • refers to the process of settling disputes. 1×1 = 1mk

ANS 11 DIST 2

 

  1. Give the main reason why Kenya’s celebrate Kenyatta day as a national holiday
  • To commemorate the day Kenyatta and other leaders of KAU were arrested by colonial government
  • To remind us of the sufferings and blood shed by our people in the struggle for independence

1 x 1 = 1mk

ANS 14 DIST 3

 

  1. Give one way in which the institution of the presidency promotes National Unity (1mk)

–           The President as head of state and government unites all Kenyas.

  • All Kenyans look upto one President for protection.             1 x 1 = 1mk

ANS 12 DIST 6

 

  1. State one way in which the Kenyan constitution promotes national unity. ( 1 mk)
  2. i) Guarantees equal opportunities for all Kenyans.
  3. ii) Provide protection to individuals against any form of discrimination / bill of right.

iii)       Provide for unitary government.                                                        ( Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

ANS 12 DIST 7

 

  1. One way in which the constitution promotes national unity

-Guarantees equal opportunity to all Kenyans

-Provides protection to individuals against any form of discrimination     2×1=2mks

  1. One level of conflict (1mk)

-Individual verse individual

-Group verse group

-Individual verse state

-Group verse state

-State verse state     1×1= 1mk

  1. b) Explain five reasons why national integration is important

-To develop national unity in spite of the differences if each communities

-For economic and social development as people unite their effort             towards the development of various    economic activities

-To promote peaceful co-existence of different tribes as people accept their culture differences /    intercultural tolerance

-Enables the country to develop a sense of national direction as national goals are             communicated  to the             people and also enable people todevelop unified goals for the             nation

-Enables the country to achieve an easier, more efficient and accurate communication

-Reduces conflicts based on ethnicity religion / race hence less wars, deaths and property destruction.

-Ensures political stability / security

-Eliminates suspicion among citizen of different tribes /religion /political thus eliminates tribalism, nepotism or corruption.

– Encourages a sense of nationalism and patriotism       (5×2=10mks)    well explained

ANS 15, 18, 24b DIST 8.

 

  1. Why is it important to have cultural activities in Kenya today.             (1mk)
  2. i) They entertain people
  3. ii) They educate the masses

iii)       They unite the people

  1. iv) They promote patriotism
  2. v) They create employment
  3. vi) They preserve African culture.                                     Any 1×1 = 1mk
  4. Celebration for gaining internal sef-governance/Madaraka Day.

Give the major historical significance of first June in Kenya.                                           (1mk)

ANS 14, 16 DIST 9

 

  1. State one way in which the Kenyan constitution promotes national unity 1mk)
  2. It ensures equal opportunities to all Kenyans
  3. It provides protection to individuals against any form of discrimination
  4. It provides for a unitary system of government
  5. All Kenyans are subjected to the same constitution of law Any 1×1 = 1mark
  1. Give two ways through which conflicts can  be resolved peacefully          (2mks)
  1. Diplomacy / negotiation
  2. Arbitration
  3. Litigation
  4. Mediation
  5. Legislation / parliament passes laws to control conflict Any 2×1 = 2 marks
  1. a) Identify five symbols of national unity in Kenya                                          (5mks)
  1. National flag – signifies one nation
  2. National award
  3. National anthem
  4. Loyalty pledge
  5. Court of arms

5×1 = 5marks

  1. b) Discuss the steps that have been taken by the Kenyan government to promote national integration since independence                (10mks)
  2. Development of national symbols e.g. flag, anthem etc
  3. Declaring Kiswahili a national language
  4. Promotion of Harambe spirit which unites all Kenyans and promotes a sense of belonging
  5. Introduction of The Nyayo philosophy of peace, love and liberty
  6. Use of one constitution which promotes equality of all Kenyans before the law
  7. Promotion of games, sports and cultural activities within the general public and in leaning institutions
  8. Abolition of ethnic organizations and groupings
  9. Promotion of a National Public Service where civil servants can serve anywhere in the country

Any 5×2 = 10marks

ANS 13, 14, 22 DIST 10

 

2.i)  It encourages the rich and the poor to exploit other members of the society.

  1. ii) It widens the gap between the rich and the poor in the society thus creating enemity    and

iii) It leads to mismanagement of resources / economy .

  1. iv) It breeds other vices such as hatred , individualism and injustice.
  2. v) It promotes a skewed / unbalanced  distribution of national resources.(1 x 1 = 1mk)
  3. a) –   Greed

–   Exploitation of the poor by the rich.

–   Nepotism

–   Tribalism

–    Racism

–    Irresponsible statements by leaders.

–    Religious differences

–    Thirst for power

–    Political differences / ideological differences

–    Trade union disputes / industrial disputes.                 (5 x1=5mks)

  1. b) i) Negotiation – creation of understanding between 2 parties.
  2. ii) Arbitration – disagreement is solved by a neutral person

iii) Mediation – involves a third party who is not part of the conflict.

  1. iv) Court settlement – dispute is taken to court/ litigation.
  2. v) Out of court settlement – dispute is handled out of court
  3. vi) Traditional society / use of elders – involves use of customary law by the elders.

vii) Religious action – Handled by church elders.

viii) Policing – presence of the police help control crime.

  1. ix) Compromise – Opposing parties take a middle ground. (5×2=10mks)

ANS 2, 22 DIST 11

  1. State two importance of national integration.
  2. i) It create unity for national integration
  3. ii) It promotes peaceful co-existence and stability i.e. different tribes and races.

iii) It provides national direction as it sets national goods.

iv ) It promotes patriotism and nationalism.

  1. v) It enhances communication among the people since it involves an official language of

ANS 7 DIST 13

 

24.(a)  State five ways in which conflicts can be prevented in Kenya.                              (5mks)

 

  • Able leadership
  • Respecting other peoples rights and freedoms
  • Having a good constitution
  • Respecting the principles of democracy
  • Having proper electoral process
  • Equitable/fair distribution of resources.
  • Maintenance of law and order
  • Having a responsible media.

5 x 1 = 5mks

 

ANS 24a DIST 14

 

  1. – Individual vs Individual

– Individual vs state

– Group vs state

– state vs state 2×1 = 2mks

ANS 9 DIST 16

 

22b.- Constitution

– National language

– Education

– Fair distribution of resources

– One president

– Games and sports

– Social and economic interactions

– Employment opportunities

– National motto

– Urbanization

– Symbols of national unity

– National activities and holidays

– Mass media                                                                                                  (6 x 2=12mks)

ANS 22a DIST 17

 

20b. Describe six steps that can ensure a successful and peaceful resolution of

conflicts (12 mks)

  • Identification of the conflict – the conflicting parties should recognize

that a conflict exists

(ii)       Arbitrator must be accepted by all

  • Diagnosis on the causes of the conflict
  • Scrutinizing of the grievances
  • Determination of the extent to which the conflict has progressed
  • Examination of options for conflict resolution, aiming at the best long term solution
  • Implementation of the solution by the parties involved
  • Both parties to accept the outcome, failure to which an alternative should be sought.
  • The arbitrator should make a follow up.

AGRICULTURE SYLLABUS- EDITABLE

443 – AGRICULTURE

GENERAL OBJECTIVES

The Secondary Agriculture course aims to:

  1. develop an understanding of agriculture and its importance to the family and the nation;
  2. promote interest in agriculture as an industry and create awareness of opportunities existing in agriculture and related sectors;
  3. demonstrate that farming is a dignified and profitable occupation;
  4. enhance skills needed in carrying out agricultural practices;
  5. provide a background for further studies in agriculture;
  6. develop self-reliance, resourcefulness and problem solving abilities in agriculture;
  7. develop occupational outlook in agriculture;
  8. enable schools to take an active part in national development through agricultural activities;
  9. create awareness of the role of agriculture in industrial and technological development;
  10. enhance understanding of the role of technology and industrialization in agricultural development;
  1. promote agricultural activities which enhance environmental conservation;
    12. promote consciousness of health promoting activities in agricultural production.

1.0.9 INTRODUCTION TO AGRICULTURE

1.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) define agriculture;
b) state the main branches of agriculture;
c) describe farming systems;
d) describe farming methods;
e) explain the role of agriculture in the economy.

1.2.0 Content
1.2.1 Definition of agriculture.
1.2.2 Branches of agriculture.

  • Crop-farming (Amble farming) – Field crops; Horticulture – Floriculture (flower farming), Olericulture (vegetable farming) and Promoculture (fruit farming).
  • Livestock farming: Pastoralism (mammalian livestock farming); Fish farming; Apiculture (Bee keeping); Poultry keeping
  • Agricultural economics
  • Agricultural engineering.

1.2.3 Systems of fanning; Extensive, Intensive, Large scale, and Small sea Study these under the following headings; Meaning, Advantages and

Disadvantages.

1.2.4 Methods of farming: Mixed farming; Nomadic Pastoralism; Shifting cm Organic farming; Agro-forestry.
1.25 Roles of agriculture in the economy: Food supply; Source of employment Foreign exchange earner; Source of raw materials for industries; Provision market for industrial goods; Source of capital.

2.0.0 FACTORS INFLUENCING AGRICULTURE

2.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain the human factors influencing agriculture;
b) explain biotic factors influencing agriculture;
c) explain how climatic factors influence agriculture;
d) define soil;
e) describe the process of soil formation g) determine soil constituents;
h) classify soils by physical characteristics;
i) explain chemical properties of soils;
j) relate crop and livestock distribution to soils in different regions.

2.2.1 Content
2.2.2 Human factors: Levels of education and technology; Health — HIV/AIDS and health in general; Economy (include liberalization); Transport and communication; Market forces (local and international); Government policy; Cultural and religious beliefs.
2.2.3 Biotic Factors: Pests, Parasites, Decomposers, Pathogens, Predators, Pollinators
Nitrogen fixing bacteria

2.2.4 Climatic Factors

  • Rainfall: Intensity, Reliability, Quantity; Distribution.
  • Temperature: – How topography and altitude affect temperature.

– How temperature influences crop and livestock production.

  • Wind: Evapotranspiration, Lodging, Pollination, Seed dispersal, Soil erosion
  • Light — Intensity, Duration — long, neutral and short day plants, Wavelength

Note: – Each factor to be discussed with respect to Land potentiality, Crop production, Livestock production, Crop and livestock distribution in Kenya.

2.2.5 Edaphic factors: Definition of soil, Soil formation, Soil profile (definition, characteristics of different soil layers, difference between soil formed in situ and depositions, Soil depth and its influence on crop production).

  • Soil constituents: Constituents, Importance of each constituent, Physical properties of soil.
  • Soil Structure — definition, types, influence on crop production.
  • Soil texture —definition, soil textural classification, influences on crop growth and production, porosity, capillarity, drainage and water retention capacity.
  • Soil colour
  • Chemical properties of soil -Soil pH, PH influence on crop growth and production, effects of pH on mineral availability.

3.0.0 SOIL AND WATER CONSERVATION

3.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) define soil erosion;
b) explain the various factors that influence erosion;
c) list the agents of erosion;
d) describe various types of erosion;
e) describe various methods of erosion control;
1) carry out soil erosion control measures;
g) describe water harvesting and conservation techniques;
h) describe micro-catchments and their uses;
i) design and construct a micro-catchment.
3.2.0 Content

3.2.1 Soil erosion – definition

3.2.2 Factors influencing erosion: land use and ground cover, topography-gradient and
length of slope (horizontal and vertical intervals).

  • Soil type and condition (Erodability)
  • Rainfall intensity (Erosivity)

3.2.3 Agents of erosion: Water, Wind, Human beings and Animals.

3.2.4 Types of erosion: Splash/rain drop, Sheet, Rill, Gully (gully formation, types of gullies), River bank, Solifluction, Landslides.
3.2.5 Biological/cultural control: Grass strips, Cover crops, Contour farming and strip cropping, Mulching, Afforestation/forestation.
.2.6 Physical/structural control: Stone lines, Filterstrips, Trashlines, Terraces (level, graded, broad-based, narrow-based. Bench, fanya juu, fanya chini), Bunds, Cutoff-drains/Diversion ditches, Gabions/porous dams, Ridging.
3.2.7 Water harvesting: Roof catchments, Rock catchments, Weirs and dams, Ponds, Retention ditches/Level terraces.
3.2.8 Micro-catchments: Types, Uses, Laying out and construction methods.
4.0.0 WATER SUPPLY, IRRIGATION AND DRAINAGE

4.1.0 Specific Objectives
By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) state the sources of water for the farm;
b) describe collection, storage, pumping and conveyance of water;
c) describe water treatment and explain its importance;
d) define irrigation;
e) explain the importance of litigation;
1) describe methods of irrigating land;
g) list the equipment used in litigation;
h) grow a crop through irrigation;
1) cart: out maintenance oil drilling equipment and facilities;
j) define drainage;
k) explain the importance of drainage;
1) describe the methods of drainage;
m) explain how agricultural activities pollute water and how this can be prevented;

4;2;0 Content

4;2;l Water supply: Sources of water4 Collection and storage of water Pumps and pumping, Conveyance of water (Piping types of pipes Choice of pipes, Canals, Transportation in containers), Water treatment (Meaning, Methods, Importance), Uses of water on the farm
4;2;2 litigation: Definition, Importance (include irrigation as a method of land reclamation) Methods (surface4 subsurface, overhead, drip).

Note.’- the advantages and the disadvantages of each.

Maintenance practices of each irrigation system.
4;2i Project on crop production through any method of Irrigation.
414 Drainage: Definition, Importance (include as a method of land ret lamatioii)5
Methods of drainage (surface, sub-surface, pumping, planting of appropriate trees);
4;2; Water Pollution: Meanings Agricultural practices that pollute water, Methods of pollution prevention and control.

SOIL FERTlLITY  I (Organic Manures)

Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic5 the learner should be able to:
a) define soil fertility;
b) explain how soil fertility can be maintained; describe how soil loses fertility;
l) define and distinguish organic matter manure and humus;
e) explain the Importance of organic matter In the soil

  1. f) describe the different organic manures;
    g) prepare compost manure

Soil fertility Definition4 How soil loses fertility, Maintenance of soil fertility. Organic Manure Organic matter and humus4 Importance of organic matter in the soil, types of organic manures – green manure, Famyard  manure Compost manure

Note; For each type, describe its preparation, advantages and disadvantages and u4c.
5.2.3 Compost manure: Meaning, Materials used and materials to avoid, Preparation methods and procedure (Heap and Pit).

6.0.0 SOIL FERTILITY: II (INORGANIC FERTILIZERS)

6.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) list the essential elements;
b) classify’ the essential elements;
c) state the role of each macro-nutrients, micro-nutrients;
d) describe the deficiency symptoms of the macro-nutrients, micro-nutrients;
e) identify and classify fertilizers;
1) describe the properties of various fertilizers;
g) describe soil sampling and testing procedures;
h) use appropriate methods of fertilizer application;
i) calculate fertilizer application rates;
j) explain how soil acidity and alkalinity affect crop production.

6.2.0 Content

6.2.1 Essential elements
• Macro-nutrients: carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, fertilizer elements (N.PK.), liming elements (Ca, Mg), Sulphur, Role of macro-nutrients in crops,
Deficiency symptoms of macro-nutrients ts in crops
• Micro-nutrients: Role of micro-nutrients in crops, Deficiency symptoms of micro-nutrients in crops,
6.2.2 Inorganic fertilizers: Classification of fertilizers, Identification of fertilizers, Properties of fertilizers, Methods of fertilizer application, Determination of fertilizer rates..
6.2.3 Soil sampling: Meaning, Soil sampling methods and procedures, Sites to avoid, Preparation and Procedure of sending soil for testing.
6.2.4 Soil testing: Meaning, Importance, Testing for pH, How soil pH affects crop production.

Note Learners to make a table showing optimum pH range for various crops.

7.0.0 FARM TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

7.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) identify various farm tools and equipment;
b) name parts of various farm tools and equipment;
c) describe the use of various tools and equipment
d) carry out maintenance practices on tools and equipment.,

7.2.0 Content

7.2.1 Garden tools and equipment
7.2.2 Workshop tools and equipment: Woodwork tools and equipment, Metalwork tools and equipment.
7.2.3 Livestock production tools and equipment
7.2.4 Plumbing tools and equipment
7.2.5 Masonry tools and equipment.

Note: Study the above tools under the headings: Name and uses, Parts and uses, Maintenance practices
See the appendix for the list of tools and equipment to be studied.
8.0.0 CROP PRODUCTION I (LAND PREPARATION)

8.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) explain the importance of land preparation;
b) describe the various types of cultivation;
c) relate cultivation operation to correct tools and or implements;
d) prepare a piece of land ready for crop production.
8.2.0 Content
8.2.1 Land preparation: Definition, Importance.
8.2.2 Operations in land preparation: Clearing land before cultivation (importance include clearing as a method of land reclamation; Methods and equipment.

  • Primary cultivation: Definition and importance, Timing, Choice of tools implements
  • Secondary cultivation: Definition and importance, Number of operations, Relating final tilth to the intended planting material.
  • Tertiary operations: Ridging, Rolling, Leveling

Note: For each operation: give reasons and explain how it is carried out.
• Sub-soiling: Meaning, Importance, Equipment used.
8.2.3 Minimum tillage: Definition, Importance, Practices.
9.0.0 CROP PESTS AND DISEASES

9.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
a) define pest and disease;
b) state the main causes of crop diseases;
c) describe the harmful effects of crop pests and diseases;
d) identif’ and classify some of crop pests and diseases;
e) carry out general disease and pest control measures.
9.2.0 Content
9.2.1 Pests: Definition, Classification of pests (mode of feeding, Crops attacked, Stage of growth of crop attacked, Field and storage pests), Identification of common pests, Harmful effects of pests, est control measures.
9.2.2 Diseases: Definition, Classification of diseases according to cause, Identification of common diseases, Disease control, Harmful effects of diseases, Disease control measures.
10.0.0 CROP PRODUCTION II (PLANTING)

10.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

  1. a) state the correct planting materials for various crops;
    b) select and prepare planting materials;
    c) determine the optimum time of planting;
    d) state the factors which determine the depth of planting;
    e) describe the planting procedures for different crops;
    f) state the factors that determine seed rate, spacing and plant population;
    g) calculate plant population.

10.2.0 Content

10.2.1 Types of planting materials

  • Seeds: Description, Advantages, Disadvantages,
  • Vegetative materials: Description, Advantages, Disadvantages
  • Plant parts used for vegetative propagation: Slips, Splits, Bulbils, Crowns,

Suckers, Tubers, Vines, Cuttings and setts.
10.2.2 Selection of planting materials: Suitability to ecological conditions (use maize hybrids and coffee varieties as examples), Purity, Germination percentage,
Certified seeds.
.2.3 Preparation of planting materials: Breaking dormancy, Disease and pest control/seed dressing, Seed inoculation, Chitting.
Note: Give appropriate crop examples for each practice.
10.2.4 Planting:

  • Timing – factors to consider, advantages of timely planting.
  • Methods of planting: broadcasting, row planting, oversowing (refer to pastures), undersowing.

note: Give appropriate crop examples for each method
Plant population:

  • Spacing – factors to consider, seed rate
  • Calculation of plant population per unit area. : Factors to consider

110,0 CROP PRODUCTION III (NURSERY PRACTICES


11,1,0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) describe a nursery bed;
(b distinguish between a nursery bed, a seedling bed and a seed bed;
(c) state the importance of a nursery bed;
(d) select a suitable site for a nursery
(e) prepare a nursery bed;
(0 establish a nursery bed
(g manage a nursery bed;
(h) transplant crops from a nursery;
(1) bud a seedling;
Q) graft a seedling;
(k) explain the importance of budding, grafting, layering and tissue culture;
(I) describe damage caused by animals on tree seedling and how to prevent it

11 2,0 Content


Nursery bed
:

Definition, Difference between a nursery bed, seedling bed and a seed bed, importance, Site selection, nursery establishment (vegetable nursery, tree nursery, vegetative propagation nursery (tea as an example)
use of sleeves and other innovations for growing young plants making and using seedling boxes for growing young plants preparation of rooting medium
preparation of cuttings.

11,22 Routine management in raising seedlings: Seed drilling, Mulching, Watering, Shading, Pricking out, Hardening off, Weed control, Pest control, Disease control,

I I,23 Budding: Meaning, Methods and procedure, Appropriate plants, Appropriate tools and materials.
Note: Learners to practise budding of orange scions on lemon root-stocks or other appropriate plants,
II l4 Grafting: Meaning, Methods and procedure, Appropriate plants, Appropriate tools
and materials.
Note: Learners to practice grqlIing on appropriate fruit trees.
1124 Importance of budding and grafting.
11.2.6 Layering: Methods, Importance, Appropriate crops/plants tbr layering, Materiah used in layering.

11.2.7 Tissue culture fbr crop propagation
11.2.8 Transplanting of vegetable seedlings from nursery to seedbed: Timing, Procedure and precautions

11.2.9 Transplanting of tree seedlings: Timing, Digging appropriate holes, Planting including firming and watering, Protecting the seedlings after transplanting
– Shading
– Damage caused by animals on tree seedlings and how to prevent it.

12.0.0 CROP PRODUCTION IV (FIELD PRACTICES I

12.IS Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able tot
(a) define crop rotation;
(I,) state the importance of crop rotation;
(c) draw a crop rotation programme;
(d) distinguish terms used in crop fanning;
(e) state the importance of mulching in crop production;
(f) describe the importance of various routine field practices In crop production;
(g) catty out various field practices;
(h) state the correct stage rot harvesting various crops;
(i) describe harvesting practices for various crops

122O Content

12.2.1 Crop rotation: Definition, Importance, Factors influencing crop rotation, Rotational programmes.

12.12 Terms used in crop production; Monocropping, intercropping, Mixed cropping
12.2.3 Mulching; Meaning, Importance, Types of mulching materials (organic, inorganic), Advantages and disadvantages of mulching materials.

12.24 Routine field practices: Thinning, Rogueing; Gapping, Training Pruning(  Coffee single and multiple stem, capping, de-suckering, changing cycles; banana stool management; pyrethrum – cutting back), Earthing up, Crop protection (weed control pests and disease control

Note:- Study the importance and timing of each activity and the appropriate kite crops.
12.2.5 Harvesting: Stage and timing of harvesting, Methods of harvesting, Precautions during harvesting

12.2.6 Post = harvesting practices: Threshing/shelling, Drying, Cleaning, Sorting and grading, Dusting, Packaging.
12.2.7 Storage: Importance, types of storage, Preparation of *tore.

13.0.0 CROP PRODUCTION V (VEGETABLES)

13.1.1 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

(a) grow a vegetable crop from nursery establishment to harvesting;
(b) keep a crop production records;
(c) market farm produce.
13.2.0 Content
13.2.1 Vegetable crops: Tomatoes (use varieties that require pruning and staking), Carrots, Onions, Cabbages/Kales.

14.0.0 CROP PRODUCTION VI (FIELD PRACTICES II

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) describe management practices in crop production;
(b) carry out management practices for a given crop;
(c) explain how crop production can be an economically lucrative activity.
14.2.0 Content
14.2.1 Production of: Maize/millet/sorghum, Beans
• Discuss the above crops under the following:-
– Meaning of hybrids, composites and cultivars
– Selecting best hybrids, composites or cultivars for given climatic regions.
– Raising of a maize/sorghum/millet and bean crop from seed bed preparation to harvesting.
– Keeping records in production of maize/sorghum millet and beans.
14.2.2 Rice production: Land preparation, Water control, Use of flooding in rice-field, Fertilizer application, Weed control.
14.2.3 Harvesting of the following crops: Cotton, Pyrethrum, Sugar cane , Tea, Coffee Under the following: Stage of harvesting; ; Method and procedure of harvesting; Precautions in harvesting.
Note: Compare cost of production with value of product for maize/sorghum/ millet and beans
15.0.0 FORAGE CROPS

15.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:

(a) define and classify pastures;
(b) identify forage crops;
(e) describe the ecological requirements of forage crops;
(d) describe the establishment and management of pastures and fodder;
(e) describe forage utilization and conservation.
15.2.0 Content
15.2.1 Pastures: Definition, Classification, Establishment, Management, Utilization – grazing systems -rotational grazing, herding, zero grazing.
15.2.2 Fodder crops: ; Napier/bana grass; Guatemala grass; Sorghum; Kale; Edible cana Lucerne; Clovers; Desmodium; Mangolds; Agro-forest trees/bushes used as fodder.
Nb. Study the above crops under the following: Ecological requirements, Establishment and management, Production per unit area, Utilization.
15.2.3 Forage conservation: Hay making, Silage making, Standing hay.
16.0.0 WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL

16.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learners should be able to:
(a) define a weed;
(b) identify weeds;
(e) classify weeds;
(d) explain the characteristics which make the weeds competitive;
(e) describe ways of controlling weeds;
(f) state harmful effects of weeds;
(g) control weeds;
(h) exercise safety measures to oneself, to crops and the environment while controlling weeds.
16.2.0 Content
16.2.1 Weeds: Definition of a weed, Weed identification and classification, Competitive ability of weeds (Appropriate examples for each ability), Harmful effects of weeds (appropriate examples for each effect).
Note:- See appendix Resources B on weeds to be studied.
16.2.2 Weed control methods: Chemical weed control (classes of herbicides, methods of application and safety measures in use of chemicals), Mechanical weed control, Cultural weed control, Biological weed control, Legislative control.
17.0.0 AGRO-FORESTRY

17.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) define agro-forestry;
(b) state the importance of agro-forestry;
(c) describe various forms of agro-forestry;
(d) explain the importance of trees;
(e) select appropriate trees for different uses;
(f) describe tree nursery management and transplanting;
(g) explain routine tree management;
(h) select appropriate sites for trees in the farm and other areas;
(i) describe various methods of tree harvesting.

17.2.0 Content

17.2.1 Definition of agro-forestry: Forms of agro-forestry
17.2.2 Importance of agro-forestry
17.2.3 Importance of trees and shrubs: Important trees and shrubs for particular purposes; Trees and shrubs to avoid at certain sites and reasons.
17.2.4 Tree nursery: Types of nurseries, Seed collection and preparation, Nursery management, Transplanting.
17.2.5 Care and management of trees: Protection, Pruning and training, Grafting old trees.
17.2.6 Agro-forestry practices: Alley cropping, Woodlots in farms.
17.2.7 Sites for agro-forestry trees: Boundaries, River banks, Terraces, Slopes, Homestead.
17.2.7 Tree harvesting methods.

18.0.0 LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION I (COMMON BREEDS)

18.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:
(a) state the importance of livestock;
(1,) name various livestock species;
(e) define the terms livestock, breed and type;
(d) describe the various breed characteristics;
(e) state the origin of various livestock breeds;
(f) classify the various breeds into types;
(g) name the external parts of the various livestock species.
18.2.1 Content
18.2.2 Importance of livestock
18.2.3 Livestock species: Cattle (exotic and indigenous), Goats, Sheep, Pigs, Poultry (chicken), Rabbits, Camels.
Discuss each under the following: Breed, origin and characteristics, Type of each breed, External parts of each livestock species, Typical conformation
18.2.4 Terms used to describe livestock in different species by age, sex and use.

19.0.0 LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION III (SELECTION AND BREEDING)

19.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) describe reproduction and;
(b) reproductive systems;
(c) select breeding stock;
(d) describe breeding systems;
(e) identify signs of heat in livestock;
(f) describe methods used in serving livestock;
(g) describe signs of parturition in cattle, pigs and rabbits.

19.2.0 Content

19.2.1 Reproduction and reproductive systems: Cattle and Poultry.
19.2.2 Selection: Meaning; Factors to consider in selecting a breeding stock- Cattle, Sheep, Goats, Pigs, Camels; Methods of selection – mass selection , contemporary comparison, progeny testing.
19.2.3 Breeding: Meaning; Terms used in breeding – dominant and recessive genes, Heterosis (hybrid vigour), Epistasis; Breeding systems – Cross-breeding, Upgrading, Inbreeding, Line breeding, Out-crossing

Note: Discuss under the headings: Definition, Advantages and Disadvantages
19.2.4 Signs of heat in Cattle, Pigs and Rabbits.

Note: Study the oestrus cycle of each of the above.

19.2.5 Methods of service in livestock: Natural mating, Artificial insemination, Embryo transplant.
Note: Discuss advantages and disadvantages of each
19..2.6 Signs of Parturition in Cattle, Pigs and Rabbits.
Note: Learners to handle livestock in appropriate caring manner.

LIVESTOCK HEALTH I (INTRODUCTION TO LIVESTOCK HEALTH)

20.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:
(a) define health and disease;
(b) describe signs of sickness in animals;
(c) state the predisposing factors of livestock diseases;
(d) categorize animal diseases;
(e) carry out disease control practices;
(fl state the importance of maintaining livestock healthy;
(g) describe appropriate methods of handling livestock.
20.2.0 Content
20.2.1 Health and disease: Definitions; Importance of keeping livestock healthy; Predisposing factors of livestock diseases; Signs of ill-health in livestock.
20.2.2 Classification of livestock diseases by cause.
20.2.3 General methods of disease control
20.2.4 Appropriate methods of handling livestock.

21.0.0 LIVESTOCK HEALTH II (PARASITES)

21.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic the learner should be able to:
(a) describe host parasite relationship
(b) identify different parasites;
(c) describe the life-cycle of parasites;
(d) state signs & symptoms of attacks;
(e) explain methods of parasite control in livestock.
21.2.0 Content
21.2.1 Host: Parasite relationship; Effects of parasites on hosts.
21.2.2 External parasites: Ticks, Tsetse flies, Mites, Lice, Fleas, Keds
21.2.3 Internal parasites: Roundworms (Ascaris spp); Tapeworms (Taenia spp); Flukes (Fasciola spp).
Note: The parasites should be studied under the following: -Identification, Livestock species attacked, Part(s) of livestock attacked or inhabited and mode of feeding.
21.2.4 Signs and symptoms of attack.
21.2.5 Describe the life cycles of the following:Roundworm (Ascaris spp); Tapeworm (Taenia spp); Liver fluke (Fasciola spp); Ticks (appropriate example one host, two host , three host)
Note: Indicate whether soft or hard tick
21.2.6 Methods of parasite control giving appropriate example of a parasite for each method.
2.0.0 LIVESTOCK HEALTH III (DISEASES)

22.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) describe causes and vectors of main livestock diseases;
(b) state the incubation period;
(c) describe the signs of each disease;
(d) state the predisposing factors where applicable;
(e) carry out simple control measures of livestock diseases;
(fl state the measures taken to avoid environmental pollution.

22.2.0 Content

22.2.1 Protozoan diseases: East coast fever; Anaplasmosis; Coccidiosis; Trypanosomiasis (Nagana).
22.2.2 Bacterial diseases: Fowl typhoid; Foot rot; Contagious abortion (Brucellosis); Scours; Blackquarter; Mastitis; Anthrax; Pneumonia
22.2.3 Viral diseases: ; rinderpest; Foot and mouth ; Newcastle; Fowl pox; Gumboro; African Swine fever.
22.2.4 Nutritional diseases: Milk fever; Bloat.
All the above diseases should be studied under the following:

  • Animal species attacked
  • Cause/casual organism/agent and or vector
  • Predisposing factors (where applicable)
  • Incubation period (where applicable)
  • Signs and symptoms of disease
  • Simple control measures of the diseases
  • Appropriate measures to avoid environmental pollution.

23.0.0 LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION II (NUTRITION)

23.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) identify and classify livestock feeds;
(b) describe digestion;
(c) define terms used to express feed values;
(d) compute a livestock ration;
(e) prepare balanced ration for various livestock;
(0 describe the appropriate livestock handling techniques while feeding.
23.2.0 Content
23.2.1 Livestock nutrition: Feeds and Feeding (identification, classification of feeds, terms used in expressing feed values, computation of livestock rations, preparation of livestock rations); Digestive systems (ruminant eg cattle, and non- ruminant eg pig and poultry); Digestion in cattle, pig and poultry.
23.2.2 Appropriate livestock handling techniques while feeding.
24.0.0 LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION IV (LIVESTOCK REARING PRACTICES)

24.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) describe livestock rearing practices;
(b) carry out livestock rearing practices;
(c) describe appropriate handling techniques of livestock during routine management.

24.2.0 Content

24.2.1 Routine livestock rearing practices: Feeding practices (flushing, steaming up, creep feeding); Parasites and Disease control practices (vaccination, dehorning, hoof trimming, docking, dipping/spraying, dusting); Breeding practices (crutching, tupping and serving, raddling, ringing); Identification; Debeaking; Tooth clipping; Culling: Describe general methods and carry out practicals on cattle, poultry; Castration (open, closed, caponization);

Management during parturition:- pigs, cattle, sheep, goats and rabbits.

24.2.2 Bee Keeping (Apiculture): Importance; Colony; Siting of the apiary and hive; Stocking a bee hive; Management — feeding and predator and pest control; Honey harvesting and processing.

24.2.3 Fish Farming (aquaculture): Importance; Types of fish kept in farm ponds; Management; Harvesting; Processing and preservation.
24.2.4 Appropriate handling of livestock during routine management.

25.0.0 LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION VI (CATTLE)

25.1.0 Specific objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) raise young stock;
(b) describe milk by its components;
(c) describe milk secretion and let-down;
(d) milk using correct procedure and technique;
(e) describe marketing of beef cattle and milk;
25.2.0 Content
25.2.1 Raising young stock: ; Feeding; Weaning ; Housing; Routine practices.
25.2.2. Milk and milking: Milk composition,; Milk secretion and let down; Clean milk production (equipment and materials (include milking machine), cleanliness of the milk man /milk woman, milking procedure (by hand and by machine), Milking techniques); Dry cow therapy.
25.2.3 Marketing of milk
25.2.4 Marketing beef cattle.

26.0.0 LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION V (POULTRY)

26.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) identify parts of an egg;
(b) select eggs for incubation;
(e) describe conditions necessary for artificial incubation;
(d) identify, suitable sources of chicks;
(e) describe broodiness and natural brooding; (fl describe brooder and brooder management;
(g) describe rearing systems;
(h) describe the feeding for each age and category of poultry;
(i) identify stress and vices;
0) state the causes of stress and vices;
(k) state the effects of vices and stress in poultry;
(1) state control measures of vices and stress;
(m) describe marketing of eggs and poultry meat;
(n) select, sort and grade eggs for marketing;
(o) explain how poultry production can be an economically lucrative activity.

26.2.0 Content

262.1 Parts of an egg
26.2.2 Incubation: Meaning; Selection of eggs for incubation; Natural incubation (Signs of broodiness in poultry, Preparation and management of natural incubation); Artificial incubation (management of the incubator).
26.2.3 Sources of chicks
26.2.4 Brooding: ; Meaning; Natural brooding; Artificial brooding (brooder and brooder management, conditions equipment, management of layers and broilers.
26.2.5 Rearing systems: Extensive (free range); Semi-intensive (fold system); Intensive (deep litter and battery cage system.)

Note: Include advantages and disadvantages of each system.
26.2.6 Chicken feeding: Broilers and Layers.
26.2.7 Stress and vices in chicken: Identification; Causes; Control.
26.2.8 Marketing: Eggs —(-include grading of eggs for marketing) and meat.

27.0.0 FARM STRUCTURES

27.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) describe parts of a building;
(b) identify materials for construction;
(c) describe various farm structures and their uses;
(d) describe siting of various structures;
(e) construct and maintain farm structure.
27.2.0 Content
27.2.1 Farm building and structures: Siting; Parts of a building (foundation, wall, roof
27.2.2 Livestock buildings and structures: Crushes; Dips; Spray race; Dairy shed/parlour; Calf pens; Poultry houses and structures (deep litter, Coops, folds/arks, Runs, battery cages); Rabbit hutches/Rubbitry; Piggery/pigs sty; Fish ponds; Silos (for silage); Zero grazing unit; Bee hives.
27.2.3 Farm stores: Feed; Farm produce; Chemical; Machinery; Tools
27.2.4 Green house: Meaning; Construction materials used; Uses.
27.2.5 Fences in the farm: Types of fences and materials used; Uses — advantages and disadvantages; Gates and passes in fences; Fence reinforcement.

Note: Construct any of the following structures: a crush, a beehive, a hutch

28.0.0 FARM POWER AND MACHINERY

28.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) describe various sources of power in the farm;
(b) describe various systems of a tractor;
(c) describe the various tractor drawn implements, their uses & maintenance;
(d) describe the various animal drawn implements, their uses and maintenance;
(e) describe tractor service and maintenance practices.

282.0 Content

28.2.1 Sources of power in the farm: Human ; Animal; Wind; Water; Biomass (wood/charcoal, biogas); Fossil fuel (coal, petroleum, natural gas); Electrical (hydro, geothermal, nuclear, storage battery); Solar.
28.2.2 Tractor Engine: four stroke cycle engine (diesel and petrol); Two stroke cycle engine
28.2.3 Systems of the tractor: Fuel system; Electrical; Ignition; Cooling; Lubrication; Transmission (clutch, gears, differential, final drive).
28.2.4 Tractor service and maintenance
28.2.5 Tractor drawn implements, their uses and maintenance: Attachment methods (one point hitch – draw bar, three point hitch — hydraulic and power take off- P. T. 0); Implements (trailer, disc plough, mould board plough, harrows – disc [plain, notched], spike toothed, spring tined, sub-soilers, ridgers); Rotary tillers; Mowers (Gyro, reciprocating, planters and seeders); Cultivators/weeders; Sprayers; Harvesting machines (grain, root crops, forage); Shellers.
28.2.6 Animal drawn implements, uses and maintenance: ploughs; carts; ridgers.

29.0.0 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS I (BASIC CONCEPTS AND FARM RECORDS)

29.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) define economics and agricultural economics;
(b) explain basic concepts of economics;
(c) describe the importance of agricultural economics;
(d) explain the importance of farm records;
(e) describe the different types of farm records;
(0 keep farm records.

29.2.0 Content

29.2.1 Definition: Economics and Agricultural Economics.
29.2.2 Basic concepts of economics: Scarcity; Preferences and choice; Opportunity cost.
292.3 Uses of farm records
29.2.4 Types of farm records: Breeding; Feeding; Production; Health; Field operations; Inventory; Labour; Marketing.

30.0.0 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS II (LAND TENURE AND LAND REFORM)

30.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) define the term tenure;
(b) describe tenure systems;
(c) describe land reforms

30.2.0 Content

30.2.1 Land tenure: Definition; Tenure systems – (I) individual (types, advantages and disadvantages) and (ii) Collective (description, advantages and disadvantages).
30.2.2 Land reforms: definition; types of reform and reasons for each (fragmentation, consolidation, adjudication, registration (emphasize the importance of a title deed); Settlement and resettlement.
31.0.0 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS III (PRODUCTION ECONOMICS)

31.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) explain various parameters of national development;
(b) relate national development to agricultural production;
(c) state the factors of production and explain how each affects production;
(d) describe how the law of diminishing returns relates to agricultural production;
(e) describe agricultural planning and budgeting in a farming business;
(0 state sources of agricultural support services;
(g) describe risks and uncertainties in farming;
(h) explain ways of adjusting to risks and uncertainties.

31.2.0 Content

31 .2.1 National income: Household-firm relationship; Gross Domestic Product (GDP); Gross National Product (GNP); Per Capita Income; Contribution of agriculture to national development.
31.2.2 Factors of production: Land (definition and methods of acquisition); Labour (definition, types, measures of labour, ways of increasing labour efficiency; Capital (definition, types and sources); Management (definition, role of a farm manager)
31.2.3 Production function: Increasing returns; Constant returns; Decreasing returns
3 1.2.4 Economic laws and principle: The law of diminishing returns; The law of substitution; The law of equimarginal returns; Principle of profit maximization.
31.2.5 Farm planning: Meaning; Factors to consider; Steps
31.2.6 Farm budgeting: Definition; Importance; Types (partial and complete)
3 1.2.7 Agricultural services available to the farmer
3 1.2.8 Risks and uncertainties in farming: Meaning; Common risks and uncertainties; Ways of adjusting.

32.0.0 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS IV (FARM ACCOUNTS)

32.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) state the importance of farm accounts;
(b) distinguish and describe the various financial documents and their uses;
(c) identify various books of accounts and their uses;
(d) prepare and analyse financial statements.

32.2.0 Content

32.2.1 Financial documents and books of accounts: Financial documents (Invoices,
Statements, Receipts, Delivery notes, Purchase orders); Books of Accounts
(Ledger, Journal, Inventory, Cash book); Financial statements; Cash analysis;
Balance sheet; Profit and loss account.

33.0.0 AGRICULTURAL ECONOMICS V (AGRICULTURAL MARKETING AND ORGANIZATIONS)

33.1.0 Specific Objectives

By the end of the topic, the learner should be able to:
(a) define market and marketing;
(b) describe the various types of markets;
(c) describe how the law of supply and demand affects the prices of agricultural products;
(d) state various marketing functions, agents and institutions;
(e) identi problems in marketing of agricultural products;
(f) list various agricultural organizations;
(g) describe the role of each of the agricultural organizations.
33.2.0 Content
33.2.1 Market and marketing
33.2.2 Types of markets
33.2.3 Demand, supply and price theory
33.2.4 Marketing functions
33.2.5 Problems of marketing agricultural products and possible solutions
33.2.6 Marketing boards, agents and institutions
33.2.7 Co-operatives: Formation; Functions
33.2.8 Associations and unions: Agricultural society of Kenya (ASK); Young Farmers Clubs (YFC); Kenya National Farmers Union (KNFU); Agricultural based Women groups.
APPENDIX RESOURCES

A TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE STUDIED
1. GARDEN TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT TO BE STUDIED

Panga Knap-sack sprayer
Axe Sprinkler
Mattock/pick axe Hose pipe
Jembe/hoe Garden shear
Fork jembe Pruning saw
Spade Pruning knife
Wheelbarrow Meter rule
Watering can Secateurs
Rake Garden fork
Tape measure Pruning-hook
Soil auger Levelling boards.

  1. LIVESTOCK PRODUCTION TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Elastrator Stir-up pump
Burdizzo Milk churn
Syringes and needles Strainer/sieve
Thermometer Rope
Halter Milking stool
Hoof trimmer Weighing balance
Strip cup Hot iron
Trochar and canula Tooth clipper
Hard broom Drenching gun
Wool shears Dosing gun
Ear notcher Bolus gun
Bull ring and leading stick Dehorning wire
Bucket Chaff cutter

  1. WORKSHOP TOOLS AND EQUIPMENT

Cross cut saw Jack plane
Tenon/back saw Scrapper
Coping saw Try square
Compass saw/key hole saw Wood clamp
Rip saw Sash clamp
Bow saw G-clamp
Hack saw Mallet
Wood chisel Soldering gun
Cold chisel Tin-snip
Mes and rasps Claw hammer
Divider Sledge hammer
Center punch Wire strainer
Spoke share Pliers
Screw drivers Brace and bits
Spanners Hand drills and bits
Pipe wrench Riveting machine
Pipe cutter Crow bar
Levelling rod Masons’ square
Spirit level Plumb bob
Mason’s trowel Metal float
Wood float Shovel
Meter rule

  1. WEEDS TO BE STUDIED

COMMON NAME BOTANICAL NAME

  1. Black Jack Bidens pilosa
  2. Mexican marigold Tagetes minuta
  3. Oxalis/sorrel Oxalis species
  4. Double thorn Oxygonum sinuatum
  5. Thorn apple Datura stramonium
  6. Couch grass Digitaria scalarum
  7. Nut grass Cyperusrotundus
  8. Wandering Jew Commelina benghalensis
  9. Sow thistle Sonchus oleraceus
  10. Devil’s horsewhip Achyranthes aspera
  11. Macdonald /gallant soldier Gallinsoga parvfrlora
  12. Sodom apple Solanum incanum
  13. Black nightshade Solarium nigrum
  14. Chinese lantern Nicandra physalodes
  15. Bracken fern Pteridium acquilinum
  16. Love grass/Bristly foxtail Setaria verticillata
  17. Cleavers Gallium spurium
  18. Stinging nettle Utica massaica
  19. Fat hen/Goosefoot Chenopodium species
  20. Rape weed Brassica napus
  21. Wild oats Avenafatua
  22. Lantana/tick berry Lantana camara
  23. Water hyacinth Eichhornia crassipes
  24. Witchweed Striga hermonthica
  25. Creeping indigo Indigofera spicata
  1. CROP PESTS TO BE STUDIED
  1. Armyworm
  2. Cut worm
  3. Locust
  4. Moths
  5. Fruitfly
  6. Mealybug
  7. Thrips
  8. Beetles
  9. Weevils — field and store
  10. Birds — weaver, sudan dioch, Mouse bird
  11. Rodents — Squirrels, Moles and Rats
  12. Boll worms
  13. Stainers
  14. Nematodes
  15. Leaf miners
  16. Aphids
  17. Stalk borers
  18. Loopers
  19. Scales.
  1. CROP DISEASES TO BE STUDIED
  2. maize streak
  3. Smuts
  4. Blasts
  5. Leaf blight
  6. Anthracnose
  7. Rusts in cereals and leaf rust in coffee
  8. Leaf spot
  9. Blight-halow, Early and late
  10. Panama disease
  11. Cigar-end-rot
  12. Mildew
  13. Mosaic
  14. Die-back
  15. Greening
  16. Tristeza
  17. Wilts – Fusarium and Bacterial
  18. Black arm
  19. Damping off
  20. Coffee Berry Disease
  21. Rosette
  22. Ratoon stunting disease
  23. Armillaria root-rot.

QUANTITY OF HEAT PHYSICS NOTES, REVISION QUESTIONS & ANSWERS

  HEAT CAPACITY

  1. Define specific latent heat of fusion of a substance        (1mk)

 

  1. Distinguish between heat capacity and specific heat capacity of a substance.

 

  1. Give the property of water which makes it suitable for use as a coolant in machines                                                                           (1mk)

 

  1. Equal masses of water and paraffin are heated for same length of time. The final temperature of paraffin was found to be greater than the final temperature of water. Explain the observation.                 (2mk)

 

  1. A student states that when two bodies at different temperatures are brought into contact the resulting rise of temperature in one will be equal to the fall in temperature in the other. Give two reasons why this statement is wrong
  2. (i) Describe how you would attempt to measure the specific heat capacity

of aluminium by method of mixtures.                                        (3mk)

(ii)    State one source of experimental error in this method.         (1mk)

(iii)    Give one way you could take to reduce the magnitude of the error you have mentioned.                                                                (1mk)

  1. Briefly describe an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity of a liquid substance using the electrical method.                         (6mk)

 

  1. A liquid at 80°C in a cup was allowed to cool for 20 minutes. State two factors that determine the final temperature.         (2mk)

 

  1. Equal masses of water and ice at 00C are added separately into two identical beakers containing equal amount of water. State the reason why ice may cause a greater change of temperature.                         (1mk)

 

  1. Figure below shows the temperature changes against quantity of heat supplied to one kilogram each of liquids A and B.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Which of the two liquids has a high specific heat capacity?  Give a reason.(2mk)

 

  1. 500g of water at 20oc is mixed with 200g of water at 55oc. Find the final temperature of the mixture.

 

  1. Calculate the heat evolved when 100g of copper are cooled from 900c to 100 (Specific Heat Capacity of Copper = 390J/Kgk).

 

  1. An iron block of mass 20g is left in water boiling at 950C for some minutes then transferred quickly to a well-lagged copper can of mass 40g containing 60g of water at 200C. The mixture is well stirred and the final temperature T is noted. Given that the specific heat capacity of copper = 400JKg-1K-1, Iron = 460JKg-1K-1 and water = 4200JKg-1K-1, find the value of T.

 

  1. 100g of boiling water are poured into a metal vessel weighing 800g at a temperature of 200C if the final temperature is 500 What is the specific heat capacity of the metal? (Specific Heat capacity of water 4.2 x 103J/kgk)

 

  1. You are provided with two beakers. The first beaker contains hot water at 700  The second beaker contains cold water at 200C.  The mass of hot water is thrice that of cold water.  The contents of both beakers are mixed.  What is the temperature of the mixture?
  2. Water at 240C fall through a height of 72m to the bottom of a dam. Calculate the temperature of the water at the bottom of the dam. (Take specific heat capacity of water as 4200JKg-1K-1)

 

  1. A lead weight is dropped from a helicopter hovering at 100m above the ground. Assuming that all the energy is converted into heat energy, determine the rise in temperature of lead. Take specific heat capacity of lead to be 130J/kgk.                                  (3mks)

 

  1. Water flows from a high dam down a vertical cliff 100m high. The temperature of the water reaching the ground is 230C Determine the temperature of water in the dam. Assume evaporation and sound produced due to the flow are negligible and the specific heat capacity of water is 4200J kg -1 K-1 (3mk)           

 

  1. An energy saving stove when burning steadily has an efficiency of 60%. The stove melts 03kg of ice at 00c in 180 seconds.

Calculate; –

  1. The power rating of the stove.
  2. ii) The heat energy wasted by the stove.

 

  1. Water at 200c spills over a waterfall of height 10m. Calculate the rise in temperature of water at the bottom of the waterfall if 80% of potential energy at the top of waterfall is converted into heat at the bottom of the waterfall. Take specific heat capacity of water 4200j/Kg-1 K-1) (4mk)

 

  1. In a domestic oil-fired boiler, 5kg of water flows through the boiler every second. The water enters the boiler at a temperature of 300C and leaves at a temperature of 700C, re-entering the boilers after flowing around the radiators at 300C3.0x 107J of heat is given to the water by each kilogram of oil burnt.  The specific heat capacity of water is 4200Jkg -1K-1
  • Use the information above to calculate the energy absorbed by the water every second as it passes through the boiler
  • Use the same information above to calculate the mass of oil which would need to be burnt in order to provide this energy.

 

ELECTRICAL MTD

  1. A heating element rated 2.5 KW is used to raise the temperature of 3.0 kg of water through 500 calculate the time required to effect this. ( Specific heat capacity of water is 4200J/kgK).                                  (3mk)

 

  1. An electric heater rated 300 W heats some liquid of heat capacity 1680 J/K for 2 minutes. Find the rise in temperature.                (3mk)

 

  1. An immersion heater rated 1500W is used to heat a block of ice of mass 500g initially at -10°C for 2.5 minutes. If the final temperature is 20°C determine the specific latent heat of fusion of the ice (Take specific heat capacity of water as 4200J/KgK, specific heat capacity of ice = 2100J/KgK) (4mk)

 

  1. An immersion heater takes a current of 10A when connected to 240V supply. If it is used to heat 5Kg of water at 200C, find the temperature of water after 4 minutes of heating.                                  (3 mks)

 

  1. A hot-water tank for a house contains 150kg of water at 150 the tank itself has a heat capacity of 6000 JK-1. An immersion heater is used to heat the water to 500c. the tank is well insulated and the power of the heater is 2500W (specific heat capacity of water =4200 JKg-1K-1)
  • Find the amount of heat transferred to the water (2mk)
  • find how much heat is absorbed by the tank              (2mk)
  • Determine the time it will take the heater to raise temperature to 500

(3mk)

  1. A metal cylinder of mass 500g is heated electrically. If the voltmeter reads 15V, the ammeter 3.0A and the temperature of the block varies from 200 C to 850 C in 10 minutes. Calculate the specific heat capacity of the metal cylinder.(3mk)

 

  1. An-immersion heater rated 150W is placed in a liquid of mass 5 kg. When the heater is switched on for 25 minutes, the temperature of the liquid rises from 200C – 2700C.  Determine the specific heat capacity of the liquid.  (Assume no heat losses)

 

  1. An immersion heater which takes a current of 3A from 240V mains raised the temperature of 10kg of water 300c to 500 How long did it take?

 

  1. An immersion heater rated 90W is placed in a liquid of mass 2kg. When the heater is switched on for 15 minutes, the temperature of the liquid rises from 200C to 300C. Determine the specific heat of the liquid.

 

 

 

 

  1. Figure below shows a set up in an experiment to determine specific heat capacity of water.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

The data below was obtained was obtained from the experiment

  • Voltage V across the heater = 12V
  • Current I in the circuit   = 1.4A
  • Time (t) heating                = 600s
  • Mass m of water = 0.4kg
  • Change in temperature DT = 6ºc
  1. Define specific heat capacity
  2. State two improvements that would be made in the set up to obtain accurate
  • Use the above results to determine the specific heat capacity of water.

 

GRAPH

  1. The figure below shows a graph of the variation of temperature with time for a pure substance heated at a constant rate

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Assuming that heat transfer to the surrounds is negligible, state the changes observed on the substance in region.

  1. a) BC                                                                                                                                                           (1mk)
  2. b) DE                                                                                                                                                           (1mk)
  3. The figure below shows a graph of temperature against time for a given substance (water)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State what happens in the section labelled

  • BC                     (1mk
  • CD            (1mk)
  • DE            (1mk)

 

  1. A 250 g sample of a solid was heated steadily in a lagged colorimeter of negligible mass. The observations were represented in a graph as shown below.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)     Explain the shape of the graph       (3mks)

(ii)     The solid requires 12.5J of energy to change its state. Calculate its specific latent heat of fusion.                                                                       (2mks)

  1. The cooling curve below is for a pure substance

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a) What is the melting point of the substance                   ( 1 marks )

(b) What point of the curve is the substance?

(i)     solid                                                                        (1mk)

(ii)     Liquid                                                                             (1mk)

(iii)    Solid and liquid                                                               (1mk)

 

  1. Figure below shows the variation of temperature ‘q’ with time t, when an immersion heater is used to heat a certain liquid. Study the figure and answer questions (i) and (ii).

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)         State the reason for the shape of the graph in the section labelled BC.                                                    (1mk)

(ii) Sketch on the same axes the graph for another liquid of the same mass but higher specific heat capacity when heated from the same temperature.(1mk)

 

  1. In an experiment to determine the specific heat capacity of liquid, a student used 0kg of each of the liquids, water, glycerin and paraffin. Each of the liquids was supplied with 21600J of heat energy under the same conditions. The table below shows temperature rise for the liquids.

 

Liquid Water Glycerine Paraffin
Temp’ 0c 2.6 4.4 4.9

 

(i) Suggest a reason for the difference in the difference in the rise of

temperature.                                                                      (1mk)

(ii) Calculate the specific heat capacity of paraffin                       (3mk)

 

  1. Njoroge wanted to determine the heat energy, W, required to change one kilogram of water into vapour at a constant temperature. He set up the arrangement as shown below;

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

He took the reading M, of the balance at a given time interval. He obtained the following data

 

Mass (g) 100 97 95 93 91 81
Time (s) 0 135 210 330 405 495

(a)    Plot a graph of mass against time                             (5mk)

  • Determine the gradient of the graph                    (3mk)
  • What does the gradient represent? (1mk)
  • A steady current of 4A and potential difference of 12V were recorded during the experiment. Determine the value of W. (4mks)

 

  1. A 125W heater and a thermometer were immersed in 0.6kg of oil in a vessel of negligible heat capacity. The following observations were noted.

 

Temperature (K) 294 302 313 324 334
Time (minutes) 2 4 6 8 10
  1. i) Plot a suitable graph and use it to find: (4mks)
  2. ii) the average rise in temperature per minute.          (2mks)

iii)  the temperature at which the heating started.              (1mk)

  1. iv) Hence, calculate the specific heat capacity of the oil.(2mks)

 

 

  1. The table below shows values of temperature against time for a pure substance subjected to heat
Time (min) 0 0.5 1.0 4.0 7.0 8.0 11 13 14 16
Temperature 0C -10 5 10 10 10 15 53 78 80 80
  1. a) Draw a graph of temperature against time showing the effect of heating the solid substance          (5mks)
  2. b) From the graph, state the melting point and boiling point of the substance.

(2mk)

  1. c) If the loss in mass of the substance during vaporization is 70g and the heat supplied at a rate of 720J/min, calculate the specific latent heat of vaporization of the liquid substance                   (3mk)

 

  1. A 4g mass is receiving heat at the rate 100kJ per minutes and its temperature at various times recorded as follows
Time t (min) 0 1 2 6 13 18 23 28 29 30
Temperature T (K) 230 250 270 270 270 310 350 390 390 390

 

Plot a graph of temperature against time on the grid provided                  (4mks)

  • Use your graph to find

(i)    The specific heat capacity of the substance in its liquid state        (3mk)

(ii)    Its boiling point                                                               (1mk)

(iii)   Its melting point                                                                  (1mk)

(iv)    The specific latent heat of fusion of the substances       (3mk

 

 

  1. In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of a liquid using an electrical method, the amount of heat, Q, required to vaporize a given mass, m, of a liquid were recorded as shown.

 

Q (J) X 103 3.0 4.0 5.0 6.0 7.0 8.0
M (kg) X10-3 4.0 6.4 8.8 11.2 13.6 16.0

 

(i) On the grid provided plot a graph of Q (y-axis) against m.          (5mks)

 

(ii) From the graph, determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of the

liquid.                                                                    (3mks)

(iii) Suggest a reason why the graph does not pass through the origin.                                                                                                               (1mk)

(iv) Write a possible equation of this graph.                                (1mk)

 

LATENT HEAT OF FUSION AND VAPORIZATION

 

  1. Define latent heat of fusion of a substance        (1mk

 

  1. Define specific latent heat of fusion of a substance        (1mk)

 

  1. Define specific latent heat of vaporization of a substance        (1mk)

 

  1. State two physical quantities that remain constant while pure ice is being converted to water.

 

  1. State two factors that affect the melting point of ice. (2mk)

 

  1. Explain why a burn from the steam of boiling water is more severe than that of water itself?

 

  1. A burn from steam is more severe than one from water boiling at the same temperature .Give reasons.

 

  1. The setup shown below was used to determine the specific latent heat of vapourisation of water.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Describe how you would use the apparatus to determine the specific latent heat of vapourisation of water stating any assumption made and the measurements one would take.                                    (6mk

 

  1. You are provided with the following apparatus:A filter funnel, a thermometer, a stop watch, ice at 0°C, an immersion heater rated P watts, a beaker, a stand, boss and clamp and a weighing machine. Describe an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of fusion of ice. Clearly state the measurements to be made. (4mk)

 

  1. In an experiment to determine the power of an electric heater, melting ice was placed in a container with an outlet and the heater placed in the ice as shown below. The heater was connected to a power supply and switched on for some time. The melted ice was collected.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Other than the current and voltage, state the measurement that would be taken to determine the quantity of heat absorbed by the melted ice in unit time. (2mk)
  2. b) If the latent heat of fusion of ice is L, show how measurements in (i) above would be used in determining the power P, of the heater, (2mk)
  3. c) It is found that the power determined in this experiment is lower than the manufacturer’s value indicated on the heater.       (1mk)

 

 

 

 

CALCULATIONS

  1. 50g of steam at 100oC was passed into cold water at 20oC. The temperature on the water rose to 60oC.  Determine the mass of cold water used (specific heat capacity of water = 4200J/KgK and specific latent heat of vapourisation of water = 2.26 x 106 JKg-1)              (4mk)

 

  1. Dry steam is passed into a well-lagged copper can of mass 250g containing 400g of water and 50g of ice at 00. The mixture is well stirred and the steam supply cut off when the temperature of the can and the contents reach 200C.
  • Draw an experiment set-up that can be used to find the mass of steam

condensed                                                                       (4mk)

 (b) Neglecting heat losses, find the mass of steam condensed     (4mk)

 

  1. In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of water steam at 1000Cwas passed into water contained in a well lagged Calorimeter, the following measurements were made.

Mass of calorimeter                                              =60g

Initial mass of water                                   =80g

Final mass of calorimeter + condensed stem.        =143g.

Initial temperature of mixture                              =170C

Final temperature of mixture                               =320C

Specific heat capacity of copper                   =390J/KgK

  1. Determine the mass of condensed steam.     1mk
  2. Determine the heat gained by calorimeter and water. 3mk
  • Determine the latent heat of vaporization of steam. 3mk

 

  1. In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of water, steam at 1000c was passed into water contained in a well-lagged copper calorimeter. The following measurements were made:
        • Mass of calorimeter      = 50g
        • Initial mass of water     = 70g
        • Final mass of calorimeter + water + condensed steam = 123g
        • Initial temperature of water = 5oc
        • Final temperature of mixture = 300C

(Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J kg 1K and specific heat capacity for copper = 390 J kg -1 K-1)

Determine the

  1. a) Mass of condensed steam
  2. b) Heat gained by the calorimeter and water
  3. c) Given that L is the specific latent heat of evaporation of steam

(i) Write an expression for the heat given out by steam

                 (ii)   Determine the value of L.

  1. Steam of mass 3.0g at 1000c is passes into water of mass 400g at 100 The final temperature of the mixture is T. The container absorbs negligible heat. (Specific latent heat of vaporization of steam= 2260 kJ/kg, specific heat capacity of water= 4200Jk-1)
  2. i) Derive an expression for the heat lost by the steam as it condenses to water at temperature T.          (2mk)
  3. ii) Derive an expression for the heat gained by the water. (2mk)

    iii)        Determine the value of T.                                   (2mk)

 

  1. What mass of steam initially at 1300C is needed to warm 200g of water in a glass container of mass 100g from 200C to 500?

Specific heat capacity of steam                = 200JKg-1K-1

                        Specific heat capacity of water                = 4200 JKg-1K-1

Specific latent heat of vaporization of water = 2.26 x 106JKg-1

Specific heat capacity of glass                 = 840JK-1K-1    4mks

 

  1. A can together with stirrer of total head capacity 60J/k contains 200g of water at 100 dry steam at1000c is passed in while the water is stirred until the whole reaches a temperature of 300c Calculate the mass of steam condensed.

 

  1. 02kg of ice and 0.01kg of water 00c are in a container. Steam at 1000c is passed in until all the ice is just melted.  How much water is now in the container?

 

  1. 200 g of ice at 0°C is added to 400g water in a well lagged calorimeter of mass The initial temperature of the water was 40°C. If the final temperature of the mixture is X°C, (Specific latent of fusion of ice L = 3.36 x 105 Jkg-1, specific heat capacity of water, C = 4200Jkg-1K-1, specific heat capacity of copper = 400 Jkg-1K-1.)

(i)     Derive an expression for the amount of heat gained by ice to melt it and raise its temperature to X°C                            (2mk)

(ii)     Derive an expression for the amount of heat lost by the calorimeter and its content when their temperature falls to X°C.          (2mks)

(iii)    Determine the value of X.                                        (3mks)

 

  1. In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization L of water, steam at 100°C was passed into water contained in a well legged copper calorimeter. The following measurements were made.

Mass of calorimeter = 80g

Initial mass of water = 70g

Initial temperature of water = 5°C

Final mass of calorimeter + water +condensed steam =156g

Final temperature of mixture = 30°C

Specific heat capacity of water = 4200JKg-1K-1and specific heat capacity for copper =     390J/Kg-1K-1)

(a) Determine the:

(i) Mass of condensed steam                                    (2mks)

(ii) Heat gained by the calorimeter and water                     (1mk)

(b)    Given that L. is the specific latent heat of vaporization of steam

(I) Write an expression for the heat given out by steam.             (1mk)

(II) Determine the value of L                           (3mks)

 

  1. In an experiment to determine specific latent heat of water, steam at 1000C was passed into the water container, the following measurements were made.
    • Initial temperature of water = 150C
    • Mass of Calorimeter = 60g
    • Initial mass of water = 80g
    • Final mass of water + calorimeter + condensed steam = 160g
    • Final temperature of mixture = 400C
    • Specific heat capacity of water = 4200 J/Kg
    • Specific heat capacity of copper = 390J/Kgk

         (a) Calculate

         (i)    Mass of condensed steam.                                                (1mk)

                 (ii)   Heat gained by calorimeter and water.                              (5mk)

         (b) Given that Lv is the specific latent heat of vaporization of steam.

  1. i)      Write an expression for the heat given out by steam.         (1mk)
  2.          ii)     Determine the value of Lv.                                      (3mk)

 

  1. In an experiment to determine the specific latent heat of vaporization of water. Steam at 1000C was passed into water container in a well lagged calorimeter. The following results were obtained Mass of calorimeter =50g
  • Initial temperature of water =200C
  • Initial mass of water =60g
  • Final mass of calorimeter +water +condensed steam =115g
  • Final temperature of mixture =300C
  • Specific heat capacity of water =4200J/kgk
  • Specific heat capacity of copper =400J/kgk

(a) Draw a possible set up that can be used in the above experiment   (3mks

(b)    Determine.

(i)The mass of condensed steam                                       (1mk)

(ii)The heat gained by the calorimeter and water                  (3mks)

(c)      Given that L is the specific latent heat of vaporization of steam,

(i)Write down an expression for the heat given out by steam   (1mk)

(ii)Determine the value of L                                              (2mks)

 

  1. Water of mass 200g at a temperature of 60oC is put in a well lagged copper calorimeter of mass 80g. A piece of ice at 0oC and mass 20g is placed in the calorimeter and the mixture stirred gently until all the ice melts. The final temperature of the mixture is then measured

(Latent heat of fusion of ice = 33400Jkg-1, specific heat capacity of water = 4200Jkg-1K-1) Determine:

(i)    The heat absorbed by the melting ice at 0oC     (2mks)

(ii)   The heat absorbed by the melted ice (water) to rise to temperature T                                                (2mks)

 (iii) The heat lost by the warm water and the calorimeter (Specific heat capacity of the calorimeter = 900Jkg‑1K-1)              (2mks)

(iv)   The final temperature T of the mixture             (3mks)

 

  1. A copper block of mass 800g is suspended in a freezing mixture -600C for some time and then transferred to a large volume of water at 00C. A layer of ice is formed on the block. Take specific heat capacity of copper =360JKg-1K-1, latent heat of fusion 336,000JKg-1
  2. i) Give a reason for the formation of ice                           (1mk)
  3. ii) State the temperature of the copper block after this change is complete

(2mk)

    iii)    Determine the mass of ice formed                              (3mk)

 

  1. In a cooling system 100g of steam at 1000C was passed into cold water at 400C. The temperature rose to 700C (specific heat capacity of water = 4200J kg-1K-1, latent heat of vaporization of steam = 2.2 x 106Jkg-1)

Calculate

  1. i) Heat lost by steam                                                   (2mk)
  2. ii) Heat lost by condensed steam                                  (3mk)

iii)     The mass of cold water used                                     (3mk)

 

  1. Water of mass 400g at a temperature of 60oC is put in a well lagged copper calorimeter of mass 160g. A piece of ice at 0oC and mass 40g is placed in the calorimeter and the mixture stirred gently until all the ice melts. The final temperature, T, of the mixture is then measured. Determine;

(i)     The heat absorbed by the melting ice at 0oC             (2mk)

(ii)    The heat absorbed by the melted ice (water) to rise the temperature T (Answer may be given in terms of T)  (2mk)

(iii)    The heat lost by the warm water and the calorimeter (The answer may be given in terms of T)                          (2mk)

(iv)   The final temperature T of the mixture (Specific latent heat of fusion of ice = 334000J/kg, specific heat capacity of water = 4200J/kgK, specific heat capacity of copper = 900J/kgK)                 (4mk)

 

  1. The melting point of a certain bullet is 3000c. If the initial temperature of the bullet is 200c , determine the least speed at which the bullet would be moving so that it just melt when suddenly stopped. Specific heat capacity of bullet = 840 J/kgK; specific heat of fusion of material making bullet = 6.3 x 104 J/kgK                                                                          (3mk)

 

  1. 32g of dry ice was added to 200g of water at 250C in a beaker of negligible heat capacity. When all ice had melted the temperature of water was found to be 100C. (Take specific heat capacity of water to be 4200JKg-1K-1)

(i)     Calculate the heat lost by water                                     (2mks)

(ii)     Write an expression for the heat gained by ice to melt and for temperature to rise to 100C.                                                              (2mks)

(iii)    Calculate the specific latent heat of fusion of ice.                       (2mks)

 

  1. A jet of dry steam at 1000C is sprayed on to the surface of 100g of dried ice at 00C contained in a well-lagged calorimeter of negligible heat capacity, until all the ice has melted and the temperature begin to rise. The mass in the calorimeter when the temperature reaches 400C is found to be 120g.Assuming that the specific latent heat of fusion of ice is 336000JKg-1, specific heat capacity of water is 4200JKg-1K-1, Determine the specific latent heat vaporization of water.                                           (4mks)
  2. 5 grammes of water at 200C is heated until it boils at 950 On further heating the temperature of Water does not change until it has all evaporated.

(i) State what happens to the energy supplied to the water after attaining a temperature of 950C.                                                                 (1 mk)

  1. ii) Calculate the amount of heat required to convert all the 5g of water to steam.

Latent heat of vaporization of water = 2260000 J/Kg)              (6mk)

 

  1. What mass of steam initially at 1300C will raise the temperature of 0 Kg of water contained in a 1.0 Kg glass container, from 200C to 500C? (4mks)
    • Specific heat capacity of steam =      200J Kg-1 K-1
    • Specific heat capacity of water =      4200 J Kg-1 K-1
    • Specific latent heat steam =      26 x 106 J Kg-1
    • Specific heat capacity of glass =      840 J Kg-1 K-1

 

 

ELECTRICAL

  1. An immersion heater rated 1000W is used to heat a block of ice of mass 500g initially at -10°C until the all the water evaporates at 95°C. Assuming that all the heat supplied is used to heat the ice, calculate the time in minutes for the whole process to take place. (Take specific heat capacity of water as 4200J/KgK, specific heat capacity of ice = 2100J/KgK specific latent heat of fusion = 3.35 x 105 J/Kg and specific latent heat of vapourization = 2.26 x 105J/Kg) (5mk)

 

  1. An electric kettle rated at 2.5kW contains 1.6kg of water. It is left switched on after boiling.

    (i)         How much heat energy will be used in turning all the water to steam?(2mk)

    (ii) Determine how long will it take for the 2.5kw kettle to boil dry (2mk)

 

  1. An electric heater rated 5 kW is used to melt 1.5 kg of ice at 0°C. Calculate the specific latent heat of fusion of ice, if it takes 5 minutes for the heater to melt all the ice. (3mk)

 

  1. A 180W heater is immersed in a copper calorimeter of mass 100g containing 200g of alcohol. When the heater is switched on after 36sec the temperature of the calorimeter and its contents raises by 120 what is the specific heat capacity of alcohol. (SHC of Cu = 400J kg-1 K-1) (4mks)

 

  1. An electric heater rated 6000W is used to heat 1kg of ice initially at -100c until all the mass turns to steam. Given that
      • Latent heat of fusion = 334kJ kg -1
      • Specific heat capacity of ice = 2,260J kg -1 K -1
      • Specific heat capacity of water  = 4, 200J kg-1 K-1
      • Latent heat of vaporization = 2, 260KJ kg -1 K -1

Calculate the minimum time required for this activity.

 

EVAPORATION AND BOILING

  1. Distinguish between evaporation and boiling (2 mks)

 

  1. State the two factors that affect the boiling point of water and in each case, explain how the boiling is affected. (4 mk)

 

  1. State two factors that would raise the boiling point of water to above 1000c

 

  1. When two pieces of ice blocks are squeezed together once they form one block. Explain

 

  1. Figure below shows a block of ice with two heavy weights hanging such that the copper wire / string connecting them passes over the block of ice.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • It is observed that the wire gradually cuts its way through the ice block, but leaves it as one piece. Explain

(ii)     What change would be observed if the  copper wire used in the experiment was      replaced by a cotton thread.  Explain your answer.

 

  1. A student put some small pieces of ice in a beaker and sprinkled salt on the ice. He stirred until the ice melted and took the temperature of the content in the beaker- as shown.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)     State the observation made.                                      (1mk)

(ii)     Explain the observation.                                  (1mk)

 

  1. The figure below shows two identical containers A and B containing hot water and ice block.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

State with reason which water cools faster assuming that the wire gauge absorbs negligible heat                                                                                      (2mk)

 

  1. Figure below shows two identical beakers A and B. Beaker A contains water at 0°C while B contains water and pieces of ice at 0°C. Both contents have the same mass.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two identical metal blocks are removed from the same hot furnace and dropped into each of the beakers. Identify which of the two beakers would experience more evaporation and give a reason for your answer.(2mk)

 

  1. Figure below shows two sufurias with equal amount of water R heated at the same rate.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. i) State which water boiled first.          (1mk)
  2. ii) Explain your answer                  (1mk)

 

  1. The diagram below shows two cups of tea containing equal volumes of hot tea. The cups have different diameters.

 

 

 

 

 

 

State giving reasons, the cup whose tea will cool faster than the other.   (2mk)

 

  1. Ether is put into a beaker which is placed on a thin film of water. A student blows the ether through a pipe continuously. State and explain the observation made after some time         (2mk)

 

  1. The rate of evaporation can be increased in a number of ways. State two ways in which this could be achieved                                        (2mk)

 

  1. Some water is stored in a bag made of a porous material e.g. canvas which is hung where it is exposed to a draught of air (wind). Explain why the temperature of the water is lower than that of the air. (2 mk)

 

  1. Explain why food cooks faster in a pressure cooker than in an open sufurias

 

  1. Explain why the cooling unit (freezer) inside a refrigerator is placed near the top but an elastic immersion heater in water tank should be near the bottom.(2mk)

 

  1. A thin layer of water underneath a beaker containing ether freezes when air is blown through ether. Explain why the water freezes. (1mk)

 

  1. Hot milk in a bottle cools faster when wrapped in a wet cloth than when the bottle is immersed in cold water in a bucket. Explain why.          (3 mk)

 

  1. State the property of Freon that makes it useful as a refrigerant liquid (1mk)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Figure shows the features of a domestic refrigerator. A volatile liquid circulates the capillary tubes under the action of the compression pump.

 

 

 

 

                           

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  • State the reason for using a volatile liquid. (1mk)

(ii)        Explain how the volatile liquid is made to vaporize in the cooling compartment and to condense in the cooling fins. (2mk)

(iii)       Explain how cooling takes place in the refrigerator. (3mk)

(iv)       What is the purpose of the double wall?           (1mk)

 

  1. Figure below shows a domestic electric refrigerator

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)     Label the parts

X____________                                            (1mk)

         Y____________                                            (1mk)

(ii)     What property is considered when selecting the liquid used as refrigerant?                                           (1mk)

(iii)    If you stand near the back of a refrigerator you feel warm. Explain.                                                                                            (1mk)

(iv)    Explain how the refrigerator works                           (4mks)

SCHEME

  1. Give the property of water which makes it suitable for use as a coolant in machines                                                                                           (1mk)

Water has a high heat capacity hence can absorb a lot of heat Pj

  1. A burn from steam is more severe than one from water boiling at the same temperature .Give reasons.
    1. Steam already contains latent heat of ; P evaporation which water doesn’t have ;P

RADIOACTIVITY PHYSICS SIMPLIFIED NOTES IN PDF

RADIOACTIVITY

INTRODUCTION

  • In 1896 Henri Becquerel accidently discovered that Uranium salt crystals emitted invisible radiation that darkened a photographic plate even when covered to exclude light.
  • Madame Curie & her husband Pierre discovered Polonium & Radium.
  • Marie Curie described these elements as being radioactive and concluded that the radiations originate from the nucleus. They called this phenomenon

Radioactivity or radioactive decay is the spontaneous disintegration of unstable nuclides to form stable ones with the emission of radiation. Unstable nuclides continue to disintegrate until a stable atom is formed.

ATOMIC STRUCTURE

The nucleus of an atom has a specific number of protons and neutrons. The number of protons in the nucleus is called the atomic or proton number while the sum of the number of protons and neutrons is called the mass or nucleon number.

An atom X of mass number A and atomic number Z can be represented as . If the number of neutrons in the nucleus is N, then:

A= Z+N.

Thus, hydrogen can be represented by , helium by and neon by . Some atoms have the same number of protons in the nucleus yet different mass numbers. Such atoms are referred to as isotopes. Examples of isotopes include carbon- 12 and carbon- 14. Isobars – are nuclides with the same mass number A but different atomic number Z – Ra, Ac. Th.

The energy holding the protons and neutrons together in the nucleus is called the binding or nuclear energy.

The masses of atoms are conveniently given in terms of atomic mass units (u) where (u) is 1/12th the mass of one atom of carbon-12 and has a value of 1.660 × 10-27 kg. Hence the mass of one proton is equal to 1.67 × 10-27 and is equal to 1u.

NUCLEAR STABILITY

When the ratio of the number of protons to the number of neutrons in a nucleus is about 1:1, the nuclide is said to be stable, otherwise it is an unstable. For unstable nucleus, it has to undergo disintegration in an attempt to achieve stability. Below is a stability curve;

 

 

 

From the graph, it is observed that the unstable nuclides are outside the stability line. Those nuclides above the stability line have too many neutrons; hence decay in such a way that the proton number increases. Those below the stability line have too many protons and therefore decay in such a way that their proton number decreases.

TYPES OF RADIACTIONS

In the process of disintergration of radioactive elements, there are three radiations which may be emitted namely;

  • Alpha (α) radiations
  • Beta (β) radiations
  • Gamma (γ) radiations.

Radiations emitted by radioactive elements are identified according to the properties they exhibit. Their behavior can be observed when they are passed through a magnetic or an electric fields

Similarly, their behavior can be observed when they are passed through a field as shown below:

  1. ALPHA (α) RADIATIONS:
  • Are positively charged.
  • Are massive or heavy and thus have shorter range in air. They are slightly deflected by strong magnetic or electric field due to their higher mass.
  • Cause the highest ionization effect on the particles on their paths compared to beta and gamma radiations, thereby losing most of their energy.
  • Have the least penetrating ability or power compared to the other two radiations. They can be stooped by a thick sheet of paper.
  1. BETA RADIATIONS:
  • Are negatively charged.
  • Are lighter compared to alpha radiations. Hence they are greatly deflected by strong magnetic or electric field.
  • Have longer range in air.
  • Cause less ionization compared to alpha radiations. Hence they have a higher penetrating ability or power. They can penetrate a thick sheet of paper but can be stopped by a thin aluminium foil.
  1. GAMMA RADIATIONS:
  • Are massless and do not have charge. Hence they are not deflected by both magnetic and electric fields.
  • Are electromagnetic waves.
  • Cause very little ionization. Hence most of their energy is intact. They have the highest penetrating ability or power of all the three radiations. They can penetrate thick paper and aluminium but is stopped by thick lead.

COMPARISONS OF THE THREE RADIATIONS

  • Range in air
  • α-particles – are the least penetrating of the three radiations.

They have a few cm in air about 5 cm.

  • β-particles – are more penetrating than alpha particles.

Several metres in air – 5m

  • g-rays – are the most penetrating of the three. Hardly affected by air. Intensity reduces as they spread.
  • Absorption
  • α-particles – are stopped by very thin aluminium, paper or skin.
  • β-particles – can pass through 1 mm of aluminium: -stopped by a few mm of aluminium or Perspex.
  • g-rays – can pass through metal and even several mm of lead but stopped by 5 cm of lead.

N/B 1 cm thickness of lead is referred to as the half-thickness for the lead since it lowers the intensity of the radiation to half the original volume. Gamma rays are similar to the x-rays, but they have a generally shorter wavelength. The main difference between X-rays and gamma rays is that gamma rays originate from energy changes in the nucleus of atoms while X-rays originate from energy changes associated with electron structure of atoms.

  • Effect of electric field
  • α-particles – Small deflection.

Attracted towards the negative plate, indication a (+ve) charge.

  • β-particles – Strongly deflected.

Attracted towards the positive plate indicating a (-ve) charge – use Fleming’s left hand rule for direction of force.

  • g-rays – Not affected by an electric field. Indicating no charge.
  • Effect of magnetic field
  • α-particles – Deflected by magnetic field, but only a powerful field has an effect, indicating that the particles are relatively heavy.
  • -The positive charge which they carry results in their deflection in the opposite direction to beta-particles.
  • β-particles – They are strongly deflected by magnetic field because of their lower mass or light mass
  • g-rays – They are not affected by magnetic field and carry on straight as the speed of light.
  • Ionization effects

When alpha, beta or gamma radiations pass through air, they knock off electrons from air molecules resulting in the formation of positive ions. This effect is called ionisation.

Therefore, if electrons become detached from molecules in a gas, ions are produced and the gas is ionized.

  • α-particles – They are very strong ionizers as they are able to knock off more electrons as they pass through air. They discharge electroscope rapidly.
  • β-particles – Cause less ionization, about 1/10th that of α-particles. Discharge electroscope slowly.
  • g-rays – Cause negligible ionization1/1000th of alpha. Does not discharge electroscope.

Table below shows the characteristics of alpha particle, beta particle, and gamma particle.

Characteristic Alpha particle Beta particle Gamma particle
Nature Positively charged helium nucleus, He Negatively charged electron, e Neutral
In an electric field Bends to the negative plate Bends to the positive plate Does not bend, showing that it is neutral.
In magnetic field Bends a little showing that it has a big mass. Direction of the bend indicates that it is positively charged. Bends a lot showing that it has a small mass. Direction of the bend indicates that it is negatively charged. Does not bend showing that it is neutral.
Ionising power Strongest Intermediate Weakest
Penetrating power low Intermediate High
Stopped by A thin sheet of paper A few millimeters of aluminium A few centimeters of lead or concrete
Range in air A few centimeters A few metres A few hundred metres
Speed 1/20 X the speed of light, c 3%-99% of the speed of light, c The speed of light, c

 

RADIOACTIVITY

Radioactivity is the spontaneous emission of the particles from the nucleus of an unstable nuclide.

It can also be defined as the spontaneous disintegration of unstable nuclides to form stable ones with the emission of radiation  

Radioactive decay is the disintegration of certain naturally occurring nuclides with emission of α, β and g-rays.

Radioactive decay involves the emission of Alpha and Beta particles but sometimes extra energy is released as Gamma rays.

Note that a particular radioactive decay process must not necessarily emit all the three radiations.

Radioactive decay is not dependent on physical factors like pressure, temperature or chemical composition of the nuclide.

There are three types of radioactive decay:

  • ALPHA DECAY

This decay process emits alpha radiation(s). Alpha radiation is the nucleus of a helium atom represented by . If a nuclide decays by releasing an alpha particle, the mass number of the parent nuclide is reduced by 4 while atomic number is reduced by 2. This is expressed as;

+

(Parent nuclide)                      (Daughter nuclide)                 (Alpha nuclide)

For example, Uranium 238 decays to Thorium 234 by emitting an alpha particle. The decay is expressed as;

+

Similarly, polonium undergoes alpha decay to become lead.

+

 

 

 

 

  • BETA DECAY

When an atom undergoes beta decay, it emits a beta particle. A beta particle is a fast moving electron represented by . The mass number of such a nuclide remains the same while its atomic number increases by one (1). This is expressed as:

+

(Parent nuclide)                      (Daughter nuclide)                 (Beta nuclide)

Radioactive sodium, for example undergoes beta decay to become magnesium. This is written as;

+

 

  • GAMMA DECAY

Gamma decay does not have any effect on the mass number or atomic number of the nuclide. Instead the nuclide attains stability by simply releasing energy in the form of gamma radiation.

For example,;

  • Cobalt-60;

 

  • Thorium-230;

 

Example 1

Thorium-230 [ ] undergoes decay to become Randon-222[ ]. Find the number of alpha particles emitted.

 

 

 

SOLN

Let the number of alpha particles emitted be x. the expression for the decay is;

 

Thus;

4x +222           =          230                  OR       2x + 86            =          90

4x        =          8                                              2x        =          4

Hence, x          =          2                                              x          =          2

Two alpha particles are emitted.

Example 2

Lead-214 ( ) decays to polonium-214( ) by emitting β-particles. Calculate the number of β-particles emitted.

SOLN

Let x be the number of β-particles emitted.

+   X ( )

82        =          84-x

X    =          2

Two β-particles are emitted.

Example 3

Uranium-238 ( ) undergoes a decay emitting alpha and beta particles to become lead-206 ( ). Calculate the number of alpha and beta particles emitted.

SOLN

Let the number of α and β-particles emitted be x and y respectively

+

238      =          206+4x

4x        =          32

X         =          8

Also;

92        =          82+2x-y

92        =          82 + 16 – y

92        =          98 – y

Y         =          6

Eight alpha particles and 6 beta particles are emitted.

Example 4

Uranium ( ) decays to polonium ( ) by emitting alpha particles. Write down the nuclide equation to represent the decay process. Hence determine the number of alpha particles emitted.

SOLN

+   X ( )

234            = 218+4x

4X       =16

X         =          4

Alternatively,

92       =          84+2x

X         =8/2     =4

The decay equation is therefore;

+   4 ( )

RADIATION DETECTORS

Below are some of the radiation detectors:

  • A PHOTOGRAPHIC EMULSIONS

All the three radiations affect photographic emulsion or plate. When radioactive radiations strike a photographic film, they cause photographic emulsion i.e the film is blackened.

Photographic films are very useful to workers who handle radioactive materials. The workers are given special badges which contain small piece of unexposed photographic film. This will darken when exposed to radioactive radiations and hence a safety precaution should be taken.

  • THE LEAF ELECTROSCOPE

We have already seen that alpha and beta particles can ionize particles on their paths. This produces ions. If a source of these radiations is brought near the cap of a charged electroscope, the electroscope repels ions of similar charge but attracts those of the opposite charge. This neutralizes the electroscope and the leaf falls.

This method is most suitable for alpha particles since they cause the highest ionization but is not suitable for gamma radiations because they cause the least ionization.

  • CLOUD CHAMBER

When air is cooled until the vapour it contains reaches saturation, it is possible to cool it further without condensation occurring. Under these conditions, the vapour is said to be super-saturated. This can only occur if the air is free of any dust, which normally acts as nuclei for condensation. The ionization of air molecules by radiation can be investigated by a cloud chamber. The common types of cloud chambers include;

  • Expansion cloud chamber
  • Diffusion cloud chamber

 

  1. EXPANSION CLOUD CHAMBER

When a radioactive element emits radiations into the chamber, the air inside is ionized.

 

 

 

 

 

 

If the piston is now moved down suddenly, air in the chamber will expand and cooling occurs. When this happens, the ions formed act as nuclei on which the saturated alcohol or water vapour condenses, forming tracks.

  1. THE DIFFUSION CLOUD CHAMBER

The common diffusion chamber is made up of a cylindrical transparent container. It is partitioned into two compartments by a blackened metal plate. The upper compartment is fitted with the transparent Perspex lid and its top lined with a thin strip of felt ring soaked in alcohol or water. The bottom is fitted with sponge and closed with removable cover. The upper compartment contains air, which is at the room temperature at the top. The air at the bottom is at about -780C due to a layer of dry ice in the lower compartment. The felt ring is soaked in alcohol. This alcohol vapourizes in the warm region, diffuse down and is then cooled.

                             Black metal base  Perspex lid        Radioactive source

                                                                                                          Felt ring soaked in alcohol

    Light source                                                                               

                                                                                                         Dry ice [solid carbon (iv) oxide]

                                                                                                         Sponge

                                                                                                                 

                                                                                                                        Wedge

                                           

                                            Removable base

This detector uses the concept that when an ionizing radiation passes through air with saturated vapour, then the vapour is observed to condense on the ions formed. This explains why aeroplanes sometime leave trails of cloud behind them as they move through super saturated air.

In the diffusion cloud chamber, alcohol vaporizes and diffuses towards black metal base. When a charged particle from the radioactive source; either alpha or beta particle, knocks the air particles ions are produced. The vaporized alcohol condenses on the formed ions. Since positive ions are heavy, they remain behind forming tracks which can be clearly seen through the Perspex lid.  To enhance visibility, a source of light is used to illuminate the chamber.

The dry ice is used to keep the black metal base cool while the sponge is used to keep the dry ice in contact with the black metal base.

Each radiation will produce a specific track as shown below:

Tracks due to alpha radiation

 

 

They are short, straight and thick due to the following:

  • Alpha particles cause heavy ionization, rapidly losing energy, hence shorter range in air.
  • They are massive and their path cannot therefore be changed by air molecules. It is not easy to displace them from their path by air particles.
  • They cause more ions on their paths as they knock off more elecrons

Tracks due to beta radiation

 

 

 

They are generally thin and irregular in direction due to:

  • Their longer range in air.
  • They are lighter due to their lower mass.
  • Irregular in direction (not straight), meaning that they can be displaced by air particles. They are also repelled by electrons of atoms within their path.

Tracks due to gamma radiation

 

 

Tracks due to gamma radiation are generally scanty and disjointed. These tracks do not come directly from the source but from electrons released by the gas atoms when they are struck by gamma radiation. The electrons then produce their own tracks.

  • THE GEIGER MULLER (GM) TUBE

 

The tube consists of a thin mica (or aluminium) window at one end of a closed glass tube which contains argon gas and little bromine gas at low pressure. A thin wire runs through the centre of the tube and is connected to the positive terminal of a high voltage supply. The walls of the tube are coated with a conductor and connected to negative terminal of the power supply.

When a radioactive substance is placed in front of the window, the radiation enters the tube through the thin mica window. The radiation ionizes argon gas. Opposite ions are attracted to either the cathode or the anode making a pulse of current to flow. As these ions move towards either electrode, they continue ionizing the argon gas producing more ions. The current is passed through an amplifier and then to a ratemeter where it is registered.

Note that only one pulse should be registered for each ionizing particle entering the tube. However, due to the high energy content of the positive ions, more electrons may be liberated from the surface of the cathode when struck by the positive ions. Such electrons are called secondary electrons. The secondary ionization causes the formation of avalanche of electrons. These can cause further ionization rendering the pulse registered incorrect.

To counter this, bromine is used which acts as a quenching agent, absorbing the energy of the positive ions before they reach the cathode.

The time taken by positive ins to move away from the anode (reducing the shielding effect) so that the field comes to normal is called dead time.

This method is not suitable for detection of gamma radiations due to its low ionization effect.

BACKGROUND RADIATION

Sometimes even in the absence of a radioactive source nearby, a GM tube may still register some radiations. This is called background radiation and it is present within the atmosphere. The count registered in the absence of the radioactive substance or source is called background count. Some of the causes of background radiation include;

  • Cosmic rays from outer space
  • Radiations from the sun
  • Some rocks which contain traces of radioactive material, e.g., granite
  • Natural and artificial radioisotopes

ARTIFICIAL RADIOACTIVITY

Some naturally occurring nuclides which are not radioactive can be made artificially radioactive by bombarding nuclei of stable atoms with alpha-particles, beta-particles, protons or neutrons.

For example, when nitrogen-14( ) nuclide, which is stable, is bombarded with fast moving alpha particles, radioactive oxygen is formed. This is represented by;

+                          +

Other artificially radioactive nuclides are silicon-27 ( ), sulphur-35 ( ) and chlorine-36 ( ).

 

THE DECAY LAW

A radioactive decay is a spontaneous, random process in which one cannot point out the nuclide that will disintegrate next. The choice of the nuclide that decays is governed by chance. This is because extremely large number of atoms is usually involved.

The decay law states that the rate of disintegration at any given time is directly proportional to the number of nuclides present at that time (remaining undecayed). This can be expressed as;

α-N; where N is the number of nuclides present at the given time. It follows that;

=-λN, where λ- is the decay constant.

Note that the negative sign indicates that the number N is decreasing with time.

is referred to as the activity of the material.

 

HALF LIFE

This is the time taken for half the number of nuclides initially present in a given radioactive sample to decay.

Consider 2g of radium, whose half-life is 1600 years. In 1600 years 1g will have decayed. In the next 1600 years, ½ g of the sample will be remaining. This is illustrated in the table below:

No. of years No. of half-lives Mass decayed (g) Mass remaining (g)
0              0            0 2
1600              1            1 1
3200              2           1 ½ ½
4800              3           1 ¾ ¼
6400             4           1 7/8 1/8

 

It can also be shown that the number of nuclides remaining undecayed, N after time T is given by;

N         =          N0(½)T/t   ; where N0 is the original number of nuclides and t the halt-life.

 

A graph of the number of nuclides remaining N against time T appears as shown below:

 N0

Number

Of radiation

nuclei

                         

 

 

                          0t½                                                     Time T

 

 

In order to plot the correct graph, it is advisable to first subtract the background radiation if does exist from each count rate before plotting the values. This will ensure that only count rate due to the radioactive material is used to plot the graph. This is because the value of the background radiation usually fluctuates.

The graph shows that the activity decreases by the same fraction in succession equal time intervals, that is, its exponential curve.

                                                          Example 5

A radioactive substance is found to have an activity of 360 counts per second. 30minutes later, it was 45counts per second. Determine its half life.

SOLN

360             t½              180       t½                90         t½             45

Hence ;  3t½               =30minutes

t½ =30/3               =10minutes.

Alternatively ;

N                     =N0(½)T/t½

45                    =360(½)30/t½

2-3                                 =2-30/t½

-3                    =-30/t½

t½=-30/-3        =10minutes

                                                    Example 6

A radioactive substance has a half life of 10hours. Calculate the percentage of the sample that remains after 25hours.

SOLN

N  =  N0(½)25/10

But percentage of the sample remaining after 25hrs is given by;

[N/N0] x 100

Hence; Percentage remaining    =            [{N0 (½)25/10}/N0] x 100

=            17.68%

                                                            Example 7

A GM tube is used to measure the decay of a certain radioactive substance and the results are as shown in the table below. The background radiation is 25counts per hour.

Time (hrs) 0 1 2 3 4 5
Countrate (counts/h) 425 255 175 105 73 51

Plot a graph of Countrate against time and use it to determine the half life of the material.

Example 8

When the values in the table below are plotted, we obtain the graph shown below;

The following are also common graphs that can be obtained from activity of the radioactive substances;

 

NUCLEAR FUSION AND FISSION

Nuclear fusion is defined as the fusing of the nuclei to form a heavier nucleus. Nuclear fusion is where light nuclei combine to form a heavier nucleus. The process is accompanied by the release of large amounts of energy. Example is the fusion of lithium and hydrogen to give helium.

+                                    +

Beryllium formed is radioactive hence it disintegrates into two alpha particles.

Nuclear fission is the splitting of the radioactive nuclei into more stable nuclei. Nuclear fission occurs when a nucleus splits into smaller more stable nuclei. This happens by the nucleus absorbing a neutron. During nuclear fission, the binding energy is released. Example is the fission of uranium- 235;

+                                  +   + 2( )

The produced neutrons are called fission neutrons. One neutron may sometimes split to produce many atoms. When this occurs, it is called a chain reaction. Nuclear fission is the principle on which hydrogen bombs work. This process if not controlled may lead to explosions.

APPLICATIONS OF RADIOACTIVITY

  1. In medicine:
  • Gamma rays can be used to control cancerous growths in the human body. The radiations kill cancer cells when the tumour is subjected to it.
  • Gamma rays are also used to sterilize surgical equipment.
  • It can also be used for killing pests or making them sterile.
  • Can also used to monitor blood circulation disorders and the functioning of thyroid gland.
  1. In carbon dating– it uses the ratio of carbon-12 to carbon-14 to estimate the ages of fossils.
  2. Detecting Pipe Bursts-underground pipes carrying water or oil many suffer bursts or leakages. Therefore, the content being transported through the pipe is mixed with some radioactive substance which can be detected by a radiation detector on the ground around the area of leakage.
  3. In Agriculture– a radiation detector can be used to monitor the uptake of minerals introduced to plants by mixing it with some weak radioactive substance. Gamma rays can also be used to kill pests or make them sterile.
  4. Determination of thicknesses of thin metal sheets, paper or plastics– a GM tube is used to measure the thickness of the metal plates, paper or plastic. The source of radiation is placed on one side while the GM tube is placed on the opposite side. The metal plate is passed between the source and the detector. The count rate registered is a measure of the thickness of the metal plate. To be more efficient, a thickness gauge can be adapted which automatically controls the thickness of the metal foils, paper or plastics. A thickness gauge can be adapted for automatic control of the manufacturing process.
  5. Detection of Flaws– cracks and airspaces in the welded joints can be detected using gamma radiation from cobalt-60.

HAZARDS OF RADIOACTIVITY AND THEIR REMEDY

The effects of radiation on a human body depend on:

  • The nature of the radiation,
  • Dosage and
  • Part of the body irradiated.

Excessive exposure of body cells to radiations can lead to burn effects or genetic damage. Extreme heavy doses can be fatal. There could also be delayed effects such as cancer, leukemia and hereditary defects.

Gamma rays and beta radiation are more dangerous compared to alpha radiation due to their high degree of penetration.

PRECAUTIONS

Precautions should therefore be taken when handling radioactive materials. These include:

  • Always use forceps to handle radioactive materials. Never use bare hands to hold such materials.
  • Keep radioactive materials in thick lead boxes.
  • Use radiation absorbers in hospitals and research laboratories.
  • Reduce time spent near radiation sources.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radioactivity

  1. (a) Define radioactive decay

(b) A radioactive element decays to 1/128 of its original activity after 49 days. Determine its

half –life

 

238                                 y                               

      U                       Z    +

92                                 x

 

  • (b) (i) Determine the value of x and y in the nuclear equation below:-

 

 

(ii) The half life of a radioactive element is 20minutes. The mass of the element after 120

minutes is 0.03125g. Determine the original mass of the element

(iii) What evidence supports the fact that gamma rays are not charged

(iv) Alpha particles have low penetrating power as opposed to beta particles. Give a reason

for this

  1. v) A manufacturer wishes to check the thickness of steel sheets he produces. Explain how

this can  be done using a radioactive source and a counter

  1. a) What is meant by radio active decay?
  2. b) Uranium 235 was bombarded with a neutron and fission took place in the following manner:
235
90
a
1

 

 

 92 U + 10n                                38Rn  +      bX   +  10(    0n)

Determine the values of a and b

  1. c) When carrying out experiments with radio active substance one is instructed that the source

should never held with bare hands but with forceps. Give a reason for the instruction

  1. d) The diagram below shows the paths taken by three radiations A, B and C from a radio
X
A
B
Y
c

active isotope through an electric field

 

 

  1. i) State the charge on plate Y
  2. ii) Identify the radiation A and C

iii) Give a reason why C deviates move A

e
A
233
  1. e) Th disintergrates into radium (Ra) by emission of two alpha and two beta particles as

in equation    90 Th                             Z Ra + 2( 2H) + 2 (  -1)

State:

  1. i) The atomic number of the daughter nuclide
  2. ii) The mass number of the daughter nuclide
  3. f) One of the application of Beta emission (B) is controlling thickness gauge. Explain

how they  are used for this purpose?

  1. The following is a nuclear reaction for a fusion process resulting from the reaction of polonium
210                                           S                                     T

81         3 ßdecay           84      a decay        82

with loss of beta particles

 

 

 

P 1

(i) Determine the values of S and T

(ii) State the source of the energy released

  1. The expression below is an equation for radioactive element A. Element B and C are the daughter

nuclides. A, B and C are not the actual symbols of any of the elements

238                                                                                   234      X

A                                                         B             + C

92                                                                                      90        Y

(a) State what type of radioactive decay this is.

(b) What is the value of:

X………………  Y……………………

  1. Arrange the following in order of increasing frequency: Red light, Infrared radiation, X-rays,

UV radiation, Short –radio waves, TV and Fm radio waves, Am radio waves and Long radio

waves.

 

  1. Radium -222 is a radioactive element with a half-life period of 38 sec. What fraction of the mass

of a sample of this element remain after 380 sec.

 

  1. (a) Define the term half-life of a radioactive material

(b) (i) Use the table below to plot a graph of activity against time

Activity (Disintegration/seconds) 680 567 474 395 276 160 112 64
Time t (days) 0 1 2 3 5 8 10 14

(ii) Find the half-life of the material in days

(c)  The half-life of a radio-active substance is 138 days. A sample of the substance

has 8 x 1010  un-decayed nuclei at time t = 0. How many un-decayed nuclei will

be left after 690 days?

(d) An element x (uranium) decays by emitting two alpha particles and a beta particle

to yield element Y

(i) State the atomic number and mass number of Y

(ii) Write down the decay equation

  1. a) What is meant by radioactive decay?
  2. b) A radioactive source placed 12cm from the detector produced a constant count rate

of 5 counts per minute. When the source is moved close to 3cm, the count rate varies

as follows;

Time 0 20 40 60 80
Count rate 101 65 43 29 21

 

  1. i) State the type of radiation emitted.
  2.  ii) Explain the constant count rate when the source is 12cm away.

iii) Plot a graph of count rate against time (Use graph paper)

  1.  iv) Use the graph to estimate the half life of the element
  2. State one advantage of:
  3. i) A lead-acid accumulative over a dry cell
  4. ii) A dry cell over lead-acid accumulator

 

 

ANSWERS

  1. a) Radioactive decay is the spontaneous random emission of particles from the nucleus

of an unstable nuclide

P

 

(b) There are 7 half lives ( t½ )

7t½ = 49 days

P

 

t½ = 49

P

 

7

= 7days

  1. (b) (i) y =238-4(1) = 242

X = g2

(ii) 120 = 6 half lives

20

0.03125 x 26 = 2g

(iii) They are deflected by both electric and magnetic fields

(iv) Alpha particles are heavy (massive)

(v) – The sheets are brought in turns between radioactive source and the counter.

– The count rate is a measure of the thickness of the metal sheet.

  1. a) Spontaneous disintegration of unstable atoms in order to gain stability
  2. b) i) a = 236 – 91= 145
  3.    ii) b = 92- 38 = 54
  4. c) radioactive substances are harmful to the body when ingested
  5.   d) i) Negative

ii)A – Beta radiation                                  C – Alpha radiation

iii) C – more massive than A

  1. e) i) A = 233 – 8 = 225
  2. ii) Z = 90 – [(2 x2) + (2x – 1)]

= 90 – (4 – 2)

= 90 – 2  = 88

  1.   f) – a beta source is placed on one side of a moving sheet of paper and a G.N detector

on the other side

– If the material is too thin, the count rate at the detector will be too high and

vice versa

P 1
  1. (i)           S – 210
P 1

T – 206

(ii) The splitting of a heavy nuclide to lighter particles (fission process)

  1. State what type of radioactive decay this is. –        Alpha decay
  2. a) X…4      Y…2
  3. Long radio waves, AM radio waves, T.V and FM Radio waves, short Radio waves, infra red

radiation, red-light , Uv radiation and X-rays.

  1. No. of half lifes = 380 = 10
P
1/t

38

N = No (½ )

P

 

 380 = (½)10 = 1

38                 1024

  1. (a) Time taken for the activity of a sample of a radioactive material to reduce to half

of the original   value

(b) (i) S – scale – simple and uniform / consistent

p – Plotting at least 4 points correct

C – Line must pass through at least 3 points

P

(ii) -Half-life 319 ±0.1 days (1mk)

-Readings –off from the graph clearly

 

 

 

 

(c)

Time Nuclei
0
P(1mk)

8 x 1010

138 4 x 1010
276 2 x 1010
414 1 x 1010
552 0.5 x 1010
690 0.25 x 1010

 

Therefore Nuclei remaining un-decayed

T/t= 2.5x 109      (1mk)

P

OR N = No (½ )½

N = 8×1010(½)

= 0.25 x 1010 = 2.5 x 109 (2mks)

 

(d) (i) mass number = 228 a.m.u   (1mk)

Atomic number = 89 a.m.u            (1mk)

236                                      232                                      228                                      228

 

92                                         90                                         88                                         96

 0

-1

4

2

4

2

(ii)

 

Grade 2 report card pdf

GRADE TWO CBC REPORT BOOK

Download a PDF Copy here; Grade 2 report card.

LEARNER’S DETAILS

NAME            :                                                                                                                                              

LEVEL            :                                                                                                                                              

AGE                :                                                                                                                                              

UPI                  :                                                                                                                                              

 

STAMPED

PASSPORT

PHOTO

 

PARENT’S/GUARDIAN’S DETAILS

FATHER’S NAME    :                                                                                                          

CONTACT                  :                                                           SIGN                                     

EMAIL ADDRESS     :                                                                                                          

MOTHER’S NAME  :                                                                                                          

CONTACT                  :                                                           SIGN                                     

EMAIL ADDRESS     :                                                                                                          

FACILITATOR’S NAME    :                                                                                              

CONTACT                  :                                                           SIGN                                     

 

SCHOOL STAMP

ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 ENVIRONMENT AND ITS RESOURCES          
1.1 Weather        
1.1.1 Responding to different weather conditions        
  Name different weather conditions        
  Name ways of responding to different weather conditions to limit risk to self and others        
1.1.2 Recording weather conditions          
  Describe weather conditions at different time of the day          
  Come up with weather record chart using symbols for a period of two weeks        
  Show interest in recording weather conditions        
1.1.3 Interpreting weather messages          
  Interpret weather chart correctly          
  Communicating weather messages accurately        
  Interpreting and communicating weather messages        
1.2 Water          
1.2.1 Storing Water          
  State importance of storing water at home and school          
  Identify ways of storing water in school and at home        
  Draw different pictures of appropriate proper ways of water storage        
  Describe suitable ways of collecting small quantities of water at home and school        
1.3 Soil          
1.3.1 Exploring soil          
  Model objects using soil          
  Tell the soil that makes long ribbons        
  Name different types of soil found in their immediate environment        
1.4 Plants        
  Name parts of plants          
  Name different uses of plants        
  Able to draw different parts of a plant        
1.5 Animals          
  Categorizing animals in the environment          
  Observe safety when handling animals        
1.6 Energy – Light          
  Identify different sources of light in the environment          
  Produce light using different objects in the environment        
  Form shadows in the presence of light        
  Take precautions against harmful light energy        
2.0 SOCIAL ENVIRONMENT AND ITS NEIGHBOURHOOD          
2.1 Locating places          
  Point out the main features between home and school          
  Locate places using main features between home and school        
2.2 National anthem          
  Tell occasions when national anthem is sung          
  Sing national anthem well and demonstrate etiquette when singing        
2.3 Child rights and responsibilities          
  Outline child rights and responsibilities in school          
  Demonstrate responsibility as a child in school        
2.4 School rules          
  Outline rules that govern children in school          
  Consistently adhere to school rules        
2.5 Class leadership          
  Outline the work of good class leader          
  Appreciate and respond to class leader        
2.6 The school community          
  Outline members of school community and the work of school community          
2.7 Enterprise project          
  Analyze and create interest and income generating activities in the school environment.          
  Participating in initiating and management of class income generating projects        
3.0 CARE FOR THE ENVIRONMENT          
3.1 Caring for plants          
  Develop appropriate message for plant protection and actively participate in promoting plant protection          
3.2 Caring for animals          
  Identify ways of keeping animal shelter clean and secure          
3.3 Managing waste          
  Identify and sort out different types of waste in school          
  Identify dangers when handling waste in school        
3.4 Care for water          
  State the importance of keeping water safe          
  State ways of keeping water safe and participate in keeping water safe in school and at home        
3.5 Re-using water          
  Name way in which water can be re-used at school and in homes          
  Participate in re-using water to reduce wastage at home and in school        
3.6 Energy conservation          
  Recognize, create and display energy conservation message in school          

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 NUMBERS          
1.1 Number concept          
  Use locally available concrete objects to represent numbers 1- 100          
1.2 Whole Numbers          
  Count numbers backward up to 100          
  Identify place value up to 100        
  Read and write numbers in words up to 30        
1.3 Fractions          
  Identify a ½ as part of whole          
  Identify a ¼ as part of whole        
1.4 Addition          
  Add a 2 digit number to a 2 digit number without and with regrouping with sum not exceeding 100          
  Work out missing numbers in patterns involving addition of whole numbers up to 100        
1.5 Subtraction          
  Subtract up to two digit numbers without regrouping          
  Work out missing numbers in subtraction        
1.6 Multiplication          
  Represent multiplication as repeated addition using numbers 1,2,3,4 and 5 up to 5 times          
  Multiply single digit numbers by 1,2,3,4,5 and 10        
  Division          
  Represent division as equal sharing and equal grouping          
  Divide numbers up to 30 by 2,3,4, and 5 without remainder          
2.0 MEASUREMENT          
2.1 Length          
  Measure length using fixed units          
  Measure length in meters          
2.2 Mass          
  Measure length using fixed units and in kilograms          
2.3 Capacity          
  Measure length using fixed units and in litres          
2.4 Time          
  Recite the number of days in each month of the year          
  Measure time using arbitrary units        
  Measure time using fixed units        
  Read, tell and write time by the hour and minute hand        
2.5 Money          
  Identify Kenyan coins and notes up to 200          
  Count money in sh 1,sh 5 , sh 10, sh 20 , sh 50, sh 100, sh 200        
  Relate money to goods and services        
3.0 GEOMETRY          
3.1 Lines          
  Draw and model curved and straight lines          
3.2 Shapes          
  Draw and make patterns using triangles,ovals, rectangles, circles and squares.          

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

HYGIENE AND NUTIRTION ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

KEY (EX- Exceeding Expectation, MT-meet expectations, AP-approaches expectation, BE-Below expectations

 

 

Tick appropriately under each categories to rate of learners   ability EX MT AP BE COMMENT
1.0 HEALTHPRACTICES          
  Importance of breakfast          
  State the meaning of breakfast          
  Identify time when breakfast        
  Name food items for breakfast as  a healthy habit        
  Tell the importance of breakfast as a healthy habit        
1.2 Oral hygiene          
  Identify good habits that promote healthy teeth          
  Identify harmful oral habits that damage their teeth        
  Brush teeth properly        
1.3 Uses of different rooms in the house          
  name  different rooms in the house          
  Mention uses of different rooms in the house        
  List equipment in different rooms in a house        
1.4 Cleaning utensils        
  Tell reasons for cleaning utensils          
  Name materials used for cleaning utensils          
  Clean dry and store utensils properly        
1.5 Danger of second hand smoke        
  Mention substances that people smoke that are harmful        
  Explain the word second hand smoke          
  Mention effect of the second hand smoke to our health          
1.6 Keeping water safe from contaminated          
  Explain water contamination          
  Show ways in which water is contaminated        
1.7 Re-using water and soap at home        
  Explain the meaning of reusing          
  Mention the way of re-using  water at home          
2.0 Personal hygiene        
  Using and caring for personal items          
2.1 Identify personal items used for personal cleanliness          
  Identify reasons we shouldn’t share personal items          
  State method of cleaning personal items          
             
 

3.1

Food           
  Basic taste of food          
  Identify four basic  taste in a variety of food          
  Classify food according to their tastes        
3.2 Eating habit        
  Mention what family members and friends eat and drink        
  Mention food likes and dislike of friends and family members        
  Give reasons why different people like different foods          
3.3 Meals and snacks          
  Tell the number of meals taken daily        
  Tell the difference between meals and snacks        
  Mention the importance of taking meals and snacks  at the right time          
3.4 Grouping of foods          
  Group foods according to different parts of the plant they come from        
3.5 Food for school going children        
  Mention foods eaten by  school going children        
  State the amount of food suitable for school going children and dangers of eating too much          
  State importance of eating enough food          
3.6 Food advertisement        
  Tell the effect of food advertisement on their feeling and food choice        
  Can choose healthy foods without influence  of advertisement and guide others to do the same        
             
3.7 Handling an cooking food          
  Name hygiene practice while handling food          
  State factors to observe when buying food from a food vendor          
4.0 Safety education          
4.1 Waste disposal in classroom          
  Identify types of waste found in the classroom          
  classroom          
  Practice waste collection and proper disposal of waste in the classroom          
4.2 Accidents and basic first aid          
  Tell accidents occurring in the classroom          
  Name the course of common accidents in the classroom          
  Explain ways of preventing common accidents          
  Demonstrate first aid procedure for accident          
             

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

                                    Sign                                                                

C.R.E ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 CREATION          
1.1 Self- awareness          
  Able to state what they like about themselves as God’s creation          
  Being able to appreciate their physical appearance as created by God        
  State what they do at home as service to God        
  Recite psalms 139:13 correctly        
1.2 My family          
  Name members of extended family          
  Identify items that shouldn’t be shared        
1.3 Creation of the sky,sun,moon and stars          
  Recognize God as the creator of everything on the universe. The stars, sun and earth          
  Draw pictures of the stars, moon and sky to appreciate God’s creation        
2.0 THE HOLY BIBLE          
2.1 Holy bible as a guide in daily lives          
  Identify reasons for reading the bible to strengthen their in God          
  State how often they read the bible        
  Sing a song about the bible        
2.2 Division of the bible          
  Name the number of books in the old testament          
  Identify the first two books in the old testament        
  Read and recite Psalms 100:4        
2.3 The bible story ’the call of Samuel          
  Describe the call of Samuel and relate it to their lives of their obedience to God          
  Demonstrate their obedience to God’s word        
  Noah and the Ark        
  State the reason WHY God chose Noah to build the Ark        
  Tell the story of Noah and the ark        
  Desire to obey God and the parents        
2.5 Daniel is rescued from the den of Lion          
  Mention numbers of time Daniel prayed to God and relate it to their lines          
  Acquire the skill of assertiveness by emulating Daniel        
  Appreciate God as the protector by trusting Him        
2.6 The widow of  Zarephath          
  Narrate the story of the widow of zarephath and trust in God for their needs          
  Appreciate God in the miracle of multiplication of flour and oil and have faith in him as a provider        
3.0 THE EARLY LIFE OF JESUS CHRIST          
3.1 Kindness of wise men          
  list the gift given to baby Jesus          
  Develop the  value of sharing  and acquire the skills of assertiveness by refusing gift from strangers        
  Appreciate Jesus as a gift from God        
3.1 Jesus Christ worked          
 

 

 Develop the responsibilities of doing  simple chores at home and churches          
  Love the work by emulating Jesus Christ and assisting the parents at home        
3.3 Jesus calm down the storm          
  Explain the miracles of calming down the storm          
  Appreciate the meaning of calming down the storm and trusting God  whenever face with challenges        
3.4 Explain how Jesus solved the problem of the fishermen and relate it to their lives by trusting in God        
  Appreciate the response of the fishermen by obeying God        
3.5 Healing of the  man with withered hand          
  Explain the healing of the man with a withered hand and relate it to their by trusting God for healing          
  Appreciate Jesus compassion by expressing kindness to other        
3.6 Easter          
  Discus the death of Jesus as a sign of total love for human kind          
  Demonstrate love for other        
  Appreciate Jesus Christ  death and resurrection as the way of salvation        
4.0 CHRISTIAN  VALUES          
4.1 Sharing          
  Identify items shared at school          
  Identify occasion when they can be shared        
  Always share items with others to show kindness        
4.2 Obedience          
  Obey teachers and students leadership          
  Obey parents and elders at home        
4.3 Honesty          
  Demonstrate honesty in school by telling the truth.Example: collecting lost money in school and taking it to the teacher          
4.4 Thankfulness          
  Identify reasons for thanking people and appreciate others kindness by always telling them “Thank you”          
4.5 Forgiveness          
  Forgive others daily          
  Tell the story of the prodigal son and relate it with their life of asking for forgiveness. Always ask for forgiveness when they wrong others.          
  Appreciate God’s forgiveness through Jesus Crucification          
4.6 Responsibility          
  Identify the items they carry to school to assist them in learning          
  Demonstrate the value of responsibility by taking care of items          
5.0 THE CHURCH          
5.1 Prayer          
  Pray often          
  Recite the Lord’s prayer        
5.2 The Holy Spirit          
  Name the promise Jesus gave to his disciples          
  Appreciate the work of the Holy Spirit in their day to day lives          

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES          
1.1 Listening and speaking          
  Listen attentively during conversation          
  Respond to specific simple directional instructions in oral communication        
  Listen without interrupting        
1.2 Pronunciation          
  Recognize the consonant blends in different spoken words e.g. bl-blue, fl-flower          
  Use vocabulary learned to communicate confidently          
1.3 Language structures and functions          
  Use the past forms of the verb ‘to be’ correctly to construct sentences          
  Use objective pronoun ( you, us, him, her, me) correctly to construct sentences        
  Use various forms of the verb (to have) as a main verb        
  Use plural forms of nouns to construct simple sentences (-ies, -ves) Example city – cities.        
  Use present continuous tense to talk about food we eat, health and nutrition correctly.        
  Use present continuous tense correctly to talk about ongoing issues        
  Use present continuous tense to talk about actions that were ongoing in the past        
  Use ordinal and cardinal number to construct sentences and group objects        
  Use opposite to describe gender set of animals        
  Use simple propositions accurately to describe the position and location of things in the classroom        
  Tell direction of things correctly (across, to, at, beside, above, over, below)        
  Use ‘a’, ‘and’ and ‘the’ correctly in conversations        
  Use possessives correctly (yours, ours, hers, his)        
  Use what, where, when, whose to ask question        
  Use appropriate words to describe size, color, shape of objects.        
  Use conjunctions (and, but, although) to make short sentences during conversation.        
2.0 READING          
2.1 Pre-reading          
  Identify words correctly while reading          
2.2 Phonic reading          
  Naming letters and their sounds          
  Joining sounds to read words with letters          
2.3 Word reading          
  Read vocabularies with letter sounds fluently          
2.4 Text reading          
  Observe basic punctuation marks          
  Read at least 70 word per minute        
  Read a text transitioning from word by word to phrasal reading        
2.5 Comprehension          
  Making prediction over a text          
  Answering questions based on a story they have read        
  Making simple summary of the text        
3.0 WRITING          
  Pre-writing          
  Sit upright while writing          
  Hold a pencil appropriately          
3.2 Handwriting          
  Focus and follow lines when writing          
  Observe the shape and size of letters and words properly          
3.3 Spelling          
  Spell and write learnt words in the vocabulary correctly          
3.4 Punctuation          
  Punctuate sentences correctly using punctuation marks          
3.5 Guided Writing          
  Write sentences from a prompt and fill the gaps using correct words          

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

LITERACY ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 LISTENING          
1.1 Listening attentively to simple sequenced instructions          
  Use prompts to respond to questions          
1.2 Word and sentence formation          
  Identify the number of syllables in a word          
  Recognize words with similar sounds        
  Combine syllables to form words        
  Combine words to make simple sentences        
1.3 Story telling          
  Listen to a variety of stories and learn morals taught          
   Respond to questions and stories of (who, what, when)        
  Retell stories        
  Tell a story orally        
1.4 Effective communication        
  Listen attentively to songs, rhymes, conversations and stories          
  Communicate effectively using non-verbal cues        
  Use suitable vocabulary to express feelings and talk about experiences        
1.5 Conversation          
  Ask and answer relevant questions after listening to a story          
  Use words and sentences in speech accurately        
  Speak with ease        
  Listen and respond appropriately to others        
2.0 SPEAKING          
2.1 Responding confidently to questions and instructions          
  Use verbal and non-verbal cues to respond to questions and instructions          
2.2 Phonological awareness          
  Use multiple letter sounds to make syllables and words          
  Blend and segment syllables correctly to form words        
  Use words to make short meaningful sentences        
2.3 Talk about          
  Can talk about events and character in a story or a text          
2.4 Presentation skills          
  Express self appropriately and present ideas in order          
3.0 READING          
  Reading speed and fluency          
  Reading a story loudly and put expressive interpretation        
3.2 Group reading          
  Participate fully in group reading and read with ease during group reading          
3.3 Silent Reading          
  Read stories and passages silently showing sustained focus for longer periods          
3.4 Answering  comprehensive questions          
  Summarizes texts read and answers questions with ease          
4.0 WRITING          
4.1 Words and sentences formation          
  Use words and phrase to write simple sentences          
  Differentiate lower and upper case letters while writing        
4.2 Spelling          
  Spell words and simple sentences correctly          
4.3 Handwriting          
  Spacing of words and basic punctuation          
  Joining of letters to form words        
  Differentiate small and capital letters        
4.4 Self-comprehensive and creative writing          

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES ASSESMENT

Viwango: Kuz-Kuzidisha matarajio, Kuf-Kufikia matarajio, Kuk-Kukaribia matarajio, mb-mbali na matarajio

  Weka alama kuashiria kiwango cha mwanafunzi ipasavyo KUZ KUF KUK MB Mapendekezo
1.0 SHULENI          
1.1 Sauti na majina ya herufi za Kiswahili          
  Kutamka sauti lengwa kwa ufasaha          
  Kuandika herufi zinazowakilishwa na sauti lengwa ipasavyo          
1.2 Kusikiliza na kuongea          
  Tumia maneno ya maamkuzi ya nyakati za siku mwafaka          
  Kuamkua na kuitikia maakuzi ya nyakati mbalimbali ipasavyo          
1.3 Msamiati          
  Kutumia msamiati wa shuleni katika mawasiliano ya kila siku          
  Kuandika maneno na sentensi fupi kuhusu shule,rafiki        
1.4 Kusikiliza na kuzungumza          
  Taja na ueleze vitu vinavyopatikana shuleni          
  Kusikiliza kwa makini masimulizi yaw engine katika mjadala kuhusu shule        
1.5 Kusoma hadithi          
  Kutambua picha za vitu vinavyopatikana shuleni          
  Kusoma hadithi kwa ustadi        
  Kutambua na kutoa mafunzo ya hadithi aliyoisoma na aliyosomewa        
  Uchangamfu wa kusoma hadithi        
1.6 Msamiati          
  Kutambua nambari 11-50          
  Kusoma nambari 11-50- (kwa maneno)          
  Kuandika nambari 11-50 (kwa maneno)          
1.7 Kutumia –ako na –enu ipasavyo katika sentensi          
2.0 HAKI ZANGU          
2.1 Kutambua na kutamka sauti na majina ya Kiswahili          
2.2 Anatumia msamiati wa haki za watoto kwa ubunifu        
2.3 Kutaja na kueleza umuhimu wa haki za watoto na kuzutilia maanani        
2.4 Asome hadithi kwa ufasaha na kujibu maswali        
2.5 Tumia “vizuri” na “vibaya” katika sentensi ipasavyo        
3.0 USAFIRI          
3.1 Kutamka sauti lengwa ipasavyo          
3.2 Kutumia msamiati wa usafii katika kutunga sentensi        
3.3 Kutaja vyombo mbalimbali vya usafiri        
3.4 Kusoma haditho kwa ufasaha        
3.5 Matumizi ya herufi kubwa        
4.0 FAMILIA          
4.1 Kutamka sauti lengwa          
4.2 Kutumia maneno ya heshima na adabu ipasaavyo        
4.3 Kutumia msamiati wa familia katika mawasiliano kutaja majina        
4.4 Kusikiliza kwa makini na kueleza kuhusu watu wa familia        
4.5 Kusoma hadithi na kuielewa vizuri        
4.6 Kutumia maneo yanayoashiria vitendo kwa ufasaha        
5.0 USALAMA WANGU          
5.1 Kutamka sauti na herufi          
5.2 Kutambua msamiati ambao hutumiwa kwa usalama na kuunda sentensi akiyatumia        
5.3 Kuelezea jinsi ya kujiepusha na vitendo vinavyoweza kumdhuru        
5.4 Kusoma hadithi kuhusu usalama        
5.5 Kutumia sarufi huyo na hao        
6.0 HALI ZA ANGA          
6.1 Kusoma alfabeti za Kiswahili kwa mfuatano          
6.2 Kusoma na kutumia msamiati unaotumiwa katika hali ya anga        
6.3 Kusoma hadithi kwa usahihi        
6.4 Matumizi ya nafsi ya pili wakati uliopita        
7.0 LISHE BORA          
7.1 Kutambua msamiati kuhusu lishe bora          
7.2 Kuzungumzia juu ya chakula anachokipenda na umuhimu wa lishe bora        
7.3 Kusoma hadithi kwa ufasaha        
7.4 Kutumia hiki na hivi katika sentensi        
8.0 MNYAMA NIMPENDAYE          
8.1 Kutaja majina ya wanyama wa nyumbani          
8.2 Kutambua mnyama ampendaye na kusimulia kwa umakinifu        
8.3 Kusikiliza kwa umakinifu na kusoma hadithi kwa usahihi        
8.4 Kutumia sarufi “hili” na “haya” kwa usahihi        
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

           

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

PHYSICAL COMPETENCIES

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 BASIC MOTOR SKILLS          
1.1 LOCOMOTOR SKILLS          
1.1.1 HOPPING          
  Name the parts of the body that one uses during hopping          
  Observe rules and follow instructions while performing the exercise        
  Participation behavior, attitude and appreciation to own and others performance.        
1.1.2 Leaping          
  Name parts of the body that are in use while leaping          
  Perform leaping in different ways, levels and paths        
  Appreciate leaping/demonstrate attitude of enjoyment while leaping        
1.1.3 Jumping for some distance          
  Observe rules when playing the game          
1.2 NON LOCOMOTOR SKILLS          
1.2.1 Pulling and pushing          
  Perform pulling and pushing in different directions, level and speed          
  Obey rules when playing        
  Appreciate the game and activities        
1.2.2 TURNING          
  Perform turning in different directions, ways and levels          
  Make quarter turns, half turns and complete turns        
  Obey rules        
  Appreciate the game        
1.3 Manipulative skills          
1.3.1 Kicking          
  Name parts of the body that are in use while kicking          
  Perform kicking in different ways ,different ways , directions, speed        
  And level        
  Appreciate the game        
  Obey rules while playing        
1.3.2 Stopping          
  Name parts of the body that are in use when stopping          
  Perform stopping in different pathways and directions        
  Observe rules        
  Appreciate the game        
2.0 Swimming          
2.1 Water safety          
2.1.1 Signs of drowning          
  Name some floaters and sinkers          
  Role play and identify a drowning person for rescue          
2.1.2 Rescuing drowning person          
  Naming tools that can be used to rescue a drowning person          
  Design homemade rescuing devices        
  Role play rescuing a drowning person        
  Play simple water games        
  Observe rules while playing on water        
2.2 Basic swimming skills          
2.2.1 Treading water          
  Perform treading water for endurance          
  Obey pool rules        
  Participation behavior        
2.2.2 Horizontal float (back float)          
  Perform the horizontal float technique          
  Observe swimming pool rules          
2.2.3 Gliding          
  Perform gliding in water          
  Observe swimming rules        
  Appreciate gliding        
3.0 GYMNASTIC          
3.1 Static balance          
  Name parts of the body that are involved in back to back balance          
  Observe rules        
  Appreciate playing the game        
3.1.2 Wheelbarrow balance          
  Name parts of the body that are used during wheelbarrow balance          
  Observe rules for own and others safety        
  Appreciate wheelbarrow balancing        
3.2 Dynamic balance          
3.2.1 Forward Roll          
  Name body parts used in forward roll          
  Perform forward roll in different ways        
3.2.2 Wheel barrow walk          
  Perform wheel barrow walk freely          

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

ART AND CRAFT

KEY EX-Exceeding Expectations, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approach Expectation, BE-Below expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE COMMENT
1.0 Drawing          
1.1 Forms          
  Identify a variety  of forms in physical and ICT          
  Identify tools and material used in drawing forms          
  Drawing simple forms          
  Appreciate own and others work          
1.2 Texture          
  Identify types of texture in physical and ICT          
  Identify materials and tools that can be used in creating texture        
  Create simple texture effect in drawing        
2.0 PAINT AND COLOUR          
2.1 Paint shapes and observation          
  Identify and name material used for painting          
  Mix paint correctly and paint simple shape        
  Draw and paint the national flag        
  Paint simple shapes using ICT        
3.0 PARTTER MAKING          
3.1 TEXTURES PATTERN          
  Create simple texture patterns for self-expression          
3.2 Shape pattern          
  Observe shape pattern in the environment and in digital media          
  Create simple shape pattern for self-expression          
3.3 Letter pattern          
  Observation of letter pattern in the  environment and ICT          
  Create simple letter pattern fleshed or using ICT          
4.0 Mounting technique          
4.1 collage          
  Collection of materials from the sorounding          
  environment        
  Create simple pictures in collage using locally available materials        
5.0 Decorating forms          
5.1 Decorating egg shells          
  Observe teacher sample and decorate egg shells by painting and pasting colored papers          
5.2 Decorating plastic containers          
  Decorate plastic container by pasting colored papers          
6.0 ornaments          
6.1 Double strand neckless          
  Observe beaded ornaments from teachers sample          
  Create necklace with local materials using double strand beading        
6.2 Double strand bracelet          
  Observe teachers sample          
  Create own bracelet using double strand beading with local materials          
7.0 FABRIC DECORATION          
  Printing on fabric with cut out stamps          
  Observe cut out stamp printed fabric from teachers samples        
  Print fabric using cut out stamps for decoration        
8.0 MODELLING          
8.1 Slab technique          
  Observing items made using slab technique materials and tools from the teacher          
  Model simple objects using slab technique        
8.2 Pallet technique          
             
  Observing teachers items made using pallet technique materials tools          
  Model simple object using pallet technique        
9.0 sculpture          
9.1 toys          
  Make simple toys using local materials for playing          
  Appreciate playing with toys          
9.2 kites          
  Make simple kites using locally available materials          
  Appreciate playing with toys          
10.0 weaving          
  Weaving on a serrated card loom          
  Weave one color table mat using a serrated loom for self-expression          

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

MUSIC

Key: EX-Exceeding Expectation, MT-Meets Expectation, AP-Approaches Expectation, BE– Below Expectation

  Tick appropriately under each category to rate learners ability EX MT AP BE Comments
1.0 PERFORMING          
1.1 Songs          
  Identify different types of songs performed for different purposes to enhance comprehension          
  Sing a variety of age appropriate songs in unison paying attention to accuracy in pitch and rhyme        
  Sing verse 1,2 and 3 of Kenya National Anthem in English and in Kiswahili with proper etiquette        
  Execute the element of music while singing as a basis of musicianship        
  Use vocal techniques in singing        
  Express feelings, ideas and emotions through singing        
  Perform familiar songs  individually (solo) or as a group (choral)        
  Sing familiar song with body movement        
1.2 Singing games          
  Perform various singing games drawn from local and other communities          
  Use of props, costumes and movement in performing        
  Appreciate and enjoy performing singing games        
1.3 Musical Instruments          
  Identify and name wind instruments used in music making          
  Playing wind instrument        
  Use improvised wind instrument to put accompaniments to songs and dances        
  Enjoy and appreciate playing wind instruments        
1.4 Dance          
  Use body movements in variety of ways in dance          
  Use dance to express feelings        
  Apply locomotor and non-locomotor movements creatively in own dance        
  Observe basic elements of dance during performing        
  Appreciate and practice etiquette during dance performing        
2.0 Rhythm          
  Identify and mimic animals, objects that make rhythmic patterns          
  Improvise rhythmic accompaniment to short, simple ,familiar songs        
  Create simple rhythmic patterns with short and long sounds and silences using body percussions        
  Record own created rhythms on digital devices        
2.2 Melody          
  Identify melodic variations in familiar simple tunes in preparation for own composition          
  Use digital device to record own variations to familiar songs          
3.0 LISTENING AND RESPONDING          
3.1 Elements          
  Express initial personal reactions to musical performances          
  Imitate short melodies with accuracy in pitch and rhythm        
  Relate specific music to appreciate events in the community        
  Respond to live or recorded performance with appropriate audience behavior        
  Discuss the message in the selected music        
  Appreciate and enjoy music drawn from diverse cultures and time through digital devices        

 

 

 

TERM ONE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM TWO

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERM THREE

OPENING DATE:                                                              CLOSING DATE                                                             

Total Number of strands covered                                                                                                                                      

From (1st Strand                                                                                            Sub strand                                                                                    

To (last strand)                                                                                             Sub strand                                                                                    

Strands/Sub strand not covered by the learner                                                                                                                                             

Reason                                                                                                                                                                                                                   

Facilitator remarks based on: – Core competencies, achievements, PCIs development and value                                                                  

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

                                             Sign                                                                                  

TERMLY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                                     

LEARNING AREA GRADE EXAM 1 GRADE EXAM 2 GRADE EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIE        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES        
HYGENE AND NUTRITION ACTIVITIES        
ART AND CRAFT ACTIVITES        
KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES        
MUSIC ACTIVITIES        

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

TERMLY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                                     

LEARNING AREA GRADE EXAM 1 GRADE EXAM 2 GRADE EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIE        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES        
HYGENE AND NUTRITION ACTIVITIES        
ART AND CRAFT ACTIVITES        
KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES        
MUSIC ACTIVITIES        

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                             

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

TERMLY SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                         

LEARNING AREA GRADE EXAM 1 GRADE EXAM 2 GRADE EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIE        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES        
HYGENE AND NUTRITION ACTIVITIES        
ART AND CRAFT ACTIVITES        
KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES        
MUSIC ACTIVITIES        

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                           

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

ANNUAL SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT

TERM                                                          

LEARNING AREA GRADE EXAM 1 GRADE EXAM 2 GRADE EXAM 3 AVERAGE GRADE
MATHEMATICAL ACTIVITIES        
LANGUAGE ACTIVITIES        
ENVIRONMENTAL ACTIVITIES        
CRE/IRE/HINDU ACTIVITIE        
LITERACY ACTIVITIES        
MOVEMENT ACTIVITIES        
HYGENE AND NUTRITION ACTIVITIES        
ART AND CRAFT ACTIVITES        
KISWAHILI ACTIVITIES        
MUSIC ACTIVITIES        

 

GRADING KEY (can be altered to suit the school’s grading criteria)

Percentage                                                                     Grade

0 – 49                                                                               D

50 – 64                                                                             C

65 – 74                                                                             B

75 – 100                                                                           A

GENERAL REMARKS ON SUMMATIVE ASSESMENT

                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                               

Class teacher’s comments:                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                              

Head teacher’s signature                                                             Date                                                                

Parent’s signature                                                                         Date                                                                

SOCIAL /BEHAVIOUR REPORT

KEY

S        –         SATISFACTORY

I         –         IMPROVEMENT

Report to be completed by the class teacher

BEHAVIOUR ASSESMENT
Considering for others  
Organization for school resources  
Accepts responsibility  
Works independently  
Works well with others  
Completes assignments at school  
Completes home assignments  
Participates in community service learning  
Use time wisely  
Has reverence for God as per a super being  
   
 

 

 

OTHER COMMENTS FROM THE TEACHER

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

   
   

 

STRESS IN ENGLISH LATEST NOTES

Some basic rules on stress :

1.Stress is placed on the root word. Suffixes and prefixes are not stressed.

Mis.use

Dis.like

Mis.trust

Mis.take

Un.condition.al

Mis, dis and un are not stressed because they are prefixes.

al too is not stressed because it is a suffix.

Regardless of whether the word is used as a noun or verb eg mis.use the first syllable cannot be stressed because it’s an affix(prefix/suffix)

NB:Throughout this long write up, the full stop indicates syllable boundary.

2.Stress falls on the syllable with a diphthong eg prosecute

Pro. se. cute

Pro is stressed because it has a diphthong /ou/

3.Stress falls on the syllable with the long vowel sound agreement, markbook

  1. gree. ment

gree is stressed because it contains a long vowel sound double e=/i:/

Mark.book

Mark is stressed because it has a long vowel sound ar =/a:/

Book has a short vowel sound double o in book produces the short o

4.In words containing suffix -ic, stress falls on the penultimate, second last syllable.you count from your right, the last syllable being ic

Photo. graph. ic

Stress falls on graph.

Scen.ic

Stress falls on scen since it’s second from last

Hor. rif. ic

Stress falls on rif since its the second last syllable

Scien. tif.ic

Stress falls on tif since it’s the penultimate

5.In a word where you have a long syllable and a short syllable,or a mono syllable,stress falls on the longer syllable

  1. buse
  2. larm

Con. dition

Stress falls on buse, larm and dition, the longer syllables.

Regardless whether the word is used as a noun or verb, the second, longer syllable is stressed.

6.In words that have double consonants

ap.proach /a.pproach

a.ssist/as.sist

a.ccent/ac.cent

Me.ssage /mes.sage

You stress the longer syllable that remains after the boundary or that remains with the double consonants ,which will be the second syllable.

NB:There are exceptions to this rule :

Col.league

Chal.lenge

The stress in the words above is on Col and chal though they are the shorter syllable and don’t have the double consonants.

7.Stress falls on the first syllable if a word is used as a noun or adjective

Re.fuse

Up. set

Pro. duce

Sub. ject

Per. fect

Fre. quent

Thus re, up, pro, sub, per and fre are stressed.

There are exceptions eg ad. vice which though a verb, has the stress falling on the second syllable like its verb counterpart ad. vise .

7.Stress falls on the second syllable if a word is used as a verb

  1. port

re.ject

con. duct

con. tent

  1. fuse

Per. fect

Fre. quent

Thus port, ject, duct, tent,fuse,fect and quent are stressed.

There are exceptions to this rule

man. age

  1. gis. ter (used as a verb)

The two have stress on the first syllable.

ORAL LITERATURE SIMPLIFIED NOTES

ORAL LITERATURE STUDY GUIDE

UNIT ONE

DEFINITION OF ORAL LITERATURE

Several definitions of our oral literature have been advances but many of them are way above the secondary school students.

A simple yet all inclusive definition of oral literature shows take into account the following aspects:-

  1. Mode of transmission.
  2. Inter-generation transmission
  • Content of what it transmits.

To start with, we note that the mode of transmission of oral literature is oral. The word oral means by word of mouth secondly the transmission is from one generation to another. Thirdly, what is transmitted is the content of oral literature, that is: oral narratives, songs, proverbs, riddles and tongue twisters.

Thus a simple definition of oral literature would be;

The oral narratives,

Songs,

Proverbs,

Riddles

And tongue twisters

[These were composed and transmitted orally from one generation to another

However, this definition has changed slightly because of the mode transmission which, has broadened to include other modes like the written. However, the above definitions would suffice for oral literature.

FUNCTIONS OF ORAL LITERATURE

The introduction of oral literature into the secondary school syllabus was done in the view of the role or usefulness it serves to those who study it. So function refers to the reasons as to why oral literature is studied.

Different forms or oral literature may perform different functions but generally, the following are functions of oral literature:

 

 

  1. Oral literature is a source of entertainment. People derive amusement or fun from such aspects of oral literature as cultural songs E.g. as they are performed in wedding, Harambee meeting and other communal gathering. Oral narratives help people to pass time and derive enjoyment.
  2. Oral literature teaches or educates people on moral values or good behaviour; songs for instance communicate a direct message and attack immorality. Proverbs also speak a direct moral message which narrative lead to moral lesson.
  3. Oral literature sensitizes people on social and communal values. Virtues upheld by the community are taught through oral literature. On the importance of unity for instance a community would have proverbs like “Unity is Strength” Kidole Kimoja Hakivunji chawa’ (one finger alone cannot kill a louse)
  4. Oral Literature teaches about culture is a peoples way of life and it is well reflected in oral literature for example, the way people were governed, their form of religion, division of labour, rites of passage, mode of dressing e.t.c
  5. Having learned about culture, this gives people confidence in their culture as they get to understand why a community lives the way it does.
  6. Closely related to this is that we get to learn about our history or heritage. The study of oral literature provides a useful links with our roots. For example, myth of origin tells the community’s origin and progress up to present.
  7. This means the world of our ancestors is laid bare for present generations to see.
  8. Such a link with the past enables us to understand ourselves. The present is a product of the past to understand where we are and where we are heading to, we first know the past. Today many young people know their names that seem to tie them to a certain past name of their clan and tribes.
  9. Having understood our culture forms of good background for us to know other people’s culture. This fosters good neighborliness and the spirit of nationalism as we understand and appreciate other people.
  10. The study of oral literature provides as with heroes from the past for us to emulate. We get to know of courageous women like Wangu wa Makeri and Mekatilili, Brave men like Wang’ombe wa ihura and Lwanda Magere.

Such heroes provide an aspiration for present generations as we see the way they struggled and made a name for themselves.

  1. Oral literature helps to develop language skills, sense of creativity, wit and even to sharpen speech.

Skill of speaking and listening can be enhanced for example; one would know how to be eloquent by appropriate use of proverbs.

This means that Oral literature is an important tool for shaping the individual into an all round character who can fit into the family, community and nation at large.

 

CLASSIFICATION OF ORAL LITERATURE

In every community’s oral literature exists in various forms or groups or categories that are referred to in academic jargon as genres of oral literature. It is not the academicians who classify oral literature rather it is the individual communities that do this classification.

The following are the main genres of oral literature.

  1. oral narratives
  2. songs or oral poetry
  3. proverbs and wise sayings
  4. riddles
  5. Tongue twisters or verbal play.

The last three are sometimes put into a broad category called the short fixed forms or oral short forms. This includes the oral literary forms that are brief and compact in comparison to the songs and narratives. This broad category of oral literature would include genres like puns, jokes, and idioms e.t.c.

However, it is important to confine ourselves to the fire classes or divisions of oral literature to avoid confusion. Each of these five genres will be looked at in detail.

 

 

UNIT TWO

ORAL NARRATIVES

Where did our Oral narrative come?

An obvious answer to this question would be from our ancestors. But, where did the ancestors get them? I believe from their ancestors and the endless tale of timeless past.

      The following are some of the theories put forward to explain the origin of oral narratives:

  1. The existence of oral artists in society
    these are the men or women with creative prowess who are able to spin stories and recreate existing ones afresh. These are the people who created the stories we pass from one generation to another.
  2. Group work. Groups of people relaxing together spin a story to logical conclusion. Even today, a class can create a story by simply asking one student to start any way and others creative can on in turns until they are a logical story.
  3. It is also possible that some stories may be have been deliberated created in those in authority to valid existing order of things. Elders for example would spin a story to force compliance.
  4. Some ordinary happens become distorted and exaggerations such that in them they rich epic and fictional. Proportions. Many of the legends are likely to have been created this way.
  5. The fear of mystery and the unknown could have lead to generation of related stories. That is the reason why the communities living near forest had stories about ogres/giants e.t.c. Those living near large rivers and masses of water had stories of mermaids while those living near deserts would imagine of formidable reptiles. To a creative eye and mind, nature has phenomena that naturally raises curiosity and can easily render itself to a story. The very nature of a tortoise is that way. It is for this reason that different accounts on the same phenomenon are available. Whatever theory is put forward on the origin of the stories is acceptable for at the end day it is these stories that passed on from one generation to another.

 

MODE OF STORY – TELLING

In most of the communities, stories were told in the evening around the fire- place as a recreational activity. It was a taboo to tell stories during the day. This was done in the realization that stories can go captivating that they would disrupt work. So, story-telling sessions were held in the evening to help pass time as people were waiting for the evening meal.

These sessions would involve either

  1. Adults telling stories to children
  2. Adults telling stories to both children and adults
  3. Children telling stories to both children.
  4. Children telling story to a mixed group of children and adults.
    In telling stories there was convectional style of announcing the intention to tell a story. The narrator or storyteller would call attention as follows.

Narrator:   I would like to tell you a story

(Kiswahili Hadithi Hadithi)

 Audience:            Tell us
(Kiswahili Hadithi Njoo).

Different communities would put it into different ways but the concept is the same.

 

THE ROLE OF THE AUDIENCE

The audience refers to those who listen to the story. They are as important as the storyteller or the narrator. They act as a stimulus or the catalyst to the creating and imagination of the narrator. The mood of the audience directly affects the narrator. They urge the narrator. There are two types of audiences.

 

  1. Active Audience.

These are the listeners who are lively during the performance. They remain active throughout the performance. Through such action as laughing, nodding, clapping, asking questions, joining in the repetition or singing showing the appropriate emotion e.t.c.

 

  1. Passive audience.

These listeners are attentive but they remain dormant. They keenly engage their ears and eyes but do not play any role in enhancing the liveliness of the performance.

 

QUALITIES OF A GOOD STORY TELLER:

A storyteller should possess certain qualities/abilities/characteristics in order to stand before the audience and tell a story and captivate the audience throughout the narrative.

The following are qualities of a good storyteller.

  1. A good storyteller should be bold in order to stand before the audience, face them and tell the story freely. A fearful person would shy away from the audience thus; his story would not be interesting. Eye contact in any communication is vital for effectiveness rapport building and for the purpose of registering the response of the audience.
  2. A good storyteller would have a good memory in order to recall details of the story many of the stories told are adaptations of the old ones and it is important to remember the plots of the story.
  3. A good storyteller would be creative and imaginative in order to make the story interesting. When an old story is re-told imaginatively, it sounds new, fresh and interesting. A creative storyteller reads the mood of the audience and adapts the story appropriately for example one would introduce a song in order to involve the audience. This requires a lot of creativity.
  4.   A good storyteller should be interested in various cultures. Stories, like all literature, reflect the culture of a people. For a story teller to be effective he should be well versed in a variety of culture so that his stories are within cultural contents  of the community in question
  5. A good storyteller should know about the past of his people and also a keen observer of what is happening today so that his stories are dynamic and can appeal to present generations. The artist in society is a bridge between the world of yesterday, today and tomorrow.
  6. A good storyteller should be sensitive in order to ensure that he does offend or embarrass the audience. To be sensitive is to be careful about other people’s feeling in a mixed audience in terms of age, sex, and ethnic background, the artist must be very careful not to sound rude or obscene. In certain instances, she will employ euphemism instead of use of the taboo words.
  7. A good storyteller should be a teacher of morality so as to inculcate the necessary values and practices in the evidence. Besides entertainment, oral narratives are expected to teach good morality in society.
  8. A good storyteller should be a good actor in order to keep the audience attentive throughout the performance.  Accordingly, he will employ narrative techniques such as dramatization, gestures, facial expressions e.t.c.

 TECHNIQUES OF STORY-TELLING

To make the story interesting and to keep the audience attentive throughout the performance, the storyteller should employ certain techniques.

They includes:-

  1. Dramatization: –
    certain aspects of the story or even parts can be re-enacted by reproducers by the narrator for the audience to have a visual insight into how they happened. E.g. the narrator would sit up the way they had done in a meeting.
  2. Use of gestures: –
    this refers t the use of hands to demonstrate actions within an oral narrative. The hands can be used to demonstrate cutting down a tree, throwing objects, lifting e.t.c.
  3. Facial expressions: –
    the face can be used to capture very many feelings and moods like shock, anger, joy, pain, disgust, suspicion e.t.c. The narrator should use his face to show the audience the feeling of various characters in the story.
  4. Tonal variation: –
    the intensity of sound and projection can reflect different tones and moods; the voice can portray urgency, fear, and excitement e.t.c.

 

 

  1. Mimicry: –
    this is the ability to imitate people or animals for the purpose of making fun. The story teller mimics the character in the story in order to make the story interesting.
  2. Involvement of the audience:-
    The story teller should ensure that the audience is active throughout the story through being involved in such areas as the opening formulas, repetition, singing, asking questions and any other area that they can come into the story
  3. Use of costumes and decorations
    this involves the use of objects to drive home the message. Where for instance, the hare has glued horns to his head in order to attend a meeting of animals with horns, the narrator can use small sticks to show these horns.
  4. The use of dramatic pause: –
    At a strategic point in the story, the narrator can pause for effect. Dramatic pause can work best where there is heightened feeling like shock, surprise and unbelief.
    These techniques re married together and used where appropriate to make the story real and lively for the audience to enjoy, follow and understand.

CLASSIFICATIONS OF ORAL NARRATIVES

Oral narratives can be sub-divided into various sub-genres as follows: –

  1. Tricksters stories
  2. Ogre/Monster stories
  3. Explanatory/etiological/why stories
  4. Dilemma
  5. Myths
  6. Legen

 

 

TRICKSTER STORIES:

The stories involve trickery where one character, the tricksters, uses his wit to undo another dupe. The trickster is presented as a wise and cunning character while the dupe is usually foolish and gullible.

Each community tends to have its tricksters and dupes. Common tricksters include the hare, the squirrel, Chameleon, tortoise, spider, and monkey e.t.c. The most common dupe is the hyena. There is a trend where smaller and weaker animals seem to outdo the stronger and the bigger ones. Is this done despise the bigger characters?

            No, this is done with the following reasons: –

  1. To pass a moral message that might not always be right.
  2. To encourage children that they can also excel in spite of their size.
  • To encourage the weak in society to fight for their rights in spite of their disadvantages
  1. To show the importance of being wise in society. Sometimes the dupe is depicted as evil and his defeat is a celebration of good over evil.
    However, the trickster occasionally finds himself outwitted. This serves as a warning to those who are sly in the society for they could get a taste of their own medicine. Besides, no community would like to encourage slyness and deceit as ways of survival.

 

EXPLANATORY/AETIOLOGICAL STORIES:

They are called why stories because they attempt to explain the origin of phenomena. These stories usually ends with “and they is why…………………”

It is important to clarify that they do not explain the origin of the universe and communities (myths) rather they pick on the specific trend or aspect of life and explain its origin. They may explain physical attributes of animals and nature and trace the origin of present relationships.

Examples – why the hyena limps, why the hare has a short tail, why the zebra has stripes, how the dog became a domestic animal, why women do not own animals, how the hawk and the hen became perpetual enemies.

 

 

OGRE/MONSTER NARRATIVES:

Ogres are characters that are half human and half animal. They are super to change from human characters that have the ability to change from human beings to animals. They feed on human beings and have the ability to devour everything that comes to sight. In many of the stories, they appear in human gatherings as perfect human being for example, very handsome young men but late they old turn to ugly man-eating creatures.

Ogres are an embodiment of evil that successfully camouflages as good among human beings only to reveal itself later. Ogre stories serve to caution human beings to be careful and on the look out for evil that could be camouflaged around us. Children were especially warned against strangers.

 

DILEMMA STORIES:

A dilemma is a situation where a character is torn between two things and cannot decide what to do and the listener or reader is left to look for the solution. The two or more choices that fact the character or community are usually of a moral nature requiring critical judgement.

The dilemma is meant to test our wit in critical issues of life, initiate debate among listeners or readers and to prepare us for such moments in life.

 

LEGENDS/HERO STORIES:

Legends are stories of human characters that lived in the past and exhibited extra –ordinary qualities. These characters are of super human nature and their exploits are of epic proportions. The belief among the respective communities is that these heroes are historical figures. What happens is that unique individuals are celebrated by society and with time, their prowess is exaggerated down the line to reach epic proportions.

There is a legend among the Kikuyu known as Wamugumo who was famous to eat volumes and volumes of food. A research I carried out on the same revealed that this man did exist like you and I; he was a very hardworking man and his food consumption was definitely commensurate with his volume of work. To ordinary mortals, this was too much food and his culinary tendencies spread from hill to hill with each making an addition to the abilities. Eventually what emerges today is a figure that could eat a whole will and ask for a second helping while performing work for a hundred ordinary men.

Legends provide us with heroes to copy or emulate for they excelled in various fields e.g. Wangu wa Makeri of the Agikuyu excelled in leadership which was previously a domain of men. Lwanda Magere of the Luo was ideal examples of bravery during the times of inter – clan and tribal wars.

 

MYTHS

Myths are creation stories that trace the origin of communities and the universe in general as having come through supernatural powers.

The difference between myths and legends is that myths involve the activities of the supernatural or gods while legends are main about human beings but who have super – human qualities.

The function of myths is to explain the origin of mankind and the Bio-physical universe. Thus, myths validate social systems and authority and educate or socialize community members. Each community has its myth though quite a number seem to be similar

OTHER STORIES:

Students should also familiarize themselves with the following other categories of oral narrative.


  1. This is a story that involves the use of animals as the main character with the main with the aim of delivering a moral message.
    There is a story about the hyena that went out looking for food during famine after many days of starvation he came across a carcass and ate and ate until he died. This story is neither of the six categories above it is fable.

  2. HUMAN TALES.
    These are the stories where human beings are the main character. Sometimes they may interact with animals but it is they (men) who are his focus of the story.

We have other stories about girls seeking beauty and becoming jealous of the most beautiful one among them whom the unsuccessfully try to eliminate leading to their punishments. Such is a human tale.

 

  1. STORIES ABOUT SPIRIT
    we also have stories that highlight the work of spirits among men; the way they live among men influence and control the lives men and generally their existence in the human world.

 

 

 

STYLE IN ORAL NARRATIVES

Oral narratives employ certain feature forms or qualities to deliver their message. Style has to do with the way language is fashioned or used artistically to communicate.

These features of styles includes: –

  1. OPENING FORMULAE
    this is when the story begins with word; along time ago, Long long time ago or once a upon a time. When a story begins this way it achieves certain effects or functions including.
  2. It marks the beginning of the story.
  3. The person who utters those words is immediately identified as the narrator.
  • These words call for attention from the audience as the story has started.
  1. The words clearly indicates that we are moving away from the natural world and entering the fictional world of the narrator since we are dealing with long time – ago the infinite past.

NB: However not all stories start with the opening formulae myths and legend for instance do not start with it for they are believed to be true by their respective communities.

 

  1. 2. CLOSING FORMULAE

This is when the story ends with the words; there ends my story and that is my story of similar words.

This kind of ending has its effects or functions.

  1. It marks the end of the story.
  2. Since the story has ended the audience is removed from the narrative fiction world and released from concentration.
  • The audience is also free to participate by reflecting on the story or asking questions.
  1. The present narrator makes way for another narrator or presentation

 

  1. TIMELESSNESS

The time when the events of the narrative took place is not specified. The story is said to take place. Long time ago, one day, at that time, those days e.t.c.

Timelessness enhances the fictional quality of the narrative as there is no reference time. The story becomes believable since it did not take place yesterday but infinite past when those things were possible. So the narrative becomes time in the content of the time.
4. FANTASY.
This refers to elements, situations, events or happenings in the story that are impossible in ordinary day life. Fantasy is the opposite of reality. Example of such includes characters dying and coming back to life. Animals changing into human beings and vice versa: plants and the inanimate objects acquiring human nature e.t.c.

However, the use of the animal characters not fantasy for it is nature of oral narratives. Animals are characters just like human beings.

Fantasy is a source of humour in the story. It also helps to enhance plots by providing for the impossible.

  1. PERSONIFICATION/USE OF ANIMAL CHARACTERS

Personification goes beyond the use of animal characters as other forms of life may be given human attributes as well. The use of animal characters is almost synonymous with oral narratives animals are in deed the characters in the narrative.

Why are animals characters used in the oral narratives?

  • To create humour: – the imagination of why the animals are able to do is a great source of humour.
  • To achieve in direct castigation or to avoid directly attacking human beings. This is the principle purpose so as to make human beings see their folly in behaving as those animals do.
  • This leads to passing a moral message. Animals are used to teach us.
  • The universal nature of animals helps to universalize the issue at hand. The use of certain objects may tend to localize the message but animals have a universe appeal and their use send the message across various divides.
  1. REPITITION:

Words or phases may be repeated in a story. A common repetition is they went and went, they worked and worked, They ate and ate.

Such repetition serves the following functions:

  1. It creates some rhythm or regularity.
  2. It is a source of humour.
  • It emphasizes or stresses what is being talked about.
  1. It may serve to show a sense of continuation or cumulative e.g. They walked and walked indicates they walked for a long time and covered a long distance.
  2. Repetition may also indicate a tone or set of moods of the narrative. When a sad phrase is repeated severally, it creates the mood of sadness.

 

  1. RHETORICAL QUESTIONS

This is a question asked but whose answer is not provided or needed rather it is left up to the audience to think in search of the answer.

The function of such a song includes: –

  1. It entertains the audience and breaks the monopoly of narration. The song provides a good opportunity for the audience to participate in the narration.
  2. It enhances plot development by prolonging the story and joining up different episode in the story.
  • It captures the mood of the moment as it can express joy or sadness. This cases or relief tension in the story.
  1. A song creates suspense in the story and can be used to anticipate the climax of the story.
  2. A song may become a source of communication between characters in the song. E.g. a bird may deliver a message in a song. A song may help character development when it exposes aspect of character.

  3. DIALOGUE:

This refers to a conversation between two or more characters in the story. Dialogue enhances plot development it may help in character exposition and bring realism into the story.

  1. HUMOUR/COMIC RELIEF

Some elements of a story elicit light moments and laughter from the audience. Humour helps create interest in the audience and keep them glued to the story. Humour also breaks away tension among the audience.


  1. FIGURATIVE LANGUAGE/FIGURES OF SPEECH.

These like imagery, refer in a narrow sense to the use of simile and metaphors. Similes are images that directly compare two or more things using words like as, than: as black as charcoal, black like coal, black than darkness itself. A metaphor is a comparison in which one thing is called another. She is peacock.

These comparisons help to create a mental image of what is being described by making what is abstract become concrete. Some comparisons can be source of humour. Note that figurative language or imagery can broadly include similes, metaphors, personification, symbolism and exaggerations.


  1. EXAGGERATION/HYPERBOLE:

Some elements of reality are deliberated blown out of proportion such that they look large than life.

This creates humour and occasions help us to visualize issues through magnifying them.


  1. SYMBOLISM.

This refers to the use of a person, animal or object to represent an ideal or something else. In life, we have come to see a cross as a symbol of Christianity. Some animals also seem to carry a certain idea e.g. a dove usually represents peace.

However, students should be cautioned against symbol hunting, the tendency to read symbols behind everything they read.


  1. SUSPENSE

Like humour, it is both a style and effect of other style. Suspense is a state of poised anticipation or expectation. It arises from delayed activities that we look forward to a successful story should carry suspense throughout the story so as to whet the appetite of the audience as they eagerly look forward to what happens next.
14. USE OF PROVERBS AND WISE SAYING.

Proverbs can be used in oral narrative to convey a message. They carry both literal and metaphorical interpretations.


  1. IRONY

 This refers to a deliberate misrepresentation of the truth. A mode of communication where meaning is expressed through deliberately expressing the opposite of what is intended in the hope that the audience (or reader) will decipher the true meaning it can thus be called honest deception.

Irony also accrues from situations where what happens is the opposite of what seemed obvious. In a story a jealous step – mother puts poison in food expecting to kill a step-son but it is an ironic twist, the food is eaten by her own son who dies.


  1. IDEOPHONES:
    These are sound produced by man, Animals and nature that have been coded into words. The barking of the Dog gugugu!, the hissing of the snake sssh!, mooing of the cow Moooh!, Laugh, Kwa! Kwa! Kwa! Or hehehe! Or Waaah!.

To help create realism in the story, break monotony of story and may be a source of humour.
17. ONOMATOPOEA
Certain words or expressions are derived from their natural sound or ideophones. Consider the following

ONOMATOPOEIA IDEOPHONE
Moo

Mew/miaow

Howl

Bang

Croak

Zoom

Gong

Hiss

Boom

hum

Moooh! Moooh! Moooh!

Miaoh! Miaoh! Miaoh!

Hooo! Hooo! Hooo!

Ba! Ba! Ba!

Croo! Croo! Croo!

Zoo! Zoo! Zoo!

Ngo! Ngo! Ngo!

Ssssssh! Ssssssh! Ssssssh!

Booo! Booo! Booo!

Mmmm! Mmmm! Mmmm!

  

LESSONS LEARNT FROM NARRATIVES

Each moral oral narrative is meant to pass a moral message to the audience.

In fact, at the end of the narrative the narrator is supposed to lead the group into deducing the moral lessons of the narrative

A moral lesson has a given structure.

  1. It is supposed to be positive when we want to teach something we put it positively as opposed to commandments that is put negatively.
    We should not ……….. (commandments not a moral lesson)
  2. A moral lesson should imply consequences. These consequences are either a reward or punishment. This means that when we advice we tell what to do and the benefits or the repercussions of doing so. E.g. we should be careful in choosing our friends for some can be deceitful and mislead.
    The most ideal moral lesson is the fourth commandments. Unlike other commandments that are negative and do not imply consequence. It is well formulated positively and with consequences for instance obey your father and mother so that your days on earth may increase.
  3. After stating a moral lesson it should be explained in the context of the narrative. This means that the relevance of moral lesson to the narrative must be traced. In a very simple language. The moral should be illustrated from the story. This is because the moral is derived from the story.
    Sometimes a proverb can capture a moral lesson such a proverb must be both positive and implying a consequence. Examples of such proverbs includes:-
    a) Pride comes before a fall.
    b) Mtaka yote hukosa yote. (He who desires all loses all)
    c) Unity is strength.
    d) Mtegemea cha nduguye hufa maskini (whoever relies on his siblings dies poor).

However, it is important to know that each story has its own moral lessons and there are no moral lessons that can apply to all stories

 

ECONOMIC ACTIVITIES

These are activities through which a community meets its basic needs and wants as you listen to or read a story you notice activities that are geared towards meeting the needs and wants of the community.

They may include cultivation of crops, keeping of livestock, hunting, gathering, fishing, blacksmithing, trade or commerce wearing e.t.c.

SOCIAL-CULTURAL ACTIVITIES

This is the peoples way of life and as we listen to or read a story we get to see trends of a community set up in terms of religion rites of passage, division of labour, mode governance. Food, housing, education, solid set-ups, celebrations and festivals e.t.c

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIT THREE

SONGS/ORAL POETRY

What is poetry? – Poetry refers to the message that is arranged in verse as opposed to prose. When these words are rendered in a musical form they become a song or oral poetry, in deed any poem can become a song if appropriate music or melodies are added.

PERFORMANCE OF SONGS

Man is a singing being. All is life is marked and permitted with song and dance. The African is particularly more musical and virtually all his life is accompanied by song and dance, working leisure, rites of passage, religion e.t.c.

Most of the singing is done in given rhythm and accompanied by dancing.

This dancing range from simple nodding of the head, tapping of the feet and clapping of the hand to vigorous body movements and group formations

The performance is usually led by a single person, the soloist or a group leads the rest. Sometimes instrumentation’s accompanies singing and dancing. In some communities songs are performed according to age and sex though there are instances where all comes together in song and dance.

On the whole the versatile nature of songs allowed for a variety of performance and there seems to be no boundaries or limit of creativity.

 

CLASSIFICATION OF SONGS

In some communities, songs are classified along gender and age such that we have songs for boys, girl’s e.t.c. But this classification is a bit isolated and the more common one is done accordingly to the functions.

The main functions of songs, of course entertainment but each category has it specific functions. These classes are as follows.

  1. LULLABIES
    These are songs that are sung by mother and by sisters to soothe babies to sleep or quiet crying babies
    Lullabies are simple songs that involve monosyllabic words that are constantly repeated. They have a soft tone and smooth rocking rhythm for effect.
  2. CHILDREN PLAY SONGS
    Children everywhere in the world tend to have a variety of songs to enhance their play activity. These songs can further be sub-divided as follows.
  3. Singing games.
    These are songs as part of the play activity. The singing is an integral part of the game. A common one is the song sung by small girls s the jump around a rope.
  4. Nonsense songs:
    These songs pick on a particular petty thing or issue and sing about it and saying nothing in particular. They are used by children to bring out their childishness. In such songs children would sing about such things as frogs and cats.
  5. Naughty songs
    each age has its secret naughty things that they want to do or say only in the context of their age-mates. For children they would taunt one another and occasional they may border on the absence. Sometimes nursery school children have naughty songs taunting their teacher though in a light note.
  6. Tongue –twisting rhymes/catch rhymes
    These are songs based on attempts to articulate difficult sounds especially those sounds with similar pronunciation
  7. Trick – verse.
    This involves two groups engaged in a battle of wits using words in a song. Each group would represent an idea, object or specific group trying to prove to the other their supremacy. One group could represent cats while the other represents dogs and each would try to show the other how he is adored by men
  8. Round songs.

Several groups would be singing the same song but in a rotational form such that while the first is singing in the second line, the second starts the first line and so on. Its intention is to ensure that the members of each concentrate so that they are not outdone or overshadowed by the other.

g]     Nursery chants

This is a modern category of songs sung in elementary schools to enhance the    learning process.

 

  1. INITIATION SONGS:

These are sometimes narrowly perceived circumcision songs. They are sung when youngsters are being initiated into adults.
Their function is to educate the initiate or such things are tribal history, immorality expectations in adulthood. Sometimes they can be used to encourage the initiates praise the fearless ones and ridicule cowardice.

  1. LOVE/NUPTIALS/WEDDING SONGS
    They express strong feeling of love and intention to marry. Besides expressions of feeling they also teach in morality and the expectations of the society in matter pertaining to marriage.
  2. FUNERAL DIRGES
    These are songs sung during burial ceremonies to express sorrow and hopelessness at man’s liability to overcome death. These songs may be used to praise the dead and the legacy they have left behind
  3. WORK SONGS.
    They are sung to accompany work. They help those working to relax as they do work, enhance the work, create harmony among workers, praise the virtue of hard-work and ridicule laziness and reflect generally on work.

There are quite a number of songs serving very specific purposes. Others include.

  1. War songs
  2. Political songs/patriotic songs
  3. Praise/epic songs
  4. Beer songs
  5. Satirical songs
  6. Child-naming songs.

 

 

FEATURES OF STYLE IN SONG

Consider the following work song or satirical song

These men of Kaaria.

He has hardly thrown into Jembes
when he says
aai! I want to go to the bush
I might have eaten a bad thing
in that village of Ndumbi
the people of Ndumbi
the people of Ndumbi cannot be trusted
they are frequent  visitors of Gaturi

 

And he goes dragging his feet
these men of Kaaria
they all have steel backs
but very sweet words to cover
their inability to bend in the shamba

I ask

Where do they get food?

 

And when the women approach
with pots and Calabashes
he hurriedly rushes in from the bush
he has not even done his clothes well
to be the first to dip his hands there
aai. You men of Kaaria
don’t you even have shame?
(Anonymous)

 

 

 

The following are some of the features of style in songs


  1. It functions in the same way as in oral narratives only that in songs there is usually a lot of repetition for musicality.
  2. DIRECT TRANSLATIONS.
    Songs are rendered in their original language and they have to be translated into English. Very thorough translation would lose the real meaning and humour of the song so a lose translation is given. Sometimes the translation is so direct that only those familiar with the original language can grasp the real meaning.

Direct translation ensures that the translation text remains as close as possible to the original text. It also traces the origin of the song and can be source of humour. The first line of the above song is a direct translation from the Kikuyu version “Gukia icembe” where digging is referred as throwing a Jembe.

  1. DIRECT ADDRESS
    Most of the songs have a specific target audience. The singer will directly mention the address. This creates a dramatic effect since somebody is being referred to it also given the message context as the audience is known. In the sixth line of the third stanza there is direct address – “You men of Kaaria”.
  2. TRADITIONAL SETTING.
    The setting of the song in terms of social cultural traits may trace directly to traditional practices. You can clearly tell that you are dealing with practices of the pre-modern society.
    In the third line of the first stanza, the young man says he want to go to the bush for he must have eaten some bad food. This refers to going to the toilet which is traditional times was the bush.
  3. CLASS MORAL JUDGEMENT.
    Under normal circumstances we judge individual moral conduct but occasionally a singer backing in the glory of poetic license.
    In the song, the young men of Kaaria are said to have no shame in the last line of the poem.

  4. ELEMENTS THAT CAN BE DRAMATIZED
    It is said that there is no song without dance. As you look through the song, you notice that it has areas that can be rendered through action.
    In the last stanza of the song the young man is said to rush into be the first to clip his hand in pots. This can be brought out through action.
  5. EXTREME CHARACTERISATION

Again due poetic licence a singer can cast characters in the extreme for humour and to pass a moral message through ridicule.

The young man of Kaaria are said to have no shame in the rhetorical questions appearing in the last line of the poem. They are also said to have steel backs in the second stanza implying that they cannot bend to do work. This is a bit extreme.

In other works of literature like prose and drama, messages are expressed in an implicit manner such that it is upto the reader or audience to deduce the message, but in songs this is done in didactic manner and so we have direct address, class moral judgement and extreme characterization.

  1. ANONYMITY

This feature of style refer to instances where in place of composer’s name we have the word “anonymous” meaning that the composer is not known.

An anonymous composition might indicate that the song is a communal property having been composed and transmitted orally by the community. So even as the singer sings, the message is communally owned giving it great validity.

  1. EUPHEMISM

This is a manner of expression that employs more socially acceptable and less direct language for something that would otherwise have been unpleasant, vulgar or taboo. In nursery schools, children are taught very basic euphemism. Instead of going to the toilet, it is, “may I go out”.

  1. MORAL LESSON

As argued above, songs communicate in a didactic manner. The singer opts to preach his message directly. Where this happens it is a moral lesson.

A singer, for instance would sing “work hard young men for hard work pays”.

This is a common feature of oral narratives where the message is put very explicitly.

  1. PARALLELISM

The use images to compare or contrast ideas. Such pair of images can be characters, expressions, experiences or ideas that stand out in the song as mutually exclusive.

  1. ALLUSION

This refers to the use of names of people, place, things or Events that the listener or reader is automatically assigned to know about or is familiar with. In choosing the word, the writer or singer makes the basic assumption that its implications are well known.

In the song above, the singer says the man of Kaaria could have visited Gaturi. This is a rude reference to use of poison. Gaturi among the Kikuyu was believed to be a place where people used witchcraft.

Other features include

  1. Imagery/ figurative language
  2. Idiophones
  3. Personification
  4. Rhetorical questions
  5. Irony
  6. Use of proverbs and wise sayings

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIT FOUR

PROVERBS

DEFINITIONS

A proverb is a short statement of wisdom accepted by a community as an expression of truth and wisdom.

Overtime a community develops short statement that reflects its experience, belief, philosophy of life, world view and tested opinion.

This statement is passed down the generations in form of wise sayings or proverbs.

CLASSIFICATION OF PROVERBS

There are several ways of classifying proverbs. Some of these includes: –

  1. Alphabetic classification

In quite a number of books where proverbs are recorded this is done in alphabetical order. This is done in the realization that classification of proverbs is not as easy as obvious as that of songs and narratives.

  1. Classification according to the subject, matter, contents or themes

This way, themes would be grouped on what they are talking about. We would therefore have proverbs on poverty, family, patriotism, unity, religion, wisdom, readership, handwork, honesty, greed friendship, obedience, death, wealth and poverty etc.

  1. Classification according to style

This is a more complex academic exercise where proverbs are classified according to style they employ for example a certain experience event or story would be summarized to form a single statement that becomes a proverb. Such is an anecdote proverb.

According to style, we would have proverbs like aphorisms, allusions, satirical, epigrams etc.

  1. Classification according to functions

For secondary school students this appears to be the most appropriate since it is simple. We note that a single proverb can serve several functions.

 

 

 

The following are some of the functions of the proverbs and their classifications

  1. Advisory and advising proverbs

E.g. Mtaka cha mvunguni sharti ainame

(If you want something, you must work hard)

  1. Cautionary or cautioning or warning proverb

E.g. Bad Company ruins morals

  • Educative e.g. Mtoto umleavyo ndivyo akuavyo

(The child grows up the way you bring him up)

  1. Satirical proverbs e.g. Nyani haoni kundule

(The monkey does not see its ugly buttocks)

  1. Encouraging proverbs e.g. Success does not come on a silver plate.
  2. They are incorporated into ordinary conversation as sign of eloquence
  • They are used in deciding a case e.g. among the Luos there is a proverb that says “blame both the world cat and the chicken” while the Kikuyu says “both the thief and the witness are equally guilty”.
  • They express a worldview of a given people of issues of life like sickness, poverty, wisdom etc.
  1. Summarizing a situation e.g. Charity begins at home.
  2. Proverbs also express or capture the contradictions of life e.g. if you want peace prepare for war.

It is important to note that classification according to function is not rigid since one proverb can be used for various functions.

 

CHARACTERISRICS OF PROVERBS (STYLES)

  1. Proverbs are usually short in form. In company with other genres like songs and narrative proverbs are short.
  2. They are metaphorical or referential. The language of proverbs employs images and pictures to compare experiences. Therefore, a proverb has literal and metaphoric meanings.
  3. They are compressed/compact/concise/pithy. The message of the proverb is delivered using very few words but which are loaded with meaning.
  4. Proverbs are fixed/static
    the statement does not change with time and remains the same as it is handled down the generations. However the relevance of the proverbs transcends the boundaries of time and space.
  5. Proverbs are situational and contextual.
    The nature of proverbs is such that they have to be conceived in a particular context. One proverb can be used to contradict another.
    NB: at a more advanced level, the style of proverbs can be analyzed and found to employ such features of style as parallelism/juxtaposition, contrast. Imagery, idiophones, allusion, humours and sounds patterns.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIT FIVE

RIDDLES

Definitions

This is a simple form of phrase or statement referring to an analogy of some well- known objects or reality that a challenger pauses to the respondent.

In very simple language, a riddle is puzzle put forward by a challenger for the respondent to try and un-raffle.

PERFOMANCE OF RIDDLES

Traditionally riddles were performed in the evening, alongside other genres as a way of passing time although they were mainly passed down from older people. The performance of riddles was a domain of children.

Today riddles are performed in school as part of learning process. This means that they have become quite dynamic.

The process of performance of riddle normally takes the following form:

  • The challenger declares a wish to place a riddle
    English : I throw a riddle
    Kiswahili        :           Kitendawili

 

  • The respondents accept the challenge
    English : We take it

Kiswahili        :           tega

  • The challenger poses the riddle.
  • Respondents make the attempt until they get the correct answer.
  • If the correct answer is not forthcoming the challenger proudly asks for a reward in order to reveal it. The reward is mere token applicable only within the context of the riddling process. The token/rewards depend on the creativity of the participants. So they offer rewards until the challenger accepts one.
  • Then the correct answer is given and the respondents marvel at the genius of the challenger.

CLASSIFICATION OF RIDDLES:

There are several ways of classifying riddles. They include:-

  1. According to the imagery employed:
    This classification looks at the object mentioned in the riddles and classifies them thus,
    example riddles on wild animals, plants, domestic, animals, people, natural phenomenon, traditional objects, modern technology, cooking, utensils e.t.c.
  2. According to style and
    Like other forms of literature, riddles also employ style to communicate the message.
    Accordingly we have:-
  3. Homologues / idiophonic riddles.
    These rely on sound. The relationship between the puzzle and the answer lies in the ability to relate to the sound to particular objects.
    For example among the Kikuyu “Shi na Shi” refers to a needle. The sound “Shi” imitates the process of needling in and out
  4. Declarative riddles
    the styles employed are description. A description of the object is provided. They match so perfectly that the respondent can guess.
    Challenger :           A European standing on one
    Respondent    :           a mushroom.
  • Interrogative riddles.
    This is presence in a question form
    Challenger :           Wanicheka nimekufanya nini (what have I done that you may laugh at me)
    Respondent    :           kioo
    (mirror)
  1. Epigrams
    the style is puzzling. This is done by presenting a series of logically connected puzzles that allude to a process or an object.
    g.
    Challenger :           Ting ting kaleta tang tang na

tang tang kaleta ting ting
(Ting ting brings tang tang and

 tang tang brings ting ting).

Respondent        :       Kuku kataga mayai na mayai huleta kuku.

 

  1. Analogue (coinage]
    This is a sub-group of the epigram. The style here is comparison. The riddle is a comparison between the object and the expected answer.
    E.g.
    Challenger : Two carrying two driving four to the paa.
    Answer           :           A woman carrying the baby taking a

                         Cow to the river

  1. Narrative riddle.
    The style is narration. The challenger begins by telling as short story that has elements of ambiguity or that which presents a difficult problem to be solved or that which underlies some hidden facts and that asks a question which requires an analysis of the story.

 


E.g. a man was going on a journey carrying the goat, a leopard and some sweet potato vines. He came he came to a river that he could only cross by a boat but only which could only carry two items at a time. How did he carry the three items across the river.

FUNCTIONS OF A RIDDLE

  1. Entertainment/leisure/amusement/passing time.
  2. Test and develops Children’s wit/intelligence.
  3. They help children to be observant of the environment.
  4. They enhance socialization. Sometimes children would exchange riddles with adults.
SIMILARITIES BETWEEN RIDDLES AND PROVERBS
  1. They are both short in form.
  2. They both employ metaphorical/figurative referential language.
  3. They are used for the purpose of oral communication.
  4. They embody the culture (values, beliefs, practices, artifacts) of a particular community.
  5. They are distinct to a particular community or environment

DIFFERENCES BETWEEN RIDDLES AND PROVERBS
  1. While a proverb is a short statement of wisdom, a riddle is a language game.
  2. The proverb is a single statement while a riddle has a formula requiring a coders and decoder/challenger and a respondent. So they have a different form.
  3. A proverb is a static statement that does not change in time and space but riddles are dynamic as they are influenced by time and space to change.
  4. Proverbs are usually used by adults while riddles are a domain of children.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

UNIT SIX

TONGUE TWISTERS

DEFINITION

This is a phrase containing a number of words that are very similar in pronounciation and which are difficult to articulate in a single breath. A group of similar yet difficult words are systematically put in succession to provide a sound puzzle.

CHARACTERISTICS
  1. Tongue twisters rely on sound patterns like alteration, assonance, consonance, rhyme and repetition.
  2. Meaning not a necessary component. The meaning of those statements is not considered since many of them are meaningless.
  3. The main aim at auditory discrimination the ability to tell the difference between similar sounds.

FUNCTIONS OF TONGUE TWISTERS

  1. They help to articulate words. They are said to ‘lighten’ the tongue.
  2. They sharpen wits in an attempt to coin them or articulate them.
  3. They enhance the harmony between what is heard and what is said.
  4. They can be said to have an educational value as they aid in language development

EXAMPLES

  1. Wale watu saba walipewa siku saba kutafuta shamba lakini siku saba hazikutosha kupata shaba kwani shaba haiwezi kupatikana kwa siku saba
  2. Faith faithfully facilitated fairly fort night for the fair at the former factory facing famous fairly fait.
  3. Kwa sababu alikiwa shababu, shaaban alisahau kuwa maisha ya shababu ni hatari sana kwa sababu shababu isipochunga huweza kupotoshwa ma mashababu mengine bila sababu maalum.

 

 

 

UNIT SEVEN

FIELDWORK

In spite of heavy classrooms, work load students are expected to have time for field work.

What is field work?

This is a systematic fact finding mission whereby students go out to collect oral material. This is done with a view of recording and analyzing this information.

TERMS USED FIELDWORK

FIELD –           This does not refer to any physically designated area

It is any place that a researcher (students) goes to collect oral literature material

RESEARCH – The process of gathering, recording and

                          Analyzing oral literature material

DATA             – Information gathered in a research.

INFORMANT – Any person who provides information to the researcher in the process of field work also known as the respondent.

INTERVIEWER –The researcher as he asks questions

INTERVIEWEE – The person responding to those questions (informant).

RAPPORT – a cordial relationship between the researcher and the informant

TRANSCRIPTION – Writing down oral material in the original language of performance exactly as it is rendered without any alteration or directly from a tape recorder.

TRANSLATIONS – Giving meaning in another language to what is said or recorder

 

IMPORTANCE OF FIELDWORK

Fieldwork is done with a very clear purpose or objectives. They include.

  1. Provide students with an opportunity experience oral literature. What is written in book becomes meaningful once students get first hand bit through seeing, hearing and participating in the performances in the field.
  2. Students are able to relate what they learn with real life situations. What is learnt in class is no longer rote learning but reality.
  3. Field work provides an opportunity to detect ant new trends even as students confirm what is there. Oral literature dynamic and students should be kept a breast of any change.
  4. It helps students sharpen skills of observation, recording and analysis. Furthermore field work is a continuous process throughout academia.
  5. Oral literature is a performed art that can only be fully appreciated in the context of a performance.
  6. There is still a lot of oral literature material in the areas of songs, narratives, proverbs, riddles and tongue twisters that is yet to be collected recorded and analyzed. This is the work researchers like students.

Field work provides students with a moment of relaxation and enjoyment outside the classroom situation. Students also enhance their ability to socialize and interact with people and also to make independent and important decisions.
STAGES IN FIELD WORK

The process of carrying out field work involves five stages:-

  1. Preparations
  2. Collecting data
  3. Recording the data
  4. Processing the data
  5. Analyzing and interpreting the data.
  6. PREPARATIONS

This involves the following:

  1. Logically the first thing to do is to decide on what is to be researched.
  2. Researcher then identifies the catchment’s area location of the study.
  • It is important to seek official permission from the authorities.
  1. A pre-visit is important visiting before hand gives the researcher an insight into the physical and social environment of the field.
  2. It is important to do library research on the topic of research so as to establish a research gap.
  3. Prepare material for recording and any necessary equipment.
  • It is vital to work out an estimation of time and money required for a successful completion of the study.

  1. COLLECTING DATA.

This is the process of gathering and acquiring the information being sought for. Here the main issue establishing contact with the informant, establish rapport and using certain techniques to get the information. These techniques are the methods of collecting information include listening, observation, participation, and interview. These methods are not used in isolation. A good researcher will harmonize the use of several of these.

A keen listener will gather lot information from what is a said.

b) Observation

The researcher stands aside and uses his eyes and ears to follow what is effective as one can get wrong perceptions of what is going on. Furthermore you cannot get insights into what is going on while you stand aloof.

  1. c) Participation.

It is also called participant observation. The researcher becomes part and parcel of what is going on. He observes from within. This way first hand information is gathered without the prejudice of the respondents.

However there can be problem of getting answers to set questions.

Interview can be used to get information even from illiterate people. The researcher guides the discussions towards getting answers to set questions.

Interviews can be used to get information even from illiterate people. The researcher has a chance to gauge the feelings of the respondents and probe further if needed be also important is that instant answers are provided.

But interviewees can put up a show thus mislead the interview suffer memory lapse or deliberately till lies when using a translate there could be distortions

 

 

 

 

  1. d) Questionnaires

This is the set of prepared questions that a respondent id given to write down the answers.

The following questionnaire has been prepared by a researcher gathering information on the same.

SAMPLE QUESTIONNAIRE

BACKGROUND OF THE INFORMANT

Name …………………………………………………………

Sex …………………………………………………………….

Age …………………………………………………………….

Place of birth ………………………………………………….

District …………………………………………………………

Province ……………………………………………………….

Tribe …………………………………………………………

Marital status ……………………………………………….

Occupation …………………………………………………

INFORMATION OF THE SONG

  1. How did you learn the song that you are singing………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
  2. When were these songs usually sung and by who?
    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
  3. What functions did they serve?
    …………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………….
  4. Were there roles governing the way songs were sung?
    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
  5. Have these songs undergone any change today?
    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
  6. Comments on songs in general
    ………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………………
    The questionnaires can cover a wide range of information using one or a few researchers. The researcher just gets the kind of information he seeks and the respondents feel free. But they are limited to the literate people. No opportunity to probe further and the respondents can deliberately give misleading information.

NOTE:

To overcome these problems of inaccurate information, the researcher should use various methods to reinforce each other and also increase on the number of respondents so as to compare notes

  1. RECORDING DATA.

In practice both data collection and recording goes on simultaneously. The two may be done by the same person but some methods require a different person for recording.

The methods of recording includes:- memory recording, writing, type recording, photography or filming or video recording

  1. Memory recording
    this is sometimes called foreteller method as it was the sole method through which our fore father stored oral literature for later transmission to the next generation.
    However, a lot of oral literature faded out this way as it never got to the next person sometimes it was forgotten and distorted.

This method is largely responsible for literally transmission. Written records are accessible to a wide audience across time and space. However it is only accessible for those who are literate furthermore this method is slow in recording a performance and may lead to inaccurate recording. It also leaves out the visual details of performance.

  1. Tape recording
    this accurately records verbatim. The proceedings of the performance. It can even be concealed to avoid interfering with the performance.

This can later be Tran scripted and translated
however, it is expensive as it requires at least a radio it also leaves out the visual details of the performance.

  1. Photographing
    photographs are also a means of keeping visual accounts of the performance. Such physical detail as costume and décor. The performance and the setting can be captured.
    But this is narrow for it only records a few details. Besides it is very expensive and requires some expertise.
  2. Filming or video recording
    it is an all round recording for it takes accounts all details; it is audio visual. But the cost can be prohibited while it might require somebody with technical know-how.
    NOTE:
    As in the methods of collecting data the recording methods can be combined where possible to improve efficiency.
  3. PROCESSING THE DATA
    in view of the variety of recording techniques it is important to make a written copy of the findings. Both transcription and translation will be carried out to produce a fair copy of the findings.
  4. ANALYSIS AND INTERPRETATION OF THE DATA
    after a fair copy is obtained the researcher can no classify the material into genres and make comments and conclusions based on the findings. Here the success of the mission is measured in view of the objectives laid down at the beginning of the research.
    Sometimes a researcher finds it important to point out areas left out that other researcher could venture into.

 

 

 

 

 

PROBLEMS ENCOUNTERED IN FIELDWORK.

  1. Language barrier
    some respondents are only familiar with their vernacular which the researcher may to be familiar with. This calls for the use of interpreter.
  2. Unreliable informants
    some informants may suffer memory lapse or provide untrue information. Sometimes this may be as a result of ignorance.
    The research has to use a lot of informants and also probe and ask supplementary questions to the informants.
  3. Failure to establish rapport.
    Sometimes it is difficult to get the informants to corporate and provide information. Some will even be hostile. The researcher should make a pre-visit to do the ground work sometimes a researcher has to carry token gifts but it is good. Public relations on the part of the researcher that carries the day
  4. Transport and accommodation problems.
    Some parts of the country are not easily accessible and accommodation becomes a problem. A pre-visit gives the researcher an insight into what to expect and prepare accordingly.
  5. Bad weather and environmental problems.
    Researcher should be prepared for difficult conditions and adverse weather conditions.
  6. Breakdown of research equipment
    in the course of transportation and movement the researcher may lose or damage some equipment. This calls for care and adjustment on the part of the research. If a radio breaks down, he may have to record everything in writing.
  7. This happens if the researcher had not prepared well. You arrive in the filed to find that the performance is through or does not happen that season. A good example is the circumcision ceremony which only takes place at a certain time in the year. Failure to prepare well would have the researcher missing the performance
  8. Cultural shock
    cultures are different and have different stands. In some areas a man cannot alone interview a woman such situations calls for creativity in complying with the standards and ensures that the research goes on. Researcher must be sensitive towards such practices as greetings, dressing, relationships across sexes and other sensitive cultural practice. A researcher goes out to understand and respect other cultures but not trying and challenge them or change them.

ORAL LITERATURE TODAY

Oral literature continues to be perpetuated today through the following ways

  1. School curriculum
    the incorporation of oral literature in the secondary school syllabus is a very important factor in consolidating the bright future of oral literature. This is even more so as English subject under which oral literature is taught is a compulsory subject and tested in Kenya Certificate of Secondary Education (K.C.S.E)
  2. Availability of resources
    there are quite a number of resources in terms of written materials, video tapes, regalia e.t.c that have recorded oral literature ensuring posterity.
  3. Institutions
    some institutions like the Bomas of Kenya museum e.t.c provide for presentation of oral literature materials.
  4. Inter-school festivals
    the music and drama festivals provide an opportunity for exposure to oral literature
  5. Cultural festivals
    some communities and institutions prepare very popular cultural festivals that help to perpetuate oral literature.
  6. Oral literature for public entertainment.
    Songs, dances and narratives continue to be part and parcel of public entertainment in gathering and mass media

KCSE MATHEMATICS REVISION SERIES (QUESTIONS & ANSWERS)

MATHEMATICS I

PART I

SECTION I (50 MARKS)

  1. Evaluate without mathematical tables leaving your answer in standard form

0.01712 X 3

855 X 0.531                                                                                                                  (2 Mks)

  1. Six men take 14 days working 8 hours a day to pack 2240 parcels. How many more men working

5 hours a day will be required to pack 2500 parcels in 2 days                                                      (3 Mks)

 

 

 

 

 

  1. M                                  In quadrilateral OABC, OA = 4i – 3j. OC = 2i + 7j

AB = 3OC. cm: mB = 2:3. Find in terms of  i and j

C                                                           vector Om                                           (3 Mks)

 

 

 

 

 

O                                                A

 

  1. By matrix method, solve the equations

5x + 5y = 1

4y + 3x = 5                                                                                                                         (3 Mks)

 

 

  1. In the given circle centre O, ÐABC = 1260.

Calculate ÐOAC                                           (3 Mks)

 

A                                     C

 

 

 

B

 

  1. Solve the equation

2(3x – 1)2 9 (3x – 1) + 7 = 0                                                                                               (4 Mks)

  1. Maina, Kamau and Omondi share Shs.180 such that for every one shilling Maina gets, Kamau gets 50

Cts and for every two shillings Kamau gets, Omondi gets three shillings. By how much does Maina’s

share exceed Omondi’s                                                                                                         (3 Mks)

  1. Expand (2 + 1/2x)6 to the third term. Use your expression to evaluate 2.46 correct to 3 s.f (3 Mks)
  2. The probability of failing an examination is 0.35 at any attempt. Find the probability that

(i)   You will fail in two attempts                                                                                  (1 Mk)

(ii)   In three attempts, you will at least fail once                                                                       (3 Mks)

  1. Line y = mx + c makes an angle of 1350 with the x axis and cuts the y axis at y = 5. Calculate the

equation of the line                                                                                                             (2 Mks)

  1. During a rainfall of 25mm, how many litres collect on 2 hectares? (3 Mks)
  2. Solve the equation a 3a – 7 = a – 2 (3 Mks)

3       5          6

  1. The sum of the first 13 terms of an arithmetic progression is 13 and the sum of the first 5 terms is

–25. Find the sum of the first 21 terms                                                                                (5 Mks)

  1. The curved surface of a core is made from the shaded sector on the circle. Calculate the height of

the cone.                                                                                                                            (4 Mks)

 

 

 

 

 

O

20cm      1250                   20 cm

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Simplify (wx – xy – wz + yz) (w + z) (3 Mks)

z2 – w2

  1. The bearing of Q from P is North and they are 4 km apart. R is on a bearing of 030 from P and on

a bearing of 055 from Q. Calculate the distance between P and R.                                        (3 Mks)

 

SECTION II (50 MARKS)

  1. In the given circle centre O, ÐQTP = 460, ÐRQT = 740 and ÐURT = 390

 

 

U                                                   T                                P

 

 

Q

S          390

      Calculate                                                                                    R

(a)  ÐRST                                                        (1 Mk)

(b)  ÐSUT                                                       (3 Mks)

(c)  Obtuse angle ROT                                    (2 Mks)

(d)  ÐPST                                                        (2 Mks)

  1. The exchange rate on March 17th 2000, was as follows: –

1 US$ = Kshs.74.75

1 French Franc (Fr) = Kshs.11.04

      A Kenyan tourist had Kshs.350,000 and decided to proceed to America

(a)  How much in dollars did he receive from his Kshs.350,000 in 4 s.f?                               (2 Mks)

(b) The tourist spend  ¼  of the amount in America and proceeded to France where he spend Fr

16,200. Calculate his balance in French Francs to 4 s.f                                                   (3 Mks)

(c) When he flies back to Kenya, the exchange rate for 1 Fr = Kshs.12.80. How much more in

Kshs. does he receive for his balance than he would have got the day he left?                 (3 Mks)

  1. On the provided grid, draw the graph of y = 5 + 2x – 3x2 in the domain -2 £ x £ 3               (4 Mks)

(a) Draw a line through points (0,2) and (1,0) and extend it to intersect with curve y = 5 + 2x – 3 x 2

read the values of x where the curve intersects with the line                                         (2 Mks)

(b)  Find the equation whose solution is the values of x in (a) above                                     (2 Mks)

  1. (a) Using a ruler and compass only, construct triangle PQR in which PQ = 3.5 cm, QR = 7 cm

and angle PQR = 300                                                                                                     (2 Mks)

(b)  Construct a circle passing through points P, Q and R                                                     (2 Mks)

(c)  Calculate the difference between area of the circle formed and triangle PQR                   (4 Mks)

  1. The given Region below (unshaded R) is defined by a set of inequalities. Determine the inequalities (8 Mks)

Y

 

4

 

 

 

2                   R              (3,3)

  

 

X

-3                           5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The table below shows the mass of 60 women working in hotels

 

Mass (Kg) 60 – 64 65 – 69 70 – 74 75 – 79 80 – 84 85 – 89
No. of women 8 14 18 15 3 2

 

(a)   State (i)   The modal class                                                                                             (1 Mk)

(ii)  The median class                                                                                           (1 Mk)

(b)   Estimate the mean mark                                                                                                           (4 Mks)

(c)   Draw a histogram for the data                                                                                       (2 Mks)

  1. XY, YZ and XZ are tangents to the circle centre O

at points A, B, C respectively. XY = 10 cm,

YZ = 8 cm and XZ = 12 cm.                                                                                         (2 MKS)

Z

 

 

C

 

 

 

 

..                    B

X

 

A                    Y

 

 

(a)  Calculate, length XA                                                                                                    (2 Mks)

(b)  The shaded area                                                                                                                  (6 Mks)

  1. Maina bought a car at Kshs.650,000. The value depreciated annually at 15%

(a)  After how long to the nearest 1 decimal place will the value of the car be Kshs.130,000        (4 Mks)

(b)  Calculate the rate of depreciation to the nearest one decimal place which would make the value of

the  car be half of its original value in 5 years                                                              (4 Mks)

 

MATHEMATICS I

PART II

SECTION 1 (50 MARKS)

 

 

  1. Simplify 32a10   -2/5 ÷  9b4      11/2

b15             4a6                                                                                                 (2 Mks)

 

  1. Use logarithm tables to evaluate

Ö0.375 cos 75

tan 85.6                                                                                                       (4 Mks)

  1. The marked price of a shirt is Shs.600. If the shopkeeper gives a discount of 20% off the marked price, he makes a loss of 4%. What was the cost of the shirt? (3 Mks)
  2. The surface area (A) of a closed cylinder is given by A = 2pr2 + 2prh where r is radius and h is height of the cylinder. Make r the subject. (4 mks)
  3. In the circle centre O, chords AB and CD intersect at X. XD = 5 cm

      XC = 1/4 r where r is radius. AX:XO = 1:2 Calculate radius of the circle.                             (3 mks)

 

A             5cm       D

 

 

C                O

 

B

 

 

  1. Simplify     2       –        1                                                                                             (3 mks)

5 – 2Ö3     5 + 2Ö3

 

 

  1. P is partly constant and partly varies as q2. When q = 2, P = 6 and when q = 3, P = 16. Find q when P = 64                               (4 mks)
  2. The figure on the side is a tent of uniform cross-section A                           F

ABC. AC = 8m, BC = 8m, BD = 10m   and (ACB = 1200.                  8m

If a scout needs 2.5 m3 of air, how many scouts can fit                      120o C                     E

in the tent.                                                                                                            8m                   (4 mks)

B                              D

10m

  1. The length of a rectangle is given as 8 cm and its width given as 5 cm. Calculate its maximum % error in its perimeter                (3 mks)
  2. ABCD is a rectangle with AB = 6 cm, BC = 4 cm AE = DH = 4 cm BF = CG = 12 cm. Draw a

labelled net of the figure and show the dimensions of the net

  1. Expand (1 + 2x)6 to the 3rd term hence evaluate (1.04)6 (4 mks)
  2. The eye of a scout is 1.5m above a horizontal ground. He observes the top of a flag post at an

angle of elevation of 200. After walking 10m towards the bottom of the flag post, the top is observed at angle of elevation of 400. Calculate the height of the flag post                                  (4 mks)

  1. A bottle of juice contains 405ml while a similar one contains 960ml. If the base area of the

larger Container is 120 cm2. Calculate base area of the smaller container.                             (3 mks)

  1. It takes a 900m long train 2 minutes to completely overtake an 1100m long train travelling at

30km per hour. Calculate the speed of the overtaking train                                                  (3 mks)

  1. Okoth traveled 22 km in 23/4 hours. Part of the journey was at 16 km/h and the rest at 5 km/h.

Determine the distance at the faster speed                                                                           (3 mks)

  1. P and Q are points on AB such that AP:PB = 2:7 and AQ:QB = 5:4 If AB = 12 cm, find PQ

(2 Mks)

SECTION B (50 MARKS)

 

  1. The income tax in 1995 was collected as follows:

      Income in Kshs. p.a                rate of tax %

1 – 39,600                               10

39,601 – 79,200                               15

79,201 – 118,800                             25

118,801 – 158,400                           35

158,401 – 198,000                           45

      Mutua earns a salary of Kshs.8,000. He is housed by the employer and therefore 15% is added to his salary to arrive at its taxable income. He gets a tax relief of Shs.400 and pay Shs.130 service charge. Calculate his net income                                                                                    (8 Mks)

  1. The probability Kioko solves correctly the first sum in a quiz is 2/5 Solving the second correct

is 3/5 if the first is correct and it is 4/5 if the first was wrong. The chance of the third correct is

2/5 if the second was correct and it is 1/5 if the second was wrong. Find the probability that

(a)  All the three are correct                                                                                    (2 Mks)

(b)  Two out of three are correct                                                                              (3 Mks)

(c)  At least two are correct                                                                                     (3 Mks)

  1. A businessman bought pens at Shs.440. The following day he bought 3 pens at Shs.54. This

purchase reduced his average cost per pen by Sh.1.50. Calculate the number of pens bought earlier and the difference in cost of the total purchase at the two prices                                      (8 mks)

 

 

 

 

  1. In D OAB, OA = a, OB = b

OPAQ is a parallelogram.

      ON:NB = 5:-2, AP:PB = 1:3

Determine in terms of a and b vectors

(a)  OP                                                                                                                   (2 Mks)

(b)  PQ                                                                                                                   (2 Mks)

(c)  QN                                                                                                                   (2 Mks)

(d)  PN                                                                                                                   (2 mks)

 

  1. A cylindrical tank connected to a cylindrical pipe of diameter 3.5cm has water flowing at 150

cm per second. If the water flows for 10 hours a day

(a)  Calculate the volume in M3 added in 2 days                                                                   (4 ms)

(b) If the tank has a height of 8 m and it takes 15 days to fill the tank, calculate the base radius

of the tank                                                                                                                     (4 mks)

  1. A joint harambee was held for two schools that share a sponsor. School A needed Shs.15 million while

School B needed 24 million to complete their projects. The sponsor raised Shs.16.9 million while other

guest raised Shs.13.5 million.

(a) If it was decided that the sponsor’s money be shared according to the needs of the school

with the rest equally, how much does each school get                                               (5 mks)

(b) If the sponsor’s money was shared according to the schools needs while the rest was in the  ratio of

students, how much does each school get if school A has 780 students and school B 220

students                                                                                                                        (3 mks)

  1. Voltage V and resistance E of an electric current are said to be related by a law of the form

V = KEn where k and n are constants. The table below shows values of V and E

      V

0.35 0.49 0.72 0.98 1.11
E 0.45 0.61 0.89 1.17 1.35

      By drawing a suitable linear graph, determine values of k and n hence V when E = 0.75(8mks)

  1. The vertices of triangle P,Q,R are P(-3,1), Q (-1,-2), R (-2,-4)

(a)  Draw triangle PQR and its image PIQIRI of PQR under translation T =    3    on the provided grid                                                                                                                4                        (2 Mks)

(b)  Under transformation matrix m =    4  3  , PIQIRI is mapped on to PIIQIIRII. Find the

co-ordinates of PIIQIIRII and plot it   1  2    on the given grid                                          (4 Mks)

(c)  If area of D PIQIRI is 3.5 cm2, find area of the images PIIQIIRII                                        (2 Mks)

 

MATHEMATICS I

PART 1

MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. 171 X 171 X 3 X 10-5 M1

                                  855 X 531

= 2 X 10-6                                                                                     A1

  2

 

  1. No. of men = 6 X 14 X 8 X 2500 M1

                                  2 X 5 X 2240

= 75                                                                            A1

Extra men        = 75 – 6 = 69                                                                B1

 3

  1. OM = 2i + 7j + 2/5 (4i – 3j + 6i + 21j – 2i – 7j) M1

= 2i + 7j + 2/5 (8i + 11j)                                                           M1

= 26 i + 57 j

5       5                                                                               A1

  3

 

 

 

 

 

  1. 2 5       x         =      1

3  4       y                   5                                                                                    M1

 

x          -1/7   5/7       1

y    =     3/7   -2/7      5                                                                M1

 

x    =  3

y       -1

 

x, 3, y = -1                                                                                A1

 3

 

  1. Reflex ÐAOC = 126 x 2 = 2520 B1

Obtuse ÐAOC = 360 – 252 = 1080                                                               B1

= 1/2 (180 – 108)0

= 360                                                                                B1

 3

  1. 18x2 – 39x + 18 = 0

6x2 – 13x + 6 = 0                                                                                         B1Ö equation

6x2 – 9x – 4x + 6 = 0

3x(2x – 3) (3x – 2) = 0                                                                                  M1

x = 2/3  or                                                                                  A1

x =1 ½                                                                                      B1

4

 

  1. M :  K  :  O  =  4 : 2 : 3                                                                              B1Ö ratio

      Maina’s  = 4/9 X 180

= 80/-                                                                                     B1Ö Omondi’s

      Omondi’s = 60/-                                                                                          and Maina’s

      Difference = Shs.20/-                                                                                   B1 difference

3

  1. (2 + 1/2x)6 = 26 + 6(25) (1/2x + 15 (24) (1/2 x)2 M1

= 64 + 96x + 60x2                                                                     A1

2.46      = (2 + 1/2 (0.8))6

= 64 + 96 (0.8) + 60 (0.64)                                                        M1

= 179.2

@179 to 3 s.f                                                                             A1

 4

  1. P (FF) = 7/20 X 7/20

= 49/100                                                                                                            B1

P (at least one fail) = 1 – P (FI FI FI)

= 1- 13/20   3                                                      M1

= 1 – 2197                                                       M1

8000

= 5803

                                                     8000                                                                        A1

 4

 

  1. grad = term 135

= -1                                                                                                            B1

y  = mx + c

y  = -x + 5                                                                                          B1

 2

 

  1. Volume = 2 x 10,000 x 10,000 x 25 M1Ö x section area

1000                 10                                                            M1Ö conv. to litres

= 500,000 Lts                                                               A1

 3

 

  1. 10a – 6(3a – 7) = 5(a -2) M1

10a – 18a + 42 = 5a – 10

– 13a    = -52                                                                                        M1

a        = 4                                                                                           A1

 3

  1. 2a + 12d = 2

2a + 4d = -10                                                                                              M1

8d   = 12

d   = 11/2                                                                                                   A1

a   = -8                                                                                                     B1

S21  = 21/2 (-16 + 20 X 3/2)                                                                           M1

= 147                                                                                             A1

 5

 

  1. 2 p r = 120 x p x 40 M1

360

r = 6.667 cm                                                                                         A1

h =  Ö 400 – 44.44                                                                                 M1

= 18.86 cm                                                                                          A1

 4

  1. = (w (x – z) – y (x – z)) (w + z) M1Ö factor

(z – w) (z + w)

= (w – y) (x – z) (w + z)                                                             M1Ö grouping

(z – w) (z + w)

= (w – y) (x – z)

z – w                                                                                         A1

 3

 

R

250                                                                                B1Ö sketch

  1. 550

Q  125                                            PR = 4 sin 125                                              M1

Sin 25

A1

30

P                                                                                                          3

  1. (a) <RST = 1800 – 740  = 1060                                                              B1

(b) < RTQ = 900– 740           = 160                                                                B1

< PTR = 460 + 160         = 620                                                                B1

< SUT = 620 – 390         = 230                                                                B1

(c)  Reflex ÐRQT = 180 – 2 x 16

= 180 – 32 = 1480                                                                      B1

Obtuse ROT = 360 – 148 = 2120                                                                   B1

(d)  < PTS = 46 + 180 – 129 = 970                                                                      B1

< PST = 180 – (97 + 39) = 440                                                                      B1

8

(a)  Kshs.350,000 = $ 350,000                                                                           M1

74.75

= $ 4682                                                                                   A1

(b) Balance             = 3/4 x 4682

= $ 3511.5                                                                          B1

$3511.5      = Fr 3511.5 x 74.75                                                                   M1

11.04

= Fr 23780                                                                    A1

Expenditure      = Fr 16 200

Balance            = Fr 7580

(c) Value on arrival = Kshs.7580 X 12.80

= Kshs.97,024

Value on departure        = Kshs.7580 X 11.04                                                              B1 bothÖ

= Kshs.83 683.2

Difference                      = Kshs.97,024 – 83683.2                                         M1

= Kshs.13,340.80                                                   A1

 8

X -2 -1 0 1 2 3
Y -11 0 5 4 -3 -16

B1Övalues

 

y

S1Ö scale

8 —                                                                P1Ö plotting

6 —                                                                C1 Ö curve

4 —

2

 

-2 —    1            2          3                                x

-4 —

-6 —

-8 —                                                        y=2x=2

-10 —

-12 —

-14 —                                                                            x   =-0.53 + 0.1  BI

-16 —                                                                           Nx = 1.87+ 0.1

 

y = 5+2x-3x2 =2-2x                  MI for equation

3x2-4x-4x-3=0                   AI equation

8

x     = -0.53 ± 0.1                                                                     B1

mx   = 1.87 ± 0.1

 

 

y = 5 + 2x – 3x2 = 2 – 2x                               M1 Ö for equation

\ 3×2 – 4x – 3 = 0                                                         MA1 Ö equation

 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.

 

 

 

 

B1 Ö 300

 

R                                                                                                      B1 Ö 2 ^ PQ, QR

B1 Ö 2 ^ bisectors

B1 Ö circle

 

 

9                         Q

 

 

Radius = 4.2 ± 0.1                                                                                 B1Ö radius

Area of circle = 22/7 x 4.22

= 55.44 ± 3 cm2

Area of D PQR = 1/2 x 3.5 x 7.5 sin 30                                                    M1Ö D and circle

= 6.5625 cm2

Difference               = 55.44 – 6.5625                                                                 M1Ö sub

= 48.88 cm2                                                                       A1

 8

  1. Line (i) y/2 + x/5 = 1

5y + 2x = 10                                                                             B1Öequation

5y + 2x = 10                                                                             B1Ö inequality

      Line (ii)      y/4 + x/-3 = 1

3y = 4x + 12                                                                 B1Ö equation

3y < 4x + 12 or 3y – 4x < 12                                          B1Ö inequality

      Line (iii)     grad = -1/3 y inter = 4

3y + x = 12 or 3y = -x + 12                                            B1Ö equation

3y + x < 12                                                       B1Ö inequality

      Line (iv)      y – 3 = -3

x – 3      2

2y + 3x = 15                                                                 B1Ö equation

\         2y + 3x £ 15                                                                 B1Ö equation

  8

CLASS

F x Fx Cf
60 – 64

65 – 69

70 – 79

75 – 79

80 – 84

85 – 89

8

14

18

15

3

2

62

67

72

77

82

87

 496

938

1296

1155

246

174

8

28

40

55

58

60

  Sf = 60       Sfx 3809  

 

B1Ö x column

B1Ö f column

 

 

 

 

(a)  (i)  Modal class   = 70 – 74                                                                    B1Ö model class

(ii) Median class = 70 – 74                                                                    B1Ö median

 

(b)              Mean =  3809

                                         60                                                                           M1

= 63.48                                                                         A1

 

S1Ö scale

B1 Ö blocks

59.5 – 64.5

64.5 – 69.5 e.t.c.

 8

(c)

 

Histogram

 

 

 

20  —

 

 

15  —

 

 

10 – –

 

 

5  —

 

 

 

 

55    60        65        70        75        80        85        90

 

  1. (a) XA = a, YA = 10 – a, YB = 10 – a, CZ = 10 – a = ZB

YZ = 10 – a + 12 – a = 8                                                                         M1

2a = 14

a = 7 cm                                                                                 A1

Cos X = 100 + 144 – 64

240                                                                               M1Ö any angle of the D

= 0.75

X = 41.410

     1/2 X = 20.700                                                                                     A1Ö 1/2 of the angle

 

r = OA = 7tan 20.7                                                                                   B1 Ö radius

= 2.645 cm

Shaded area = 1/2 X 10 X 12 sin 41.41 – 22/7 X 2.6452                                    M1 Ö D & circle

= 39.69 – 21.99

= 17.7 cm2                                                                    A1Ö

 8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) 650,000 (0.85)n = 130,000                                                         M1Ö formula

1.15n    = 0.2

n    = log 0.2                                                         M1Ö

log 0.85

1.3010

1.9294

= – 0.6990                                                        M1

– 0.0706

= 9.9 years                                                       A1

(b)  650,000 (1 – r/100) 5 = 325,000                                                                 M1

(1 – r/100) 5 = 0.5

1 – r/100     = 0.5 1/5                                                                   M1

= 0.8706

r/100 = 0.1294                                                                 A1

r    = 12.9 %                                                               B1

 8

MATHEMATICS I

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

SECTION I (50 MARKS)

 

 

  1. = b15      2/5    X    4a6   3/2

32a10                9b4                                                                   M1Ö reciprocal

 

 

=          2a5                                                                                           A1

27                                                                                            2

 

      No.             Log.                

0.375          1.5740 +

cos 75         1.4130

2.9870 _

tan 85.6      1.1138

3.8732 =  4 + 1.8732

2                  2

2.9366

0.0864

 

  1. S. Price =  80   X 600

100

= Shs.480                                                                         B1

Cost Price = x

96x       = 480                                                                            M1

100

x  =   Shs.500                                                                      A1

 3

  1. r2 + hr = A/2p                                                 M1

r2 + hr + (h/2)2 = A/2A + h/4                                                                            M1

(r + h/2)2 =  Ö 2A + h2

4p                                                                                        M1

r    = -h/2 ±   Ö2A + h2                                                                            A1

4p                                                                               4

 

  1. (12/3r) (1/3 r) = (1/4 r) (5) M1

4r2 – qr = 0

r(4r – q) = 0                                                                                                 M1

r = 0

or   r  = 2.25                                                                                         A1

 3

 

  1. = 2 (5 + 2Ö3) – 1 (5 – 2Ö3) M1

(5 – 2Ö3) (5 + 2Ö3)

= 10 + 4Ö3 – 5 +2Ö3                                                                                                M1

13

= 5 + 6Ö3                                                                                                    A1

13                                                                                                      3

  1. P = Kq2 + c

6 = 4k + c

16 = 9k + c                                                                                     M1 Ö subtraction

5k = 10

k = 2

c = -2                                                                                                         A1 Ö k and c

      P = 64     2q2 = 66

q  = Ö33

= ± 5.745                                                                                A1

 4

  1. Volume = 1/2 X 8 X 8 sin 120 X 10 M1 Ö area of x-section

      No. of scouts = 32 sin 60 X 10                                                         M1 Ö volume

2.5                                                                               M1

= 110.8

= 110                                                                                        A1

 3

 

  1. Max. error = 2(8.5 + 5.5) – 2(7.5 + 4.5)

2

= 2                                                                                           B1

% error = 2/26 X 100                                                                                 M1

= 7.692%                                                                                  A1

G                                                                          3

 

 

  1. B1 Ö net

 

H             D                             G                       H                                  B1 Ö dimen. FE must be 10cm

 

4cm                                                                                  4cm

 

B1 Ö labelling

E 4cm  A                        12cm      F     10cm    E                                      3

4cm                12cm

E

F

  1. (1 + 2x)6 = 1 + 6(2x) + 15 (2x)2 M1

= 1 + 12x + 60x2                                                                       A1

(1.04)6 = (1 + 2(0.02))6

= 1 + 12 (0.02) + 60(0.02)2                                                        M1

= 1.264                                                                                     A1

 4

 

 

 

 

  1. BT = 10 cm                              B1

CT = 10 sin 40                          M1

= 6.428 m                                 A1

A1 10cm    B                  C                                h = 6.428 + 1.5

1-5                                  = 7.928                                  B1

  4

 

 

  1. A.S.F = 405 2/3  =  27  2/3   =   9                                                                  B1

960           64            10

smaller area = 29  X 120                                                                        M1

164

= 67.5 cm2                                                                                A1

  3

 

  1. Relative speed = (x – 30)km/h B1

2 km     =          2 hrs

(x – 30)km/h      60                                                                             M1

2x – 60 = 120

x = 90 km/h                                                                              A1

  3

  1. 16 Km/h 5 Km/hr

x Km                          (22 – x) Km

x + 22 – x   = 11

16        5           4                                                                                    M1

5x + 352 – 16x = 220                                                                 M1Ö x-multiplication

11x  = 132

x  = 12 km                                                                  A1

  3

 

  1. AP = 2/9 x 12 = 22/3 cm B1 Ö both AP & AQ

      AQ = 5/9 x 12 = 62/3 cm

\ PQ = 62/3 – 22/3 = 4 cm                                                                            B1 Ö C.A.O

  2

 

  1. Taxable income = 115/100 x 8000 M1

= Shs.9200 p. m

= Shs.110,400 p.a                                                                   A1

Tax dues = 10/100 x 39600 + 15/100 x 39600 + 25/100 x 31200                 M1 Ö first 2 slabs

= 3960 + 5940 + 7800                                                               M1 Ö last slab

= Shs.17,700 p.a

= 1475 p.m                                                                               A1

net tax = 1475 – 400

= Shs.1075                                                                             B1 Ö net tax

Total deductions = 1075 + 130

= Shs.1205

net income = 8000 – 1205                                                                      M1

= Shs.6795                                                                   A1

  8

 

 

 

 

 

(a)  P (all correct) = 2/3 x 3/5 x 2/5                                                                  M1

= 12/125                                                              A1

(b)  P (2 correct) = 2/5 x 3/5 x 3/5 + 2/5 x 2/5 X 1/5 + 3/5 x 4/5 x 2/5

                                                                                                                        M1

= 18/125 + 4/125 + 24/125                                         M1

= 46/125                                                              A1

(c) P (at least 2 correct)

= P(2 correct or 3 correct)

= 46/125 + 12/125                                                                           M1

= 46 + 12                                                                                  M1

125

=  58

                                         125                                                                          A1

  8

  1. Old price/pen = 440

x

New price/pen = 494                                                                 B1Öboth expressions

x + 3

440494   = 1.50

x      x + 3                                                                               M1 Ö expression

440(x + 3) – 494x = 1.5x2 + 4.5x                                                M1Ö x-multiplication

x2 + 39x – 880 = 0                                                                     A1 Ö solvable quad. Eqn

x2 + 55x – 16x – 880 = 0                                                 M1 Ö factors or equivalent

(x – 16) (x + 55) = 0

x = -55

or x = 16                                                                                   A1 Ö both values

\ x = 16

difference in purchase = 19 X 1.50                                                        M1

= Shs.28.50                                                           A1

  8

  1. (a) OP = a + 1/4 (b – a) M1

= 3/4 a + 1/4 b                                                                            A1

(b)  PQ = PO + OQ

= –3/4 a – 1/4 b + 1/4 (a – b)                                                          M1

= –1/2 a – 1/2 b                                                                           A1

(c)  QN = QO + ON

= 1/4 (b – a) + 5/3 b                                                              M1

= 23/12 b – 1/4 a                                                                    A1

(d)  PN = PB + BN

= 3/4 (b – a) + 2/3 b                                                               M1

= 17/12 b – 3/4 a                                                                     A1

  8

  1. (a) Volume in 2 days = 22 x 3.5 x 3.5 x 150 x 20 x 3600 M1 Ö area of x-section

7       2        2           1,000,000                                 M1 Ö volume in cm3

= 103.95 m3                                                                  M1 Ö volume in m3

(b)  22 X r2 x 8 = 103.95 x 15   x 7                                                               M1

7                               2

 

r2 = 103.95 x 15 x 7                                                                   M1

                                  2 x 2 2x 8

= 31.01                                                                                     M1

r = 5.568 m                                                                               A1

  8

  1. (a) Ration of needs for A:B = 5:8

A’s share = 5/13 x 16.9 + 1/2 x 13.5                                                          M1

= 13.25 Million                                                                         A1

B’s share = (13.5 + 16.9) – 13.25                                                                        M1

= 13.25                                                                                     M1

  • A’s share 5/13 x 16.9 + 39/50 x 13.5

6.5 + 10.53

= 17.03 m                                                                                 A1

B’s share = 30.4 – 17.03                                                                         M1

= 13.37 Million                                                                         A1

  8

  1. Log V = n Log E = log k
Log V -0.46 -0.13 -0.14 -0.01 0.05
Log E -0.35 -0.21 -0.05 0.07 0.13

B1Ö log V all points

B1Ö log E all points

S1 Ö scale

P1Ö plotting

Log V = n log E + log K                                    L1 Ö line

                                                Log K = 0.08

K = 1.2 ± 0.01                                                  B1 Ö K

N = 0.06/0.06                                                        B1 Ö n

= 1 ± 0.1

\ v = 1.2E                                                       B1Ö v

when E = 0.75, V = 0.9 ± 0.1                            8

  1. (a) T 3 PQR ® PIQIRI

4    PI (0,5), QI (2,2) RI (1,0)

PI QI RI       PII  QII  RII

(b)  4  3    0   2   1   =   15    14   4                                                              M1 Ö

1  2     5   2   0        10     6    1                                                             A1 Ö

 

PII (15,10), QII (14,6), RII (4,1)                                                               B1Ö

(c)  Area s.f = det M

= 5

 

area of PII QII RII = 5 (area PIQIRI)

= 5 X 3.5                                                          M1Ö

= 16.5 cm2                                                        A1

  8

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS 2

PART I

 

SECTION A: 

 

  1. Use logarithm tables to evaluate                      (4 mks)

 

0.0368 x 43.92

361.8

 

  1. Solve for x by completing the square                           (3mks)

2x2  – 5x + 1 = 0

 

  1. Shs. 6000 is deposited at compound interest rate of 13%. The same amount is deposited at 15% simple interest. Find which amount is more and by how much after 2 years in the bank       (3mks)

 

  1. The cost of 3 plates and 4 cups is Shs. 380. 4 plates and 5 cups cost Shs. 110 more than this. Find the cost of each item.                                                                                                        (3mks)

 

  1. A glass of juice of 200 ml content is such that the ratio of undiluted juice to water is 1: 7 Find how many diluted glasses can be made from a container with 3 litres undiluted juice       (3mks)

 

  1. Find the value of θ within θ  < θ < 360if  Cos (2 θ + 120) =  γ3                                                     (3mks)

2

 

  1. A quantity P varies inversely as Q2 Given that P = 4 When Q = 2.  , write the equation joining P and  Q

hence find P when Q = 4                                         a                                                                      (3mks)

 

  1. A rectangle measures 3.6 cm by 2.8 cm. Find the percentage error in calculating its perimeter.                                                                                                                                                 (3mks)

 

  1. Evaluate:          11/6   x  ¾  –  11/12                                                                                              (3mks)

½  of 5/6

 

  1. A metal rod, cylindrical in shape has a radius of 4 cm and length of 14 cm. It is melted down and recast into small cubes of 2 cm length. Find how many such cubes are obtained          ( 3mks)

 

  1. A regular octagon has sides of 8 cm. Calculate its area to 3 s.f.             (4mks)

 

  1. Find the values of x and  y if                                                                                                       ( 2 mks)

3          x          1   =     2

2          1          -1         y

 

  1. An equation of a circle is given by x2 + y2 – 6x + 8y – 11 = 0       (3mks)

Find its centre and radius

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure given AB is parallel to DE. Find the value of x and y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A line pass through A (4,3) and B(8,13). Find                                                  (6 mks)

(i)  Gradient of the line

(ii)  The magnitude of AB

(iii) The equation of the perpendicular bisector of AB.

 

  1. A train is moving towards a town with a velocity of 10 m/s. It gains speed and the velocity becomes 34 m/s after 10 minutes . Find its acceleration (2mks)

 

 

SECTION B:

 

  1. Construct without using a protractor the triangle ABC so that BC=10cm, angle ABC = 600 and

BCA = 450

  1. On the diagram , measure length of AC
  2. Draw the circumference of triangle ABC
  3. Construct the locus of a set of points which are equidistant from A and B.
  4. Hence mark a point P such that APB = 450 and AP = PB
  5. Mark a point Q such that angle AQB = 450 and AB = AQ

 

  1. (a) A quadrilateral ABCD has vertices A(0,2) , B(4,0) , C(6,4) and D(2,3). This is given a

transformation by the matrix   -2  0  to obtain its image AI B I CI DI. under a second transformation

0 – 2

which has a rotation centre (0,0) through –900 , the image AII  BII  CII  DII  of AI  BI  CI  DI  is

obtained.    Plot the three figures on a cartesian plane                                                         (6mks)

(b)  Find  the  matrix of  transformation  that  maps  the  triangle  ABC  where A (2,2)   B (3,4)   C (5,2)

onto  A B C   where  A( 6,10)  B  (10,19 )  C ( 12, 13).                                                    ( 2mks)

 

 

 

 

19.

 

 

 

 

 

 

In the triangle OAB, OA = 3a , OB = 4b and OC = 5/3 OA.  M divides OB in the ratio 5:3

  1. Express AB and MC in terms of a and b
  2. By writing MN in two ways, find the ratio in which N divides
  3. AB
  4. MC

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure below, SP = 13.2 cm, PQ = 12 cm, angle PSR = 80O and angle PQR = 900. S and Q are the centres       (8mks)

 

Calculate:

The area of the intersection of the two circles

The area of the quadrilateral  S P Q R

The area of the shaded region

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In an experiment the two quantities x and y were observed and results tabled as below
X 0 4 8 12 16 20
Y 1.0 0.64 0.5 0.42 0.34 0.28

 

  1. By  plotting  1/y  against x, confirm that y is related to x by an equation of the form

 

Y =      q

 

 

P + x

where p and q are constants.                                                                             (3mks)

 

(b)  Use your graph to determine p and q                                                                                   (3mks)

 

(c )  Estimate the value of   (i) y when x = 14

(ii) x when y = 0.46                                                             (2mks)

 

  1. A racing cyclist completes the uphill section of a mountain course of 75 km at an average speed of v km/hr. He then returns downhill along the same route at an average speed of (v + 20) km/hr. Given that the difference between the times is one hour, form and solve an equation in v.

Hence

  1. Find the times taken to complete the uphill and downhill sections of the course.
  2. Calculate the cyclists average speed over the 150km.

 

  1. In the diagram below, X is the point of intersection of the chords AC and BD of a circle. AX = 8 cm, XC = 4cm and XD = 6 cm
  2. Find the length of XB as a fraction
  3. Show that XAD is similar to XBC
  4. Given that the area of AXD = 6cm2, find the area of BXC
  5. Find the value of the ratio

Area of       AXB

Area of        DXC

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A town B is 55 km on a bearing of 0500. A third town C lies 75km due south of B. Given that D lies on a bearing of 2550 from C and 1700 from A, make an accurate scale drawing to show the positions of the four towns.                                                                                           (3mks)

(scale 1cm rep 10 km)

From this find,

(a) The distance of AD and DC in km                                                                     (2mks)

(b) The distance and bearing of B from D                                                               (2mks)

(c)  The bearing of  C from A                                                                                 (1mk)

 

MATHEMATICS 2

PART 1

MARKING SCHEME             (100MKS)

 

 

  1. No. Log

=   3.6502

0.3681              2.5660

0.3682              1.6427 +                                -4  =  1.6502      = 2.8251

0.2087              Logs                            2

361.8                2.5585              + – v   ans  (4)         6.6850 x 10 -2

3.6502                                         = 0.06685

 

  1. 2 x2 – 5x + 1 = 0

x2 5 x + ½ = 0

2

x25 x   = ½

2

x – 5x  +     5 2    =  ½   +     5    (m)

2         4                        4

 

= x –  5    = ½ +      25    =  17                    (3)

4                   16        16

 

= x – 5/4  =  17/16   =    1.0625

x – 5/4    ±  1.031

X1 = -1.031 = 1.25 = 0.2192

X2 = 1.031  + 1.25  = 1.281

 

  1. A1 = P(1 + R/100)2 = 6000  x  113/100 x 113/100 = Sh. 7661.40

 

A2 = P + PRT/100         =   6000 + 15 X 2 = 6000 + 1800

100

=   Shs. 7800

 

Amount by simple interest is more by Shs.  (7800 – 7661. 40)

Shs. 138.60

  1. Let a plate be p and a cup c.

3p + 4c = 380  x 5             15p + 20c  = 1900

4p + 5c  = 490  x 4       16p + 20c  = 1960 

-p      -60                (m)

 

 

 

 

 

p = Shs 60

 

3(60) + 4 c = 380

4c = 380 –180 = 2000                (3)

c=   Shs. 50

Plate = Shs. 60 ,            Cup = Shs. 50            (A both)

 

  1. Ratio of juice to water = 1          :           7

In 1 glass = 1/8 x 200 = Sh 25

3 litres = 300 ml (undiluted concentrate)           (3)

No. of glasses =v    3000  =  120 glasses

25

 

  1. Cos (2 θ + 120) = 3/2 = 0.866

Cos 30 , 330, 390, 690, 750 ….

            2 θ + 120                = 330

2 θ = 210          ,     = 1050                                                                                        (3)

2 θ = 390 – 120   = 2700          θ2 1350

2 θ =  690 – 120  = 5700  ,       θ3 2850       (for 4 ans)

θ4= 315o    ( for >2)

2 θ =  750 – 120   = 6300 ,

 

  1. P =          k                      4  =  K/4           (substitution)

Q2                         9

K = 4 X 4         =            16

9                           9

P =  16   v         when Q = 4

9Q2

 

P =         16        =   1/9              (A)                 (3)

9x4x4

 

  1. The perimeter = (3.6 + 2.8 ) x 2 = 12.8 cm

Max perimeter = (3.65 + 2.85) x 2 = 23 cm    Expressions

% error =   13 –12.8     x  100    m         =     0.2        x     100  (3)

12.8                                     12.8

= 1.5620%        (A)

 

  1.      1 1/6 x ¾  – 11/12   = (7/6 x ¾ )  -11/12         =  7/8 – 11/12   =   21-22  

½  of 5/6                       ½ of 5/6                        5/12              5/12

= -1/24    = -1  x 12    =  -1

5/12        24   5          10       (3)

 

  1. Volume of rod = П r2h = 22/7 x 4  x 14 = 704cm3                (m)

                    Volume of each cube = 2x2x2 = 8 cm3                         A

 

No. of cubes = 704 /8  = 88 cm3   A

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. < AOB = 360 = 450

                          8

Tan 67.5 =  h

4

h = 4 x 2.414                A

=  9.650cm

Area of 1 triangle = ½ x 8 x 9.656 x 8 cm = 38.628 x 8   vm

Octagon area  =  38.628 x 8      m

=  309.0 cm2        (A)

 

  1. 3   2        -1             2

=

2              1          -1           y

 

3 – x = 2       (1)       x = 1                          (2)

2 –  1 = y                 y = 1  (A)

 

  1. x 2 + y2 – 6x + 8y – 11 = 0

x2 – 6x + (-3)2 + y2 + 8y + (4)2 = 11 + (-3)2 + (4)2         (completing the square)

(x – 3)2 + (y+4)2 = 11 + 9 + 16 = 36

(x – 3)2 + (y + 4)2 = 62                                                                                          

Centre is  (3, -4)

Radius       = 6 units           As                                            (3)

 

 

14.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Figs A C B  and D C E are similar

AB       =          AC       =  and   AB       =          BC

                         DE                    DC                 DE                   CE

 

10    =  6 + x

3          6

= 10   =  15 + y,     m

3            y                                                    60 = 18 + 3x

10y  = 15 + 3y                                                   3x = 42

7y = 15                                                                x = 14

 

y = 15/7              (A)                                                                             (3)

A (4 , 3)           B(8,13)

 

  1. (i) gdt          = change in y    = 13-3 = 10     =  5

change in x       8-4       4          2

 

(ii)      Mag  AB  =  8     -4           4                                                    =

13 -3         10

Length =   Ö42 + 10   = Ö116 = 10.77 units

(iii)   Mid point  = 4 +8  ,    3 + 3

2             2

=  (6, 8)    (mid point)                                                (5 mks)

gdt of perpendicular to AB = -ve rec. of 5/2

-2/5

Eqn is  y = -2/5 x + c

8 = -2/5  x 6 + c    =  40  = -12  +  5c

= c = 52/5

 

y = -2/5 x + 52/5        (A)

 

 

  1. Acceleration = Change in velocity

Time

= (34 – 10) m/s                  = 24 m/s

60 x 10                                600

 

= 0.04m/s2-                                (2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

17.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Triangle                                    (8)

AC = 9cm

Circumference Centre

Circle

Perpendicular bisector of AB

P

Q

 

 

 

  1. (b) a b   2       3          5        6          10        12

c          d   2       4          2        10        19        13

 

2a +2b = 6  x 2       = 49 + 4b = 12

3a + 4b = 10             3a + 4b = 10

a     = 2              4 + 2b = b

 

2c + 2d = 10×2 = 4c + 4d = 20                2 b = 2  b = 1

3c + 4d  = 19        3c + 4d  = 19

c           = 1

2 (1)  + 2d = 10

2d = 8                           Matrix is           2          1      (A)

d = 4                                                  1          4

 

 

 

 

 

OC = 5/3 (31) = 5A

 

19.

 

 

(a)  = AO + OB                         MC = MO + OC

= -3a  = 4b                         = -5/8 (4b) + 5

= 5A – 5/2 b

 

(b) MN = 5 Mc     = 3(5a – 5/2 b)

= 5 s a – 5/2 s b

 

MN = BN + BN

=  3/8 (4 b) + (1 – t) (-BA)

=  3/8 (4 b) + (1 – t)(3a – 4 b)

=  3/2  b + 3 ta –4b + 4tb

= (3-3t) a (4t – 5/2)b

 

MN = MN

= 5 s a – 5/2  sb = (3-3t)a +   (4t – 5/2 )b

=  5 a =  3 – 3t       = 5s + 3t =3

= -5/2 s = 4t –5/2  v     5s + 8t = 5 

-5t = -2            t = 2/5

5 s   = 3 – 3(2/5)

= 3 – 6/5 = 9/5

= 3 – 6/5 = 9/5

s = 9/25

 

(i)    AN :     NB = 2 : 3

 

(ii)   MN :    9   :  16

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

20.

 

 

θ x pr2

360

 

  1. Area of sector SPR =  80/360 x 13.2 x 13.2 x 3.142

=  121.6

Area of triangle SPR ½ x 13.2  x 13.2 x sin 80

= 85.8 cm2

(m of area of ) A (at least one)

(m of area)  A(at least one)

Area of segment = 121.6 – 85.8

= 35.8 cm2

Area of sector QPR = 90/360 x 3.142 x 12 x12

 

Area of  PQR = ½ x 12 x 12 = 722

                    Area of segment = 113.1 – 72

= 41.1cm2

Area of intersection = (35.8 + 41.1) = 76.9 cm2

 

b).  Area of quadrilateral  = Area of   PQR + SPR

=  85.8 + 72 = 157.8cm2

Area of shaded region  =  Area of Quadrilateral – Area of sector SPR

=  157.8 – 121.6

=  36.2 cm2

 

 

  1. y = q                   p + x = q                       1  =  x + p

p + x                          y                      y      q    q

 

Gradient  = 1/q   at (0, 0.95)  (8,2.0)  (8,2.0)  gradient   =  2.0 – 0.95  =  1.05

8                 8

1          =  0.1312

q

=  1      =  7.619

0.1312

q =  7.62.

 

y(1/y)  Intercept   p    =  0.95     P   =  0.95

q                7.62

 

p = 7.62 x 095  =  7.27

at x =  14,  y = 2.7

at  y = 0.46,  1/y  =  2.174

x  =  9.6.

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) Distance  =  75km   uphill speed  =  vkm/h

uphill Time  =  75/v hrs

Downhill speed  = ( + 20)  km/h

Downhill Time    =        75         hrs.

                                             v + 20

Takes larger uphill

75  –  75             =  1

v         v+20

75 (v+20) – 75v            = 1

v(v + 20)                    1

75v + 1500 – 75v  =  v(v + 20)  =  v2 + 20v.

v2 + 20v  – 1500  =  0

v  =  – 20 +  202 – 4(1)  (-1500)

2(1)

v  =  –20 +  400 + 6000  = –20 + v6400

2                        2.

V1     =  –20  +  80      =  30km/hr

2

V2    =   – 20 – 80      X   impossible

2

speed uphill      =  30 km /hr,  T = 75  time =  2 ½ hrs

30

speed downhill =  50 km /hr  Time = 75      Time =  2 ½ hr

50

Average speed   =  Total  distance         =  150km          =  37.5 km/ hr

                                                Total time                      4hrs

 

X 0 4 8 12 16 20
Y 1.0 0.64 0.5 0.42 0.34 0.28
1/y 1.0 1.56 2.0 2.38 2.94 3.57

 

 

  1. A                 B

 

 

 

 

D                      C

 

A x X x C  =  BX .  XD

8 x 4           =  6BX

BX       =  8 x 142          =   16  

6                     3

X AD   =  XBC

XA       =  8    =  24      =  3

XB        16        16          2

XD      =    6      =    3

XC               4              2

 

<   AXD   =   BXC            (vertically opposite  <s))

                                                    SAS holds  :  they are similar.

LSF  =   3/2    ASF  =  (3/2)2  =  9/4

Area  A x A  =  6cm2    Area  B x C  =  6 x 9       =  27   =  13.5cm2

4

 

24.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. a) AD =   50km

DC   =   35km

BD  = 90km

Bearing is 020

Bearing is 134o                                                                                                       (8mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS  I

PART II

 

SECTION (52 MARKS)

 

  1. Without using tables, simplify

1.43 x 0.091 x 5.04

2.86 x 2.8 x 11.7                                                                                             (3mks)

 

  1. Make x the subject of the formula if

y = a/x  +  bx                                                                                                    (3mks)

 

  1. Give the combined solution for the range of x values satisfying the inequality

2x + 1<  10 – x  <   6x – 1                                                                                 (3mks)

 

  1. A man is employed at a KShs. 4000 salary and a 10% annual increment. Find the total amount of money received in the first five years                                                                   (4mks)

 

  1. A town A is 56 km from B on a bearing 0620.  A third town C is 64 km from B on the bearing of 140o.  Find

(i) The distance of A to C                                                                                        (2mks)

(ii) The bearing of A from C                                                                                          (3mks)

 

  1. Expand (x + y)6 hence evaluate (1.02) to 3d.p.                                                         (3mks)

 

  1. Rationalise the denominator in                                                                               (2mks)

 

Ö 3

1 – v3

 

 

 

  1. The table below shows daily sales of sodas in a canteen for 10 days.

 

 Day 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
No. of 52 41 43 48 40 38 36 40 44 45

 

Calculate the 4 day moving averages for the data                                                     (3mks)

 

  1. Find the image of the line y = 3x = 4 under the transformation whose matrix is.

3mks

2           1

-1         2

 

  1. Three points are such that A (4 , 8), B(8,7), C (16, 5). Show that the three points are collinear                                                                                                                                          (3mks)
  2. Write down the inverse of the matrix 2 – 3 hence solve for x and y if

4     3

2x  – 3y = 7

4x + 3y +5                                                                                                        (3mks)

 

  1. Use the table reciprocals to evaluate to 3 s.f. 3mks

1/7  +  3/12  +  7/0.103

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that O is the centre of the circle and OA is parallel to CB, and that angle

ABC =   1070,  find

(i) Angles AOC,                (ii) OCB               (iii) OAB                                                 (3mks)

  1. Two points A and B are 1000m apart on level ground, a fixed distance from the foot of a hill. If the angles of elevation of the hill top from A and B are 60o and 30o respectively, find the height of the hill                                                                                           (4 mks)
  2. Two matatus on a dual carriageway are moving towards a bus stop and are on level 5 km from the stop. One is travelling 20 km/hr faster than the other, and arrives 30 seconds earlier. Calculate their speeds.       (5mks)
  3. If log x = a and log y = b, express in terms of a and b

Log  x 3 

VY                                                                                                             (2mks)

 

SECTION B:

 

  1. The table below gives the performance of students in a test in percentage score.
Marks 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79
No. of Students  

2

 

4

 

7

 

19

 

26

 

15

 

12

 

5

 

Using an assumed mean of 44.5, calculate

  1. The mean
  2. The standard deviation
  3. Find the median mark

 

 

 

  1. Draw the graph of y = 2x2 – x – 4 for the range of x -3  = x  =  3.  From your  graph

State the minimum co-ordinates

  1. Solve the equations
  2. 2x2 – x – 4 = 0
  3. 2x2 – 3x – 4 = 0

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Two concentric circles are such that the larger one has a radius of 6cm and the smaller one radius of 4 cm. Find the probability that an item dropped lands on the shaded region           4mks

 

  1. Two unbiased dice are thrown. Find the probability of obtaining (4mks)
  2. A product of 6
  3. A sum of 8

iii. The same number showing                                                                             (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Two pulley wheels centers A and B are joined by a rubber band C D E F G H C round them.  Given that larger wheel has radius of 12 cm and AB = 20 cm, CD and GF are tangents  common to  both  wheels and that CBA = 60o), Find

  1. BD (Length)
  2. CD

iii.  Arc length CHG and DEF, hence find the length of the rubber.

 

  1. V A B C D is a right pyramid with a square base A B C D of side 5 cm. Each of its four triangular

faces is inclined at 750 to the base. Calculate

  1. The perpendicular height of the pyramid
  2. The length of the slant edge VA
  3. The angle between edge VA and base A B C D
  4. The area of the face VAB

 

  1. Plot the graphs of y = sin xo and y = cos 2xo on the same axes for –180 £ x £180o.

Use your graphs to solve the equation 2 sin x = cos  2x

 

  1. The depth of the water in a rectangular swimming pool increases uniformly from 1M at the shallow

end to 3.5m at the deep end.  The pool is  25m long  and  12m  wide. Calculate the volume of the pool

in cubic meters.

The pool is emptied by a cylindrical pipe of internal radius 9cm. The water flows through the pipe at speed of 3 metres per second.  Calculate the number of litres emptied from the pool in two minutes to the nearest 10 litres.          (Take II = 3.142)

 

 

 

  1. A rectangle A B C D is such that A and C lie on the line y = 3x. The images of B and D under a

reflection in the line y = x are B1 (-1, -3) and D1 (1,3) respectively.

  1. Draw on a cartesian plane, the line y = x  and mark points B1 and D1
  2. Mark the points B and D before reflection
  3. Draw the line y = 3x hence mark the points A and C to complete and draw the rectangle ABCD.

State its co-ordinates, and these of A1 and C1.

  1. Find the image of D under a rotation, through – 900, Center the origin.

 

 

MATHEMATICS I

PART II

MARKING SCHEME.

  1. 1.43 X 0.091 X 5.04100000        91 X 504           =        7/103

                        2.86 X 2.8 X 11.7             105             2 x 28 x 117 x 103

                                                                                                                                                                                    (3)

                                                                                                                         = 0.007            (A)

  1. y = a/x + bx yx = a + bx2

Either

bx2 – yx + a = 0

 

x =     y   ±   v y2 –  4ab

2b                                                         (3)

 

  1. 2x + 1£  10 – x  £    bx  -1

2x + 1 £ 10 – x            10 –x £  6x –1

3x £   9                                    11£   7x

x  £  3                               x   £ 11/7                                                             (3)

11/7 £  x   £   3

 

  1. a = 4000 r = 110/100   =      1.1   ( 4000, 4000 + 4000, 4400 + 0/100 (4400——)

(a and r)

Sn  =  a(r n – 1)       

                                    R  -1                                                     1.1 Log  = 0.04139

     X   5

0.20695

 

0.1                               (4)

= 4000 (1.15 –1)   (any)

1.1 –1                                                   4000 (1.6 – 1)

0.1

A  =  4000 ( 0.6105)

0.1

= Sh. 2442       =    Sh. 24,420       (A)                                       (4)

0.1

 

  1. (i) b2=  a2 + b2 – 2ab Cos B

= 642  + 562– 2(64) (56) cos 78

= 4096 + 3136  – 7168 (0.2079)

= 7232  – km 1490.3

 

b2  = 5741.7  = 5.77 km                  (5)

 

(ii)        b                a

            Sin B          Sin A

 

75.77    =      64

Sin 78         sin A         Sin A = 64 x 0.9781     

75.77                   

Sin A = 0.08262

A  = 55.70  (or B = 46.30)

 

Bearing = 90 – 28 – 55.7

= 0.06.30                       (A)

 

  1. (x + y) 6 =  1 (x) 6 (y)0 + 6 (x)5 (y)1+15(x)4 (y)2 + 20x3y3 + 15x2y4 + 6xy5 + y6

(1.02)6 = (1 +0.02)6 x = 1

y = 0.02

 

(1.02)6 = 1+6 (0.02) + 15 (0.02)2 + 15(0.02) + 20(0.02)3 + 15 (0.02)4                          

=  1 + 0.12  + 0.006 + 0.00016

= 1.12616

= 1.126  (to 3 d.p)                                                                                 (3)

 

  1.       3(1 +  3)                 =  3  +  3          3 + v3

(1-  3)(1+  3)                     1-3                          2

 

  1. Moving averages of order 4

M1        =  52 + 41 + 43 + 48                  184       = 146

4                                   4

M2            184 – 52 + 40   = 172  = 43                               for 7

4                 4                                   for > 4

M3             = 172– 40 + 38 = 170    = 42.5

4                     4

M4             170 – 38+36  = 168   = 42

4                  4

M5        = 168 – 36 + 40 = 173    = 43                (3)

4                4

M6             = 172 – 40 + 44 = 176    = 44

4              4

M7             = 176 – 44 + 45 = 177    = 44.25

4             4

 

  1. y = 3x + 4

A(0,4) B (1,7) Object points

                                                A         B          A         B

2          1          0          1          4          9

=

-1         2          4          7          8          13

Y =  Mx + C

M = 13 – 8  =  5  = 1

9-4                  5     1

 

y = x+c                                  y = x + 4

8 = 4 + c    c  = 4

 

  1. AB = 8     -4                        4                      BC =   16      – 8                        -8     for either

=

7     -8                      -1                                  5        – 7             -2

 

 

AB = ½   BC  and AB and BC share point B.

A,B,C  are collinear.                                                                (3)

 

  1. 2          -3

 

4          3          det. = 6 + 12 = 18

Inv.=     1         3          3

18

-4         2

1         3      3     2     -3   x       1           3   3       7

18                                            18

-4    2      4       2  y                     -4  2       5

x                       36

1

y          18        -18                    (3)

x = 2, y = -1      (A)

 

  1. 1/7 + 3/12.4 + 7/0.103

1/7 + 3/1.24 x 10-1 + 7/1.03 x 10-1

 

  0.1429 + 3(0.8064) + 7 x 10 (0.9709)

10

= 0.1429 + 0.2419 + 67.96                                 (3)

=70.52                             (A)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (i) ADC = 2×73

= 1460

 

(ii) OCB = x = 180 – 146 = 34

(iii) 360 – 107 – 146 – 34

= 73 0

 

  1. Tan 300 = y/x y  =  x tan  30

Tan 600  = 1000 + y       ;     y = x tan 60 – 1000

X

X tan 300  = x tan 60 – 1000

0.5773 x = 1.732x – 1000

1.732x – 0.577 = 1000

1.155x = 1000

x = 1000

1.155           = 866.0 m         (A)                   (4)

 

 

  1. 5 km Slower speed = x km/hr

Time    = 5/x

Faster = (x+20) k/h

Time = 5/x=20            T1 – T2 = 5/x  – 5/x+20 = 30/3600

5 (x+20) –5x       1

x(x+20) 120

120 (5/x + 100 – 5x) = x2 + 20x             (5)

x2 + 20x – 12000

x = –20      400 + 48000

2

x = -20 ±  220

2

Spd = 100 km/h

And x = 120 km/h                                 (A)

  1. Log x = a log y = b

Log  x3  = Log x3  –  log y ½

y

= 3 Log x – ½ Log y

= 8a –  ½ ab

 

SECTION B

 

17.

Marks Mid point (x) d = x-44.5 F E = d/10 Ft T2 Ft2   v
0-9 4.5 -40 2 -4 -8 16 32
10-19 14.5 -30 4 -3 -12 9 36
20-29 24.5 -20 7 -2 -14 4 28
30-39 34.5 -10 19 -1 -19 1 19
40-49 44.5 -0 26 0 0 0 0
50-59 54.5 -10 15 1 15 1 15
60-69 64.5 20 12 2 24 4 48
70-79 74.5 30 5 3 15 9 45

=90                              =1                                =223

 

 

(a)   Mean = (1 / 90 x 10) + 44.5 = 44.5 + 0.111

= 44.610

 

(b)   Standard deviation = 10  233/90  – (1/90)2                        

                                                            10  2.478  – 0.0001                              (8)

10   2.478

10 x 1.574  = 15. 74    (A)

(c)    Median 45.5th value  = 39.5  + (13.5 x 10/ 26)

39.5 + 5.192                 (A)

44.69

 

(a)     The probability  = Shaded area

                                     Large circle area

Shaded area = ПR2 – П r2

= 22/7 (42 – 32) v  = 22/7 x 7  = 22

            Large area  = 22/7 x4x4 = 352/7 (A)

Probability = 22         = 22  x  7 =    7

352/7            352      16

 

(b)

  1 2 3 4 5 6
1 1,1 1,2 1,3 1,4 1,5 1,6
2 2,1 2,2 2,3 2,4 2,5 2,6
3 3,1 3,2 3,3 3,4 3,5 3,6
4 4,1 4,2 4,3 4,4 4,5 4,6
5 5,1 5,2 5,3 5,4 5,5 5,6
6 6,1 6,2 6,3 6,4 6,5 6,6

(M)

 

(i)    P(Product of 6) = P((1,6) or (2,3) or (3,2) or (6,1))

= 4/36   =  1/9

(4)

(ii)   P (sum of 8)   = P( (2,6) or (3,5) or (4,4) or (5,3) or (6,2) )

= 5/36               (A)

 

(iii)  P (same number)  = P (1,1) or (2,2) or (3,3) or (4,4) or (5,5) or (6,6)

6/36  = 1/6   (A)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)         Cos 60   = x/20 x = 20 x 0.5  = 10 cm

BD = 12 – 10 = 2 cm

 

(ii)          CD = y  Sin 60  = y/20                        y = 20x 0.8666

CD = 17.32 cm

 

 

 

 

(iii)        CHG  = 120        reflex  = 2400

CHG = 240/360 x 2 x p x r

= 50.27

DBF = 1200/360  x 2 x  П x  r  =  1/3 x 2 x 3.142 x 2

=  4.189                               (A)

Length C D E f G H C  =          50.27 + 2(17.32) + 4.189

= 89.189                     (A)

 

  1. (a) From the diagram, XO = 5/2 = 2.5

Tan 750 = VO/2.5          v m

VO  =  2.5 x 3.732

 

Perpendicular height  = VO  = 9.33 cm

2                      (A)

  1. Diagonal of base = 52 + 52  = 50
        Length of diag.   50       = 7.071    = 5.536

VA2 = AO2 + VO2     (m)

3.5362  + 9.32

12.50 + 87.05

= 99.55 = 9.98 cm2        (A)                  (8)

 

 

(c )                   = VAO  Tan =      9.33     = 2.639

3.536

VAO = 69.240                                                (A)

 

 

(d)                    Cos VBA = = 2.5 /9.98   = 0.2505

VBA = 75.490

Area VBA = ½  x 5  x 4.99 x sin 75.45             m  ( or other perimeter)

= 5 x 4.99 x   0.9681

= 24.15 cm2                  (A)

 

  1. Volume = cross – section Area x L

X-sec Area = (1 x 25)  +  (½  x 25 x 2.5)

=  25 + 31.25  =  56. M

Volume  = 56.25 x 12

= 675 m3                               

            Volume passed / sec  = cross section area x speed

= П r2 x l           = 3.14  x  9/100 x  9/100  x 3                 (8)

= 0.07635  m3 /sec         v (M)

Volume emptied in 2 minutes

= 0.07635 x 60 x 2

= 9.162 m2                (A)

1 m3  = 1000 l

= 9.162 litres

= 9160 litres                 (A)

 

 

 

 

 

24.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART I

 

SECTION A (52 MARKS)

 

  1. Use tables to evaluate

3Ö 0.09122 + Ö 3.152                                                           (5mks)

0.1279 x 25.71

  1. Simplify  (a – b)2

a2 – b2                                                             (2mks)

 

 

  1. The gradient function of a curve that passes through point: (-1, -1) is 2x + 3.

Find the equation of the curve.                                                                               (3mks)

  1. Find the value of k for which the matrix k     3

has no inverse.   (2mks)                            3     k

  1. Without using tables, evaluate       log 128 – log 18

log 16 – log 6                                                          (3mks)

  1. Find the equation of the locus of points equidistant from point L(6,0) and N(-8,4). (3mks)
  2. The value of a machine is shs. 415,000. The machine depreciates at a rate of 15% p.a. Find how many years it will take for the value of the machine to be half of the original value. (4mks)
  3. Use reciprocal tables to evaluate to 3 d.p. 2             1   

0.321           n2.2                                          (4mks)

  1. Using the trapezium rule, estimate the area bounded by the curve y = x2, the x – axis and the co-ordinates x = 2 and x = 5 using six strips. (4mks)
  2. Solve the equation for 00 £ q £ 3600 and Cos2q + ½ Cosq = 0 (3mks)
  3. Point P divides line MK in the ratio 4:5. Find the co-ordinates of point P if K is point (-6,10) and M is

point (3,-8)                                                                                                                          (3mks)

  1. How many multiples of 3 are there between 28 and 300 inclusive. (3mks)
  2. The line y = mx – 1, where m is a constant , passes through point (3,1). Find the angle the line makes with the x – axis. (3mks)
  3. In the figure below, AF is a tangent to the circle at point A. Given that FK = 3cm, AX = 3cm, KX = 1.5cm and AF = 5cm, find CX and XN. (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Make X the subject of the formula (3mks)

V = 3Ö k + x

sk – x

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Write down the inequalities that describe the unshaded region below. (4mks)

y

 

 

0.5         2                   x

 

-1.5

-2

 

      SECTION B (48 MARKS)

     

  1. Draw the graph of y = -x2 + 3x + 2 for –4 £ x £ 4. Use your graph to solve the equations

(i.) 3x + 2 – x2 = 0               (ii) –x2 – x = -2                                                       (8mks)

 

  1. The marks obtained by Form 4 students in Examination were as follows:

 

 

Marks 0-9 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59
No. of students 2 8 6 7 8 10
Marks 60-69 70-79 80-89 90-99  
No. of Students 9 6 3    

      Using 74.5 as the Assumed mean, calculate:

(i) The mean mark

(ii) The standard deviation                                                                                      (8mks)

  1. In the figure below, a and b are the position vectors of points A and B respectively. K is a point on

AB such that the AK:KB = 1:1. The point R divides line OB in the ratio 3:2 and point S divides OK in

the ratio 3:1.

 

B

R

B                                 K

 

0               a                     A

(a) Express in terms of a and b

(i) OK       (iii) RS

(iii) OS      (iv) RA

(b) Hence show that R,S and A are collinear.                                                          (8mks)

 

  1. The figure below is the roof of a building. ABCD is a rectangle and the ridge XY is centrally placed.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate:

(i) The angle between planes BXC and ABCD.

(ii) The angle between planes ABXY and ABCD.                                                          (8mks)

  1. On the same axis, draw the graph of y = 2cosx and y = sin ½x for 00 £ x £ 1800, taking intervals of 150

                                                                                                                                                                                                          (6mks)

From the graph, find:

(a) The value of x for which 2cosx = sin ½ x                                                                              (1mk)

(b) The range of values of x for which –1.5 £ 2cos x £ 1.5                                              (1mk)

  1. Two towns T and S are 300km apart. Two buses A and B started from T at the same time travelling towards S. Bus B travelled at an average speed of 10km/hr greater than that of A and reached S 1 ¼ hrs earlier.

(a) Find the average speed of A.                                                                                    (6mks)

(b) How far was A from T when B reached S.                                                                (2mks)

  1. P and Q are two ports 200km apart. The bearing of Q from P is 0400. A ship leaves port Q on a bearing of 1500 at a speed of 40km/hr to arrive at port R 7 ½ hrs later. Calculate:

(a) The distance between ports Q and R.                                                                        (2mks)

(b) The distance between ports P and R.                                                                  (3mks)

(c) The bearing of port R from port P.                                                                      (3mks)

  1. A farmer has 15 hectares of land on which he can grow maize and beans only. In a year he grows maize on more land than beans. It costs him shs. 4400 to grow maize per hectare and shs 10,800 to grow beans per hectare. He is prepared to spend at most shs 90,000 per year to grow the crops. He makes a profit of shs 2400 from one hectare of maize and shs 3200 from one hectare of beans. If x hectares are planted with maize and y hectares are planted with beans.

(a) Write down all the inequalities describing this information.                                      (13mks)

(b) Graph the inequalities and find the maximum profit he makes from the crops in a year.          (5mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART II

 

  1. Use logarithm tables to Evaluate

3Ö 36.5 x 0.02573

1.938                                                                                                              (3mks)

  1. The cost of 5 shirts and 3 blouses is sh 1750. Martha bought 3 shirts and one blouse for shillings 850. Find the cost of each shirt and each blouse.             (3mks)
  2. If K = ( y-c  )1/2

4p

  1. a) Make y the subject of the formula.       (2mks)
  2. b) Evaluate y, when K = 5, p = 2 and c = 2                                                                   (2mks)
  3. Factorise the equation:

x + 1/x = 10/3                                                                                                             (3mks)

  1. DA is the tangent to the circle centre O and Radius 10cm. If OD = 16cm, Calculate the area of the shaded Region.       (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Construct the locus of points P such that the points X and Y are fixed points 6cm apart and

ÐXPY =     600.                                                                                                            (2mks)

  1. In the figure below, ABCD is cyclic quadrilateral and BD is diagonal. EADF is a straight line,

CDF = 680, BDC = 450 and BAE = 980.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate the size of:                                                                                               (2mks)

  1. a) ÐABD                                       b) ÐCBD
  2. Otieno bought a shirt and paid sh 320 after getting a discount of 10%. The shopkeeper made a profit of 20% on the sale. Find the percentage profit the shopkeeper would have made if no discount was allowed?       (2mks)
  3. Calculate the distance:
  4. i) In nautical miles (nm)
  5. ii) In kilometres (km)

Between the two places along the circle of Latitude:

  1. a) A(300N, 200E) and B(300N, 800E) (Take Radius of Earth = 6371Km).                (2mks)
  2. b) X(500S, 600W) and Y(500S, 200E) (Take Radius of Earth = 6371Km).                  (2mks)
  3. A rectangular tank of base 2.4m by 2.8m and height 3m contains 3,600 litres of water initially. Water flows into the tank at the rate of 0.5m/s. Calculate the time in hours and minutes required to fill the tank. (4mks)
  4. Expand (1 + a)5 up to the term of a power 4. Use your expansion to Estimate (0.8)5 correct to 4 decimal places. (4mks)  
  5. A pipe is made of metal 2cm thick. The external Radius of the pipe is 21cm. What volume of metal is there in a 34m length of pipe (p = 3.14).       (4mks)
  6. If two dice are thrown, find the probability of getting: a sum of an odd number and a sum of scoring more than 7 but less than 10. (4mks)
  7. Find the following indefinite integral ò 8x5 – 3x dx                                                                  (4mks)

x3

  1. The figure below represents a circle of radius 14cm with a sector subtending an angle of 600 at the centre.

 

 

.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Find the area of the shaded segment.                                                                                         (3mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Use the data below to find the standard deviation of the marks.

 

Marks (x ) Frequency (f)
5

6

7

8

9

3

8

9

6

4

(4mks)

 

SECTION II (48MKS)

 

  1. The figure below shows a cube of side 5cm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Calculate:

  1. a) Length FC                                                                                                      (1mk)
  2. b) Length HB                                                                                                        (1mk)
  3. c) Angle between GB and the plane ABCD. (1mk)
  4. d) Angle between AG and the Base.       (1mk)
  5. e) Angle between planes AFC and ABCD. (2mks)
  6. f) If X is mid-point of the face ABCD, Find angle AGX. (2mks)
  7. Draw on the same axes the graphs of y = Sin x0 and y = 2Sin (x0 + 100) in the domain 00 £ x0 £ 1800
  8. i) Use the graph to find amplitudes of the functions.
  9. ii) What transformation maps the graph of y = Sin x0 onto the graph of : y = 2Sin (x0 +100).
  10. The table below shows the masses to the nearest gram of 150 eggs produced at a farm in Busiro

country.

Mass(g) 44 45 46 47 48 49 50 51 52 53 54 55
Freq.  1  2  2  1  6  11  9  7  10  12  16  16
Mass(g) 56 57 58 59 60 61 62 63 64 65 70  
Freq.  10  11  9  7   5  3  4  3  3  1  1  

 

Make a frequency Table with class-interval of 5g. Using 52g as a working mean, calculate the mean mass. Also calculate the median mass using ogive curve.

  1. A shopkeeper stores two brands of drinks called soft and bitter drinks, both produced in cans of same

size. He wishes to order from supplies and find that he has room for 1000 cans. He knows that bitter

drinks has higher demand and so proposes to order at least twice as many cans of bitter as soft. He

wishes however to have at least 90cans of soft and not more than 720 cans of bitter. Taking x to be

the number of cans of soft and y to be the number of cans of bitter which he orders. Write down the

four inequalities involving x and y which satisfy these conditions. Construct and indicate clearly by

shading the unwanted regions.

 

 

 

 

  1. Two aeroplanes, A and B leave airport x at the same time. A flies on a bearing 0600 at 750km/h and B flies on bearing of 2100 at 900km/h:
  2. a) Using a suitable scale draw a diagram to show the positions of Aeroplanes after 2hrs.
  3. b) Use your graph to determine:
  4. i) The actual distance between the two aeroplanes.
  5. ii) The bearing of B from A.

iii) The bearing of A from B.

  1. The Probabilities that it will either rain or not in 30days from now are 0.5 and 0.6 respectively. Find the probability that in 30 days time.
  2. a) it will either rain and not.
  3. b) Neither will not take place.
  4. c) One Event will take place.
  5. Calculate the Area of each of the two segments of y = x(x+1)(x-2) cut off by the x axis. (8mks)
  6. Find the co-ordinates of the turning point on the curve of y = x3 – 3x2 and distinguish between them.

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART I

MARKING SCHEME:

 

  1. 0.09122 = (9.12 x 10-2)2 = 0.008317

Ö 3.152 = 1.776

3Ö 1.776 + 0.008317

0.1279 x 25.91

= 3Ö 1.784317              No.             log      

0.1279 x 25.91           1.784         0.2514

0.1279    -1.1069

25.71           1.4101 +

0.5170

-1.7344

x 1/3

10-1 x 8.155(6)                    1-1.9115

Or 0.8155(6)

 

  1. (a – b)(a – b) a – b

(a – b)(a + b)       a + b

 

  1. dy = 2x + 3

dx

y = x2 + 3x + c

-1 = 1 – 3 + c

c = 1     ;     E.g  y = x2 + 3x + 1

 

  1. K2 – 9 = 0

K = ± 3

 

  1. log 128    =  log       64

18                    9

 

log   16        log     8 

6                    3

2 log (8/3)

log (8/3)

= 2

 

  1. Midpoint -8 + 6, 4 + 0         (-1, 2)

2         2

Gradient of LN = 4/-14 = -2/7

Gradient of ^ bisector = 7/2

y – 2  = 7/2

x + 1

y = 7/2X + 11/2

 

  1. 207,500 = 415,000(1 – 15 )n

100

0.5 = ( 85 )n

100

0.5 = 0.85n

log 0.5 = n log 0.85

log 0.5  = n

log 0.85

n = –1.6990   =    -0.3010 = 4.264yrs

-1.9294      -0.0706

 

  1. 2 x      1        =   1  . x 20 = 0.3115 x  20 = 6.230

3.21 x 10-1    3.21

   1     =         1      =  0.5807 = 0.005807

172.2    1.722 x 102           100

6.230 – 0.005807 = 6.224193

= 6. 224(3d.p)

 

X 2 2.5 3 3.5 4 4.5 5
y 4 6.25 9 12.25 16 20.25 25

h = ½

Area= ½ x ½[29+2(6.25+9+12.25+16+20.25+25)]

= ¼ [29 + 127.5]

= ¼  x 156.5  =  39.125  sq. units.

 

  1. Cos q (cos q + ½ ) = 0

cos q = 0        cos q = -0.5

q = 900, 2700    q = 1200, 2400              

\ q = 900, 1200, 2400, 2700

 

  1. MP = 4 MK MK =      -9

9                                   -18

MP = 4 ( -9  ) = ( -4 )

9  -18          8

\ P is ( -1,0 )

 

  1. a = 30 d = 3   l = 300

300 = 30 + 3 (n – 1 )

300 = 30 + 3n – 3

300 – 27 = 3n

273 = 3n

91 = n  

 

 

 

 

  1. y = mx – 1

1 = 3m – 1

m = 2/3 = 0.6667

tan q = 0.6667  ;     q = 33.690    

 

  1. FK x FC = FA2

FC = 25/3 = 8 1/3 cm

CX = 81/3 – 9/2 = 23/6 = 35/6 cm

CX x XK = XA x XN

33/6 x 3/2 = 3 x XN

\ XN = 111/12 cm

 

  1. V3 = k + x

k – x

V3k – V3x = k + x

V3k – k = x + V3x

V3k – k = x( 1 + v3)

V3k – k  = x

1 + V3

 

  1. (i.) x = 2 Þ x £ 2

(ii) y = -2 Þ y > -2

(iii)pts. (0.5,0)

(0,-1.5)

m = -1.5 – 0  = 3

0 – 0.5

Eq. Y = 3x – 1.5    y < 3x – 1.5

 

     

SECTION B

 

X -4 -3 -2 -1 0 1 2 3 4
Y -26 -16 -8 -2 2 4 4 2 -2

(i) Roots are x = -0.5   x = 3.6

 

(ii)  y = -x2 + 3x + 2

0 = -x2 – x + 2 

y = 4x     (-2, -8) (1, 4)

Roots are x = -2, x = 1

 

  1. class x f       d=x-74.5       fd             d2       fd2    

0 – 9        4.5    2         – 70         – 140       4900        9800

10 – 19    14.5     8         – 60         – 480       3600     28,800

20 – 29    24.5     6         – 50         – 300       2500     15,000

30 – 39    34.5     7         – 40         – 280       1600     11,200

40 – 49    44.5     8         – 30         – 240         900       7,200

50 – 59    54.5    10        – 20         – 200         400       4,000

60 – 69    64.5     9         – 10           – 90         100          900

70 – 79    74.5     6            0               0              0              0

80 – 89    84.5     3          10              30         100          300

90 – 99    94.5     1          20            20         400          400   

Sf =       Sfd =                                     Sfd2 =     77,600

60                        -1680

(i) Mean = 74.5 + -1680

60

= 74.5 – 28  =    46.5

(ii) Standard deviation = Ö 77600 – ( –1680 )2

60            60

= Ö 1283.3 – 784

= Ö 499.3 = 22.35

 

  1. a (i.) OK = OA + AK = ½ a + ½ b

(ii) OS = ¾ OK = 3/8 a + 3/8 b

(iii)RS = RO + OS = 3/8 a – 9/40 b

(iv) RA = RO + OA = – 3/5 b + a

 

  1. RA = a – 3/5 b   RS = 3/8 a + 9/40 b

= 3/8( a – 3/5 b)

\ RS = 3/8 RA

The vectors are parallel and they have a common

point R  \ point R, S and A are collinear

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

KB = 3m   NK = 1.5m   XB = 5m

(i)  XK = Ö 52 – 32  = Ö 16 = 4m

let ÐXKN = q

cos q = 1.5  = 0.375

4

q = 67.97(8)0

 

(ii) In DXNK

XN = Ö 42 – 1.52 = Ö 13.75 = 3.708

In D SMR; MR = KB = 3m

SM = XN = 3.708m

Let ÐSRM = a

tan a = 3.708  =1.236

3

a = 51.02(3)0

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.

 

  0 150 300 450 600 750 900 1050 1200 1350 1500 1650 1800
Y =2cosX 2.00 1.93 1.73 1.41 1.00 0.52 0.00 -0.52 -1 -1.41 -1.73 -1.93 -2.00
Y = sin ½ X 0.00 0.13 0.26 0.38 0.50 0.61 0.71 0.79 0.87 0.92 0.97  0.99 1.00

(a) X = 730 ± 10

(b) Between 40.50 and 139.50

 

 

  1. 300km

T                                               S

Let the speed of A be X km/hr

Speed of B = (X + 10) km/hr

Time taken by A = 300 hrs

X

Time taken by B = 300 hrs

X + 10

300300  =  5

x    x + 10    4

300(x + 10) – 300x  = 5

x(x + 10)    4

300x + 300 – 300x = 5

x2 + 10x

x2 + 10x – 2400 = 0.

x = 44.25

X = -54.25 N/A

(b) Distance covered by A in 1 ¼ hrs  = 44.25 x 5/4  = 55.3 km

Distance of A from T is 300 – 55.3 = 244.7 km

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. (a) Distance = 15 x 40 = 300km

2

(b)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

PR2 = 2002 + 3002 –2x 200 x 300 cos700

= 130,000 – 41040   =   88,960

PR = 298.3 km

 

(c) 298.3  = 300

sin 700    sin a

sin a = 300 sin 700

298.3

= 0.9344

a = 69.10

 

Bearing of R from P is

40 + 69.1 = 109.10

 

  1. (i.) X > y

(ii) 4,400X + 10,800Y £ 90,000

Simplifies to 11X + 27y £ 225

(iii) X + y £ 15

X > 0;  y > 0

Boundaries

x = y pts (6,6) (12,12)

11x + 27y = 225 pts (13,3) (1,8)

X + y = 15 pts (0,15) (8,7)

Objective function

2400 x 3200y

(pt (2,1)

2400X + 3200y = 8000

Search line ® 3X + 4y = 10

Point that give maximum profit is (12,3)

\ maximum profit

= 2400 x 12 + 3200 x 3 = 38,400 shs.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS  II

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. No log.

36.5        1.5623

0.02573   –2.4104 +

-1.9727

1.938         0.2874 –

-1.6853

 

-3  + 2.6853 

3         3

-1 + 0.8951

1.273(4) ¬ 0.1049

= 1.273(4)

 

  1. Let shirt be sh x,

let blouse be sh. y.

5x + 3y =1750 (i.)

3x + y = 850    (ii)

mult (ii) by 3

9x + 3y = 2550 (iii)

Subtract  (iii) – (i.)

– 4x = -800

Subt for x

  1. = 250

Shirt = sh 200  ;   Blouse = sh 250

     

  1. (a) K2 = y – c

4p

y – c = 4pK2

y = 4pK2 + c

(b)    y = 4 x 2 x 25 + 2   ;      y = 202

 

  1. x2 + 1 – 10x = 0

3

3x2 – 10x + 3 = 0

3x (x – 3) – 1(x – 3) = 0

(3x – 1) (x – 3 ) = 0

x = 1/3  or x = 3                                                                                                             

 

  1. Area D OAD pyth theorem AD =12.49cm

½  x 12.49 x 10  =   62.45cm2

Cos q = 10/16 = 0.625

q = 51.30                                     62.5

Sector 57.30  x 3.14 x 100    40.2 –

360                        = 22.3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. ÐXPY = 600

\ÐXC1Y = 1200

              B1             \ÐC1XY = ÐC1YX

= 1800 – 1200  = 300

2

 

 

 

 

Construct 300  angles

at XY to get centres

B1           C1 and C2  mojar arcs drawn

2            on both sides with C1X and C2X

as centres.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. DAB = 1800 – 980  = 820

ADB = 180 – (68 + 45 ) = 670

                                                                                                                                              ABD = 180 – (67 + 82)

= 310

 

(a) 1800 – (67 + 82)0 = 310

       ÐABD = 310                                                                                 Opp = 1800

(b) (180 – 82)0 = 980                                                                                   82 + 98 = 1800

        1800  – (980 – 450) =

ÐCBD = 370                                                                                  180 – (98 + 45)

= 370

  1. 10 x 320

100     Discount = sh 32

Sold at      sh 288

If no Discount = ( 320 x 20 ) % = 22.7%

288

 

  1. (a) Dist along circle of lat.

Long diff x 60 x cos q nm

100 x 60 x Cos 500

100 x 60 x 0.866

5196nm =      100 x 2pR Cos 500

                                               360

100  x 2 x 3.14 x 6371

360                       =  5780Km

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b) 80 x 60 Cos 50  = 3895 Km

 

  1. Vol =2.8 x 2.4 x 3 = 20.16m3

          1m3 = 1000 L

20.16m3 = 20160 L

20160

    3600       

16560 L to fill

0.5 L – 1 sec

16560 L – ?

 165600

5 x 3600

33120  hr

3600             @ 9.41 hrs     ;     @ 564.6 min.

 

  1. 15 + 5.14a + 10.13.a2 + 10.12a3 + 5.1.a4

a = -0.2

1 + 5(-0.2) + 10(-0.2)2 + 10(-0.2)+ 5 (-0.2)4

1 – 1.0 + 0.4 – 0.08 + 0.008  =   0.3277 (4d.p)                                                                                                                     

 

  1. Area of metal : Material – Cross section.

p(R2 – r2)

3.14 (21 –19)

Vol  6.28cm2 x 3400cm

= 215.52m3        

                                       

  1. Possibility space:

 

.            1  2  3  4  5  6 

1     2  3  4  5  6  7

2     3  4  5  6  7  8

3     4  5  6  7  8  9

4     5  6  7  8  9  10

5     6  7  8  9 10 11

6     7 8  9 10 11 12

 

P(odd) = 3/6 = ½

P(Sum > 7 but < 10)   =   9 /36

\ P(odd) and P(sum > 7 but < 10 )

= ½  x 9/36 = 9/72     =  1/8

 

  1. ò( 8x5/x3 – 3x/x3) d4

ò( 8x2 – 3x-2) d4                                                                

16x3/3 + 6x-3/-3  + C                                                 

16x3/3 – 2/x+ C

 

  1. Area of DAOB

½  x 14 x 14 x 0.866  =  84.866cm2

Area of sector  =  60  x3.14 x 14 x14 = 10.257

360

Shaded Area

84.666  –  10.257 = 74.409cm2                            

 

 

 

 

 

Marks F Fx fx2
5 3 15 75
6 8 48 288
7 9 63 441
8 6 48 384
9 4 36 324

 

åx =    åf=30   åfx=210   1512

S.d =  Ö åfx2  –  ( åfx )2

                             åf            åf

= Ö 1512   –  (210)

30            30

=  Ö 50.4 – 49

=   Ö 1.4  = 1,183                                                       

 

       SECTION II                                               .

 

  1. (a) FC = Ö 52 + 7.072 = Ö 50 = 7.071

(b) HB = Ö 52 + 7.072    = Ö 75 = 8.660

(c) q = Tan-1 5/5 = Tan-1   = 450                                                         

(d)  b = Tan-1 5/7.071 = Tan-1 0.7071  =  35.30                                                        

(e)  y = Tan-1 5/3.535   = Tan-1    = 54.70                                                        

(f) ÐAGX = 19.40

 

 

  1. y = Sin x
      x0 00 300 600 900 1200 1500 1800
sin x0 0 0.50 0.66 1.00 0.866 0.500 0

 

y = 2 Sin (x0 + 100)

      X0 00 300 600 900 1200 1500 700
2 Sin(x +100) 0.3472 1.286 1.8794 1.286 0.3472 -0.3472 -1.8794

Amplitudes for y = Sin x0 is 1

For

y = Sin(x+100) is 2.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

c.f X F
61 53 12
16   54
93 55 16
103 56 10
11   57
123 58 9
130 59 7
135 60 5
138 61 3
142 62 4
145 63 3
148 64 3
149 65 1
150 70 1

 

Mean =  x    + 52  + -4

150

52 –  0.02

=     51.08

Median  =     51.4g.

 

class interval 59

Class interval mid point Freg. c.f
44-48 46 12 12
49-53 51 49 61
54-58 56 64 125
59-63 69 22 147
64-68 66 3 130
69-73 71 1 150

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. X + Y £ 1000

X £ 2Y

Y < 720

X > 90

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

21.(a)    1cm = 200Km/h

A = 200 x 7.5  =  1500 Km

B =  200 x 9  = 1800Km.

 

(b) (i.) 15.8cm x 200                     (ii) Bearing 2240

= 3160 Km.                              (iii) Bearing 0490

 

  1. (a) P(R) x P(R)1                         (b) P(R)¢ x P(R)                        (c) P(R) x P(R’)

= 0.5 x 0.6                                     0.5 x 0.4                                          P(R)’ x P(R)

= 0.3                                     =  0.2                                            0.5 x 0.6 = 0.3

0.5 x 0.4 = 0. 2= 0.5

  1. y = x(x + 1)(x – 2)

= x3 – x2 – 2x

A1 = ò(x3 – x2 –2x) d4                                

-1[¼ x4 –  1/3 x2]-1

= 0 – ( ¼ + 1/3 – 1)    =  5/12

A2 = 2ò(x3 – x2 –2x) d4

0ò ¼ x4 – 1/3 x3 – x2)-20                     

= ( ¼ .16 – 1/3 .8 – 8 )

= 4-0 – 8/3 – 4  =   – 8/3

              A1 = 5/12= A2 = 2 2/3         

                            

  1. y = x3 – 3x2

dy  = 3x2 – 6x

At stationary

Points      dy = 0

dx

i.e   3x2 – 6x = 0

3x(x – 2) = 0

x = 0 or 2

Distinguish

dy = 3x2 – 6x

dx

d2y  =  6x – 6

dx2

    (i)    x = 0  dy2 = 6x – 6 = -6                 (ii)       x = 2

dx2                                                 d2y  =  6

-6 < 0 – maximum.                               dx2

\ (0,0) Max Pt.                                                6 > 0 hence

Minimum Pt.

x = 2,  y = 8 – 12 = -4

(2, -4)     minimum point.

 

MATHEMATICS II

PART I

 

SECTION 1 (52 Marks)

  1. Without using tables evaluate:

 

Ö7.5625 x 3Ö3.375

15                                                                                                        (5 mks)

 

  1. Make k the subject of the formula.

y = 1  Ök + y                                                                            

T2      k                                                                                                       (3 mks)

 

  1. If A = (x, 2) and xB     =     x     and if AB = (8), find the possible values of x.

-2                                                                                 (3 mks)

  1. Simplify completely. (3 mks)

rx4 – r

2xr – 2r

 

  1. Solve the equation. (3 mks)

Log 3 (8-x)  –  log 3 (1+x) = 1

 

  1. Under an enlargement scale factor -1, A(4,3) maps onto A1 (4,-5). Find the co-ordinates of the centre of enlargement. (3 mks)

 

  1. Find the equation of the line perpendicular to the line 4x-y = -5 and passing through the point (-3,-2).       (2 mks)
  2. Find the standard deviation of the data below:

3,5,2,1,2,4,6,5                                                                                                   (4 mks)

 

  1. What is the sum of all multiples of 7 between 200 and 300? (4 mks)

 

  1. Solve the equation.

½ tan x  =  sin x for -1800  £  x  £  3600.                                                            (3 mks).

 

  1. Expand (1-2x)4. Hence evaluate (0.82)4 correct to 5d.p. (4 mks)

 

  1. The line y = mx – 3 passes through point (5,2). Find the angle that the line makes with the x-axis. (2 mrks)
  2. A two digit number is such that 3 times the units digit exceed the tens digit by 14. If the digits are reversed, the value of the number increases by 36. Find the number (4 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. In the figure below, O is the centre of the circle, OA = 7 cm and minor arc AB is 11 cm long. Taking P = 22/7, find the area shaded. (3 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. A box contains 36 balls, all identical except for colour. 15 of the balls are black, 15 are brown and the rest are white. Three balls are drawn from the box at random, one at a time, without replacement. Find the probability that the balls picked are white, black and brown in that order. (2 mks)

 

  1. Find the inequalities that describe the unshaded region R below. (4 mks)

y

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION  2 (48 Marks)

 

  1. Draw the graph of y = x2 + x – 6 for -4 £ x £

Use your graph to solve the equations.

(i)  x2 + x – 6 = 0                       (ii) x2 + 2x – 8 = 0                                             (8 mks)

 

  1. The diagram below represents a bucket that has been placed upside down. The radius of the top surface is 15cm and that of the bottom is 40cm. The vertical height of the bucket is 50cm.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Determine:-

  • The volume of the bucket.
  • The curved surface area of the bucket. (leave your answers in terms of p)

 

  1. Draw, on the same axes, the graphs of y = cos q and y = 5 sin q for – 1800 £ q £ 1800
  • From your graph, determine the amplitude of each wave.
  • For what value(s) of q is cosq – 5 sin q = 0 (8 mks)

 

  1. A point P lies on a coast which runs from West to East. A ship sails from P on a bearing of 0320. When it reaches Q, 7km from P, a distress signal is observed coming from another ship at R. Given that R is N.E of P and on a bearing of 0660 from Q, calculate:
  • Ð
  • The distance QR, between the two ships.
  • The shortest distance from R to the shore. (8 mks)

 

  1. A bag contains x red balls and y yellow balls. Four times the number of red balls is equal to nine times the number of yellow balls and twice the total number of balls exceeds the number of yellow balls by 44.
  • How many balls of each colour are three in the bag?
  • If two balls are drawn out of the bag at random one at a time with replacement what is the probability that the two balls are red? (8 mks)

 

  1. A Kenyan businessman goes on a trip to West Germany through Italy and back to Kenya. In Kenya he is allowed to take Ksh. 67,000 for sales promotion abroad. He converts the Kenya currency into US dollars. While in Italy, he converts 2/5 of his dollars into Italian lire, which he spends in Italy. While in West Germany, he converts 5/8 of the remaining dollars into Deutsche marks which he uses up before coming to Kenya. Using the conversion rates 1 US dollar = 1.8 Deutsche marks = 16.75

Ksh = 1340 Italian lire. Answer the following questions:

  • How many US dollars did he take out of Kenya?
  • How many Italian lire did he spend in Italy?
  • How much money, in Deutsche marks did he spend in West Germany?
  • How much money in Ksh. did he have on his return to Kenya? (8 mks)

 

  1. PQRS is a parallelogram in which PQ = r and PS = h. Point A is the midpoint of QR and B is a point on PS such that PS : PB = 4:3. PA and QB intersect at M.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Given that PM = kPA and BM = tBQ where k and t are scalars, express PM in two different ways and hence find the values of k and t.

Express PM in terms of r and h only.                                                                                   (8 mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. Two variables T and X are connected by the equation T = abx where a and b are constants. The values of T and X are given in the table below:

 

T 6.56 17.7 47.8 129 349 941 2540 6860
X 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9

 

 

Draw a suitable straight line graph and use it to estimate the values of a and b.              (8 mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS III

PART II

 

Section I:   (52 Marks)

 

  1. Use mathematical tables to evaluate:

 

8.67                                                                                                                        (3 mks)

Ö 0.786 x (21.72)3

 

  1. Simplify completely. (3 mks)

4      –    1

x2 – 4        x-2

 

  1. An Indian on landing at Wilson Airport changes Re 6000 into Kenya shillings when the exchange rate is Re = Ksh. 1.25. He spent Ksh. 5000 when in Kenya and converted the remaining amount to Rupees at the same rate as before. Find out how much the Indian is left with in Rupees. (3mks)

 

  1. The last of three consecutive odd numbers is (2x+3). If their sum is 105, find the value of x. (4 mks)

 

  1. a S  b is defined by:           a S b  =  (a + b)

ab

If B S   (2  S   3)  =  4  S   1, Find B.                                                                                   (3 mks)

  1. Find the value of M. (3 mks)

 

 

M

 

850

 

1600

 

 

  1. (a) Expand (1+2x)6 upto the term containing x3 .                                                                (2 mks)

 

(b)  By putting x = 0.01, find the approximate value of (1.02)6 correct to 4 S.F.                    (2 mks)

 

 

  1. Show that x is the inverse of : Y =    3          -3      1           X =       2      1                       (3 mks)

-5        2                     5      3

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The probabilities of three candidates K, M and N passing an examination is 2/3, ¾ and 4/5 Find the probability that :

(a)  All pass:                                                                                                           (1 mk)

(b)  At least one fails:                                                                                              (2 mks)

 

  1. In the figure, PR is tangent to the circle centre O. If ÐBQR=300, ÐQBC=270,and ÐOBA=370, find ÐBAC and Ð

 

C                        A

 

 

 

 

B                                                                                            P                                                                                 R

  1. A frustrum of height 10cm is cut off from a cone of height 30cm. If the volume of the cone before cutting is 270cm3 , find the volume of the frustrum. (3 mks)

 

  1. Evaluate 0 (2 mks)

( 3x2 –  1 ) dx

4 x 2

1

  1. If one litre of water has a mass of 1000g, calculate the mass of water that can be held in a rectangular tank measuring 2m by 3m by 1.5m. (give your answer in tonnes). (2 mks)
  2. Write down the three inequalities which define the shaded region. (3 mks)

 

 

 

(3,2)

 

 

 

 

 

 

(2,1)                                   (4,1)

 

 

 

 

  1. The depth of sea in metres was recorded on monthly basis as follows:

 

Month March April May June July
Depth (m) 5.1 4.9 4.7 4.5 4.0

Calculate the three monthly moving averages.                                                               (3 mks)

  1. A number of women decided to raise sh. 6300 towards a rural project for bee keeping. Each woman had to contribute the same amount. Before the contribution, seven of them withdrew from the project. This meant the remaining had to pay more. If n stands for original number of women, show that the increase in contribution per woman was: 44100                   (3 mks)

n(n-7)

 

 

 

 

 

SECTION II:   (48 Marks)

 

  1. Find the distance between points A(500 S, 250 E) and B(500 S, 1400 E) in:

(i)   Km                  (ii)   nm                                                                                                (8 mks)

(take radius of earth to be 6400km, P =  3.14)

 

  1. The distance S in metres, covered by a moving particle after time t in seconds, is given by :

S  =  2t3 + 4t3– 8t + 3.

Find:

(a)  The velocity at :            (i)  t  =  2                      (ii)  t  =  3

  • The instant at which the particle is at rest. (8 mks)

 

  1. A car starts from rest and its velocity is measured every second for six seconds. (see table below).
Time (t) 0 1 2 3 4 5 6
Velocity v(ms -1) 0 12 24 35 41 45 47

 

Use trapezium rule to calculate the distance travelled between t = 1 and t = 6.                (8 mks)

 

  1. Using a pair of compass and ruler only, construct triangle ABC such that AB=9cm, BC=14cm and ÐBAC = 1200 . Draw a circle such that AB, BC and AC are tangents. What is the radius of this circle?                                                                                                                                (8 mks)
  2. The marks scored by 100 students in mathematics test is given in the table below:
Marks 10-19 20-29 30-39 40-49 50-59 60-69 70-79
No. of students 8 15 15 20 15 14 13

 

(a)  Estimate the median mark.                                                                               (2 mks)

(b) Using 44.5 as the assumed mean, calculate:-

(i)         The mean mark:                                                                                   (2 mks)

(ii)        The variance:                                                                                        (2 mks)

(iii)       The standard deviation:                                                                         (2 mks)

 

  1. (a) On the same axes, draw the graphs of : y  =  sin x  ;  y  =  cos x

y  =  cosx  +  sin X for 00 Ð X Ð 3600 .

(b)  Use your graph to deduce

(i) The amplitude

(ii) The period of the wave y = cos x + sin x.

(c) Use your graph to solve:

Cos x  = – sin x for 00 Ð X Ð 3600 .

 

  1. Given a circle of radius 3 units as shown in the diagram below with its centre at O(-1, 6). If BE and DE are tangents to the circle where E (8,2). Given further that Ð DAB = 800.

B

 

 

A                                                                              E

C

 

 

D

(a)  Write down the equation of the circle in the form ax2 + bx + cy2 + dy + e = 0 where a, b, c,             d, e are constants.                                                                                       (2 mks)

(b)  Calculate the length DE.                                                                                   (2 mks)

(c)  Calculate the value of angle BED.                                                                     (2 mks)

(d)  Calculate the value of angle DCB.                                                                     (2 mks)

 

  1. A building contractor has to move 150 tonnes of cement to a site 30km away. He has at his disposal 5 lorries. Two of the lorries have a carrying capacity of 12 tonnes each while each of the remaining can carry 7 tonnes. The cost of operating a 7 tonne lorry is sh. 15 per km and that of operating a 12 tonne lorry is sh. 25 per km. The number of trips by the bigger lorries should be more than twice that made by smaller lorries.                                                                                     (8 mks)

 

(a)  Represent all the information above as inequalities.

  • How should the contractor deploy his fleet in order to minimise the cost of moving the cement?                                                                                                                                   (8 mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS III

PART I

MARKING SCHEME

 

 

 

 

 

 

SOLUTION MRK AWARDING  
1. Ö7.5625 = 2.75

 

3Ö3.375 = 3Ö3375 X 3Ö10-3

 

3 Ö33 x 53 x 10-1 = 3 x 5 x 10-1 = 1.5

 

= 2.75 x 1.5  =  2.75  =  0.275

1.5 x 10          10

 

1

 

1

 

1

1

1

 

 

Method for Ö7.5625

Square root

 

Method for 3Ö

3Ö

Answer

 
    5    
2. T2y  =  Ö k+y

K

T4y2k =  k+y

T4y2k – k  =  y

K(T4y2-1) =  y

K  =  y

T4y2 – 1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

Removal of square root

 

Rearrangement of terms

Answer

 
    3    
3. (x 2)         x      =  (8)

-2

 

x2 – 4  =  8

 

x  =  +Ö12 = + 2Ö3 = + 3.464

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

Matrix equation

 

 

Quadratic equation

Answers in any form

 
    3    
4. r(x2 – 1)

2r(x – 1)

 

r(x2 – 1)(x2 + 1)

2r (x – 1)

 

r(x – 1)(x + 1)( x2 + 1)

2r (x – 1)

 

=   (x + 1)( x2  + 1)

2

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Complete factorisation of numerator

 

Factorisation of denominator

 

Answer

 
    3    
5.       1  =  log3 3

8 – x    =   3

1+x

 

-4x  =  -5

 

x = 5

4

1

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

Logarithic expression.

 

 

Equation

 

Answer

 

 

 
    3    
6. Let the centre be (a,b)

 

4-9        =  -1      4-a

-5-b                  3-b

 

4-a  =  -4+9           -5-b  =  -3+b

a  =  4                     b  =  -1

centre is (4,-1)

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

Linear equations

 

Centre

 

 
    3    
7. Y  =  4x + 5

Gradient = 4

Gradient of ^ line – ¼

y + 2  =  – 1

x + 3        4

4y + x  =  -11

 

 

1

1

 

 

Gradient of ^ line.

Equation.

 

 
    2    

8.

X  = 28  =  3.5

8

 

 

standard deviation = Ö 22 = Ö2.75  =  1.658

8

 

 

1

 

 

1

1

 

1

 

Mean

 

 

d values

d2 values

 

Answer

 
    4

 

   
9. a = 203    d = 7   L = 294

 

294  =  203 + 7(n-1)

n  =  14

 

S 14  =  14 (203 +  294)

2

 

=  7 x 497

=  3479

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

For both a and b

Equation

 

 

For n

 

 

 

Sum

 

 
    4    
10. Sin x  =  2 sin x

Cos x

 

Sin x  =  2 cosx

Sin x

 

2 cos x  =  1

cos x  =  0.5

 

x  =  600, 3000, -600

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

Simplification

 

 

 

Equation

 

All 3 values

 
    3    
11. (1 +-2x)4  =  1-8x + 24x2 – 32x3 + 16x4

 

(0.82)4  =  (1 + -2 x 0.09)4

x     =  0.09

(0.82)4  = 1 – 0.72 + 0.1944 – 0.023328 + 0.00119376

= 0.35226576

@  0.35227 (5 d..p)

1

 

 

1

1

 

1

 

Expansion

 

 

Value of x

All terms

 

 

Rounded

 
    4    
12.   2  =  5m – 3

m =  1

tan q  =  1                    q  =  450

 

1

1

 

 

Value of m.

Angle

 
    2    
13.  Let the number be xy

3y  =  x + 14

10y + x  =  10x + y + 36  =  9y – 9x  Þ  36

3y – x  =  14

9y – 9x  =  36

y  =  5

x  =  1

the number is 15.

 

1

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1st equation

2nd equation

 

method of solving

 

Answer

 

 
   

 

S

4    
14. Let ÐAOB  =  q

  q  x  2  x   22  x  7  =  11

360              7

q  =  900

 

Area shaded  =   90 x 22 x 7 x 7 – 1 x 7 x 7

360    7                2

77 49

2     2

= 28  =  14cm2

2

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

Value of q

 

Substitution

 

 

Answer

 
    3    
15. P(WBb)  =  6 x 15 x 15

36    35   34

 

=   15

476

1

 

 

1

 

Method

 

 

Answer

 
    2    
16. Equation                                  inequality

L1    y =  x                                   y  £  x

L2    y = -2                                   y  ³ -2

L3    2y + 5x = 21                        2y + 5x < 21

1

1

1

1

 

1 mark for each inequality.

Method for obtaining L3

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  roots are x = -3

x = 2

(ii)  y = x2 + x-6

0 = x2 + 2x-8

y = -x + 2

roots are x = -4

x =  2

4 2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

For all correct points.

1 for atleast five correct points.

 

 

 

Correct plotting.

 

Scale

 

 

Smoothness of

curve

 

Both roots

 

 

Linear equation

 

 

Both roots

 

   

 

  8  
         
18.    h     =  15

h+50     40

 

h   = 30cm

H  =  80cm

 

(a)  Volume  =  1/3 p x 40 x 40 x 80 – 1/3  p x 15 x 15 x 30

 

128000 p  –  6750 p

3               3
=   121,250p cm3

3

 

(b)   L2  =  802 + 402                      L    =  152 + 302

= 6400 + 1600                      = 225 + 900

=  8000                                   = 1125

L    =  89.44 cm                    L    =  33.54 cm

Curved surface area of bucket = p x 40 x 89.44

p x15x33.54

= 3577.6p – 503.1p

=  3074.5cm2

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

Expression

 

 

Value of H

 

 

Substitution

 

 

 

 

Volume

 

L

 

L

 

 

Substitution

 

Area

 

 
    8    
 

 

19.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

     
         
 

20.

 

 

 

(i)  ÐRPQ  =  130

        ÐPQR  =  320+900+240 =  1460

ÐPRQ  =  1800 – (1460 + 130)

=  210

 

(ii)    P      =        7

sin130         sin 210

P    =   7 sin 130

Sin 210

=  4.394km

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

P                                                               T

 

(iii)    Let PR  =  q

 

q       =       7

sin 1460      sin 210

 

q     =  7 sin 1460

sin 21

q       =  10.92 km

 

sin 450  =    RT

10.92

 

RT  =  10.92 sin 450

 

= 7.72 km (2 d..p)

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

1

 

 

 

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

Fair sketch

 

 

 

 

 

 

ÐPRQ

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equation

 

Method

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

 

 

 

 

Distance PR

 

 

Equation

 

RT

 

 

 

 

 
  8    
21. (a)  4x  =  9y

2(x+y)  =  y+44  Þ  2x + y  =  44

 

4x – 9y = 0

4x + 2y = 88

11y = 88

y   =  8

 

x  =  18

(b)  P(RR)  =   18  x  18   =  81

26      26      169

 

1

 

1

 

2

 

1

1

1

1

 

 

 

Equation

 

Equation

 

Method of solving

Value y

Value x

Method

Answer

 
    8    
22. (a)  67,000 Ksh  =  67,000 US dollars

16.75

= 4,000 dollars

 

(b)  2 x 4,000  =   1600 US dollars

5

1600 US dollars  =  1600 x 1340

=  2,144,000 Italian lire

(c)  Remainder  =  2400 US dollars

5  x  2400   =  1500 US dollars

8

1500 US dollars = 1500 x 1.8

= 2700 Deutche marks

(d)  Remainder  =  900 US Dollars

900 US Dollars = 900 x 16.75 Ksh.

=  15,075 Ksh.

 

1

 

1

 

1

 

1

1

 

 

1

1

1

 

 

Method

 

Answer

 

Method

 

Answer

 

For 1500

 

 

Answer

 

Method

Ksh.

 
    8    
23. PM  =  kPA

=  k(r + 1h)

2

=  kr + 1kh

2

PM  =  PB +  BM

3h + t BQ

4

=   3h + t(-3h + r)

4          4

 

3h – 3t h + tr

4     4

3 –   3t    h + tr

4     4

 

t = k           33t  =  1k

4   4       2

33t = 1 t

4    4     2

5t  =   3

4       4

t  =  3 + 4

4    5

= 3

5

\   k = 3

5

\   PM  =  3r  +  3h

5       10

 

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

 

 

1

 

1

1

 

 

 

 

 

PM

 

PM

 

 

PM simplified

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Both equations

 

method

 

 

 

 

Value of k

 

Value k

PM

 

 
    8    
         
 

 

 

24.

Y

LogT

 

 

 

Log T  =  log a + x log b

Log T  Þ  0.82, 1.25, 1.68, 2.11, 2.54, 2.97, 3.40, 3.84

 

y – intercept = log a = 0

a = 1

gradient  =  3.84 – 0.82  =   3.02

9 – 2                  7

= 0.4315

 

log b = 0.4315   =  0.4315

b = antilog 0.4315

b  =  2.7

 

1
1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

2

 

1

 

1

 

 

 

 

1

8

Plotting
Labeling of axis

 

 

 

 

Linear

All correct logs

 

Value of a

Method of gradient

 

Value of  b

 

MATHEMATICS III

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. SOLUTION MARKS    AWARDING
1.    No                                      log

 

8.69                                   0.9390

0.786                                 1.8954

21.72                                 1.3369

1.2323

1.7067 – 2

 

21.7067

2           2

– 1  +  0.8533

0.7134 x 10 -1     =  0.07134

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

ü reading to 4 s.f

 

 

 

 

 

 

Rearranging

    3  
2.  

 4                   –         1

(x-2)(x+2)                  (x-2)

 

 – x+2

(x-2(x+2)

– (x-2)

(x-2(x+2)

 

-1

x+2

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 
    3  
3.  

Re6000  =  Ksh. 75000

Spent 5000 Rem 2500

Rem    2500

1.25

Re 2000

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 
    3  
4. 2x – 1  ,  2z + 1  ,  2x + 3

6x +  3  =  105

6x  =  102

x  =  17

M1

M1

A1

A1

 

Allow M1 for us of different variable.
    4  
5.  

4 * 1  =  5

4

2 * 3  =  5

6

A * 5  =  5

6      4

A + 5  =  5  x  5A

6      4       6

A +  5  =  25 A

6       24

A   =  20

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

3

 
6.  

 

 

 

 

180 – M + 20 + 95  =  180

295  –  M  =  180

– M  =  – 115

M  =  115

 

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

A1

 

 
    3  
 

7.

 

1 + 2x + 60x2 + 160x3 +

1 + 0.2 + 0.006 + 0.00016

=  1.20616

=  1.206

 

M1

M1

M1

A1

4

 

Only upto term in x3.

Correct substitution

 

Only 4 s.f.

 

8.  

3   -1      2    1    =    I

-5   2       5    3

 

6   -5             3    -3

-10 +10         -5 + 6

 

1      0

0       1

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

Matrix multiplication gives :

 

I       1   0

0   1

  3  
9. (a)   2  x  3  x  4      =  2

3      4      5           5

(b)

2  x  3  x 1     +     2  x  1  x  4     +     1  x  3  x  4
3      4     5            3      2      5             3      4      5

 

1  +  4  +  1

10     15     5

 

=     17

10

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 
    3  
10. ÐQCB  =  300

180 – (27 + 30)  =  1230

\     BAC  =  570.

 

 

 

 

OBA  =  370

OAB  =  370

 

 

AOB  =  1060

\ ACB  =  530

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Isosceles triangle.

 

Angle at centre is twice angle at circumference.

    3  
11. V  =  1  x  3.14  x  r 2  x 10  =  270

L.S.F.      20   =  2

30       3

V.S.F  =    2   3        =     8

3                   27

Vol. of cone  =  8  x  270

27               =      80cm3

\ Vol. Of frusturm  = (270 – 80)  =  190cm3

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 
    2  
12.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

3x 3  –  x  -1          2

3       -1         1

 

x 3  +  1     2

x     1

 

8  +  1     –   ( 1  –  1)

2

8 1  –  2     =         6  1

2                           2

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

2

 
13. (2 x 3 x 1.5)  volume

9 m3

1L  º  1000 cm3

1000 L  =  1 m3

9000 L  =  9 m3

1000 L  =  1 tonne

9000 L  =  9 tonnes.

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 
    2  
14.      y   ³ 1            (i)

y   <  x – 1     (ii)

y   <  5 – x     (iii)

 

B1

B1

 

 
    3  
15. M1  =  5.1  +  4.9  +  4.7  =  4.9

3

M2  =  4.9 + 4.7 + 4.5  =  4.7

3

M3  =  4.7 + 4.5 + 4.0  =  4.4

3

M1

M1

M1

 

 

 
    3  
16. Original contribution per woman  =  6300

N

Contribution when 7 withdraw  =  6300

(n-7)

Increase   –  Diff.

6300   –   6300

n-7          n

6300n  –  6300(n-7)

n(n-7)

6300n – 6300 + 44100

n(n-7)

44100

n(n-7)

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

1

3

 
SECTION II (48 Marks)

 

17. (i)

1150

 

A                                B

 

Centre of circles of latitude 500 S.  R Cos 500

AB  =  115  x  2p R Cos 50o

115  x  40192  x  0.6428

360

=  8252.98  km

 

(ii)   Arc AB 60 x 115  Cos 50 nm

60 x 115 x 0.6428 nm

4435 nm

 

 

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

M1

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

No.                     log

60                      1.7782

1+5                    2.0607

0.6428               1.8080

4435nm             3.6469

    8  
18. (a)  V  =  ds  =  6t2 + 8t – 8

dt

(i)  t  =  2

V  =  6×4 + 8×2 – 8

= 32 ms-1

(ii)  t  =  3

V =  6×9 + 8×3 – 8

= 70ms-1

 

(b)  Particle is at rest when V = 0

6t2 + 8t – 8 = 0

2(3t – 2) (t+2) = 0

t  =  2                   t  =  -2

3

particle is at rest at t = 2 seconds

3

   

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Do not accept t = -2. Must be stated.

    8  
19. Area under velocity – time.

graph  gives distance.

 

A  = { h ½  (y1 + y6 ) + y2 + y3 + y4 + y5 )}

 

= 1 { ½ ( 12+47) + 24 + 35 + 41 + 45)}

=  29.5 + 14.5

=  174.5m

 

 

B1

B1

M1

M1

B1

B1

A1

 

Trapezium rule only accepted.

Formula.

 

Substitution into formular.

    8  
20.                  Drawing actual

Scale 1cm  =  2cm

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Radius      1cm

=  2cm

 

M1

 

M1

 

M1

 

M1

 

M1

M1

 

M1

M1

 

 

Bisect ÐA

 

Bisect Ð B

 

Intersection at centre of inscribed circle.

Draw circle.

 

Measure radius.

Arcs must be clearly shown.

  8  
 

 

 

21.

 

 

 

 

mean = 44.5 +  130

100

=  44.5  +  1.3

=  45.8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)  Variance  S (x – A) 2  =  2800

Sf               100

= 28

S.D.  =  Ö 28  =  5.292

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

 

A1

M1

A1

 

 
    8  
 

 

 

 

 

22.

y = sin x

x    0        60        120        180     240      30      360

sin x 0    0.866     0.866      0     -0.866   -0.866    0

y = cos x

x     q        60        120        180     240    300  360

cos x 1     0.5       -0.5       -1.0     -0.5     0.5   1.0

y = cosx + sinx

x            q        60       120        180     240      30     360

cosx + sinx 1  1.366   0.366       -1   -1.366  -0.366 1.0

(c)      Cos x = – sin x

x  =  450 , 2250

   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

23.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(i)  amplitude   =  1.366

(ii)  Period  =  3000

 

 

 

(a)  (x+1) 2  +  (y-6)2  =  32

x2 + 2x + 1 + y2 – 12y + 36  =  9

x2 + 2x + y2 – 12y + 28  =  0

 

(b)  cos 10  =  OD             DE  =  3

DE                   0.9848

DE  =  3.046

 

(c)  Twice ÐOED

100 x 2  =  200

 

(d)  DAB  =  800

\ DCB  =  1000

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

M1

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Formular

(x-a)2 + (y-b)2 = r2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Cyclic quad.

 

 

    8  
24. Let number of trips by 12 tonne lorry be x.

Let number of trips by 7 tonne lorry be y.

 

(a)   x > 0  ;  y > 0

24x + 21y  £  150

 

12 x 25 x X + 15 x 7 x y £ 1200

300x + 105y  £  1200

x > 2y

 

(b)  Ref. Graph paper.

Minimising:

3 – 12 tonne lorry and 2 – 7 tonne lorries should be deployed.

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS IV

PART I

 

SECTION 1 (52MKS)

 

  1. Evaluate using logarithms 3Ö7.673 – 15.612

12.3                                                              (4mks)

 

  1. Solve x   –  3x  –  7    =  x – 2                                                                                   (3mks)

3            5             5

 

  1. In the given figure CD is parallel to BAC, calculate the values of x and y. (3mks)

 

 

C                                       D

 

 

 

 

 

 

B                                                A

 

  1. The surface area and volume of a sphere are given by the formulars S = 4pr2 and V= 4/3 pr3.

Express V in terms of S only.                                                                                (3mks)

 

  1. A line perpendicular to y = 3-4x passes through (5,2) and intercepts y axis at (0,k)

Find the value of K.                                                                                              (3mks)

 

  1. An alloy is made up of metals P,Q,R, mixed in the ratio 4:1: 5: A blacksmith wants to make 800g of the

alloy. He can only get metal P from a metallic ore which contains 20% of it. How many Kgs of the ore

does he need.                                                                                                           (3mks)

 

 

  1. The co-ordinate of point A  is (2,8) vector AB =   5    and vector BC  =  4   Find the

-2                                 3

co-ordinate of point C.                                                                                             3mks)

 

  1. Two buildings are on a flat horizontal ground. The angle of elevation from the top of the shorter building to the top of the taller is 200 and the angle of depression from the top of the top of the shorter building to the bottom of the taller is 300. If the taller building is 80m, how far apart are they

(4mks)

  1. The given figure is a quadrant of a piece of paper from a circle of radius 50cm. It is folded along AB

and AC to form a cone . Calculate the height of the cone formed.

(4mks)

 

 

 

 

5Ocm

 

 

50cm

 

 

  1. Express 3.023 as a fraction                                                                                      (2mks)
  2. Point A (1,9), Point B(3,5) and C (7,-3). Prove vectorically that A,B and C are collinear.       (4mks)
  3. A salesman gets a commission of 4% on sales of upto shs 200,000 and an additional 2% on

sales above this. If in January he got shs 12,200 as commission, what were his total sales    (4mks)

  1. Water flows through a cylindrical pipe of diameter 3.5cm at the rate of 2m/s. How long to the nearest minute does it take to fill a spherical tank of radius 1.4m to the nearest minute? (4mks)
  2. Rationalize the denominator in Ö3

Ö 7 – 2

Leaving your answer in the form Öa + Öb

C

Where a ,b, and c are integers                                                                              (3mks)

  1. For positive values of x, write the integral solutions of 3£ x2  £  35                 (4mks)
  2. 8 girls working 5 hours a day take 12 days to drain a pool. How long will 6 girls working 8 hours a day take to drain the pool?( Rate of work is equal) (2mks)

 

SECTION II  (48 mks)

 

  1. In the given circle centre O , A,E,F, is target to the circle at E. Angle FED = 300  <DEC = 200 and  <BC0  = 150

 

 

 

 

A                                                                       F

 

 

 

 

Calculate   (i) <CBE                                                                                              (3mks)

(ii)  <BEA                                                                                            (2mks)

(iii) <EAB                                                                                            (3mks)

 

  1. The sum of the 2nd and third terms of a G.P is 9/4 If the first term is  3,

(a) Write down the first 4 terms of the sequence .                                              (5mks)

(b) Find the sum of the first 5 terms using positive values of the common ratio (r)

(3mks)

  1. E and F are quantities related by a law of the form E = KFn Where k and n are

constants. In an experiment , the following values of E and F were obtained .

 

E 2 4 6 8
F 16.1 127.8 431.9 1024

 

Use graphical method to determine the value of k and n (Graph paper provided)      (8mks)

 

  1. In the domain –2 £ x £ 4 draw the graph of y = 3x2 + 1 –2x .Use  your graph to solve the equation.  6x2 4x + 4 = 0 (graph paper provided)                                                                 (8mks)
  2. A solid sphere of radius 18cm is to be made from a melted copper wire of radius 0.4mm . Calculate the length of wire in metres required to make the sphere.                                       (5mks)

(b) If the density of the wire is 5g/cm3. Calculate the mass of the sphere in kg.        (3mks)

 

  1. A right cone with slant  height of 15cm and base radius 9cm has a smaller cone of height 6cm chopped off to form a frustum. Find the volume of the frustum formed                    (8mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

9cm

 

  1. PQRS are vertices of a rectangle centre. Given that P(5,0) and Q and R lie on the line x+5 = 2y, determine

(a) The co-ordinates of Q,R,S,                                                                                                   (6mks)

(b) Find the equation of the diagonal SQ                                                                                     (2mks)

  1. A tap A takes 3 hours to fill a tank. Tap B takes 5 hours to fill the same tank. A drain tap C takes 4 hours to drain the tank. The three taps were turned on when the tank was empty for 1½ hours. Tap A is then closed. Find how long it takes to drain the tank.

(8mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS IV

PART II

 

SECTION   I  (52MKS)

 

  1. Without using mathematical tables, evaluate                                                                    (3mks)

 

Ö 0.0784 x 0.27                                              (leave your answer in standard form)

0.1875

 

  1. A father is three times as old as his son. In ten years time , the son will be half as old as the father . How

old are they now?                                                                                                                                      (3mks)

 

  1. A,B,C,D, is a parallelogram diagram. ADE is an equilateral triangle. AB and CD are 3cm apart.

AB = 5cm. Calculate the perimeter of the trapezium ABCE                                               (3mks)

 

E                            D                                    C

A                                   B

  1. Given that a = -2, b = 3 and c = -1, Find the value of   a3 – b – 2c2                                    (2mks)

2b2 – 3a2c

 

  1. The exchange rate in January 2000 was US $ 1 = Ksh 75.60. and UK £1 = Ksh 115.80.    A tourist  came to Kenya with US $ 5000 and out of it spent ksh.189,000. He changed   the balance in UK £ . How many pounds did he receive?                                                                                                   (4mks)

 

  1. ABC is a cross – section of a metal bar of uniform cross section 3m long. AB = 8cm and  AC = 5cm.

Angle BAC = 600 . Calculate the total surface area of the bar in M2.                                     (4mks)

 

  1. The bearing of a school chapel C, from administration block A, is 2500 and 200m  apart.

School flag F is 150m away from C and on a bearing of 0200. Calculate the distance and

bearing of A from F.                                                                                                               (5mks)

  1. A box has 9 black balls and some white balls identical except in colour. The probability of picking a white ball is 2/3

(i) Find the number of red balls                                                                                       (2mks)

(ii) If  2  balls are chosen at random without replacement, find the probability that they are of different colour.                                                                                                                          (2mks)

  1. Under an enlargement of linear scale factor 7, the area of a circle becomes 441.p

Determine the radius of the original circle.                                                              (3mks)

  1. A circle has radius 14cm to the nearest cm . Determine the limits of its area.                     ( 3mks)
  2. Expand (1 + 2x)5 up to the term with x3. Hence evaluate 2.045 to the nearest 3 s.f. (4mks)
  3. The nth term of a  G.P is given by  5 x 2 n-2

(i) Write  down the first 3 terms of the G.P                                                                (1mk)

(ii) Calculate the sum of the first 5 terms                                                                            (2mks)

  1. 3 bells ring at intervals of 12min, 18min and 30min respectively. If they rang together at 11.55am, when will they ring together again.                                                         (3mks)
  2. On a map scale 1:20,000 a rectangular piece of land measures 5cm by 8cm. Calculate its actual area in hectares.                                                                                                                                      (3mks)
  3. It costs Maina shs. 13 to buy 3 pencils and 2 rubbers; while Mutiso spent shs.9 to buy one pencil and 2 rubbers. Calculate the cost of a pencil and one rubber                      (3mks)

 

  1. Three angles of a pentagon are 1100, 1000 and 1300. The other two are 2x and 3x respectively. Find their values .                                                              (2mks)

 

SECTION II (48MKS)

 

  1. Members of a youth club decided to contribute shs 180,000 to start a company. Two members withdrew their membership and each of the remaining member had to pay shs. 24,000 more to meet the same expense. How many members remained? (8mks)
  2. A box contains 5 blue and 8 white balls all similar . 3 balls are picked at once. What is the probability that

(a)  The three are white                                                                                         (2mks)

(b)  At least two are blue                                                                                                    (3mks)

(c) Two are white and one is blue                                                                                         (3mks)

 

  1. A rectangular tennis court is 10.5m long and 6m wide. Square tiles of 30cm are fitted on the floor.

(a) Calculate the number of tiles needed.                                                                             (2mks)

(b) Tiles needed for 15 such rooms are packed in cartons containing 20 tiles. How many cartons are

there in total?                                                                                                                 (2mks)

(c)  Each carton costs shs. 800. He spends shs. 100 to transport  each 5 cartons. How  much would one

sell each carton to make 20% profit ?                                                                             (4mks)

  1. The following was Kenya`s income tax table in 1988.

Income in K£ P.a             Rate (Ksh) £

1          –   2100                  2

2101    –   4200                  3

4201     –  6303                  5

6301     –  8400                  7

 

(a) Maina earns £ 1800 P.a. How much tax does he pay?                                         (2mks)

(b) Okoth is housed by his employer and therefore 15% is added to salary to make  taxable income. He

pays nominal rent of Sh.100 p.m His total tax relief is Shs.450. If he earns K£3600 P.a, how much

tax does he pay?                                                                                              (6mks)

  1. In the given figure, OA = a , OB =b,  OP: PA =3:2,  OQ:QB = 3:2

Q

B
R

O                                                                            A

(a) Write in terms of a and b vector PQ                                                                                       (2mks)

(b) Given that AR = hAB where h is a scalar, write OR in terms h, a. and b                    (2mks)

(c) PR  =  K PQ Where K is a scalar, write OR in terms  of k, a and b                           (1mk)

(d) Calculate the value of k and h                                                                                               (3mks)

 

  1. A transformation P = and maps A(1,3) B(4,1) and C(3,3) onto A1B1C1. Find the

 

 

co-ordinates of A1B1C1 and plot ABC and A1B1C1 on the given grid.

Transformation Q maps A1B1Conto A11 (-6,2) B11(-2,3) and C11(-6,6). Find the matrix Q and plot

A11B11C11on the same grid. Describe Q fully.                                                           (8mks)

 

  1. By use of a ruler and pair of compasses only, construct triangle ABC in which AB = 6cm,

BC = 3.5cm and AC = 4.5cm. Escribe circle  centre 0 on BC to touch AB and

AC produced at P and Q respectively. Calculate the area of the circle.                       (8mks)

  1. The following were marks scored by 40 students in an examination

330       334      354     348     337     349     343    335    344    355

392       341      358     375     353     369     353    355    352    362

340       384      316     386     361     323     362    350    390    334

338       355      326     379     349     328     347    321    354    367

 

(i) Make a frequency table with intervals of 10 with the lowest class starting at 31          (2mks)

(ii) State the modal and median class                                                                         (2mks)

(iii) Calculate the mean mark using an assumed mean of 355.5                                        (4mks)

 

 

MATHEMATICS IV

PART 1

MARKING SCHEME

 

1.  

Ö –  7.939

12.3

 

=      No             log

7.939                       0.8998

12.3              1.0899

T.8099   1/3 = 3 + 2.8099                                T.9363                   3

 

=  -0.8635

B1

 

 

 

 

B

 

M1

 

A1

4

 

 Subtraction

 

 

 

 

Logs

 

Divide by 3

 

Ans

2. 5x – 3 (3x –7 )    =  3(x – 2 )

5x – 9x + 21    =   3x – 6

-7x             = -27

x              =  36/7

 

M1

M1

 

A1

3

Multiplication

Removal ( )

 

Ans

3. 3x +5y + x =  180

9x   =  180

x    =   20

y   =    60

M1

A1

B1

3

Eqn

X

B

 

 

4.  

.                               r   =       3v      1/3

4P

 

.                              r   =        S       ½

4P

 

\ 3V      1/3              =            ½

4P                                 4P

 

3V                         =       S       3/2

4P                                 4P

 

V             =       4P      S     3/2

3            4P

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

3

 

 

 

Value r

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

 

Expression

5.

 

 

 

 

6.

Grad  line          = ¼

y – 2        = ¼

x – 5

y            =  ¼ x + ¾

k             =      ¾

P in Alloy         = 4/10  x 800

= 320g

100 x 320

20

=  3.2 kg

 

M 1

 

A1

A 1

3

 

B1

 

M1

 

A 1

 

Equation

 

Equation

K

 

 

P in alloy

 

Expression

 

Ans

 

 

 

 

7.

 

 

 

 

B (a,b) ,            C (x ,y)

.a – 2          =    5

.b – 8               -2

.a  = 8     b = 6      B(8, 6 )

x – 8          =   3

y – 6               4

x = 11,  y = 10 c(11,10)

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

A1

3

 

 

 

 

B conduct

 

Formular

 

 

C

8.  

 

 

 

 

 

80 – x

 

 

 

 

 

.h = x tan 70

h = (80 – x ) tan 60

\   x tan 70 = 80 tan 60-x tan 60

2.7475x + 1.732x = 138.6

4.4796 x       =   138.6

.h     =    138.6 x tan 60

4.4796

 

= 53.59

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

M1

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Expression for  h both

Equation

 

 

 

Expression for h

 

Ans

9.                 2pr    =  90  x 2p x 50

360

r    =  12.5

h     =  Ö2500 –  156.25

=   Ö2343.75

=   48.41 cm

 

M1

P

A1

M1

 

A1

4

Equation

 

.r

expression for h

 

ans

 

 

10.

 

100 n      =   302.323

     n      =      3.023   

99n       =   299.3

n      =    2993

990

=    323/990

 

M1

 

 

A1

4

 

 

Equation

 

 

Ans

 

11. AB        =     3-1

5-9

=     2

-4

BC         =     4

-8

AB         = ½   BC

\ AB // BC

But B is common

\ A,B,C are collinear.

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

3

 

 

A B &  BC

 

 

 

 

 

Both

 

 

Both

 

12.       4% of 200,000  = 8000/=

balance                   = 4200/=

6% of  x                 = 4200/=

x                 = 4200 x 100

6

=  70,000

sales                 =  sh. 270,000

B1

 

 

M1

A1

B1

4

 

 

Both

 

 

Expression

Extra sales

Ans

 

 

 

 

 

 

13 .

 

 

 

 

 

Time          =   22/7 x 3.5/2x 3.5/2 x 200   hrs

22/7x 140x140x 140x 3600

 

8960

3600

= 2 hrs 29min

 

 

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

M1

 

A1

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

Vol tank

Vol tank

 

Div x 3600

 

Tank

 

 

14.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

    Ö3                      =     Ö3           Ö7 + Ö2

Ö7Ö2                         Ö2Ö2         Ö7+ Ö2

 

= Ö3 Ö7 + Ö2

5

 

= Ö21 + Ö6

5

M1

 

M1

 

A1

3

Multi

 

Expression

 

 

 

Ans

15.           3 £ x 2                   x2 £ 35

±1.732 £x                 x £ ± 5.916

1.732 £ x           £ 5.916

integral x : 2, 3, 4, 5

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

4

Lower limit

Upper limit

Range

Integral values

 

16.  No of days   =  8/6 x 5/8  x 12

=   10 days

M1

A1

2

Expression

days

17. (i)  ÐCED      =  ÐECD   = 30

Ð CDE     =  180 – 60

=  120

Ð CBE    =  180-120

=60

(ii) Ð AEC  = 90+30

= 120

Ð EAB  = 180-(120+45)

= 150

(iii) ÐBEO  = 90-45

= 45

B1

B1

B1

B1

 

B1

 

B1

B1

 

B1

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

ÐA EB = 450

 

ÐBEO

18.   .ar + ar2    =  9/4

3r + 3r2   =  9/4

12r2  + 12r – 9 = 0

4r2  + 3r – 3   = 0

4r2 + 6r – 2r –3 = 0

(2r – 1) (2r + 3)  = 0

r  = ½  or r   = -11/2

 

Ss      = 3(1- (1/2 )5)

1 – ½

 

= 3 (1-12/3 2)

½

= 6 ( 31/32)

= 6 31/32

 

B1

B1

 

B1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

8

 

 
19.

LOG  E.    0.3010   0.6021     0.7782     0.9031

LOG  F      1.2068   2.1065     2.6354     3.0103

 

Log E =n log F  + Log K

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

.n  = gradient    = 2        2.4 – 1.4   =  12  =  3

Log k.             =  0.3       0.7 – 0.3       4

.k              = 1.995

¾ 2

‹         E     =  2F 3

B1

B1

 

 

S1

 

 

P1

 

 

L1

 

 

M1

A1

 

B1

8

 

Log E

Log F

 

 

Scale

 

 

Plotting

 

 

Line

 

 

Gradient

 

 

K

 

 

 

20  

.x       -2     -1     0    1     2    3      4

.y      17      6      1    6     9  22     41

 

.y  =  3x 2  – 2x + 1    –

0       =  3x 2 – 3x – 2

y   =  x     +  3

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B2

 

B1

 

B1

 

S1

P1

C1

 

L1

 

B1

 

8

 

 

 

All values

 

At least  5

 

Line

 

Scale

Plotting

Smooth curve

 

Line drawn

 

Value of r

 

 

21. .h          = ¾ p x 18 x 18x 18

p x 0.04 x 0.04

= 24 x 18x 18x 18

0.04   x 0.04 x 100

 

=  48,600m

 

density  = 4/3 x 22/7 x 18 x 18x 18x 15 kg

1000

= 122.2kg

M1

M1

M1

M1

 

A1

 

M1

M1

A1

8

N of wire

¸ to length in cm

¸ for length

conversing to metres

 

length

 

expression for density

conversion to kg

ans

 

 

22.  

H = Ö152 – 92

= Ö144

= 12

 

X/6  = 9/12

X    = 4.5

Volume   = 1/3 x 22/7x (81 x 12 –20.25×6 )

 

= 22/21  (972 – 121 -5)

 

=   891  cm3

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

M1

A1

M1

M1

M1

 

A1

8

Method

 

 

 

 

Method

Radius

Small vd

Large vol

Subtraction of vol.

 

Ans

23. R(-a , b) , Q (c,d), S(x , y) ,P (5,0)

PR is  diagonal

(a)    Mid point  PR  (0,0)

a + 5    = 0

2

.a         =   -5

b- 0     =   0

2
b = 0

R (-5,0)

Grad  PQ   = -2

Grad RS   = -2

.d – 0   =  -2

c –5

.d – 0      = ½

c+5

.d+ 2c     = 10

2d – c     = 5×2         –

4d – 2c   = 10

5d         = 20

d         = 4

c         = 3

Q (3, 4)

x + 3  ,    y+4   =  (0,0)

2           2

x  =  -3 , y = -4   \ s(-3 -4)

 

(b) y – 4   =   8

x – 3        6

3y  = 8x – 12

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ans .

 

 

 

Expression both correct

 

 

 

Equation

 

 

 

 

Ans

 

 

 

 

Expression

 

Equation

 

       

MATHEMATICS IV

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

 

1.                784 X 27        =

187500

Ö 784 x 9           =    4 x 7x 3

62500                      250

=       42

125

=       0.336

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

Factors for

Fraction or equivalent

 

C.A.O

    3  
2.      Father 3x ,  r son  = x

2(x +10)        = 3x + 10

2x +20       =  3x + 10

x        = 10

father            = 30

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 

Expression

 

 

 

 

 

 

    3  
3. 3   = sin   60

AE

AE  = 3

Sin 60

= 3.464

perimeter  = 5×2 + 3.464 x 3

= 10+10.393

= 20.39

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

B1

Side of a triangle

 

 

 

 

 

 

Perimeter

    3  
4.    .a3 – b-2c2  =  (-2)3 – 3 –2(-1)2

2b2 – 3a2c      2(3)2 –3(-2)2(-1)

= -8 –3-2

18 + 12

= -13

30

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

Substitution

 

 

Signs

 

C.A.O

    3  
5.        Ksh  189,000          =   $ 189,000

75.6

= $ 2500

balance                    = $ 2500

=  Kshs. 189,000

Kshs. 189,000          =             189,000

115.8

Uk    ₤1632

M1

 

A1

 

M1

A1

 

A1

4

 

Conversion

 

 

 

Conversion

 

6. Area of 2 triangles  =   2 (½ x 8x 5 sin 60)

=   40 sin 60

=   40x 0.8660

= 34.64 cm2

Area of rectangle    = 300 x 8 + 300 x 5 +300 x BC

BC              = Ö64 +25 – 2 x 40cos 60

= Ö89 – 80 x 0.5

= Ö89 – 40

= Ö49

= 7

Total   S.A.              = 300 (8+5+7) + 34.64 cm2

= 6000 + 34.64

= 6034.64 cm2

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

Areas of D

 

 

 

 

B.C. expression

 

 

 

 

Area

 

    4  
7.    AF2    = 32+42+-2+12x cos 50

= 25 – 24 x 0.6428

= 25-15.43

= 9.57

AF      =  3.094 x 50

AF      =  154.7m

Sin Q  =  200 sin 50o

154.7

= 0.9904

Q   = 82.040

Bearing = 117.96

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Bearing

    5  
8. (i)  No. of white  = w

w       = 2

w+9         3

3w       = 2w + 18

w      =  18

(ii)  p(different colour )  = p(WB N  BW)

= 2   x   9   + 918

3      25     27    25

= 12/25

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

M1

 

A1

 
    4  
9. A.sf                =  1

49

smaller area       = 1 x 441 p

49

=  9p

pr2          = 9p

r2         =  9

r           = 3

 

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 
    3  
10.  Largest area         = 22 x (14.5)2

7

=  660.8 cm 2

smallest area          =  22/7 x (13.5)2

= 572.8

572.8    £ A  £ 660.81

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 
    3  
11. (1 +2 x)5  =  1 + 5 (2x) + 10 (2x)2 + 10 (2x)3

=  1 + 10x   + 40x2  + 80x3

2.0455    =   1+2 (0.52)5

= 1+10 (0.52)+ 40(0.52)2+80(0.52)3

= 1+5.2 + 10.82 + 11.25

= 28.27

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

 
    4  
12.          Tn           =  5x 2n –2

(i)               T1 , T2, T3 = 2.5, 5, 10

(ii)                      S5      =  2.5(25-1)

2-1

= 2.5 (31)

= 77.5

 

B1

M1

 

 

A1

 

All terms

 

    3  
13. 12         = 22 x 3

18         = 2 x 32

30         = 2x3x5

Lcm         = 22 x 32x 5 = 180 min

=  3hrs

time they ring together =11.55 +3 = 2.55 p.m

M1

 

 

 

A1

B1

 
    3  
14.  Map area      = 40cm 2

Actual area   =  200x200x40m2

= 200x200x40ha

100×100

= 320ha

M1

M1

 

 

A1

Area in m2

Area in ha

 

 

CAO

    3  
15.     3p + 2r    = 13

p + 2r    =   9  –

2p           =   4

p     = sh 2

r     = 3.50

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
    3  
16. 110 + 100+130+2x +3x = 540

5x  = 200

x  = 400

2x , 3x     = 80 and 1200 res

M1

 

A A1

2

 
17. Contribution / person    = 180,000

X

New contribution    = 180,000

x – 2

180,000   – 180,000  = 24,000

x –2               x

180,000x – 180,000x +360,000 = 24,000(x-2)x

24,000x2  –  48,000x – 360,000 =0

x2  – 2x – 15 = 0

x2 – 5x + 3x – 15 = 0

x (x – 5)+ 3 (x – 5) = 0

(x + 3 )(x – 5)  = 0

x     = -3

or     = 5

remaining members            = 5-2

= 3

B1

 

B1

 

M1

M1

 

 

A1

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

‘C’

 

 

 

eqn

mult

 

 

eqn

factor

 

 

both ans

 

remaining members

    8  
18. (a) P (3 white)         =  8   x  7  x   28

13      12     11    143

(b) P(at least 2 blue)=p(WBBorBBWorBWB)orBBB

= 8  x   5  x   4   +  5  x   4  x  8

13     12     11      13     12    11

+ 5  x   8  x   4 +   8 x   7 x   6

13     12     11    13     12    11

= 204

429

= 68

143

(c) p(2 white and one blue )= p(WWB or WBW or BWW)

= 8  x  7  x  5  +  8  x  57  +  587

13     12    11   13     12   11   13    12   11

= 3 x 8 x 7 x 5

13 x 12 x 11

 

=  70

143

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 
    8  
19. (a) recourt area    =  10.5 x 6  m2

title  area       =    0.3 x 0.3 m2

No of tiles     =    10.5 x 6

0.3 x 0.3

=  700

(b) No of cartons = 700 x 15

20

= 52.5

 

(c) Cost of 525 cartons  =   525 x 100 + 800 x 525

+ transport                        5

=  10,500+420,000

=   430,500

sale price                  =  120 x 4.30,500

100

=  sh    516,600

s.p of a carton            =  516,600

525

= sh. 984

 

 

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 
    8  
20. (a) Maina`s tax dues       = 1800 x 10

100

=        180

(b) Taxable income        = 3600 x 115 – n rent

100

= 36 x 115 – 100 x 12

20

= 4140 – 60

=         4080

Tax dues                         = 10    x 2100  + 15  x 1980

100                 100

= 210 + 297

=        507

Tax  relief                      =        270-

Tax  paid                        =        237

M1

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

M1

M1

 

A1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1st slab

2nd slab

    8  
21.  (a)            PQ                 =  –3/5 a   +  3/1b

=  31/23/5 a

(b)             OR                 =   h a + h b

=   a – ha + hb

=  (1-h) a + h b

(c)              OR                =  3/5 a   + k (31/2 b – 3/5a)

=  (3/53/5k)a +3k b

(d)                      1 – h     =  3/53/5k    (i)

3k    =  h                   (ii)

Sub (i)              1 – 3k    =  3/53/5k

5- 15k    =  3-3k

12k    =  2

k    =   1/6

h     =  ½

 

 

B1

 

M1

A1

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
     

8

 
 

22.

 

P(ABC) =     0  – 1      1  4  3      =  -3  -1  -3

1    0      3  1  3            1   4   3

A1 (-3,1)B1 (-1,4)C1(-3,3)

Q(A1B1C1) =  a  b    -3 –1 -3    =        -6 –2 –6

c d       1   4  3                2   8   6

 

=> -3a + b =  -6                -3c + d = 2

-a + 4b   =  -2 x 3         -c + 4d = 8 x 3

– 3a  + 12b = -6              – 3c + 12d = 24

11b  = 0                     -11d  = -22

b = 0                           d = 2

a = 2                           d = 2

c  = 0

Q =    2     0

0       2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

A1 B1 C1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

L Q

 

 

 

A1 B1 C1 drawn

 

 

 

 

All BII CII

Ploted

 

 

 

 

Destruction

 

 

 

    8  
23.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

24.

R     = 2.2CM ± 0.1

Area = 22 x  2.2 x 2-2

7

= 15.21cm2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Ef =40                        efd = -80

(ii) model class    = 351- 360

modern class  = 341 – 350

(iii) mean             = 355.5  – 80

40

=  355.5 – 2

=  353.5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

 

1

1

 

 

8

 

B1

B1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

B1

B1

B1

 

 
    A1  
    8  

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS V

PART I

 

SECTION 1 (52 MARKS)

 

 

 

  1. Use logarithms to evaluate 6 Cos 40   0.25
    63.4                                                                                                                                                                                                       (4mks)
  2. Solve for x in the equation (x + 3) 2 – 5 (x + 3) = 0 (2mks)
  3. In the triangle ABC, AB = C cm. AC = bcm. ÐBAD = 30o and ÐACD = 25o. Express BC in terms of b and c.                                                                                                     (3mks)
  4. Find the equation of the normal to the curve y = 5 + 3x – x3 when x = 2 in the form
    ay + bx = c                                                                                                             (4mks)
  5. Quantity P is partly constant and partly varies inversely as the square of q. q= 10 and p = 5 ½  when q =20. Write down the law relating p and q hence find p when qs is 5.            (4mks)
  6. Solve the simultaneous equation below in the domain 0  £ x £  360 and O£  y £ 360
    2 Sin x + Cos y = 3
    3 Sin x – 2 Cos y = 1                                                                (4mks)
  7. Express as single factor 2     –     x + 2         +       1
    x + 2    x2 + 3x + 2         x + 1                                       (3mks)
  8. By use of binomial theorem, expand (2 – ½ x )5 up to the third term, hence evaluate (1.96)5
    correct to 4 sf.                                                                                                        (4mks)
  9. Points A(1,4) and B (3,0) form the diameter of a circle. Determine the equation of the circle and write it in the form ay2 + bx2 + cy + dy = p where a, b, c, d and p are constants.                                                                                                                              (4mks)
  10. The third term of a GP is 2 and the sixth term is 16. Find the sum of the first 5 terms of the GP. (4mks)
  11. Make T the subject of the formulae 1       –  3m   +  2
    T2         R         N                        (3mks)
  12. Vectors, a =   2     b =   2   and   c –   6
    2              0                   4
  13. By expressing a in terms of b and c show that the three vectors are linearly dependent.                                                                                                                              (3mks)
    A cylindrical tank of base radius 2.1 m and height is a quarter full. Water starts flowing into this tank at 8.30 a.m at the rate of 0.5 litres per second. When will the tank fill up? (3mks)
  14. A piece of wood of volume 90cm3 weighs 54g. Calculate the mass in kilograms of 1.2 m3 of the wood.      (2mks)
  15. The value of a plot is now Sh 200,000. It has been appreciating at 10% p.a. Find its value 4 years ago.
    (3mks)
  16. 12 men working 8 hours a day take 10 days to pack 25 cartons. For how many hours should 8 men be

working in a day to pack 20 cartons in 18 days?                                                     (2mks)

SECTION II (48MARKS)

  1. The tax slab given below was applicable in Kenya in 1990.
    Income in p.a.                           rate in sh
    1  – 1980                                  2
    1981 – 3960                              3
    3961 – 5940                              5
    5941 – 7920                              7
    Maina earns Sh. 8100 per month and a house allowance of Sh. 2400. He is entitled to a tax relief of Sh.

800 p.m. He pays service charge of Sh 150 and contributes Sh 730 to welfare. Calculate Mwangis net

salary per month.                                                                                                    (8mks)

  1. OAB is a triangle with OA = a , OB = b. R is a point of AB. 2AR = RB. P is on OB such that
    3OP = 2PB. OR and AP intersect at Y, OY = m OR and AY = nAP. Where m and n are scalars.    Express in terms of a and b.
    (i) OR                                                                                                                    (1mk)
    (ii)AP                                                                                                                    (1mk)

    (b) Find the ratio in which  Y divides AP                                                                (6mks)

  2. The table below gives related values of x and y for the equation y = axn where a and n are constants
X 0.5 1 2 3   10
Y 2 8 32   200 800

By plotting a suitable straight line graph on the graph provided, determine the values of a and n.

20.       Chalk box x has 2 red and 3 blue chalk pieces. Box Y has same number of red and blue

pieces. A teacher picks 2 pieces from each box. What is the probability that
(a)        They are of  the same colour.                                                                            (4mks)
(b)        At least one is blue                                                                                           (2mks)
(c)        At most 2 are red                                                                                              (2mks)

21.  Point P(50oN, 10oW) are on the earth’s surface. A plane flies from P due east on a parallel of

latitude for 6 hours at 300 knots to port Q.
(a) Determine the position of Q to the nearest degree.                                                    (3mks)
(b)  If the time at Q when the plane lands is 11.20am what time is it in P.                      (2mks)
(c) The plane leaves Q at the same speed and flies due north for 9 hours along a longitude to

airport R. Determine the position of R.                                                                       (3mks)
22.       Using a ruler a pair of compasses only, construct :
(a)        Triangle ABC in which AB = 6cm, AC = 4cm and Ð ABC = 37.5o.                                (3mks)
(b)        Construct a circle which passes through C and has line AB as tangent to the circle at A.             (3mks)
(c)        One side of AB opposite to C, construct the locus of point P such that  ÐAPB = 90o.              (2mks)
23.       A particle moves in a straight line and its distance is given by S = 10t2 – t3 + 8t where S is

distance in metres at time t in seconds.
Calculate:
(i) Maximum velocity of the motion.                                                                             (4mks)
(ii) The acceleration when t = 3 sec.                                                                              (2mks)
(iii) The time when acceleration is zero.                                                                                   (2mks)

 

 

 

  1. A rectangle ABCD has vertices A(1,1) B(3,1), C(3,2) and D(1,2). Under transformation

matrix M =   2  2   ABCD is mapped onto A1B1C1D1

1   3
under transformation M =   -1  0    A1B1C1D1 is mapped onto  A11B11C11D11. Draw on the given grid
0 –2

(a)       ABCD, A1B1C1D1 and A11B11C11D11                                                                  (4mks)
(b)        If area of ABCD is 8 square units, find area of A11B11C11D11.                              (3mks)
(c)        What single transformation matrix maps A11B11C11D11 onto A1B1C1D1               (1mk)

MATHEMATICS V

PART II

 

SECTION 1 (52 Marks)

 

  1. Evaluate without using mathematical tables (2.744 x 15 5/8)1/3                              (3mks)
  2. If 4 £ x £ 10 and 6 £ y £5, calculate the difference between highest and least
    (i) xy                                                                                                                    (2mks)
    (ii)  y/x                                                                                                                     (2mks)
  3. A 0.21 m pendulum bob swings in such a way that it is 4cm higher at the top of the swing than at the bottom. Find the length of the arc it forms.       (4mks)
  4. Matrix 1        2x   has on inverse, determine x                                                     (3mks)
    x +3      x2
  5. The school globe has radius of 28cm. An insect crawls along a latitude towards the east from A(50o, 155oE) to a point B 8cm away. Determine the position of B to the nearest degree.                                                                                                                                                 (4mks)
  6. The diagonals of triangle ABCD intersect at M. AM = BM and CM = DM. Prove that triangles ABM and CDM are Similar.       (3mks)
  7. Given that tan x = 5/12, find the value of 1  –   sinx
                                                                         Sin x + 2Cos x,   for 0 £ x £ 90           (3mks)

 

  1. Estimate by MID ORDINATE rule the area bounded by the curve y = x2 + 2, the x axis and the lines x = O and x = 5 taking intervals of 1 unit in the x. (3mks)
  2. MTX is tangent to the circle at T. AT is parallel to BC. Ð MTC = 55o and Ð XTA = 62o. Calculate Ð (3mks)
  3. Clothing index for the years 1994 to 1998 is given below.
Year 1994 1995 1996 1997 1998
Index 125 150 175 185 200

Calculate clothing index using 1995 as base year.                                                          (4mks)

  1. A2 digit number is such that the tens digit exceeds the unit by two . If the digits are reversed, the number formed is smaller than the original by 18. Find the original number. (4mks)
  2. Without using logarithm tables, evaluate log5 (2x-1) –2 + log5 4 = log5 20             (3mks)
  3. Mumia’s sugar costs Sh 52 per kg while imported sugar costs Sh. 40 per kg. In what ratio should I mix the sugar, so that a kilogram sold at Sh. 49.50 gives a profit of 10%. (4mks)
  4. The interior angles of a regular polygon are each 172o. Find the number of sides y lie polygon.                                                                                                                            (2mks)
  5. Evaluate 2x   =       2    +        3
    341       9.222                                                                           (2mks)
  6. A water current of 20 knots is flowing towards 060o. A ship captain from port A intends to go to port

B   at a final speed of 40 knots. If to achieve his own aim, he has to steer his ship at a course of 350o.

Find the bearing of A from B.                                                                                (3mks)

SECTION II  (48 MARKS)

  1. 3 taps, A, B and C can each fill a tank in 50 hrs, 25 hours and 20 hours respectively. The three taps are turned on at 7.30 a.m when the tank is empty for 6 hrs then C is turned off. Tap A is turned off after four hours and 10 minutes, later. When will tap B fill the tank? (8mks)
  2. In the domain –5 £ x £ 4, draw the graph of y = x2 + x – 8. On the same axis, draw the graph of y + 2x = -2. Write down the values of x where the two graphs intersect. Write down an equation in x whose roots are the points of intersection of the above graphs. Use your graph to solve. 2x2 + 3x – 6 = 0.                                                                                            (8mks)
  3. The average weight of school girls was tabulated as below:
Weight in Kg 30 – 34 35 – 39 40 – 44 45 – 49 50 – 54 55-59 60-64
No. of Girls 4 10 8 11 8 6 3

(a) State the modal class.                                                                                           (1mk)
(b) Using an assumed mean of 47,
(i) Estimate the mean weight                                                                                (3mks)
(ii) Calculate the standard deviation.                                                                      (4mks)

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

  1. The table below shows values of y = a Cos (x – 15) and y = b sin (x + 30)
X 0 15 30 45 60 75 90 105 120 135 150
a Cos(x-5) 0.97       0.71 0.5       -0.5 -0.71
b sin(x+3) 1.00       2.00       1.00   0.00

(a) Determine the values of a and b                                                                               (2mks)
(b) Complete the table                                                                                                  (2mks)
(c) On the same axes draw the graphs of y = across(x – 15) and y = b sin(x + 30)            (3mks)
(d) Use your graph to solve ½ cos (x – 15) = sin(x + 30)                                                 (1mk)

21.    The diagram below is a clothing workshop. Ð ECJ = 30o AD, BC, HE, GF are vertical

walls. ABHG is horizontal floor. AB = 50m, BH = 20m,  AD=3m

 

 

 

(a) Calculate DE                                                                                                           (3mks)
(b) The angle line BF makes with plane ABHG                                                              (2mks)
(c) If one person requires minimum 6m3 of air, how many people can fit in the workshop         (3mks)

  1. To transport 100 people and 3500 kg to a wedding a company has type A vehicles which take          10 people and 200kg each and type B which take 6 people and 300kg each. They must not use more

than 16 vehicles all together.
(a)     Write down 3 inequalities in A and B which are the number of vehicles used and plot them

in a graph.                                                                                                           (3mks)
(b)     What is the smallest number of vehicles he could use.                                          (2mks)

(c)     Hire charge for type A is Sh.1000 while hire for type B is Sh.1200 per vehicle. Find the cheapest

hire charge for the whole function                                                                        (3mks)

A circle centre A has radius 8cm and circle centre B has radius 3cm. The two centres are

12cm apart. A thin  tight string is tied all round the circles to form interior common tangent. The tangents CD and EF intersect at X.

(a) Calculate AX                                                                                                           (2mks)
(b) Calculate the length of the string which goes all round the circles and forms the tangent.
(6mks)

 

  1. Airport A is 600km away form airport B and on a bearing of 330o. Wind is blowing at a speed of

40km/h from 200o. A pilot navigates his plane at an air speed of 200km/h from B to A.
(a)     Calculate the actual speed of the plane.                                                                (3mks)
(b)     What course does the pilot take to reach B?                                                          (3mks)
(c)     How long does the whole journey take?                                                                (2mks)

 

MATHEMATICS V

PART I

MARKING SCHEME

 

1 SOLUTION MKS AWARDING
  No         Log

13.6        1.1335   +

Cos 40    1.8842

1.0177   –

63.4       1.8021

1. 2156

(4 + 3.2156) 1/4

1.8039

Antilog    0.6366

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

Log

 

+

 

 

divide by 4

 

C.A.O

    4  
2. (x + 3) (x + 3 – 5) = 0

(x +3)b (x – 2) = 0

x = -3 or x = 2

M1

 

A1

 

Factors

 

Both answers

3 BD = C Sin 30  = 0.05

CD = b Cos 25

= 0.9063b

‹ BC = 0.9063b + 0.5 C

B1

 

B1

B1

 

BD in ratio from

 

CD in ratio form

Addition

    3  
4  Dy  = 3 – 3x2
dx
x = 2, grad = 1
9
Point (2,3)
y – 3  = 1
x – 2     9

9y – 27  = x – 2
9y – x   =  25

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

Grad equ

 

Grad of normal

 

Eqn

 

 

Eqn

 

    4  
5   700 = 100 + n
2200 = 400 + n

1500 = 300m

m = 5

n = 200

P = 5 + 200
q2
When q = 5 P = 13

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

B1

B2

Equan

 

 

Both ans

 

 

Eqn (law)

Ans (P)

    4  
 

6

 

4 Sin x + 2 cos y = 6

3 Sin x – 2 Cos y = 1
7 sin x                  = 7

Sin x            = 1

X                = 90

Cos y          = 1

Y        = 0o

 

M1

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

Elim

Sub

 

 

 

 

 

7 2(x +1) – 1(x + 2) + x + 2

(x+2) (x +1)
= 2x +2 – x – 2 + x = 2

(x +2) (x + 1)

=     2x + 2

(x + 2)  (x + 1)

=     2
x + 2

M1

M1

 

 

 

A1

Use of ccm

Substitution

 

 

 

Ans

8 (-2 – ½ x)5  = 25  – 5 (2)4 ( ½ x) + 10(2)3( ½ x)2

=  32 – 40x + 20x2

= 32 – 4 (0.08) + 20 (0.08)2

= 32 – 0.32 + 0.128
= 3

M1

A1

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

 

    4  
9. Circle centre C = (3 +1,   0 + 4)

2                 2

C( 2, 2)

R =Ö (2 – 0)2 + (2 – 3)2

=Ö 5

(y – 2)2 + (x – 2)2 = Ö5

y2 + x2 – 4y – 4x =  8 + Ö5

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

A1

Centre

 

Radius

 

 

 

 

    4  
10  ar2 =2,  ar5 = 16

a  = 2  \ 2 r5 = 16

r2       r2

2r3 = 16

r3 = 8

r = 2, a = ½

 

S5= ½ (1 – ( ½ )5)

½

= 1 – 1/32

= 31/32

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

Both

 

Sub

 

 

CAO

    4  
11 NR – 3MT2  = 2RT2

T2(2R + 3M) = NR

T2   =   NR

2R + 3m

T =  ! Ö  NR
2R + 3m

M1

 

M1

 

A1

X mult

 

72

 

ans

    3  
12  2  = m   2   + n    6

2            0           4

2 = 2m + 6n

2 = 0 + 4n

n = ½

m = – ½

\a = – ½ b + ½ c

\a b c are linearly dep

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

B1

 
    3  
13 Volume = 22 x 2.1 x 2.1 x 2 x ¾ m3

7

Time = 11 x 0.3 x 2.1 x 3 x 1,000,000

500 x 3600

= 11.55

= 11.33 hrs

time to fill = 8.03 pm

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 
    3  
14 Mass = 54   x  1.2 x 1,000,000

90              1000

= 720kg

M1

 

A1

 
    2  
15 V3 = P

P(0.9)3     = 200,000

P = 200,000

0.93

= 200,000

0.729

= Sh 274,348

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

A3

 
    3  
16 No of hours = 8 x 12 x10 x 20

8 x 18 x 25

= 19200

3600

= 5hrs, 20 min

M1

 

 

 

A1

 
    2  
17  Taxable income = 8100 + 2400

= sh. 10,500

=   ₤6300

Tax dues      = Sh 1980 x 2 + 1980 x 3 + 1980 x 5 + 3670 x 7

12

= 22320

12

= Sh 1860

net tax = 1860 – 800 p.m.

= Sh 1060

Total deduction = 1060 + 150 + 730

= 1940

Net salary = 10,500 – 1940

= Sh 8560 p.m.

B1

 

 

M1

M1

 

A1

 

B1

 

B1

 

M1

A1

Tax inc

 

 

2

2

 

 

 

net tax

 

total dedu.

    8  
18 OR = 2/3 a + 1/3b or (1/3 (2a + b)

AP = 2/5 b – a

OY = m OR = A + n (2/5b – a)

2/5m b + ma = (1 – n)a + 2/5 n b

2/5m = 2/5n
m = n

\m = 1 – m

2m = 1

m  = ½ = n

½ AP = Ay

AY:AP = 1:1

B1

B1

 

B1

M1

M1

A1

A1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

EXP, OY

Eqn

M = n

Sub

CAO

 

 

Ratio

    8  
 

19

 

 

 

 

Log y = n log x + log a

Log a = 0.9031

A = 8

Grad = 1.75 – 0.5

0.4 + 0.2

= 1.25
0.6

= 2.08

n = 2

\y = 8x2

x = 3  y = 8 x 32   = 72

y = 200           x = 5

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

B1

S1

P1

L1

 

 

 

 

Log x

Log y

 

 

 

A

 

N

Missing x and y

Scale

Points

Line

    8  
 

 

 

20

 

 

 

P (same colour) = P (XRRrr orXBB or YXX or YBB)

= ½ (2/5 x ¼ + 3/5 x 2/4)  x 2

2  +  6
20     20

=    8
20

2/5

(b) P(at least 1B) = 1 – P(non blue)

= 1 – P (XRR or YRR)

= 1 – ½ (2/5 x ¼) x 2

= 1 – 1/10

= 9/10

(c) P(at most 2 Red) = 1 – P (BB)

= 1 – ½ (3/5 x 2/4)2

= 1 – 6/20

= 14/20 or 7/10

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

A1

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

Any 2

Any 2

 

Fraction

 

 

    8  
21 (a) PQ  = 1800nm

q     =     1800

60 x 0.6428

= 46.67

= 47o

Q (50oN, 37oE)

 

(b) Time diff = 47 x 4
60

= 3.08

Time at P = 9.12am

(c) QR = 2700 nm

x o   = 2700

60

= 45o

R (85oN, 133oW)

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
    8  
 

 

22

   

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

Bisector of 150

Bisector 75

 

AB  AC

^ at A

Bisector AC

Circle

Ð AB

Locus P with A  B excluded

    8  
24                           A1B1 C1D1

2  2  1 3 3 1   =  4  8 10 6

1  3  1 1 2 2       4  6  9  7

 

A11 B11 C11  D11

-1   0     4  8 10  6       =   -4  –8   -10   -6

0 –2     4  6  9   7            -8   -12  -18  -14

 

NM =   -1  0        2  2

0 –2       1  3

 

=  -2  -2

-2   -6

 

 

(b)      det  = Asf  =  12 – 4    = 8

Area A11 B11 C11 D11  = 8 x 8

= 64  U2

(c) Single matrix = Inv N
= ½    -2 –  0

0       –1

 

=     -1     0

0       – ½

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

M1

A1

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

Product

 

 

Product

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Det

 

 

 

 

 

 

Inverse

    6  
23  

Ds  = 20t  – 3t2 + 8 =0

Dt     3t2 – 20t – 8 = 0

T =  20 !  Ö400 + 4 x 3 x 8

6

t = 7.045 sec

max vel          = 148.9 – 140.9 – 8

= 0.9 m/s


d2 s
  = 6t – 20

dt2

when t = 3   a = -2m/s2

6t – 20 = 0

6t  = 20

t = 3 2/3 sec

 

 

M1

 

A1

M1

A1

M1

 

A1

M1

 

A1

 
    8  
       

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

MATHEMATICS V

PART II

MARKING SCHEME

 

No Solution Mks Awarding
1  2744 x 125   1/3

1000            8

 

2744  1/3  x   53     1/3

1000            23

 

23 x 73  1/3  x   5

103                         2

 

2 x 75   = 3.5

10      2

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 

 

 

Factor

 

 

 

 

Cube root

 

    3  
2 (i) Highest – 10 x 7.5 = 75

Lowest  – 6 x 4 =  24

51

(ii) Highest = 7.5 = 1.875

4

Lowest = 6   = 0.600

10   1.275

M1

A1

 

M1

 

A1

Highest

 

 

Fraction

 

 

    4  
3 Cos q  =  17  = 0.8095

21

 

q = Cos 0.8095

= 36.03o

 

Arc length = 72. 06 x 2 x 22 x 21

360                       7

= 26.422cm

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

q

    4  
4  x2 – 2x(x +3) = 0

x2 – 2x2 – 6x = 0

-x2 – 6x = 0

either x = 0

or  x = 6

M1

 

M1

 

A1

Equ

 

Factor

 

Both A

    3  
 

 

5

 

8  = x  x 2 x 22 x 28 Cos 60o

360            7

 

8 =  x    x 44 x 28 x 0.5

360         7

x =   8 x 360 x 7
        44 x 28 x 0.5

= 32.73o

= 33o

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x exp

 

 

 

6

 

 

 

ÐDMC = Ð AMB vert. Opp = q

ÐMAB  = Ð MDC = 180 – q BASE Ls of an isosc. <

2
Ð MBA = Ð MAC   180 – q base angles of isos <

2

<’s AMC and < CDM are equiangle

 

\ Similar proved

 

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 
    3  
7 Tan x = 5/12

h = Ö b2 + 122

= Ö25 + 144

= Ö169

= 13

 

1 – Sinx               =       1 – 5

sin x + 2 Cos x      5/13 + 2 x 12/13

 

12/13      = 12 x 13  =  12

29/13          13   29      29

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Hypo

Sub

 

    3  
8 Y = x 2 + 2

 

 

 

 

 

Area = h (y1, = y2 +……..yn)

= 1(2.225 + 4.25 + 8.25 +14.25 + 22.25)

= 51.25 sq units

 

 

 

B1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

Ordinals

    3  
 

9

ÐCBA = 117o

Ð ACD = 55

Ð BAC = 180 – (117 + 55) = 8o

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

 

3

 
10  

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

B1

1994

1996

1997

1998

    4  
11. Xy = 35

y = 35/x

9x – 9y = -18

Sub x2 + 2x – 35 = 0

x2 + 7x – 5x – 35 = 0

x (x + 7) – 5(x + 7) = 0

(x – 5) (x + 7) = 0

x  = -7

x = +5

y = 7

Smaller No.

= 57

= 75

B1

 

M1

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

B1

 

 
    3  
12 Log5 (2x – 1 )4  = log552

20

4(2x – 1)  = 52

20

2x – 1 = 25

5

2x – 1 = 125

2x = 126

x = 63

M1

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 
    3  
13 C.P = 100 x 49.50

110

= 45/-

52x + 40y = 45

x + y

45x + 45y  = 52x + 40

-7x  = -54

x/y  = 5/7

x : y = 5 : 7

 

 

B1

M1

 

 

M1

 

A1

 
    4  
14  

2n – 4 it angle = 172

n

(2n – 4) x 90 = 172n

n

90 (2n – 4) x 90 = 172

n

180 n – 360 = 172n

 

180n – 172n = 360

8n = 360

n = 45

 

M1

 

A1

 

M1

 
    2  
15 2 x = 2.    1    +    3.    1

6.341                  9.22

2x = 2 x 0. 1578 + 3 x 0.1085

= 0.3154 + 0.3254

= 0.6408

x = 0.3204

 

 

B1

 

 

A1

 

 

Tables

    2  
16 Bearing 140o

Sin q = 20 Sin 110

40

= 0.4698

= 228.02

Bearing of A from B = 198.42

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 
    3  
17 Points that each tap fills in one hour

 

A =  1   B  = 1       C – 1
          50         25            20

In one hour all taps can fill = 1  +  1   +  1   =  11

50    25      20     100

In 6hrs all can fill =  11  x 6 = 33 parts

100                 50

taps A and B can fill =  = 1  +  1  = 3 part in 1 hr

50    25    50

In 4 1 hrs, A and B =  25 x 3  +  1

6                           6     50     4

Parts remaining for B to fill = 1 – 33  +  = 1  – 91   = 9 parts

50         4           100    100

Time  taken =  9  x  25  hrs = 2 ¼ hrs

100          1

7.30 am

6.     hrs

13.30

  4.10

5.40pm

  2.15

  7.55 pm

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 
 

 

18

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x2 + x – 8 = -2 – 2x

y = x2 + 3x – 6

Points of intersection (-4, 1.4)

y = x2 + x – 8 = 2x2 + 3x – 6

x2 + 2x + 2

y = x2 + x – 8 x 2

2y = 2x2 + 2x – 16

0 = 2x2 + 3x – 6

2y = -x  – 10

y = – 2.6

Ny = 1.2

 

8

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Eqn

Point of inter

 

 

 

 

 

Line eqn

 

Both

 

 

19

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)    Modal class = 45 – 49

(i)               Mean = 47 + -55

50

= 47 – 1.1

= 45.9

 

(ii) Standard deviation = Ö 3575 –  –55 2
50         50

=  Ö71.5   – 1.21

=Ö 70.29

= 8.3839

 

4

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

fd

fd2

    8  
20  

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(a)    a =   1
b = 2

½ cos (x – 15) = Sin (x + 30)

has no solution in the domain

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

B1

B1

B1

 

B1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

All

All

A & b

 

 

    8  
21 (a)       O Cos 30 = 20

X

X =  20

0.866

= 23.09

 

DE = Ö 502   + 23.092

= Ö 2500 + 533.36

= Ö 3033.36

= 55.076m

 

(b)       GB =  Ö 202  + 502

= 53.85

Tan q = 14.55
53.85

=  0.27019

q    = 15.12o

 

 

 

 

B1

 

M1

 

 

 

A1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 
  8  
  (c)       Volume of air = 50 x 20 x 3 + ½ x 20 x 11.55 x 50

= 3000 + 5775

= 8775

No. of people  =   8775
                               6

= 1462.5

j 1462

 

M1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 
    8  
22 (a)    A + B [ 16

5A + 3B ³ 50

2A + 3B [ 35

 

 

(b)   14 vehicles

 

(c)    A – 6 vehicles

B –  8

Cost = 6 x 1000 + 8 x 1200

= 6000 + 9600

= 15,600/=

 

 

B1

 

 

B1

 

B1

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

 

In equation 3

 

 

Vehicles

    8  

23

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

x        =      8

12 – x           3

 

= 8.727

FBX =    3    =  0.9166   = 23.57
3.273

 

3FBX = 47.13

 

Reflex  Ð FBD = 312.87

 

Reflex arc FD = 312.87   x 22  x 6
360           7

 

= 16.39cm

Reflex Arc CE = 312.87 x 22 x 16
360         7

 

=  43.7cm

 

FE (tangent) =  Ö144 – 121

= Ö 23

= 4.796cm

2 FE            =  9.592

 

Total length = 9.592 + 4.796 + 43.7 + 16.39

= 74.48 cm2

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

A1

 
    8  

24

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

(b)         200      =    40

Sin 50       Sin q

 

Sin q =  40Sin 50
                200
= 0.7660
5
=0.1532

q         = 8.81o

Ð ACB = 180 – (50 + 8.81)o

= 121.19o

    x             =   200
Sin 121.19     Sin 50

 

= 200 x Sin 121.19
Sin 50

= 200 x 0.855645
0.7660

= 223.36Km/h

 

(b)  Course = 330o – 8.81o

= 321.19o

 

(c) Time  =    600
321.19o

 

= 2.686 hrs

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

M1

 

 

 

 

 

 

A1

 

 

 

M1

 

 

M1

 

 

A1

 

B1

 

 

 

M1

 

A1

 

 

8

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 1-4 SCHEMES OF WORK TERM 1 TO 3

COMPUTER FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB-TOPIC LEARNING OBJECTIVES TEACHING/LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

TEACHING/LEARNING

RESOURCES

REFERENCES REMARKS
 

1

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

1

   

DEFINITION OF A COMPUTER

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define computer

·        Distinguish between data and information

·        Explain unique characteristics of computer as a data processing tool

 

Learner to:

·        Through questions and answer define computer

·        Through brainstorming distinguish between data and information

·        Through group discussion, discuss characteristics of a computer  as data processing tools

 

·        A calculator

·        A personal Computer

·        Charts

·        Sample data

 

·        Lomghorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 1-2

·        Computer studies Dr. Onunga and Renu Shah Page 1-2

 
   

2-3

   

PHYSICAL PARTS OF A COMPUTER

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        State and explain various physical parts of a computer

 

·        Through question and answer list parts of a Computer

·        Through brainstorming, explain various parts of a computer

 

·        A working personal computer

 

·        Gateway secondary Revision S.Mburu G. Chemwapg 1

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 3

 
 

2

 

1

   

CLASSIFICATION OF COMPUTERS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Classify computer according to physical size

 

Learner to

·        In group of two identify and discuss pictures from books, magazines

 

·        Charts or photographs from books, magazines or newspapers

 

 

·        Gateway secondary Revision S.Mburu G. Chemwapg 7-8

 

 
   

2-3

 

 

 

   

CLASSIFICATION OF COMPUTERS

 

·        Classify computer according to functionality and according to purpose

 

 

 

·        Discussion

·        Q/A

 

·        Charts or photographs from books, magazines or newspapers

 

·        Onunga and Renu Shah Page6

 

 

 

 

 
 

3

 

1

   

DEVELOPMENT OF COMPUTERS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain how computers have developed

 

·        Through brainstorming identify and discuss non-electronic tools

 

·        Charts or photographs from books, magazines or newspapers

 

·        Lomghorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 10

 

 
   

2-3

   

ELECTRONIC COMPUTERS

 

·        List five generations computers

 

·        In group of three, discuss five generation computers

 

·        Charts or photographs from books, magazines or newspapers

 

·        Lomghorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 12-13

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 22

 
 

4

 

1

   

AREAS WHERE COMPUTER ARE USED

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify areas where computers are used

·        Describe the listed areas where computers are used

 

Learner to

·        Through brainstorming identify and discuss areas where computers are used

 

·        Flash Cards

 

·        Lomghorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 14-15

 
   

2-3

   

·        THE COMPUTER LABORATORY

·        MEASURES THAT PROTECT COMPUTER

 

·        Define computer laboratory

·        Describe the safety precautions and practices that protect computer

 

·        Through question and answer define computer laboratory

·        In group of three, discuss safety precautions and practices that protect computer

 

·        UPS,Surge protector

·        charts

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 47

 
 

5

 

1

   

MEASURES THAT PROTECT USER

 

·        Describe the safety precautions and practices that protect user

 

·        In group of three, discuss safety precautions practices that protect user

 

·        Antiglare standard furniture

   
   

2-3

   

PRACTICAL HANDS-ON SKILLS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Start up a computer

·        Restart a computer

·        Shutting down computer

 

·        Through demonstration by the teacher, learner to observe and imitate on how to start up a computer, restart a computer and shut down computer

 

·        Computer

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 21-23

 
 

6

 

1

   

KEYBOARD AND MOUSE SKILLS

KEYBOARD SKILLS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define keyboard

·        Identify parts of the Keyboard

 

Learner to

·        Through brainstorming define keyboard and identify parts of the Keyboard

 

·        Computer keyboard

·        Mobile keyboard

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 22

 
   

2-3

   

KEYBOARD SKILLS

 

·        Discuss parts of the keyboard

·        Type using keyboard

 

·        In group of three, discuss parts of the keyboard and type using keyboard

 

·        charts

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 25

 
 

7

 

1

   

TYPING TUTOR

 

·        Identify typing tutors

·        Use typing tutors

 

·        Through question and answer identify typing tutors and use typing tutors

 

·        Typing tutor software computer

   
   

2-3

   

MOUSE SKILLS

 

·        Define computer mouse

·        Identify parts of the mouse

 

·        Through brainstorming define computer mouse and identify parts of the mouse

 

·        Computer mouse

 

·        Lomghorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 23

 
 

8

 

1

   

MOUSE SKILLS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Describe parts of mouse

·        Use mouse techniques

 

·        In group of three, discuss parts of the mouse

 

·        Computer mouse

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 23-25

 
   

2-3

   

MOUSE SKILLS

 

·        Drag and drop items

·        Open file and folders through double clicking, right clicking

 

·        Through demonstration by the teacher, learner to observe and imitate on how to drag and drop items

 

·        Computer mouse

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 23-25

 
COMPUTER SYSTEM
 

9

 

1

  COMPUTER SYSTEMS

INPUT DEVICES

(KEYING DEVICES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe computer system

·        Define input devices

 

Learner to

·        Through brainstorming describe computer system

·        define input devices

 

·        Computer system

·        PDA’s

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 30-31

 
   

2-3

   

INPUT DEVICES (KEYING DEVICES)

 

·        List keying devices

·        Describe keying devices

 

·        Through questions and answer, list keying devices, describe keying devices

 

·        Computer Keyboard

·        PDA’s Keypad

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 68

 
 

10

 

1

   

POINTING DEVICES

 

·        Define pointing devices

·        List pointing devices

·        Describe the listed pointing devices

 

·        Through question and answer define scanning device

·        In group of three, describe the listed pointing devices

 

·        Mouse

·        Joystick

·        Light pen

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 30-34

 
   

2-3

   

SCANNING DEVICES

 

·        Define scanning devices

·        List scanning devices

·        Describe scanning devices

 

·        Through question and answer define scanning device

·        In group of three, describe the listed scanning device

 

 

·        Pictures from books and Magazines

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 70

 
 

11

 

END TERM 1 EXAM

 

12

 

REVISION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2

COMPUTER SYSTEMS (cont)
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
 

1

 

1

   

COMPUTER SYSTEMS

DIGITIZERS

SPEECH RECOGNITION DEVICES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define digitizer

·        List other input technologies

·        Describe the listed input technologies

 

Learner to:

·        Through question and answer define digitizer

·        Through brainstorming to list other input technologies

·        Through group discussion, discuss the listed input technologies

 

·        Pictures from books and newspapers

·        PDA’s

 

·        Lomghorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 37-38

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 76

 
   

2-3

   

CENTRAL PROCESSING UNIT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define term CPU

·        List functional elements of CPU

 

·        Through questions and answer define the term CPU

·        Through brainstorming, list and illustrate the functional elements of CPU

 

·        A working personal computer

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 40

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 77

 
 

2

 

1

   

CONTROL UNIT AND ARITHMETIC LOGIC UNIT

 

·        Describe the control Unit and Arithmetic Logic Unit

 

·        Through brainstorming, describe the Control Unit and Arithmetic Logic Unit

 

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 41-42

 
   

2-3

   

MAIN MEMORY

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Classify computer memories

·        List examples of primary memory and secondary memory

·        State characteristics of RAM and ROM

 

Learner to:

·        Through question and answer classify computer memories

·        Trough brainstorming list examples of primary memory and secondary memory

·        Through questions and answer state characteristics of RAM and ROM

 

·        Pictures from books

·        RAM module

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 41-43

 

 
 

3

 

1

   

SPECIAL PURPOSE MEMORIES

 

·        Define special purpose memory

·        List special purpose memories

·        Describe Cache memory and Buffers

 

·        Through question and answer define special purpose memory and list special purpose memories

·        Through brainstorming describe Cache memory and Buffers

 

·        Input/output devices

·        microprocessor

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 77

 
   

2-3

   

SPECIAL PURPOSE MEMORIES

 

·        Define registers

·        List types of registers

·        Describe the listed types of registers

 

·        Through question and answer define registers and list types of registers

·        In group of five, discuss the listed types of registers

 

·        Chart

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 44-45

 

 
 

4

 

1

   

MEMORY CAPACITY

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define byte

·        Express memory quantities

·        Calculate memory quantities

 

Learner to:

·        Through questions and answer define byte

·        Through teachers demonstration, express memory quantities and calculate memory quantities

 

·        RAM module

·        Flash cards

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 79-80

 
   

2-3

   

OVERALL FUNCTIONAL ORGANIZATION OF THE CPU

 

·        Define computer bus

·        List types of computer buses

·        Describe the listed computer buses

·        Give an illustration of the overall functional organization of the CPU

 

·        Through brainstorming, define computer bus

·        In group of five, discuss the listed types of computer buses

·        Through group discussion, illustrate the overall functional organization of the CPU

 

·        Schematic diagram from the book

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 48

 

 
 

5

 

1

   

TYPES OF PROCESSORS

 

·        Classify processors

·        Discuss the listed processor classifications

 

·        Through question and answer Classify processors

·        Through group discussion, discuss the listed processor classification

 

·        Photograph

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 48

 

 
   

2-3

   

TRENDS IN PROCESSORS TECHNOLOGY AND SPEED

 

·        List processors

Type

Manufactures

Year and speed

 

·        Through question and answer, list processors Type, manufactures, year and speed

 

·        Photograph

 

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 44-47

 
 

6

 

1

   

OUTPUT DEVICES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define output device

·        Classify output devices

·        List softcopy output devices

·        Describe monitor as a soft copy output device

 

Learner to:

(a)    Through question and answer define output device and classify output devices

(b)    Through group discussion, discuss the listed softcopy output devices

 

·        CRT,LCD, TFT monitors

·        Speakers

·        LED

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 51-60

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 80

 

 
   

2-3

   

MONITOR DISPLAY TERMINOLOGIES AND VIDEO GRAPHIC ADAPTERS

 

·        Define the terminologies used in monitor

·        List and describe the video graphic adapters

 

·        Through question and answer define terminologies

·        Through group discussion, describe the listed video graphic adapters

 

·        Photograph from books

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 49-52

 
 

7

 

1

   

HARDCOPY OUTPUT DEVICES

 

·        Describe hard copy output devices

 

·        Through group discussion, describe hard copy output devices

 

·        Printers

·        Pictures from magazines

·        Newspapers

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 81

 

 
   

2-3

   

HARD COPY OUTPUT DEVICES

 

·        List factors to consider when purchasing a printer

 

·        Through question and answer list factors to consider when purchasing a printer

 

 

·        Printers

·        Pictures from magazines

·        Newspapers

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 53

 
 

8

 

1

   

SECONDARY STORAGE DEVICES AND MEDIA

 

·        List secondary storage media

·        Describe removable storage device

 

·        Through question and answer list secondary storage media

·        Through group discussion, describe removable storage device

 

·        Flash disc

·        Floppy

·        Diskettes

·        Memory sticks

·        Compact disk

·        Hard disk

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 61-69

 

 
   

2-3

   

SECONDARY STORAGE DEVICES AND MEDIA

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss fixed storage device

 

·        Through brainstorming, discuss fixed storage device

 

·        Flash disc

·        Floppy

·        Diskettes

·        Memory sticks

·        Compact disk

·        Hard disk

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 101

 

 
 

9

 

1

   

POWER SUPPLY AND PERIPHERAL DEVICE INTERFACING

 

·        Distinguish between power and interface cables

·        Describe power cables

 

·        Through question and answer, distinguish between and interface cables

 

·        Computer power cables

·        Interface cables

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 65-67

 
   

2-3

   

POWER SUPPLY AND PERIPHERAL DEVICE INTERFACING

 

·        Describe interfacing cables

 

·        Through discussion, describe interfacing cables

 

·        Computer power cables

·        Interface cables

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 65-67

 
 

10

 

1

   

BASIC COMPUTER SET-UP AND CABLING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain basic computer setup and cabling

 

·        Through teachers demonstration, explain basic computer setup and cabling

 

 

·        Computer power cables

·        Interface cables

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 101

 

 
   

2-3

   

“”

 

·        Mount hard drives and optical drives

 

·        Through teachers demonstration, mount hard drives and optical drives

 

·        Computer

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 101

 

 
 

11

 

1

   

COMPUTER SOFTWARE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Distinguish between system software and application software

 

·        Through question and answer, distinguish between system software and application software

 

·        Computer software’s

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 73-76

 
   

2-3

   

COMPUTER SOFTWARE

 

·        Classify software according to purpose

 

·        Through brainstorming, classify software according to purpose

 

·        Computer software’s

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 143-144

 
 

12

 

1

   

COMPUTER SOFTWARE

 

·        Classify software according to acquisition

 

Through brainstorming, classify software according to acquisition

 

·        Computer software’s

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 143-144

 
   

2-3

   

COMPUTER SOFTWARE

 

 

 

·        Classify software according to end user- License

·        Evaluate criteria for selecting computer system

 

·        Through brainstorming, classify software according to user- License

·        Through question and answer, Evaluate criteria for selecting computer system

 

 

·        Computer software’s

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 143-144

 

 
 

13

 

END TERM EXAM AND REVISION

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3

OPERATING SYSTEM (OS)
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
 

1

 

1

   

DEFINITION OF AN OPERATING SYSTEM

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Illustrate an operating system as a supervisor of hardware and application software

 

Learner to

·        Identify operating system used by the computer

 

·        Charts

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 82

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 155

 

 
   

2-3

     

·        Identify parts of operating system

 

·        Through brainstorming describe parts of the operating system

 

·        Charts

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 82

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 155

 
 

2

 

1

   

FUNCTION OF AN OPERATING SYSTEM

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        List devices under the operating system

 

·        Through questions and answers, list devices under control of operating system

 

·        Flash Cards

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 83-85

 

 
   

2-3

   

DEVICES UNDER THE OPERATING SYSTEM CONTROL

 

·        State functions of an operating system in resource management

 

·        Through brainstorming, state functions of operating system

 

·        Computer

·        Operating system

·        software

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 87

 
 

3

 

 

1

   

TYPES OF OPERATING SYSTEM

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        List types of operating system

 

Learner to

(a)    List and describe types of operating system

 

·        PC’s loaded with different operating systems, pupils book part 3,4

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 83-85

 

 

 
   

2-3

   

 

 

Describe:

·        Single program and multitasking operating system

 

(a)    Draw a summary diagram of various operating system types

 

·        PC’s loaded with different operating systems, pupils book part 3,4

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 170

 

 
 

4

 

1

   

 

 

·        Multi- user and single user operating system

 

·        Draw a summary diagram of various operating system types

 

·        Chart

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 170

 
   

2-3

     

·        Command line, menu driven and graphical user interface operating system

 

·        Draw a summary diagram of various operating system types

 

·        Chart

 

·        Gateway Secondary Revision, S.MburuG.Chemwapg 90-91

 
 

5

 

1

   

HOW OPERATING SYSTEM ORGANIZE INFORMATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        State and explain factors that dictate file organization

 

·        Identify features on windows desktop

 

·        PC loaded with any version of windows

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 89-94

 

 
   

2-3

     

·        Describe files, folders and drives

·        Start Microsoft windows

 

·        Identify features on windows desktop

 

·        PC loaded with any version of windows

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 89-94

 
 

6

 

1

   

MANAGING FILE AND FOLDERS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Distinguish between folder and directory

·        Draw directory (folder) tree

 

Learner to

·        Create folder in both Graphical user interface and MS-DOS

 

·        Flash cards

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 95-97

 

 

 
   

2-3

   

MANAGING FILE AND FOLDERS

 

·        Create ne files and folders

·        Identify parts of an application window

   

·        Flash cards

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 95-97

 
 

7

 

1

   

 

 

·        Save changes to a file

·        Rename files or folders

·        Copy, move, sort files and folders

 

Learner to

·        Save changes to a file, rename files and folders

 

·        Personal computer loaded with any version of windows

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 95-97

 
   

2-3

     

·        Manipulate files and folders using

Short cut menu, drag and drop

Selecting multiple files and folders

Searching for files and folders

 

·        In group of two, manipulate files and folders using

Shortcut menu, drag and drop

Selecting multiple files and folders

Searching for files and folders

 

·        Personal computer loaded with any version of windows

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 90

 
 

8

 

1

   

DISK MANAGEMENT USING WINDOWS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Format disk

·        Back-up data

 

Learner to:

In group of three

·        Format disk

·        Back-up data

 

·        Personal computer loaded with any version of windows

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 106-113

 
   

2-3

     

·        scan problems related to disk

·        defragment a disk

 

In group of three

·        use scan disk to detect disk errors

·        defragment a disk

 

·        floppy diskette

·        flash disk

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 106-113

 
 

9

 

1

     

·        Compress files within a disk

·        Scan a disk for virus

 

In a group of three

·        Compress a disk

 

 

·        floppy diskette

·        flash disk

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 106-113

 
   

2-3

     

·        Create/restore back-up data

·        Create startup disk

·        Partition a disk

 

In group of three

·        Partition a disk

 

·        Un partition

·        Hard disk

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 106-113

 
 

10

 

1

   

INSTALLATION AND CONFIGURING AN OPERATING SYSTEM

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Know installation requirements

 

Learner to

·        List installation requirement

·        Describe the listed installation requirements

 

·        Personal computer without an operating system

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 114-117

 
   

2-3

     

·        Install operating system

·        With the help of the teacher install operating system  

·        Installation and start up disk

·        Manufactures documentations

 

·        Foundations of Computer studies by Pepelapg 170

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1

APPLICATION PACKAGES (WORD PROCESSORS)
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1   Reporting from home and settling for first term work
 

2

 

1

   

DEFINITION OF WORD PROCESSOR

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term word processor

·        Explain the purpose of a word processor

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Newspapers

·        Letters

·        Cards

·        books

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 1-3

 
   

2-3

   

USING A WORD PROCESSING PACKAGE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Start a Microsoft word

·        Explain the Microsoft screen layout

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working personal computer

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 5-10

 
 

3

 

1

   

RUNNING THE PROGRAMME

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Save and retrieve

·        Close and exit

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 13-17

 
   

2-3

   

EDITING AND FORMATTING A DOCUMENT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Select a document

·        Move, copy and delete

·        Insert and type over

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 16-19

 
 

4

 

1

   

FIND AND REPLACE

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

·        Define the term find and replace

·        Find and replace a documents

·        Use thesaurus

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Card working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 16-24

 
   

2-3

   

TEXT FORMATTING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Bold, italicize, underline, change fonts

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Cards

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 22-23

 
 

5

 

1

   

PARAGRAPH FORMATTING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Drop cap, sub and superscript

·        Align and indent text

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Cards

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 22-23

 
   

2-3

   

PARAGRAPH FORMATTING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Space and section break

·        Bullet and number

·        Insert columns/page headers and footers

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Newspapers

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 22-23

 
 

6

 

1

   

SET-UP

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Set up margins

·        Set paper size and orientation

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 33-35

 
   

2-3

   

SET-UP

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term table

·        Crate tables

·        Insert rows and columns

·        Merge/split rows

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

·        books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 37-39

 
 

7

 

1

   

TABLE CONVERSION/ ARITHMETIC CALCULATIONS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        convert text to a table and vice verse

·        import tables/perform calculations

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

·        Chalk board

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 40-41

 
   

2-3

   

MAIL MERGE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term mail merge

·        Create: main document and data source

·        Merge fields

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Card

·        Working computer

·        Chalk board

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 44-46

 
 

8

 

1

   

GRAPHICS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term graphic

·        Insert/edit graphics

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Clip art

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 44-49

 
   

2-3

   

PRINTING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term printing

·        Set up the printer and print

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 44

 
 

9

 

1

   

SPREAD SHEETS (SPREADSHEETS)

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term spreadsheets

·        Explain the application areas of spreadsheet

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Call register

·        Accounts book

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 52-53

 
   

2-3

   

CREATING A WORKSHEET

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term worksheet

·        Create a worksheet

·        Save/retrieve a worksheet

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Class register

·        Accounts book

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 57-65

 
 

10

 

1

   

CELL DATA TYPES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term cell data type

·        Explain the different data types

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 66

 
   

2-3

   

CELL REFERENCING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term cell referencing

·        Explain the different cell referencing

·        Apply cell referencing on a computer

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 66-69

 
 

11

 

1

   

FUNCTIONS AND FORMULAE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Differentiate between functions and formulae

·        Apply functions and formulae on a document

 

·        Q/A demonstration Practical

 

·        Working computer

·        Books

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 70-73

 
   

2-3

   

WORKSHEET FORMATTING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Format a worksheet: text, numbers, rows, columns and global

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 74-79

 
 

12

 

1

   

DATA MANAGEMENT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the terms, Sort, filter, total forms

·        Apply the above features

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 73-75

 
   

2-3

   

CHARTS/GRAPHICS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Definite the terms chart

·        Explain the different charts

·        Insert charts

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 77-79

 
  END TERM EXAMS/SCHOOLS CLOSE
 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 2 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2

DATABASES
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1   Reporting from home and settling for the second term work
 

2

 

1

   

DATABASE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the database

·        Explain the concept of D/base

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Class list

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 93-94

 
   

2-3

   

DATABASE MODELS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term d/base model

·        Explain the difference d/base models

·        Discuss the features of a database

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 96-98

 
 

3

 

1

   

DATA ORGANIZATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Organize data in a database

·        Start Ms Access

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 97-100

 
   

2-3

   

MS ACCESS SCREEN LAYOUT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the access screen layout

·        Create a database

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Cards

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 100-104

 
 

4

 

1

   

EDITING A D/BASE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Edict a data base

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Cart

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 108-109

 
   

2-3

   

QUERIES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term query

·        Crate a query

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Letters

·        Card

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 116-117

 
 

5

 

1

   

UPDATING A QUERY

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Update a query

·        View a query

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 120-122

 
   

2-3

   

FORM DESIGN

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the form layout

·        Create a form

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Newspaper

·        Working  computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 110-113

 
 

6

 

1

   

FORMATTING FIELDS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Display records in a form

·        Format fields

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 113

 

 
   

2-3

   

REPORTS LAYOUT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define a report

·        Create a report

·        Modify a report

 

Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 125-129

 

 
 

7

 

1

   

REPORTS LAYOUT

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Sort and group data in a report

·        Design labels

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Forms

·        Report

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 40-41

 

 
   

2-3

   

PRINTING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term printing

·        Print: form and a report

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Forms

·        Report

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 112

 
DESKTOP PUBLISHING
 

8

 

1

   

DESKTOP PUBLISHING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define DTP S/W

·        State then purpose of DTPS/W

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Clip art

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 132-134

 

 
   

2-3

   

DESIGNING A PUBLICATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the DTP S/W

·        Discuss the types of DTP publications

 

·        Q/A Observation Practical

 

·        Letters

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 133-134

 

 
 

9

 

1

   

DESIGNING A PUBLICATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Run the DTP program

·        Explain the DTP screen layout

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Cards, certificates, text, calendars, text books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 134-136

 
   

2-3

   

DESIGNING A PUBLICATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Set up a publication

·        Manipulate text and graphics

 

Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Cards, certificates, text calendars, textbooks

·        Working Computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 139-143

 
 

10

 

1

   

TEXT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design page layout

·        Use a ruler to measure

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Calendars, textbooks

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 158

 
   

2-3

   

GRAPHICS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term graphics

·        Change full stroke

·        Reshape objects

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 150

 
 

11

 

1

   

GRAPHICS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Copy an object

·        Import and wrap text

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 161-162

 
   

2&3

   

GRAPHICS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Group objects

·        Lock objects

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 164-168

 
 

12/13

 

1

   

ROTATE/CROP

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the terms, sort, filter, total, forms

·        Apply the above features

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 164

 
  THE SCHOOL CLOSES/END OF TERM EXAMS
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 1 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1

 

INTERNET AND E-MAIL

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 Reporting from home and settling for the first term work
 

2

 

1

   

INTERNET AND E-MAIL

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term internet

·        Explain the development of internet

 

·        Q/A discussion

·        Demonstration

·        observation

 

·        internet

·        Text book

·        Working Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 168-169

 

 
   

2-3

   

IMPORTANCE OF THE INTERNET

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the importance of the internet

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 266-275

 

 
 

3

 

1

   

INTERNET CONNECTIVITY

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the internet connectivity

·        Explain elements of IC

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Modem S/W

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 273-276

 

 
   

2-3

   

INTERNET SERVICES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the internet services

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Letters

·        Cards

·        Books

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 273-276

 
   

1

   

ACCESSING INTERNET

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Log in/Sign in

·        Surf/browse

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Web pages

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 279

 
 

4

 

2-3

   

HYPER LINKS AND SEARCH ENGINES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term search engine

·        Use search engines

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Card

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 177-179

 

 
 

5

 

1

   

ELECTRONIC MAIL

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the term e-mail

·        Discuss the use of email s/w

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 178-180

 

 
   

2-3

   

E-MAIL

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        State the e-mail facilities

·        Compose mails

·        Check mails

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Web pages

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 30-37

 
 

6

 

1

   

E-MAIL

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Manipulate an e-mail

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Web pages

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 180

 
   

2-3

   

SET-UP

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Fax e-mail

·        Attach files

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Websites

·        Web pages

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 181-182

 
 

7

 

1

   

TEL MESSAGING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the term tel messaging

·        Develop contact mgt

 

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Web pages

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 181-182

 

 
   

2-3

   

EMERGING ISSUES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the emerging issues

·        Search for the emerging issues in the net

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Websites

·        Web pages

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 182-183

 

 
 

8

 

1

   

GRAPHICS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term graphic

·        Insert/edit graphics

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Web sites

·        Web pages

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 44-49

 
   

2-3

   

G. DATA SECURITY AND CONTROLS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term data security

·        Identify security threats on ICT

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 185-186

 
 

9

 

1

   

CONTROL MEASURES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss the control measures on ICT

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 186-188

 
   

2-3

   

COMPUTER CRIMES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term computer crimes

·        Explain the computer crimes

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Books

·        Internet

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 188-190

 
 

10

 

1

   

ICT PROTECTION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss ICT protection measures

 

Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Internet

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 190-193

 
   

2-3

   

LAWS OF ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the terms ethics

·        Explain the ethical issues

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Internet

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working computer

 

·        Computer studies by S.JohnOnunga page 327-328

 
 

11

 

1

   

ICT LEGISLATION

 

By the end of the lesson,  the learner should be able to

·        Discuss ICT laws

 

·        Q/A discussion

   

·        Computer studies by S.JohnOnunga page 328-331

 
   

2-3

   

WORKSHEET FORMATTING

 

By the end of the lesson, the earner should be able to

·        Format a w/sheet: text, numbers, rows, columns and global

 

·        Q/A Demonstration practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Working computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Secondary. S.Mburu, G. Chemwa page 190-193

 

 
   

SCHOOLS CLOSES END OF YEAR

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 1 Data Representation in a computer DEFINITION & INTRODUCTION

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define data

·        Define information

·        Classify computers according to functionality with illustration

·        Questions and answers

·        Discussions in groups

·        brainstorming

·        computer keyboard

·        electronic circuits

·        Charts

·        Photographs

·        Pictures from books

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 1-3

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 1

 
   

2

 

 

 

DATA REPRESENTATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Represent data in digital computers

(i)     On electronic circuits

(ii)    On magnetic media

(iii)   Optical media

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Exercises by the teacher

 

 

·        Charts

·        Floppy diskettes

·        Compact disk

·        Electronic circuit

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 23

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 1

 
   

3-4

 

Data Representation

 

DATA REPRESENTATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Give reasons why binary system is used in computers

·        Define bits, bytes, nibble and word

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 24

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 1

 

 
 

2

 

1

 

Data Representation

 

NUMBER SYSTEMS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define decimal number

·        Represent data in decimal number system

·        Represent data in actual number system

 

·        Group discussions

·        Exercises given and marked by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Simple calculations

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 25

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 6

 
   

2

   

NUMBER SYSTEM

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Represent data in actual number system

·        Represent data in Hexadecimal number system

 

·        Group discussions

·        Questions and answering

·        exercises

 

·        charts

·        simple calculations

·        Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 7-8

 
   

3/4

QUIZ AND PROBLEM SOLVING

Teacher administers small assignment and revises for better retention

     
 

3

 

1

 

Data representation

 

FURTHER CONVERSION OF NUMBER SYSTEMS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Convert binary number to decimal number system

·        Convert decimal numbers to binary numbers

 

·        Questions and answers

·        Discussions in groups

 

·        Charts

·        Simple calculations

·        Questions papers

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 8

 
   

2

 

 

 

By the end of the lesson,, the learner should be able to

·        Convert binary fraction to decimal number system

·        Convert a decimal fraction to binary

 

·        Discussions

·        Questions and answers

 

·        Charts

·        Simple calculations

·        Questions papers

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page

 
   

3-4

PROBLEM SOLVING AND QUIZ

Teacher administers questions and answer session for better retention

   
 

4

 

1

 

DATA REPRESENTATION

 

Converting octal numbers to decimal and binary numbers

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Convert octal numbers to decimal numbers

·        Convert octal numbers to binary numbers

 

·        Discussion

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chart

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 12

 
   

2

 

DATA REPRESENTATIONS

 

Converting hexadecimal numbers to binary number

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Convert hexadecimal to decimal numbers

·        Convert hexadecimal numbers to binary numbers

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Simple calculations

·        Computers

·        Scientific calculators

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 13-15

 
3-4 QUIZ AND PROBLEM SOLVING

 Can be inform of a question/answer session for retention

 

5

 

1

 

DATA REPRESENTATIONS

 

Symbolic Representation using coding schemes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the binary coded decimal code as a representation Scheme (BCD)

·        Explain the extended Binary coded decimal interchange code (EBCDIC)

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Scientific Calculators

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 22-27

 
   

2

 

DATA REPRESENTATION

 

Symbolic Representation using coding schemes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the American standard code for information interchange code (ASCII) as a representation scheme

 

·        Discussion in groups

 

·        Charts

·        Scientific and simple calculator

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 22-27

 
  3-4 QUIZ FOR TETENTION

Administer a small exam

 

6

 

1

   

BINARY ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Represent signed binary numbers using prefixing an extra sign bit to a binary number and ones complement

 

·        Teacher demonstrates

·        Group discussions

·        Questions and answering

 

·        Simple calculators

·        PDA’s

·        charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 27

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 27

 
   

2

   

BINARY ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Represent signed binary numbers using two’s complement

 

·        Teachers demonstrates

·        Question and answer

·        Group discussions

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 27

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 27

 
   

3-4

   

BINARY ADDITION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Perform seven possible binary additions

·        Outline the procedure for binary additions

 

·        Demonstration by the teacher

·        Teacher gives and marks questions

·        Group discussions

 

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 27

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 27

 
 

7

 

1

   

BINARY ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Perform direct subtraction

·        Perform subtraction using ones complement

 

·        Discussions

·        Demonstration by teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        calculator

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 28

 
   

2

   

BINARY ARITHMETIC OPERATIONS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Perform subtraction using twos complement

 

·        Discussions

·        Demonstration by teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        calculator

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 26

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 28

 
  3-4 QUIZ AND PROBLEM SOLVING

Teacher evaluates by giving questions to ascertain whether objectives are achieved

   
 

8

 

1

 

Data Processing

 

DEFINITION AND INTRODUCTION

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define data information and data processing

·        Describe the data processing cycle

·        Give methods of data collection

 

·        Group discussions

·        Question and answering

·        brainstorming

 

·        charts

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 32

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 32-35

 
   

2

 

Data Processing

 

DATA PROCESSING CYCLE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        List stages for data processing

·        Describe the listed data processing cycle stage

 

·        Group discussions

·        Question and answering

·        Brainstorming

 

·        charts

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 32

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 32-35

 
   

3-4

 

Data Processing

 

DATA PROCESSING CYCLE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Give the errors that influence the accuracy of data and information output

·        Explain the errors in data processing

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Question and answer

·        Assignments marked by the teacher

 

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

·        computer

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 35

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 33

 
 

9

 

1

 

Data processing

 

DATA INTEGRITY

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define data integrity

·        Give the measurements of data integrity

·        Accuracy

·        Timelines

·        Relevance

·        Describe the listed data integrity measurements

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Flash cards

·        Simple information system

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 41

 
   

2

 

Data processing

 

DATA PROCESSING METHODS

 

By the end of this lesson, the learner should be able to

·        State the ways of minimizing threat to data integrity

·        List and describe the methods of data processing

 

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Flash cards

·        Simple information system

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 41

 
   

3-4

 

Data processing

 

COMPUTER FILES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define a computer file

·        Give the types of computer files

·        State the advantages of computerized filing

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 49

 
 

10

 

1

 

Data processing

 

ELEMENTS OF COMPUTER FILE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        List the elements of a computer file

·        Describe the listed elements of a computer file

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Question and answer

·        demonstration

 

·        database

·        chart with relation database

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 40

 

 
   

2

 

Data processing

 

CLASSIFICATION OF COMPUTER FILES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Classify computer files

·        Differentiate between logical and physical computer files

 

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Floppy diskette

·        Compact disc

·        Computer video tape

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies Bk 3 page 41

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 50

 
   

3-4

 

Data processing

 

COMPUTER PROCESSING FILES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Give the types of processing files

·        Describe the listed types of processing files

·        Master files

·        Transaction file

·        Reference files

·        Backup files

·        Sort files

 

·        Discussions

·        Illustration by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 41

 

 
 

11

 

1

 

Data processing

 

FILE ORGANIZATION METHODS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define file organization

·        List the methods of organizing files on a storage media

·        Describe the listed methods of file organization

 

·        Question and answer

·        Brainstorming

·        Discussions in groups

 

·        Floppy diskettes

·        Compact disk

·        Video tapes

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 42

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 55

 
   

2

 

Data processing

 

ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Give the data processing modes

·        Describe

(i)     Online processing

(ii)    Real-time processing

(iii)   Distributed processing

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Question and answer

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 43-45

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 61

 
   

3-4

 

Data processing

 

ELECTRONIC DATA PROCESSING MODES

 

Bythe end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe

(i)     Time- sharing

(ii)    Batch processing

(iii)   Multi processing

(iv)   Multi-tasking

(v)    Interactive processing

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Question and answer

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 612-69

 
   

12-13

 

END OF TERM EXAMS AND CLOSING OF SCHOOL

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
 

1

 

1

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

DEFINITION OF PROGRAMMING

 

By the end of this lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define programming

·        List the terms used in programming

·        Describe the listed terms

·        Differentiate between source program and object program

 

·        Question and answer

·        Discussion in groups

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Books

·        Journals

·        Software

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 47

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 72

 

 
   

2

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

LEVELS OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Classify the programming languages

·        Describe the low level programming language

 

·        Demonstration

·        Q/A

 

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

·        books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 49-51

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 73

 
   

3-4

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

LEVELS OF PROGRAMMING LANGUAGE

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe the high level language

·        State the advantages and disadvantages of low-level and high level languages

 

·        Q/A

·        Discussion

 

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 59

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 74-75

 
 

2

 

1

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        List the stages in program development

·        Describe

(i)        program recognition

(ii)      program definition

 

·        Question and answer

·        Discussion in groups

 

·        Flash cards

·        charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 60-66

 

 
   

2

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe

(i)        Program design

(ii)      Program coding

 

·        Demonstration

·        Illustrations by teacher

 

·        Computer software

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 83

 

 
   

3-4

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

 

PROGRAM DEVELOPMENT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe

(i)        program testing

(ii)      Program implementation and maintenance

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Flash cards

·        charts

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 85

 

 
 

3

 

1

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

 

PROGRAM DOCUMENTATION

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term program documentation

·        State the forms of documentation

·        Describe the target groups for documentation

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chalkboard

·        charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 67

 

 
   

2

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

 

DEVELOPMENT OF ALGORITHMS

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define algorithm

·        List tools used in algorithm

·        Distinguish between pseudo code and flow charts

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Question and answer

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 68

 

 
   

3-4

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

DESIGNING MORE COMPLEX ALGORITHMS  

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Give comparison between a pseudo code and a flow chart

·        Design complex algorithms

 

·        Question and answer

·        Demonstration by the teacher

·        Group discussions

 

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 68

 

 
 

4

 

1

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

 

PROGRAM CONTROL STRUCTURES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define program control structures

·        List three control structures

·        Describe sequence as a control structure

 

·        Discussions in groups

 

·        Charts

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 72-78

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 93

 
   

2

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

 

PROGRAM CONTROL STRUCTURES

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe the use of iteration (looping) as a control structure

 

·        Discussion in groups

 

·        Charts

·        chalkboard

 

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 94

 

 
   

3-4

 

ELEMENTARY PROGRAMMING PRINCIPLES

 

 

 

Program control structures

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe selection as a control structure

·        Design a more complex algorithm

 

·        Illustration by the teacher

·        Discussion in groups

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chart

·        chalkboard

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 94

 

 
 

5

 

1

 

PROBLEM SOLVING

     
   

2

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Definition

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term system

·        Describe a system list

·        List the characteristics of a system

 

·        Discussion

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Chalkboard

·        Journals

·        Computer

·        books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 91-95

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 168

 
   

3-4

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Information system

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe the listed characteristics of a system

·        Define information system

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

·        Chalkboard

·        Computer

·        Books

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 170

 
 

6

 

1

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Information system

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        State the main purpose of an information system

·        Give reasons why information system is developed

·        State the role of information system analyst

 

·        Discussion

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

·        Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 95

 

 
   

2

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Theories of system development

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe tradition approach

·        Describe rapid application development

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Chalk board

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

 

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 170

 

 
   

3-4

   

Theories of system development

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe the structured approach

·        Give examples of ways of information of gathering

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Chalk board

·        Flash cards

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 97

 

 
 

7

 

1

 

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Stages of system development

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        State and define all the stages of system development

 

·        Illustration by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chalk board

·        charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 97

 
   

2

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Stages of system development

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Give the methods used in information gathering

·        Describe interviews studying of available documents as used in information gathering

 

·        Demonstration

·        Discussion

 

·        Chalk board

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 100-104

·        Computer studies by Onunga and Shah page 175

 
   

3-4

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Stages of system development

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Prepare a questionnaire

·        Prepare and present a fait finding report

·        Describe how automated methods are used

 

·        Discussions in groups

·        Question and answer

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Sample questionnaire

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 104

 

 
 

8

 

1

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Requirements specification

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe output specification

·        Describe input specification

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 105

 
     

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

 

Requirements specification

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe file/data stores

·        Describe hardware and software requirements

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 109

 
     

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

System design

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define system flowchart

·        Identify common flowchart symbols

 

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Charts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 109

 

 
 

9

 

1

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

Designing a system flowchart

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify guidelines fro designing system flowcharts

·        Write a system flowchart using a case study

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

·        Illustration by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 110

 

 
   

2

   

Designing a system flowchart

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Write a simple book borrowing module flowchart

·        Write cleaners information system flowchart

 

·        Illustration by the teacher

·        Discussion in groups

 

·        Charts

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 110

 

 
   

3-4

   

Designing a system flowchart

 

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Write a sample library books management system flowchart

·        Use data flow diagrams

 

·        Question and answer

·        Discussion in groups

 

·        Chalkboard

·        chart

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 110

 
 

10

 

1

 

SYSTEM DEVELOPMENT

 

System Construction

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term system construction

·        Identify number of technique that can be used to construct a designed system

 

·        Question and answer

·        Discussion in groups

 

·        Charts

·        Chalkboard

·        Information system (Cleaner)

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 110

 
   

2

   

System Implementation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define system implementation and file conversion

·        Describe factors considered during file conversion

 

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        discussion

 

·        Charts

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 116

 

 

 
   

3-4

   

Change over strategies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term changeover

·        List the system change over strategies

·        Describe three listed changeover strategies

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Flash card

·        Charts

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 116

 

 
 

11

 

1

   

System maintenance and revision

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define system maintenance

·        Define system review

·        Describe security control measures

 

·        Illustration by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 116

 

 
   

2

   

System documentation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Write a report on case study

 

·        Illustration by the teacher

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Flash cards

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 117

 
   

3-4

 

 

 

System documentation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Develop a system using a case study

 

·        Illustration by the teacher

·        Discussions

 

·        A chart

·        Computer

·        Printer

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 117

 
 

12

 

1

   

System documentation

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify comprehensive system documentation details

·        Write a report on the case study

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 118-120

 

 
  2,3& 4    

PRACTICALS

   
 

END OF TERM EXAMINATION

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 3 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
 

1

 

1

 

PROGRAMMING WITH VISUAL AIDS

 

Definition

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term visual basic

·        Start up visual basic

·        Identify features of visual basic

 

·        Demonstration by the teacher

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Computer

·        chart

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 122

 

 
   

2

 

PROGRAMMING

 

Visual basic toolbox

 

Bythe end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify parts of the visual basic tool box

·        Describe parts of the visual basic toolbox

 

·        Demonstration

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Photograph

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 123

 
   

3-4

   

Saving a visual project

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Save a visual basic project

·        Open an existing visual basic project

 

·        Demonstration by the teacher

·        Question and answer

·        Practical

 

·        Computer

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 123

 

 
 

2

 

1

   

Visual basic fundamental concepts

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify the visual basic fundamental concepts

·        Describe the listed fundamental concepts

 

·        Discussions

·        Questions and answer

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Charts

·        Computer

·        Simple calculators

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 136

 

 
   

2

   

Mathematical operators

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify mathematical operators

·        Describe the listed mathematical operators

 

·        Discussions

·        Question and answers

 

·        Chalkboard

·        Charts

·        Computer

·        Simple calculators

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 137

 

 
   

3-4

   

Numeric strings and values

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        convert a numeric string to a value

·        Convert a value to a string

 

·        Illustrations by the teacher

·        Discussions

·        Question and answer

 

·        Charts

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 137

 
 

3

 

1

   

Project developments

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Create a program used to calculate the area of a rectangle

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Illustrations by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 145

 

 
   

2

   

Project developments

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Write a program used to find roots of a quadratic expression

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Illustrations by the teacher

 

·        Charts

·        Computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 147

 
   

3-4

   

Case construct

Looping construct

 

By the end of this lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Use case statement that can display the name of a weekday when its number is provided

·        Write a program using do-loop

·        Write a program using FOR-NEXT LOOP

 

·        Demonstration by the teacher

·        Discussion

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chart

·        Chalkboard

·        Computer

·        printer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 147

 

 

 

 
 

4

 

1

 

 

 

Working with graphical objects

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Insert a picture using picture box

·        Define module and procedure

·        Declare general subroutines

 

·        Demonstration

·        Question and answer

·        discussion

 

·        chart

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 150

 

 
   

2

   

Working with graphical objects

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Write a general subroutine that solves y= xn given that the value of n are integers

 

·        Demonstration

·        Question and answer

·        practical

 

·        computer

·        printer

·        chart

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 151

 

 
   

3-4

   

Creating means and dialog boxes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Create a dropdown menu

·        Create a message and dialog boxes

 

·        Demonstration

·        Discussions

·        Question and answers

 

·        computer

·        printer

·        chart

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 151

 

 
   

1

   

List boxes and control boxes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define list box and combo box

·        Create a list box and a combo box

·        Create a project that loads a list of items

 

·        Discussion

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

 

·        Chart

·        Photograph

·        Computer

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 161

 

 
 

5

 

2

   

Visual basic data structures

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term arrays

·        Declare an array

 

·        Discussion

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

 

 

·        Chart

·        Photograph

·        Computer

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 163

 

 
   

3-4

   

Visual basic data structures

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Declare two dimensional arrays

·        Write array of records

 

·        Discussion

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

 

·        Chart

·        Photograph

·        Computer

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 161

 
 

6

 

1

   

Data files

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define a file

·        Identify types of files recognized by visual basic

·        Link visual basic to data base

 

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

·        Discussion

 

·        Chart

·        Computer

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 187-189

 

 
   

2

 

INTRODUCTION TO DATA BASE DESIGN

 

Definition

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define database

·        Identify relationships in database

 

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

·        Discussion

 

·        Chart

·        Computer

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 187-189

 
   

3-4

   

Defining attributes

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define a foreign key

·        Distinguish between an entity and attributes

·        Create one to many relationships

 

·        Question and answer

·        Practical

·        Demonstration

·        discussions

 

·        computer

·        chart

·        chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 203-204

 

 
 

7

 

1

   

File table structure

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Create a table

·        Set primary key and foreign key

 

·        Demonstration

·        Discussion

·        Practical

 

·        Computer

·        Chart

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 217

 
   

2

   

Enforcing Referential integrity

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Enforce referential integrity between tables

·        Normalize table

 

·        Demonstration

·        Discussion

·        Practical

 

·        Computer

·        Chart

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 217

 
   

3-4

   

Forms and commands

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Create a form/ interface

·        Call for commands

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

·        Question and answer

 

·        Computer

·        Chart

·        Chalkboard

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 21o

 

 
 

8

 

1

   

Creating reports

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe the tools used to automate database

·        Create a switchboard

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chart

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 211

 

 
   

2

   

Automating database

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Describe the tools used to automate database

·        Create a switchboard

 

·        Discussion in groups

·        Demonstration

·        Practical

·        Question and answer

 

·        Chart

·        computer

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 212

 
   

3-4

   

 

Automating database

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Create macros

·        Develop a system using a case study

 

·        Demonstration

·        Assignment

 

·        Computer

·        Chart

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by Mburu and ChemwaBk 3 page 212

 
REVISION AND END TERM EXAMS
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 1

WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
1 Reporting from home and settling for the first term
 

2

 

1

 

 

 

Definition of networking terms

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term computer network

·        Explain the term data communication

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Newspaper

·        Letters

·        books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 1-5

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 1-5

 
   

2-3

 

 

 

Networking

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the types of computer n/w

·        Discuss the purpose of n/w

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Internet

·        Working Pc

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 5-9

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 6

 
   

4

     

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the demerits of n/w

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Twisted cables

·        Internet 5

·        Working pc

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 10-17

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 6

 
 

3

 

1

 

 

 

Elements of networking

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss communication with cables

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Internet

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 17-22

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 9-11

 
   

2-3

 

 

 

Elements of networking

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain the types of wireless communication

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

 

·        Books

·        Internet

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 23-28

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 17-22

 
 

4

 

1

 

 

 

 

Communication Devices

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term communication devices

·        Explain the work of: Modems, network cards, hubs

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Software

·        Working Pc

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 30-33

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 20

 
   

2-3

   

Network Software

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss the different network s/w: O/S, protocols

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Handouts

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 30-31

 
   

4

   

Types of computer networks

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss the three types of computer networks LAN,MAN, WAN

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 4-5

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 22

 
 

5

 

1

   

Network topologies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term network topology

·        Differentiate btw. Logical and physical topologies

 

Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 33-34

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 16

 
   

2-3

   

Network Topologies

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Define the term network topology

·        Differentiate between Logical and physical topologies

·        Explain a star topology

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 35-36

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 18

 
   

4

   

Network Topologies

 

By the end of the lesson the learner should be able to

·        Explain a

Mesh Topology

Tree Topology

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Working PC

·        Handouts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 37-38

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 19

 
2. APPLICATION AREAS OF NFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY
 

6

 

1

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain Application areas of ICT

·        Financial system

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 37-39

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 27

 
   

2-3

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain application areas of ICT in common system

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 40-41

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 27

 
   

4

   

Application of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain application areas of ICT in retail system

·        Explain application areas of ICT in Reservation system

 

Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 40-59

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 28

 
 

7

 

1

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain Application areas of ICT in Education

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 41-58

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 49

 
   

2-3

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain Application of ICT in Education System

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 41-58

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 50

 
   

4

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain Application areas of ICT in industrial System

 

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 41-58

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 39

 
8 Half Term
 

9

 

1

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain application areas of ICT in entertainment and virtual reality

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working Pc

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 61,64-65

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 51/55

 
   

2-3

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain application areas of ICT in marketing and law enforcement

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working Pc

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 63

 

 
   

4

   

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain application area of ICT in transportation system

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Working Pc

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 44-46

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 47

 
   

1

 

 

 

Application areas of ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain Application areas of ICT in Library System

 

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Internet

·        Books

·        Journals

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 44

 
  IMPACT OF INFORMATION AND COMMUNICATION TECHNOLOGY ON SOCIETY
 

10

 

2-3

   

Application areas of ICT in the society

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss effects on

(i)     Employment

(ii)    Automated production

 

·        Q/A demonstration practical

 

·        Letters

·        Working PC

·        Newspapers

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 44

 
   

4

   

Impact of ICT in the society

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss effects if ICT on work’s health

·        State the characteristics of future trends in ICT

·        Discuss rapid evolution in ICT

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Handouts

·        Journals

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 44

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 60

 
 

11

 

1

   

Impact of ICT in the society

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss effects of ICT on

(i)     Environmental issues

(ii)    Cultural effects

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Handouts

·        Journals

·        Videos

·        Photographs

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 44

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 63

 
   

2-3

   

Evolution of computer systems

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss Artificial intelligence

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Class Register

·        Accounts book

·        Journals

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 52-53

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 81

 
   

4

   

Evolution of Computer systems

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Explain expanded information superhighway

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        handouts

·        class register

·        accounts

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 79-80

 

 
 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 2

CAREER OPPORTUNITIES IN ICT
WEEK LESSON TOPIC SUB – TOPIC OBJECTIVES LEARNING/TEACHING ACTIVITIES LEARNING/TEACHING RESOURCES REFERENCES REMARKS
 

1

Reporting from home and settling for the first term work
 

2

 

1

   

Career opportunities in ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss the roles of a system analyst, a chief programmer

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Books

·         Journals

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 79

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 95

 
   

2-3

   

Career opportunities in ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss functions of computer programmer and d/b administrator

 

·        Q/A Demonstration Practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Newspapers

·        Realia

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 81

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 97

 
   

4

   

Career Opportunities in ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss the functions of a s/w engineer and a computer engineer

 

·        Q/A demonstration Practical

 

·        Books

·        Working PC

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 80

 
 

3

 

1

   

Career opportunities in ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss the function of a web designer, web administrator and computer operator

 

 

·        Q/A demonstration Practical

 

·        Books

·        Handouts

·        Journals

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 81

 

 

 
   

2-3

   

Career opportunities in ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss the function of computer technician and data processing manager

 

Learner to

Q/A discussion

 

·        Books

·        Realia

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 78

 

 
   

4

   

Career opportunities in ICT

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Discuss other educational opportunities in the various institutions

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Books

·        Newspapers

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 83-84

 

 
 

4

 

1

   

Identification of further Educational opportunities

 

By the end of the lesson, the leaner should be able to

·        Explain the different courses offered in universities, polytechnics, middle level colleges

 

·        Q/A Discussion

 

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 83-84

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 106-110

 
   

2-3

   

Developing project using msaccess  d/base

Description of a given system

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify a problem

·        Definition of a problem

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Books

·        Sampled projects

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 83-84

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 106-112

 
   

4

   

Fact finding

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

·        Identify the number of manual documents that are needed for the system given

 

·        Q/A observation

 

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 83-84

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 106-120

 
 

5

 

1

 

   

Fact finding

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design a sample interview guideline for the system given

 

·        Q/A practical

 

·        Sampled projects

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 83-84

 
   

2-3

   

Fact finding

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be ale to

·        Design a sample questionnaire for the system giver

 

·        Q/A practical

 

·        Sampeled projects

·        books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 93-94

·        Computer studies by Onunga& Rena Shah Bk 4 page 122

 
   

4

   

System design

·        Preliminary design phase

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify the flowchart symbols

·        Design a simple flowchart for the system

 

·        Q/A practical

 

·        Sampled projects

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 94-95

 

 
 

6

 

1

   

System design

·        Preliminary design phase

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design a complex flowchart for the system

 

·        Q/A practical

 

·        Sampled projects

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 94-95

 
   

2-3

   

Detailed design

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design the outputs for the system

 

 

Q/A practical

 

·        Sampled projects

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 94-95

 
   

4

   

Detailed design

 

By the end  of the lesson, the leaner  should be able to

·        Design input interface for the system

 

·        Q/A practical

 

·        Sampled projects

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 96-100

 
 

7

 

1

   

Files and data stores design

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design a database

 

·        Q/A practical

 

·        Sampled projects

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 100-101

 
   

2-3

   

Creating relationships

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Create relationships

 

·        Q/A practical

 

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 103

 
   

4

   

Hardware and software requirements

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Identify h/w and s/w requirements for the system

 

·        Q/A discussion

 

·        Books

·        Realia

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 103

 
 

9

 

1,2,3,4

   

Constructing information management system given

·        Designing inputs

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design inputs

 

·        practical

 

·        internet

·        sampled projects

·        books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 86-153

 
 

10

 

1,2,3,4

   

Designing outputs

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design outputs

 

·        practical

 

·        books

·        internet

·        sampled projects

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 86-153

 
 

11

     

·        Designing

 

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to

·        Design various management systems

 

·        practical

 

·        Books

 

·        Longhorn Computer studies by S.Mburu and C. Chemwa page 86-153

 
12 1,2,3,4 Writing end of term exams
 

13

 

The school closes

   
 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

COMPUTER FORM 4 SCHEMES OF WORK – TERM 3

 

1

 

Reporting from home and settling for the third term work

 

2-3

 

POST MOCKS AND JOINTS

 

4-7

 

REVISION

 

7

 

K.C.S.E BEGINS

 

SCHEME OF WORK FORM TWO HISTORY TERM 1-3 UPDATED

SCHEME  OF  WORK                FORM TWO HISTORY                   TERM  ONE  2011

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC

OBJECTIVES

TEACHING/LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF.

REMARKS

1

1

TRADE

Definition of trade.

 

Methods of Trade.

 -Barter trade.

By the end of the lesson, the learner should be able to:

 

Define the term trade.

Describe methods of trade.

Describe barter trade.

State advantages and disadvantages of barter trade.

 

 

 

 

Bran storming;

Narrations;

Exposition;

Q/A & discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pages 1-2

2

– Currency trade.

Define currency trade.

State advantages and disadvantages of currency trade.

 

Exposition,

Probing questions;

Discussion.

 

  KLB BK II

Pages 2-3

3

Types of Trade.

-Local Trade.

 

Identify factors that necessitated early local trade.

Describe organization of local trade.

State impacts of local trade.

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pages 4-5

2

1

-Regional trade. Origin & development of

Trans-Saharan trade.

Distinguish regional trade from local trade.

Describe origin and development of Trans –Saharan Trade.

 

 

Exposition,

Probing questions;

Discussion.

 

Map: Trans-Saharan trade routes. KLB BK II

Pages 5-7

2

Organization of Trans-Saharan trade.

Describe the organization of Trans-Saharan trade. Explain the role of Tuaregs in the trade.

 

Descriptive approach;

Brief discussion.

Map: Trans-Saharan trade routes. KLB BK II

Pages 7-9

 

3

Decline of Trans-Saharan trade.

Identify problems encountered by Trans-Saharan traders.

Explain factors that led to decline of Trans-Saharan trade.

Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pages 9-11

3

1

International Trade.

Trans-Atlantic Trade.

Describe the origin and development of  Trans-Atlantic Trade.

Identify factors favouring the trade.

 

Exposition;

Narrations;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 11-13

 

2

Organization of the Triangular Trade.

Identify the continents where the trade was conducted.

Describe organization of the triangular trade.

Exposition and detailed discussion. Map: Triangular trade routes and goods. KLB BK II

Pgs 14-15

 

3

Decline of the Triangular Trade.

Identify reasons for

collapse of the Triangular Trade.

Probing questions;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pg 16

4

1

Impacts of the Triangular Trade.

Identify impacts of the trade. Probing questions;

Brief discussion;

Topic review;

Written exercise.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 16-18

 

2

DEVELOPMENT OF TRANSPORT & COMMUNICATION

 

Introduction.

 

 

Traditional forms of transport.

 

 

 

 

Define terms transport and communication.

 

Identify disadvantages of human porterage as a form of transport.

Identify some pack and draught animals used as transport means.

State advantages and disadvantages of animal transport.

 

 

Brain storming;

 

Probing questions;

 

Detailed discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

 

Pictures: pack and draught animals.

KLB BK II

Pgs 18-22

3

The development of the wheel, the bicycle, and the motorcycle.

Describe the development of the wheel, the bicycle, and the motorcycle. Exposition &

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 22-24

5

1

Traditional forms of water transport.

Describe traditional forms of water transport.

Identify traditional vessels used in early water transport.

Brief descriptive approach.   KLB BK II

Pgs 24-26

2

Development of modern road transport.

Describe the trend of development of modern road transport.

State advantages of road transport.

Identify challenges facing road transport today.

Brief descriptive approach.

Open discussion on nature of roads, road carnage, etc.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 26-30

3

Development of modern rail transport.

Describe the trend of development of modern rail transport.

State advantages and disadvantages of rail transport.

 

Exposition & Discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 30-31

6

1

Development of modern water transport.

Describe the trend of development of modern water transport.

State advantages and disadvantages of water transport.

 

Probing questions, Exposition & Discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 31-34

2

Development of modern air transport.

Describe the trend of development of modern Air transport.

 

 

Brief descriptive approach.   KLB BK II

Pgs 34-36

3

Development of space Exploration &  Impact of modern means of transport.

 

Describe the trend of development of space exploration

Explain the impact of modern means of transport.

 

 

 

Probing questions;

Exposition;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 36-39

7

1

C.A.T.      

7

2

Traditional forms of communication.

Describe traditional forms of communication.

Highlight some limitations of traditional forms of communication

 

Probing questions;

Exposition;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 39-42

3

Development of modern forms of telecommunication.

 

The telephone, cell phone & the Television.

 

 

 

 

Define the term telecommunication.

Describe the development of the telephone, cell phone & the Television.

 

 

 

Q/A & Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 42-44

8

1

The Radio and the Telegraph.

Describe the development of the radio and the telegraph.  Q/A, exposition and discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 44-46

2

The electronic media.

Identify forms of electronic media.

Explain the e-mail and internet concepts.

Exposition of new concepts;

Browsing the internet,

 

 

Computer, modem, ISP/server services. KLB BK II

Pgs 46-47

3

The fax, telex and pager.

Describe development of the fax, telex and pager. Exposition of new concepts;

Brief discussion.

Realia. KLB BK II

Pgs 47-48

9

1

Print media.

Trace the main developments of newspapers, journals, periodicals and magazines as modern forms of communication. Q/A and brief discussion..   KLB BK II

Pgs 48-49

 

2

Impact of modern means of communication.

Analyze the impacts of modern means of communication Probing questions;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 48-49

3

DEVELOPMENT OF INDUSTRY.

 

Early sources of Energy.

 

 

 

 

Identify early sources of energy.

 

 

 

Brain storming;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 52-53

10

1

Uses of metals in Africa. State early uses of gold, copper, bronze and iron in Africa. Q/A and detailed discussion. Map:

Spread of iron working in Africa.

KLB BK II

Pgs 53-56

 

2

Impacts of uses of metals in Africa.

Identify effects of early use of gold, copper, bronze and iron in Africa.

 

Q/A & brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 57-58

 

3

The industrial Revolution in Europe.

Define industrial revolution,

State factors that led to industrial Revolution.

 

Exposition & probing questions.   KLB BK II

Pg 58

11

1

Uses of various sources of energy.

Identify various sources of energy.

State uses of various sources of energy.

 

 

Q/A: sources of energy.

Discussion: uses of coal, oil, steam and electricity as energy sources.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 59-61

 

2

Industrial revolution in Britain.

Trace and the development of industrial revolution in Britain. Q/A & discussion: Factors favoring development and expansion of industrial in Britain.   KLB BK II

Pgs 62-64

 

3

Industrial revolution in Continental Europe.

Trace and describe the Industrial revolution in continental Europe.

Highlight some effects of industrial revolution in Europe.

 

 

 

Exposition and discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 64-66

12,

13

 
END  OF  TERM  TEST

 

   

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK               FORM TWO HISTORY                   TERM  TWO  2011

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC

OBJECTIVES

TEACHING/LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF.

REMARKS

1

1

The Scientific Revolution.

Define the term scientific revolution and renaissance.

Identify early scientific inventions on which modern science is based.

 

Descriptive approach;

Exposition;

Briefdiscussion.

List of inventions. KLB BK II

Pgs 66-68

2

The impact of scientific inventions on modern:

-Agriculture

-Industry

-Medicine

Discuss the effects of scientific revolution on modern agriculture, industry and medicine. Group work and group reporting.

Teacher s major breakthroughs in medicine including research on AIDS vaccine.

 

  KLB BK II

Pgs 68-70

3

Emergence of USA as an industrial power.

State factors that favored USA to emerge as an industrial power.

 

Q/A& brief discussion. Map: USA. KLB BK II

Pgs 70-73

2

1

Emergence of Germany as an industrial power in the 20th century.

Identify factors leading to industrial development of Germany. Exposition and discussion. Map: German. KLB BK II

Pgs 73-76

2

Emergence of Japan in industrial the 20th century.

Identify factors leading to industrial development of Japan.

 

 

Exposition and discussion. Map of Japan. KLB BK II

Pgs 76-79

3

Industrialization in South Africa.

Identify factors leading to industrial development in South Africa.

Highlight notable setbacks to South Africa’s industrial development.

 

Q/A: countries referred to as “third world”.

 

 

Probing questions;

Brief discussion.

Map: South Africa. KLB BK II

Pgs 79-82

3

1

Industrialization in Brazil.

Enumerate factors promoting industrial growth in Brazil.

Highlight factors hampering industrial growth in Brazil.

 

Probing questions & Explanations.

Map: Brazil. KLB BK II

Pgs 82-85

2

Industrialization in India.

Give reasons for India’s industrialization.

Identify drawbacks to her development.

Probing questions;

Brief discussion;

Review questions.

Map: India. KLB BK II

Pgs 85-90

3

URBANIZATION.

 

Meaning of urbanization.

Factors of urbanization.

 

 

 

Define term urbanization.

State factors leading to early urbanization.

 

 

Q/A and discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 92-93

4

1

Urbanization in Cairo.

Describe early urbanization in Cairo.

Identify factors attributed to growth of Cairo.

Exposition of new concept.

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 93-94

2

Early urbanization in Meroe.

Describe early urbanization of in urbanization in Meroe.

Identify factors that favored urbanization in Meroe.

 

Brief discussion. Map: location of Kush and Meroe. KLB BK II

Pgs 95-96

3

Early urbanization in Kilwa.

Describe early urbanization of in urbanization in Kilwa.

Identify factors that favored urbanization in Kilwa.

 

Brief discussion. Map: location of Kilwa. KLB BK II

Pgs 97-99

5

1

Early urbanization in London.

Identify factors leading to growth of London to become a metropolis in Europe. Q/A, exposition & discussion. Map: location of London. KLB BK II

Pgs 99-102

2

Early urbanization in Athens.

Trace early growth of Athens into a city.

Give reasons for the growth of Athens city.

Q/A, exposition & discussion. Map: location of Athens city. KLB BK II

Pgs102-5

3

Emergence of Nairobi as an urban center.

Describe development of Nairobi city.

Explain factors enabling Nairobi to attain city.

Identify some challenges for Nairobi city.

Oral questions & discussion. Map: location of Athens city. KLB BK II

Pgs 105-7

6

1

Emergence of Johannesburg as an urban centre.

Describe development of Johannesburg as an urban centre.

Highlight challenges faced by the city.

Discussion: administrative and economic progress of the city.

Q/A: challenges faced by the city.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 107-9

2

Impacts of Agrarian & industrial development on urbanization.

Discuss the impacts of Agrarian & industrial development on urbanization. Oral questions: review Agrarian and industrial revolution.

Detailed discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 109-110

3

SOCIAL, ECONOMIC & ORGANIZATION OF AFRICAN SOCIETIES IN THE 19TH CENTURY.

The Baganda.

 

 

Trace the origin of the Baganda.

State factors contributing to rise and expansion of Buganda.

 

 

Exposition: diverse origins of the Baganda.

Discussion: rise of the Baganda.

 

 

Map: location of Buganda kingdom.

KLB BK II

Pgs 111-2

7

1

Socio-economic and political organization of the Baganda.

Describe the Socio-economic and political organization of the Baganda.

Highlight factors leading to downfall of the Baganda.

Exposition of new concepts;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 112-6

2

The Asante.

Trace the origin of the Asante.

State factors contributing to rise and expansion of the Asante.

Detailed discussion. Map: location of Ashanti Empire. KLB BK II

Pgs 116-7

3

C.A.T.

       

8

1

Social organizations of the Ashante.

Describe organization of the Ashante Descriptive approach.   KLB BK II

Pgs 117-8

2

Economic  organizations of the Ashante.

Describe economic organization of the Ashante Descriptive approach;

Probing questions.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 118-9

3

Political organization of the Ashante.

Decline of Ashante.

Describe the Political organization of the Ashante

 

Identify causes of decline of Ashante.

Exposition & brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 119-120

9

1

Great Zimbwabwe

Discuss the establishment of Great Zimbwabwe empire. Exposition;

Detailed discussion.

   

2

Mwene Mutapa kingdom.

Discuss the establishment of Mwene Mutapa kingdom. Exposition;

Brief discussion.

   

3

Rwozi empires.

Discuss the establishment of Rwozi empire. Descriptive approach;

Exposition.

   

10

1

Shona Kingdom.

Origin and growth.

Outline the origin of the shona .

Highlight factors for growth of Shona kingdom.

Exposition & brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 120-1

2,3

Social organization of the Shona.

Describe the social organization of the Shona.

 

Exposition: ancestral home of Shona.

Discussion.

Map: Ancestral home of the Shona.

 

KLB BK II

Pgs 122-3

11

1

Economic organizations of the Shona.

Describe the economic organization of the Shona.

 

Exposition & brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 123

2

 

 

 

3

Political organizations of the Shona.

 

Decline of Shona.

Describe the Social economic and political organizations of the Shona.

Identify causes of Shona decline.

Exposition & brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 124

12,

13

END  OF  TERM  TWO  EXAMINATIONS

 

SCHEME  OF  WORK                FORM TWO HISTORY                   TERM  TWO  2011

WK

NO

L/

NO

TOPIC/

SUBTOPIC

LESSON / SPECIFIC

OBJECTIVES

TEACHING/LEARNING

ACTIVITIES

MATERIALS

/

RESOURCES

REF.

REMARKS

1

1

CONSTITUTION & CONSTITUTION MAKING.

 

Written Constitution.

 

 

 

 

State features of written Constitution.

State advantages and disadvantages of a written Constitution.

 

 

 

 

Q/A and Brief discussion.

 

 

 

 

Extract of the Constitution.

KLB BK II

Pgs 125-6

2

 

Features of an unwritten Constitution.

State features of an unwritten.

Identify documents from which the United Kingdom drew its Constitution.

State advantages and disadvantages of an unwritten Constitution.

Probing questions;

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 126-7

3

A good constitution.

Identify characteristics of a good constitution.

Oral questions and brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pg 127

2

1

The Constitution of Kenya at independence.

Outline the process of developing the Constitution of Kenya at independence.

 

Exposition & detailed discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 128

2

2

Aspects of the Constitution of Kenya at independence.

Identify aspects of constitution of Kenya at independence. Exposition: Aspects of Constitution of Kenya at independence.   KLB BK II

Pgs 128-9

3

Aspects of the Constitution of Kenya at independence. (contd)

Identify aspects of constitution of Kenya at independence. Exposition: Aspects of Constitution of Kenya at independence.   KLB BK II

Pgs 128-9

3

1,2

The Kenya Constitution making process.

Trace and describe the constitution making process. Discussion marked by probing questions.

Flow chart: constitution-making process.

 

  KLB BK II

Pgs 129-131

3

New developments in Constitution making process (after repeal of section 2A in 1991).

 

Trace and describe new developments in constitution making process

 

Probing questions

Discussion.

 

Extracts of the constitution. KLB BK II

Pgs 1

4

1

New developments in Constitution making process (after repeal of section 2A in 1991)

(contd)

Trace and describe new developments in constitution making process

 

Probing questions

Discussion.

 

Extracts of the constitution. KLB BK II

Pgs 129-131

2,3

Features of the current Kenyan Constitution.

Describe the Features of the current Kenyan Constitution. Detailed discussion, group work & assignments.   KLB BK II

Pgs 131-3

5

1-3

Constitution Amendments since independence.

Define the term constitution amendment.

Outline the major Constitutional amendments since Independence.

Exposition, discussion group work & Assignment.   KLB BK II

Pgs 133-9

 

3 C.A.T.      

6

1

DEMOCRACY AND HUMAN RIGHTS

Meaning of Democracy.

 

 

Direct Democracy.

 

 

 

Define the term democracy.

 

Define the term pure/direct democracy.

Identify forms of direct democracy.

 

 

 

 

Q/A: Definition.

Discussion: types of democracy.

Exposition of new terms such as referendum, plescite, etc.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 140-1

2

Indirect / Representative Democracy.

Outline the essentials of representative democracy.

 

 

Q/A: meaning of Indirect /Representative Democracy.

Exposition: essentials of Indirect /Representative Democracy.

 

  KLB BK II

Pgs 141-2

3

Principles of Democracy.

Explain factors necessary for democracy to flourish. Probing questions;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 142-143

7

1

Principles of Democracy.

(contd)

Explain factors necessary for democracy to flourish. Probing questions;

Exposition;

Discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 143-4

 

2-3

MID-TERM BREAK      

8

1

Definition of Human Rights.

Define human rights, fundamental human rights and civil liberties. Q/A: teacher elicits definitions.

Discussion: grouping human rights into political and civil rights/civil liberties.

Newspaper cuttings on human rights.

Extract of the constitution on

human rights.

KLB BK II

Pgs 145-6

2

The Bill of Rights.

Identify Rights outlined in the Bill of Rights. Q/A: Review the Bill of Rights and the Rights outlined in the Bill.   KLB BK II

Pgs 146-8

3

The United Nations charter on Human Rights.

 

Identify principles outlined in UN conference in 1947. Exposition and brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pgs 148-150

9

1

The Universal Declaration of Human Rights.

Highlight contents of the Universal Declaration of Human Rights. Exposition and brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pg 150

2

Economic, Social & cultural Rights.

Substantiate provision of economic, social & cultural Rights. Q/A & Discussion.   KLB BK II

Pg 150

3

Civil and Political Rights.

Describe civil and political Rights. Brief discussion.   KLB BK II

Pg 151

10

1-3

The UN Convention on Rights of a Child.

Outline Rights that children are entitled to. Q/A & detailed discussion on children’s Rights.

 

 

Newspaper, extracts on Human Rights / Rights of a child.

 

 

 

 

KLB BK II

Pgs 151-5

11

1,2

The Right of a Child in Kenya.

Identify legal provisions that safeguard children’s Rights in Kenya. Q/A: review UN Convention on Rights of the child.

Brief discussion.

 

 

 

 

 

  KLB BK II

Pgs 155-6

3

Classification of human Rights.

Classify human Rights. Tabulate human Rights.

Brief discussion.

  KLB BK II

Pgs 156-7

12,

13

 

         SUMMATIVE ASSESSMENT TEST

 

   

 

K.C.S.E HISTORY & GOVERNMENT PAPER 2 PAST PAPERS AND ANSWERS

K.C.S.E HISTORY & GOVERNMENT PAPER 2 2005

SECTION A (25 mks)

  1. State one theory that explains the origin of people
  • The evolution theory
  • The creation theory
  • Mythical or traditional theory ( Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)
  1. Give TWO advantage of using the steam engine in the transport Industry in the

nineteenth century                                                            ( 2 mks)

  • It did not pollinate the air
  • It was cheap
  • It increased the speed of locomotives ( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. Give TWO factors that led to the growth of urban centers in Greece
  • The area was secure from external attacks
  • The area had a well organized administrative system
  • There was population increase due to existence of religious and educational institutions
  • There was development of trade and commerce
  • Existence of well organized military systems

( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. Identify one form of picture writing during the early civilizations
  • Cuneiform
  • Hieroglyphics (Any 1 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. Give ONE importance of the Odwira festivals in the ancient kingdom of the Ashanti.
  • Promoted unity of the people
  • It brought the kings together to pledge loyalty to the Asantehene/ or Emperor
  • It provided opportunity for the kings to settle disputes
  • It provided an opportunity for the Kings to honour the dead

(Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

  1. Identify the main commodity in the Trans Atlantic trade ( 1 mk)

(i) slaves                                                                     ( 1 x 1) = 1 mk)

 

  1. State TWO economic effects of the industrial revolution in North America
  • Machines replaced human labour in factories
  • There increased demand for raw materials in North America
  • The search for markets for manufactured goods increased

( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. Name TWO missionary societies which worked West Africa in the nineteenth century.
  • Base missionary society (B.M.S)
  • Church missionary Society (C.M.S)
  • Presbyterians
  • Bremen missionary Society (B.M.S)
  • Methodists

( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. State one way in which European nationalism contributed to the colonization of

Africa

  • Countries competed to acquire many colonies to prove that they were powerful
  • France wanted to restore her past glory after defeat in Franco- Prussian War
  • New nations such as Italy and Germany wanted to be equated with the rest of Europe.

 

  1. Identify TWO chartered companies which were used to administer European colonial possessions in Africa

(i) The Royal Niger Company

(ii) The British South Africa Company

(iii) The Germany East Africa Company

(iv) The imperial British East Africa Company        (Any 2 x 1 = 2mks)

 

  1. Give one reason why the Shona supported the British during the Ndebele resistance of 1893.

(i) To stop raids from the Ndebele

(ii) They did not want to be ruled by Ndebele           (1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. Name one political party fought for independence in Ghana

(i)        The united Gold coast convention (UGCC)

(ii)       The convention Peoples Party (CPP)

(iii)      The national League of the Gold Coast (NLGC)

(Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

  1. Give TWO reasons why there were civil wares in the democratic Republic of

Congo (DRC) soon after independence

  • Lack of qualified personnel to administer the country
  • The economy of the county was in the hands of the foreigners
  • Ethnic differences between Katanga and Kasai provinces
  • Army mutinies due to the control by foreign officers

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. State two advantages of being a member of the commonwealth organization

(i)        Enables one to get aid either capital or technical

(ii)       Enables one to develop trade links

(iii)      Benefits from innovative economic ideas

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. Name the type of constitution used in great Britain

(i)        Unwritten constitution                       ( 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. Give ONE disadvantage of a federal system of government

(i)        There is a great  temptation for succession by parts of the country

(ii)       It can lead to unequal development   ( Any 1 x 1 = 1mk)

 

SECTION B (45 mks)

 

  1. (a) What were the stages in the development of tools by early people?

(i)        The earliest tools were made from stones

(ii)       People hunted animals and used bones and ivory to make tools

(iii)      Later people used sharpened sticks as tools

  • As people improved in technology they developed iron tools

( Any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

 

(b)       Explain SIX ways through which the development of iron technology affected African communities in the pre- colonial  period

(i)        Better farming tools were made which were used to clear large areas of forests

(ii)       Strong weapons were made and were used to conquer weaker communities

(iii)      Iron  technology enabled communities to establish strong defence items

(iv)      Centres where iron working took place developed into towns e.g. Meroe

  • A class of highly respected professionals ( Blacksmiths with the knowledge of iron technology emerged)
  • Items made of iron were exchanged in trade
  • The possession of iron tools enables many communities to migrate and settle in different areas such as the Bantus
  • Ornaments were made from iron for decoration

( Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) Give THREE classes of people in Hinduism

(i)        At the highest level are the priest/ Brahmins

(ii)       The second level consists of merchants and farmers/ Vaishyas

(iii)        Then there are servants and workers/ Sudras

(iv)      At the lowest level are outcasts/ Pariah

( Any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

(b)       Explain   SIX effects of the spread of Islam in Africa up to the end of the

19th Century

  • Some of the Africans who were converted to Islam completely left their traditional beliefs and practices
  • Islamic Law was adopted in the administration of states where Islam spread/ Sharia
  • Islamic education based on the Koran was introduced
  • The use of Arabic language by Moslems led to the development of languages such as Kiswahili and Hausa
  • The building of mosques and residential houses introduced Arabic architectural designs in Africa.
  • Arabic style of dressing, music and diet were copied by Africans who had been converted to Islam
  • Moslem traders introduced new crops such as cloves/ dates
  • Islam created cohesiveness among the believers
  • There was intermarriages between Arabs and Africans leading to emergence of new communities such as the Waswahili
  • In areas where Islam was spread through Jihads there was great loss of life
  • The spread of Islam encouraged the development of slavery and slave trade
  • The spread of Islam encouraged establishment of Islamic empires
  • Over dependence on donations and foreign and has made people to be reluctant to grow food crops
  • Poor implementation of food policies has led to inadequate food production
  • Poor/ inadequate food storage facilities leads to wastage.

Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) What were the effects of using electricity in industries inn Europe in the

nineteenth century

  • It lowered the cost of production since it was a cheaper source of energy
  • Work was carried out for long hours as there was light
  • It enabled goods to be produced quickly and large quantities
  • Work became lighter as machines operated efficiently
  • Transportation was made easy and faster
  • There was a clean working environment in factories
  • It led to the location of industries away from sources of energy

 

(b)       Explain FIVE effects of scientific inventions on agricultural development

in Europe during the nineteenth century

  • Invention of machines such as tractors promoted large scale farming
  • Use of artificial fertilizers to improve soils led to high yields of crops
  • Use of pesticides in farming led to improved quality/ exotic products
  • Cross breeding of crops and animals led to improved quality/ exotic products
  • Improved infrastructure such as roads and railways led to effective marketing of farm products
  • Refrigeration/ canning led to effective preservation of farm products
  • Controlling temperatures in the storage rooms led to preservation of farm products for long

( 10 mks)

  1. (a) Give THREE problems which Europeans colonialists faced as they

established their rule in Africa in the second half of the nineteenth century

  • They were attacked by tropical diseases
  • Difficult terrain hindered their movement
  • They faced hostility from some African communities
  • The region lacked developed means of transport and communication
  • They faced shortages of food and medicine
  • There was lack of a common language between the Europeans and Africans

(Any 3 x1 = 3 mks)

 

(b)       What were the result of the collaboration between Lewanika of the Lozi

and the British in the nineteenth century

  • Lewanika received payment of £ 2000 yearly
  • He lost his authority as the administration was taken over by the British South Africa Company
  • The British South Africa Company took over the control of the minerals
  • The Lozi land was alienated and given to British settlers
  • The Lozi were forced to pay taxes in order to maintain the administration
  • The Lozi were forced to work as labourers on settler’s farms
  • The Lozi were employed in the civil service
  • The British South Africa Company developed infrastructure in Barotseland
  • The British established their rule peacefully in Northern Rhodesia
  • Lewanika was honoured with the title paramount chief until his death
  • The British used Barotseland as a base to conquer the neighbouring communities.

( Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

SECTION C (30 Marks)

Answer any TWO questions from this section in the answer booklet provided

 

  1. (a) State THREE  privileges which were enjoyed by assimilated Africans in

the four communes of Senegal

  • They were allowed to vote during elections
  • They were allowed to vie for posts in the French Parliament
  • They were exempted from forced labour
  • They were allowed to work and live in France
  • They received French education
  • They had freedom of movement within the French empire
  • They were exempted from paying taxes
  • They were allowed to become French citizens

(Any 3 x1 = 3 mks)

(b)       Why did French system of assimilation fail in areas outside the

Communes

  • The Africans were not willing to become Christians
  • The Africans were not able to get the French type of education
  • The system faced opposition from the Muslim
  • The French parliamentarians did not want to compete with Africans for Cabinets posts
  • The African traditional rulers feared they would lose their positions
  • French traders feared competition so they opposed the system
  • It was expensive to implement the system because of the vastness of the French empire
  • The varied African cultures made it difficult for them to be absorbed into the French culture. ( Any  6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) What were the causes of bombing of Nagasaki and Heroshima in Japan

(i)        Many people lost their lives

(ii)       Property of great value was destroyed

(iii)      The radio active elements caused many diseases

(iv)      Many people were maimed

(v)       There was economic decline

(vi)      Many People suffered psychologically

  • Japan surrendered unconditionally

( Any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

 

(b)       Explain SIX factors which contributed to the rise of Japan as an industrial

power after the second World War

  • The government made education compulsory and encouraged research leading to innovative ideas
  • People were encouraged to study abroad leading to technological advancement
  • There was financial support for industrialization
  • The availability of raw materials for industrialization from in and outside Japan
  • The culture of hard work encouraged local and foreign investment
  • The Government policies encouraged local and foreign investment
  • The cheap and skillfully made products attracted market locally and abroad
  • The topography was unsuitable for agriculture. This made Japan to develop other sectors thus diversifying the economy
  • The development of hydro- electric power provided energy for industrialization
  • The Prevailing peace promoted development
  • The improvement in transport accelerated the process of industrialization

( Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) What are the functions of the  Security Council of the United Nations

(i)        It investigates disputes which are reported

(ii)       It advises member states to settle disputes peacefully

(iii)      It uses diplomacy and economic sanctions to bring World peace

(iv)      It appeals for peace keeping  force from member states

(v)       It admits/ suspends/ expels members from the United Nations

Organization.

( Any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

 

 

(b)       Explain SIX problems which the United Nations is facing in its efforts to

maintain World Peace.

  • The increase in terrorist activities has created tension/ hatred among member countries thus threatening World Peace
  • Frequent border/ ethnic disputes make the work of the United Nations difficult
  • The organization faces shortage of funds because many member countries fail to remit their annual subscriptions

 

 

HISTORY PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEME 2006

SECTION A (25 marks)

 

  1. Give one reason why Homo Habilis was referred to as “able” man

(i)  Because of the ability to make tools              (Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. Identify one area in Africa where agriculture began

Along the NileValley in Egypt                ( Any 1 x 1= mk)

 

  1. Identify one type of trade
    • Local trade
    • Regional trade
    • International trade

 

  1. Identity two improvements which were made on macadamized roads in the Nineteenth century.
    • Tar was put on the top surface to make them smooth
    • Roads were widened to create highways
    • Roads were straightened
    • The roads wee strengthened by adding more layers of gravel/ stones made durable

( Any 2 x1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. State two advantages of use of electricity in industries during the industrial revolution
    • The supply could be regulated/ could be switched on and off
    • It could be used in different ways. E.g. lighting, heating, trucing
    • It could be used far from the source/ industries could be established anywhere
    • There was a clean working environment/ Non pollutant
    • The cost of production of goods was made cheaper

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. State the main contribution of the discovery of chloroform in the field of medicine

It reduced pain during operation

 

  1. Identify two factors that led to the growth of Athens as an urban centre.
    • It was surrounded by mountains and sea making it secure/ Security
    • It was a centre of learning and art which attracted people. Educational cent.
    • It was a religious/ culture centre
    • It was a trading centre/ commercial centre
    • There were valleys with fertile soils for food production./ Availability of food
    • It was an administrative centre.

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. Name two official who assisted the ruler of the Shona to administer the kingdom
    • The head cook
    • Head gate keeper/ chancellor
    • The court steward/ chamberlain/ chancellor
    • The Queen Mother
    • The head drummer
    • The head of the Army
    • The Treasurers
    • The Senior son in law
    • The Nine principal wives of the King
    • The King sister

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. What is the difference between the scramble and partition of Africa in the nineteenth century?

The scramble was the struggle by competition/ rush by Europeans for colonies in African whereas partition was sharing/ dividing up of Africa into European spheres influence.

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. Name one colony of Britain in West Africa
    • Nigeria
    • Ghana/ Gold Coast
    • The Gambia
    • Sierra Leone

(Any 1 x 1 =  1 mks)

  1. Give one reason why the Africans in Tanganyika were against the use of Akidas by the German Colonial administrators.
    • Akidas were foreigners
    • Akidas took Africans chance in Administering their country
    • Akidas were brutal/ harsh to the Africans/ Whipping Africans E.g. flogging

(Any 1 x 1 = 1mk)

  1. Identify two peaceful methods which the nationalists used in South Africa in the struggle for independence
    • Demonstrations
    • Sending petition to the British government
    • Seeking support organization of Africa Unity and United Nations
    • Forming political parties
    • Condemning apartheid in churches
    • Hunger strikes
    • Use of mass media/ newspapers/ pamphlets
    • Trade unions/ boycotts/ seating or go slow

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

 

  1. Give one reason why the united States of America (U.S.A) did not join the first world war until 1971
    • She did not want to get involved in European affairs. Manvue doctrine
    • She feared the war would be fought in America because of  German population
    • American interest had not been interfered with/ had commercial relation on both sides

(Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

  1. Give the main reason for the failure of the league of Nations

The rearmament of Germany

(Any 1x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. State two achievement of Pan- Africancism between 1945 and 1963
    • It promoted the spirit of togetherness among Africans all over the world
    • It gave moral support to African nationalists during the struggle for independence
    • It provided a forum for Africans to discuss common matters
    • It led to the establishment of the organization of the Africa Unity (O.A.U)

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. State two political challenges that faced Tanzania during the rule of president Mwalimu Nyerere
    • 1964 Army mutiny over delayed African promotions
    • Protests by universities of Dar-es- Salaam students in 1966 over National Youth Service
    • President Idi Amin attacked Tanzania
    • The country hosted large number of refugees from war torn neighbouring countries
    • The failure of the Ujamaa Policy
    • The assassination of Abeidi Karuma

( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

  1. Who is the heard of government in India?

The prime minister

(Any 1x 1 = 1mk)

 

SECTION B (45 MARKS)

 

  1. (a) What were the physical changes which occurred in early human beings as they evolved from ape- like creature to modern people?
    • The skull was enlarged
    • The jaws and teeth became smaller
    • The arms and hands become shorter
    • The creatures assumed an upright posture
    • The feet and toes reduced in size
    • The creatures had less hair on the body
    • They became taller
    • They had slander body
    • The brain became bigger

(Any 5 x 1 = 5 mks)

 

(b)       Describe the way of life of early Human Beings during the Old Stone Age

Period

  • They made simple stone tools for domestic use/ oldulvan tools
  • They lived in small groups in order to assist each other
  • They obtained their food through hunting and gathering
  • They used simple hunting methods such as chasing wild animals and laying traps
  • They ate raw food because fire had not been discovered
  • They had no specific dwelling places
  • They sheltered from predators by climbing trees and hiding in caves
  • They wore no clothing but their hairy bodies kept them warm
  • They lived near rivers and lakes
  • They communicated by use of gestures and whistling

(Any 5 x 2 = 10 mks)

 

  1. (a) Give three factors which should be considered when sending a message
    • The urgency of the message/ speed
    • The complexity of the message/ simplicity/ clarity
    • The distance between the sender and receiver of the message
    • The availability of communication facilities/ methods/ mean

(Any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

 

(b)       Explain the effects  of telecommunications on modern society

(i)        The message are conveyed over long distances/ shorten distances

(ii)       It has led to spread of ideas to different parts of the world/ the world has

become a global village/ sharing of ideas

(iii)      Television, videos, computers and cinemas transmit entertainment

through pictures

(iv)      Telecommunication systems are medium of transmitting education

programmes all over the world

(v)       Weather forecasting navigation and space exploration have been made easy by use of satellites.

(vi)      Information can be relayed through radio, television or cell phone remote places easily

  • It has promoted trade through advertisement on radio, television and computers
  • Security has improved through camera/ close circuit TV

 

  • Modern weapons have telecommunication services which are efficient
  • Various job opportunities employment has been created
  • Communication devises have made tax collection/ revenue collection easier for the government e.g. electronic tax registered
  • Management/ storage of information has been made easier through the use of computer/ internet
  • It has immorality through pornography
  • It has encouraged idleness as viewers get addicted to programmers on T.V etc.
  • It has promoted business transaction e.g buying and selling in internet
  • The government earns revenue through taxation on telecommunication services

( Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

  1. (a) Give three reasons why Lobengula was defeated by the British in 1893?

(i)        The British had superior weapons compared to the Ndebele

(ii)       The British army was better organized than the Ndebele

(iii)      Lobengula and his soldiers were weakened by small pox

(iv)      The British had better trained army

( Any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

 

(b)       What were the results of the British Ndebele war of 1893?

(i)        The Ndebele lost their independence/ company rule was established over

Matebele land

(ii)       There was massive loss of life

(iii)      The Ndebele lost of property through destruction

(iv)      Bulawayo the capital of the NdebeleKingdom was destroyed

(v)       The Ndebele lost  land to British settlers the Ndebele  were moved to

Reserves

(vi)      The economic activities of the Ndebele such as agriculture, trade and mining were disrupted

(vii)     Their was widespread fear and insecurity among the Ndebele

  • The war provoked anti- British feelings which Party contributed to the Chimurenga wars of 1896 and 1987
  • The Ndebele military power was weakened
  • The Shona were made policemen over the Ndebele
  • The Ndebele were subjected to taxation
  • The Ndebele cattle were confiseatead
  • The Ndebele were subjected to forced labour

 

  1. a) What five reasons encouraged the nationalists in Mozambique to use

armed struggle to attain independence.

(i)        Portugal refused to listen to the grievances of the Africans.

(ii)       The nationalists were trained in fighting skills.

  • The liberation committee of the Organization of African Unity/Tanzania and other (O.A.U) supported the nationalists with finance and weapons.
  • The nationalists were supported and encouraged by communist countries.
  • The success of MauMau freedom fighters in Kenya inspired them.
  • The country was forested and conducive for guerilla warfare.
  • The United Nations(UN) denounced colonialism thus boosting the morale of the nationalist. Any 5×1=5mks

 

  1. Describe the problems which undermined the activities of nationalists in Mozambique.
  • They lacked basic need such as food, cloth and medicine.
  • Ideological differences led to the formation of rival guerrilla movements such as MANU, COREMO and FRELIMO.
  • The nationalist were demolished due to the assassination of their leader Eduardo Mondlane.
  • The Portuguese government ruthlessly suppressed the nationalist movement.
  • The South African apartheid government assisted the Portuguese to fight the nationalists.
  • Portuguese government ruthlessly suppressed the nationalist movement.
  • Portugal outlawed political movements.
  • The Christian church in Mozambique condemned the nationalist movement.

Any 5×2 =10mks)

SECTION C (30MARKS)

 

22        (a)       Give three ways through which trade contributed to the rise of Asante

Kingdom during the eighteenth century.

  • Participation trade enabled the kingdom.
  • Acquired weapons which were used to expand the kingdom.
  • Wealth from trade boosted the kings prestige/frame.
  • The need for goods for export encouraged the kings to conquer more territories.
  • The king used wealth from trade to reward loyal provincial rulers

Any 3×1= 3mks

b)

(i)        The Kingdom was composed of many communities who spoke the Akan language.

(ii)       The Asante were organized in clans

  • Marriage between members of the same clan was prohibited
  • Inheritance of property was matrilineal.
  • The community was bound together by the Golden stool
  • There was an annual cultural festival (odwira) held at kumasi to honour the ancestors.
  • The society was divided into social classes/stratification
  • The kings were regarded as semi-divine/religious traders
  • The Asante were polytheists/worshipped many gods and goddesses
  • The ancestors mediated between god and the people
  • The Asante had a supreme God called Nyame Any 6×2=12mks.

 

23 a)    Give three categories of the Prime ministries in Britain

(i)        Members elected by universal suffrage

(ii)       Members nominated by the monarch

  • Hereditary peers/ Royal family members
  • Senior statement/ knighted peers/ life peers
  • Senior leaders of the church of England

( Any 3 x 1= 3 mks)

  • What are the duties of the Prime Minister in Britain?
  • Appoints/ dismiss ministers with the consent of the monarch
  • Recommends to the monarch the appointment of high ranking officers in the government/ award of civil  honours
  • Chairs cabinet meetings
  • Settlers dispute between various governments  ministers/ departments
  • Heads the government/ Chief Executive
  • Overseas the implementation of cabinet decisions
  • Leads the house of Commons
  • The prime minister with the support                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                                    of parliament can change. Amend and re appeal  laws
  • Represents the country in international forums/ conferences
  • Determines when elections are held
  • He/ she is the leader of the party that nominated him/ her

( Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) Give three organs of the Economic community  of West African States

(ECOWAS)

  • There is the authority of heads of States  and  Heads of governments
  • The tribunal
  • Executive secretariat
  • Specialized commissions
  • Council of minister

( Any 3 x 1 =  3 mks)

 

  • What are the achievements of Economic Community of W. Africa States (ECOWAS) since  its formation
  • It has standardized education in the region  by use of common examination syllabus
  • It has fostered peace through its military wing

 

 

  • It has promoted cultural exchange among the member states
  • It has improved regional Transport/ Communication system/ links
  • Improved agriculture through sharing of technological know- how
  • It has facilitated free movement of people in the region
  • There is na increase in job opportunities in the region
  • It has promoted spirit of togetherness
  • It has promoted mutual co-operation
  • It has promoted interregional trade  within regions.

Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

K.C.S.E 2007 PAPER 2 MARKING SCHEMES

1.

–           Archaeology / palaeontology.

–           Oral tradition, Linguistics.

–           Anthropology

–           Genetics / Botany / Zoology / Biology

–           Written records,

–           Geology.

–           Electronic sources.

 

  1. i) Hunting ii) Gathering   iii) Farming       iv) Fishing

 

  1. Availability of water from the River Nile

-The River Nile also brought rich fertile silt from the highlands.

 

  1. i) Wind ii) Water         iii) Wood        iv) Sun            v) Animals / man

 

  1. i) It is slow
  2. ii) One can give the wrong message or forget the message.

iii)       One can die on the way

  1. iv) A person carrying verbal message can be tortured to reveal it.

 

  1. i) It is the quickest in terms of speed.

 

  1. Barter

 

  1. i) The rise of AxumKingdom which developed East of Merowe

denied Merowe access to the red sea causing decline in trade.

  1. ii) The king of Axum subdued and destroyed Merowe in 350 A.D

iii)       Desertification due to deforestation led to decline of food supply

for her people.

  1. iv) Deforestation caused the decline of food supply for her people.

 

  1. It was the symbol of unity within the Asante Empire.

 

  1. i) Britain ii) Germany

 

  1. i) Lewanika collaborated with the British in order to protect his

Kingdom against the Germans and Portuguese / European enemies.

  1. ii) Lewanika  desired Western education and civilization and wanted

the British to introduce it in his country / wanted his son to be educated.

iii)       Lewanika wanted the British to protect him against his internal enemies e.g. in 1884 Lewanika faced an internal rebellion / safeguard his position.

  1. iv) Lewanika who had already sought British protection against the Boers.
  2. v) Lewanika saw the futility of resisting a strong power like Britain,

so he chose to collaborate.

  1. vi) Lewanika wanted the British to protect his kingdom from attacks

by other African communities such as the Ndebele and Shona /

African enemies.

vii)      Lewanika  was influenced by the European missionaries who had

visited earlier to collaborate.

viii)     In order to preserve the economy structure of his people.

  1. ix) Desire for the promotion of trade between Britain and his people.

 

  1. i) All colonies were subjected to the same law.
  2. ii) Racial discrimination was minimal in the colonies.

iii)       It undermined African culture.

  1. iv) French goods and modern ways spread in West Africa.
  2. v) Educated African spearheaded nationalism in Africa.
  3. vi) Africans were represented by deputies in the National Assembly.

 

  1. Assassination of Archduke Franz Ferdinand of Austria and his wife in Sarjevo.

 

  1. i) Loss of independence
  2. ii) Exploitation of African resources e.g. land and minerals.

iii)       Western education

 

  1. i) Register treaties
  2. ii) Publishing reports

iii)       Interpret speeches and translate documents into the UN’S

official languages.

  1. iv) Implement policies
  2. v) Bring to the attention of the Security Council any problem that

threatens international peace.

  1. vi) Administer peace keeping operating and mediate international dispute.

 

  1. i) Member states have received technical know – how through the

provision of experts and advisers in various field e.g. agriculture.

  1. ii) The developing member states of the organization have acquired skilled man power through the provision of scholarships and training programmes by the developed member states of the organization.

iii)       Members states have conducted trade among themselves with relative ease.

  1. iv) There has been cultural interaction among member states e.g. games& exchange programmes.
  2. v) The developed member state have provided financial aid to the developing member states.
  3. vi) The organization has provided a forum for member states to air their views with one voice on international issues.

vii)      The organization had provided a mechanism of maintaining peace among member states, e.g. the common wealth eace keeping force which was sent to Zimbabwe.

viii)     It has promoted friendship and understanding among members states through conference.

  1. ix) It had enhanced democratization process in developing countries by sending observers to monitor elections.

 

 

 

  1. i) Direct or pure democracy – This is where the people in a state are

allowed to freely participate in an important decision making forums that pertain matters of the state.

  1. ii) Indirect or representative Democracy – This is where citizens exercise their right in decision making through their chosen representatives.

 

SECTION B

 

18        i)         It has led to deaths of hundreds of people due to famine.

  1. ii) Increased suffering as many people due to famine.

iii)       It has led to social problems like raids and theft.

  1. iv) It had caused migration of people affected by food shortage.
  2. v) It affects agricultural based industries.

 

 

b)

  1. i) Land reclamation through irrigation or draining swamps.
  2. ii) Extensive research on better quality animal and crop breeds and on

how to control pests and diseases.

iii)       Establishment of agricultural training institutes to train

agricultural officers.

  1. iv) Soil conservation and restoration as well a forestation and re- a forestation.
  2. v) Encouraging people to eat different types of food especially indigenous

foods.

  1. vi) Control the rate of population growth through family planning.

vii)      Use of democracy and diplomacy to solve political problems.

viii)     The governments are trying to subsidize by providing farmers with

seeds and tools.

 

  1. i) Local trade      ii) Regional trade       iii)       International trade.
  2. b) i) It involved traders from North Africa and people of North Africa

and people of West Africa.

  1. ii) The people involved were Arabs and Berbers from the North, Tauregs from the desert and the people of West Africa.

iii)       Arabs in the North organized the caravans. Preparations were made in advance to have enough goods, food especially indigenous foods.

Iv)       Departure dates were set after the end of the rainy season when the storms were minimal.

  1. v) The Berbers and Tauregs acted as guides and provided security in the desert.
  2. vi) The traders moved in caravans of up 1000 camels for security in the desert.

vii)      In the south the traders stayed for up to three months selling goods.

viii)     If they had not finished selling the goods by the end of the tree months they hired local agents to continue selling goods and buying others on their behalf.

  1. ix) The local agents also maintained good relations with local rulers by giving them gifts and paying tribute.
  2. x) In return the local rulers offered security to the traders. They also regulated the precaution and supply of gold.
  3. xi) From the North they brought salt, copper, needles, spices, beds, grass ware horses, clothes , daggers, firearms e.t.c.

xii)      There were several trade routes that were used by the traders e.g. the Western route, central and eastern route.

 

  1. i) Discovery of Gold in Witwatersrand.
  2. ii) There was clean water supply from river Vaal which was used for domestic as well as industrial use.

iii)       It is situated on a plain (veld) which make building constructions and communication easy.

  1. iv) Existence of minerals e.g. diatomite’s.
  2. v) The areas surrounding the town have fertile soils therefore agriculturally productive.
  3. b)
  4. i) Poor working conditions for African living around Johannesburg.
  5. ii) Most people live in Shanties mainly because of unemployment. This led to development of slums.

iii)       Poor living conditions in the slums e.g. poor sanitation.

  1. iv) Criminal activities have increase due to unemployment.
  2. v) Pollution from industries and garbage.
  3. vi) HIV / AIDS is a major health problem.

vii)      Wide gap between the affluent who are the minority and the poor majority who area Africans.

viii)     Inadequate social facilities e.g. education and health facilities.

 

  1. i) It helped in the development of transport e.g. steam ship and trains.

This helped in the transportation of people in Africa.

  1. ii) With the development of railway Europeans were able to move into the interior of Africa and exploit minerals.

iii)       There was demand for coal to produce more steam.

  1. iv) It was possible to move troops to conquer the people of Africa using

steam trains and vehicles.

  1. v) There was demand for raw materials as the steam engine was

manufacturing goods at a faster rate.

b)

  1. i) Formation of states:- Colonization helped in the formation of

states. During the struggle for independence different communities came together to fight for independence. These later became independent states with many different tribes.

  1. ii) It speeded economic growth in Europe through trade.

iii)       Africans were introduced to international commerce.

  1. iv) Development of infrastructure e.g. roads and railways by the Europeans

in Africa.

  1. v) Development of urban centres in areas where Europeans settled.
  2. vi) Fame and prestige: – Europeans powers who gained more colonies

in Africa gained fame and prestige.

 

  1. a)i) German to surrender some of other territories in European e.g. Alsace

and Lorraine were returned to France.

  1. ii) German to surrender all her colonies.

iii)       German to pay £6.6 million to the allies as reparation money.

  1. iv) The city of Danzing to be a free city under the league.
  2. v) German was restricted to an army of 100,000 men and it’s equipments

were limited.

 

  1. b)
  2. i) The allied powers had more states supporting them.
  3. ii) Allies had more financial and industrial resources.

iii)       Allied powers controlled the North sea and Atlantic Ocean and

blockaded the central powers.

  1. iv) The invasion of neutral Belgium by Germany made the world

to turn against the central powers.

  1. v) The entry of USA into the war helped to defeat the central powers.
  2. vi) The central powers were located in the central part of Europe and

Were surrounded by enemies from every side.

vii)      Multines in German army weakened the Germany resistance.

viii)     The failure of the schlieffen plan

  1. ix) Good political leadership among the allied powers.

 

  1. a)i) He made himself head of state and government thus centralized

power in his hands.

  1. ii) He banned all political parties . In 1967 he formed the

people’s revolutionary movement and made it the only legal party.

iii)       He reformed the constitution and stripped parliament off its powers.

  1. iv) Mobutu abolished the federal system of government and local assemblies.\
  2. v) He declared himself president for life in 1970.

b)

  1. i) Political upheavals have hindered exploitation of Congo’s resources.
  2. ii) Belgium had led other western nationals in dominating the exploitation

of   Congolese mineral wealth. Profits are repatriated to Europe

and Congolese have not benefited from mining activities on their land.

iii)       Excessive reliance on foreign aid have created large debts which are

hard to pay.

  1. iv) There is trade imbalance between Congo and her partners.
  2. v) Corruption and mismanagement of country’s key sectors.
  3. vi) Poverty and lack of capital had hindered the exploitation of resources.

vii)      Lack of a clear policy of economic recovery after the colonial exploitation.

viii)     Inflation due to printing of currency.

  1. ix) Unemployment: – lack of job opportunities
  2. x) Poor transport means.

 

 

  1. a)
  2. i) Be at least 35 years old.
  3. ii) Be an American citizen by birth.

iii)       Must have been a resident of the country 14 years.

b)

  1. i) It acts as a check on the executive arm of the government by

examining administrative work.

  1. ii) It approves taxation measures and make sure that the government expenditure is properly used and accounted for.

iii)       Making laws

  1. iv) Amend laws.
  2. v) Senate approves treaties with foreign countries
  3. vi) It can appoint a commission of inquiry to investigate any problem.

vii)      Senior civil servants are appointed by the president with the approval

of the senate.

viii)     Congress closely monitors the conduct of the president, vice president and other senior public officials.

  1. ix) Congress is a representative body elected by people and it reflects

the aspiration an interest of the American people.

 

 

  • 2008 History and Government Paper 2 (311/2)

MARKING SCHEME

 

    • May contain biases/exaggerations.
    • Information may be misinterpreted/misunderstood by readers.
    • There may be factual errors/omissions/contradictions by the authors.
    • These sources are limited to literate members of the society.
    • They are expensive to obtain/procure. (Any 2 x 1=2 marks)

 

  • There were more wild animals in the grasslands/availability of food.
  • The climate in the grasslands was warmer.
  • The grasslands provided much needed water. (Any 1×1=1 mark)

 

  • (Any 1×1=1mark)

 

  • Making utensils.
  • Making ornaments.
  • To make weapons.
  • As a medium of exchange/trade item.
  • It was mixed with other metals to make alloys.
  • It is used for making tools.
  • It is used as a trade item.
  • It is used to make statues. (Any 2×1 = 2 marks)

 

  • Canning process.
  • Pasteurization process.
  • Refrigeration process. (Any 1×1 = 1 mark)

 

  • It’s effectiveness depends on weather.
  • The message could be missed if no one is on the look out.
  • It can only be used to cover short distances.
  • Range of messages passed was limited. (Any 2 x 1=2 marks)

 

  • It’s cumbersome to transport bulky goods.
  • There is a problem of storing the goods.
  • It’s difficult to determine the exact values of some goods.
  • There is frequent lack of double coincidence of wants.
  • Some goods may not be divided into smaller quantities. (Any 2 x 1=2 marks)

 

  1. It is the concentration of people in certain places which grow large to be called                         towns/cities.                                                                                                   (1 mark)

 

  • To maintain law and order.
  • To collect taxes.
  • They recruited men for military service.
  • They settled disputes/tried cases in court.
  • They were members of the Lukiiko. (Any 2×1=2 marks)

 

  1. To divide up Africa among European nations in a peaceful manner. (1 x 1=1 mark)

 

  • The Moffat treaty.
  • Rudd concession.                                                 (Any 1 x 1=1 mark)

 

  1. Britain.                                                                         (1 x 1=1mark)

 

  • (Any 1 x 1=1 mark)

 

  • It ended economic domination of the world by European countries.
  • There was massive destruction of properties.
  • It enacted unemployment.
  • It slowed down economic development of most countries/led to economic depression.
  • It led to developments in engineering. (Any 2 x 1=2 marks)

 

  • To unite all black people to win majority rule in South Africa.
  • To encourage a united anti-racial activities/oppose apartheid.
  • To remove all forms of injustices.
  • To win a vote/franchise for all the people of South Africa. (Any 2 x 1=2 marks)

 

  1. Coordinates the activities of the other organs of the United Nations. (1mark)

 

  • Idiological differences among the three member states.
  • Personality differences between presidents Idd Amin ofUganda and Julius Nyerere of Tanzania.

 

  • The perception of Uganda and Tanzania that Kenya benefited more.
  • National pride/interests of the member states.
  • Failure to remit funds to the community by member states.
  • The closure of boundaries by the member states.                               (Any 2 x 1=2 marks)

 

  1. (a)
  • People could travel faster than before.
  • They could cover long distances.
  • The chariots made travel comfortable.
  • Heavy loads could be carried over long distances.
    • Traveling became more secure. (Any 3×1= 3 marks)

 

(b)

  • It is expensive to procure/maintain an aircraft.
  • Construction of airstrips requires a lot of resources and expertise.
  • The aircrafts can only land and take off in specific/designated areas thus inconveniencing the users.
  • Aircrafts cannot carry bulky/heavy goods as compared to other means of transport.
  • Air transport can only be used by the well to do members of the society thus making it inaccessible to many.
  • Its operations are affected by unfavourable weather conditions.
  • Aircrafts emit gases which contribute to the pollution of the atmosphere.
  • Travelling by air has facilitated international terrorism/drug trafficking.
  • The use of aircrafts in military warfare has resulted to destruction of property.
  • Accidents by the air crafts are fatal/chances of survival are minimal.
  • Requires a lot of expertise. (Any 6×2=12 marks)
  1. (a)
  • The slaves were exchanged for European manufactured goods.
  • Prisoners of war who had been captured during local wars were sold to the slave dealers.
  • Slave traders kidnapped lonely travelers.
  • Some people were enticed and eventually sold into slavery.
    • Debtors were sold to slave traders.             (Any 3 x 1=3 marks)

 

    • The industrial revolution in Britain led to the replacement of human labour with machines which were more efficient.
    • The leading economists were against slave labour and argued that free labourwas more productive than slave labour.
    • Philanthropists/Christian missionaries strongly campaigned against slave trade thus leading to its decline.
    • America attained political independence and abolished slavery and slave trade leaving this Britain with no colonies where she would take slaves to work.
    • The development of legitimate trade which subsequently replaced slave trade.
    • Britain abolished slave trade and influenced other European nations to stop the practice by signing anti-slave trade treaties.
    • The French revolution of 1789 impacted negatively on slave trade as the ideasof liberty and equality of all people were spread. (Any 6×2=12 marks)

 

  1. (a)
  • African resented the forced labour introduced by the Germans.
  • Africans disliked the harsh rule by Akidas and Jumbes who were hired by the Germans.
  • The Germans mistreated African Rulers.
  • Africans were against the introduction of tax by the Germans.
  • The German officials sexually abused the African women.
    • The Africans were inspired by the prophecy of Kinje Kitile Ngwale.
  • The Africans wanted to repossess their land from the Germans.
  • The Ngoni fought to seek revenge over the Boma massacre of 1897.
  • Africans wanted to regain their lost independence.
  • Germans despised/looked down upon the African way of life. (Any 5×1=5 marks)

 

    • Africans had inferior weapons which could not match the German modern weapons.
    • German solders were well trained as opposed to the African soldiers who used traditional methods of fighting.
    • The disunity/hatred that existed among African communities made it possible for the Germans to defeat them with ease.
    • The Germans used the scorched earth method which led to famine and hence weakened the Africans.
    • The magic waste failed to protect the Africans from German bullets.
    • Capture/imprisonment/execution of African leaders demoralised the fighters.
    • German administrators received reinforcement which strengthened their fight against the Africans.
    • The large/powerful communities who had been defeated by the Germans before did not join the war.
    • Africans were not well coordinated/organised in their fight against the Germans.

(Any 5×2=10 marks)

 

  1. (a)
  • It promoted health services/established International Health Organisation.
  • It championed for the welfare of the workers/established the International Labour Organisation.
  • It provided relief to refugees/war casualties/areas hit by famine.
  • It settled disputes between different European Countries.
  • It supervised mandated territories.
  • It organized disarmament conferences in Europe.
  • It helped to reduce trade in dangerous drugs.
  • It helped in economic reconstruction of European countries. (Any 5 x 1=5 marks)

 

    • Some European nations opposed the peace Treaty of Versailles becauseit favoured the allied nations that had fought against German.
    • The United States of America did not support the league because it did notwant to get involved in European affairs/The Monroe Doctrine.
    • The membership of the organization was not all that inclusive. Some countries were left out while others were not given a chance to join.
    • The league violated the objective of maintaining world peace by supporting some nations’ claims against others.
    • Most members were concerned with their sovereignty as opposed to the interests of the League of Nations.
    • Some members of the League adopted the policy of appeasement towards certain regimes in order to avoid confrontation thus weakening it.
    • Shortage of funds made it difficult for the League to implement its programmes.
    • The League lacked its own army to implement its decisions where peace was threatened. It depended on the goodwill of the members who at times were not reliable.
    • The search for colonies diverted the members’ attention from the activities of the League of Nations.
    • The rise of dictatorship regimes in Europe weakened the League as these dictators refused to accept its resolutions.
    • The economic depression of 1929 weakened most of the world economies, hence they were not able to support the League financially. (Any 5×2=10 marks)

 

 

  1. (a)
  • To avoid resistance from the people of Northern Nigeria.
  • The British had inadequate personnel for the vast territory.
  • There was an established system of administration.
  • There was communication barrier between the British and the local communities.
  • It was difficult to reach all parts of the territory due to inadequate transport and communication systems.
  • To reduce the cost of administration
  • The method had successfully been used in some of their colonies.

(Any 5 x 1=5 marks)

 

(b)

  • Traditional rulers became unpopular among their people due to their new roles of collecting taxes/forceful recruitment of fellow Africans as labourers for European/as soldiers to fight in the world wars.
  • The African Chiefs became wealthier than the rest of the people because they were paid for their services.
  • It helped to preserve African cultures in Northern Nigeria because the British did not want to interfere with the African way of life.
  • It led to the abolition of slavery and slave trade in Northern Nigeria
  • The British abolished the Fulani systems of taxation and replaced it with a single tax levied on each village.
  • Retention of muslim law/sharia in the North made the area lag behind.The British modified the previous systems of administration thus making the traditional African rulers lose their independence.                   (Any 5×2=10 marks)

 

  1. (a)
  • To promote unity among African states.
  • To end all forms of colonialism in Africa.
  • To promote human rights in African countries in line with the United Nations’ Charter.
  • To promote social, economic and political cooperation in Africa in order to uplift the peoples standards of living.
  • To uphold the policy of non-alignment in international affairs.
  • To uphold the policy of non-interference in the internal affairs of member states.
  • To recognize/respect the territorial/sovereignty of member states.
  • To promote peaceful settlement of disputes among member states.

(Any 5×1=5 marks)

 

    • The structure of the African Union is more elaborate than that of the organisation of African Unity/The African Union has more organs than the organization of African Unity.
    • African Union unlike the Organisation of African Unity has the mandate to intervene in the internal affairs of member states who violate human rights.
    • African Union is viewed as an organisation of African peoples while Organisation of African Unity was an organisation of African executives.
    • African Union has an ambitious economic development agenda for Africa where as Orgnisation of African Unity was mainly concerned with political issues of the continent.
    • African Union has an accountability mechanism/the African Peer Review Mechanism while the Organisation of African Unity lacked it.
    • The Organisation of African Unity was formed by independent African countries to fight colonialism where as African Union focuses on the challenges facing African countries today.
    • The African Union has established the court of Justice to handle cases involving victims of human rights violation within the member states while Organisation of African Unity lacked this agency.
    • The African Union unlike the Organisation of African Unity has established a close working relationship with countries of the world through Information Communication Technology to enhance globalization.
    • The African Union has proposed the creation of a standing African army whereas the Organization of African Unity did not think of it. (Any 5×2=10 marks)

 

 

  1. (a)
  • One should be a citizen of India.
  • The person should be aged 35 years and above.
  • The person should qualify for election as a member of the house of the people.
  • One should not be a government employee/not hold any office of profit within the government.
  • One must be nominated by a political party. (Any 3 x 1=3 marks)

 

(b)

  • The president is the head of state with executive powers to carry out his duties.
  • The president seeks advice from parliament when appointing the prime ministers.
  • He/she is the commander-in-chief of the armed forces.
  • He is a member of the legislative.
  • He ascends to/vetoes bills before they become law.
  • He establishes special councils to arbitrate on inter-state disputes.
  • He dissolves parliament to call for general elections.
  • He is empowered by the constitution to declare a state of emergency/rule the state by decree when the security of the state is threatened.
  • He nominates the 12 members to the “Council of states”/upper house.
  • He appoints state governors and supreme court judges.
  • He calls the leader of the winning party after general elections to form the government.
  • He is the leader of the political part that nominates him for the elections.
  • He pardons offenders. (Any 6×2=12 marks)

 

 

 

 

 

HISTORY MARKING SCHEME 2009 PAPER 2

SECTION A (25 MARKS)

  1. Name two types of written materials used by historians  as a source of history and government
    • Books/ charts/ maps/ scrolls/ painting/ clay labels/ stone  table
    • Newspapers/ magazines
    • Diaries/ biographies
    • Journals/ periodicals
    • Official/ government records

 

  1. State two ways in which the early man obtain food
    • Hunting
    • Gathering
    • Growing crops/ farming
    • Livestock keeping/ rearing animals
    • Fishing

 

  1. Charles Darwin’s theory of evolution

Simple life forms gradually develop into higher forms of life over millions of years                                                                     ( 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. Identify the greatest contribution  of Michael Faraday in the field of science

He invented electricity                                         (1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. Give the main use of steam powder during industrial revolution in Europe.

Driving engines/ machines in industries             ( 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. State two disadvantages of using wood as a source of energy
    • wood is affected by rain
    • It products smoke/ choking/ pollutes the air/ soot
    • Leads to deforestation / scarcity of wood
    • It is cumbersome to use (Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. Give two means of water transport used during the  ancient time
    • Sailing boats/ our driven  boats
    • Rafts/ logs
    • Canoes
    • Sailing ships

 

 

  1. State two advantages of the use of money of barter as a medium of exchange
    • Money is lighter to transport than goods
    • Money is easily divisible into smaller units than  the actual goods
    • Money is convertible into electronic devices  for payment unlike  goods
    • In barter trade,  one cannot determine  the  actual value of the  goods  transacted
    • Money can be stored in a longer period

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. Give two reasons  why the early  urban centers in ancient Egypt developed in the NileValley
    • Water from the river was used for transportation
    • Water from the river was used for domestic use/ industrial  use
    • Nile valley contained fertile soil for farming/ availability of food
    • Nile valley had cool temperature which encourages settlement
    • Vegetation along the river provided building materials

( Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. State two economic activities of the Shona during the pre- colonial period
    • They grew crops/ agriculture
    • They kept livestock
    • They traded with Arabs and Swahili traders/ took part in long distance trade/ trade
    • They hunted elephants for ivory
    • They were iron worked/ blacksmiths
    • They made clothes from wild cotton/ bark fibres
    • They mined gold
    • They were fishermen
    • They gathered/ gathering

 

  1. Define the term “ sphere “ of influence as used by the European powers in Berlin conference of 1884 and 1885
  2. Identify one political reform introduction by President Fredrik de Klerk that led to the achievement of black majority rule in South Africa.
    • He released all the political prisoners
    • Appealed apartheid Laws, E.g. pass laws
    • Allowed Africans to join political parties/ participate in electrons

(Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. Give one way  in which the policy  of “ nationalism allowed down economic development in Tanzania  during the reign of Julius Nyerere
    • Many Tanzanians developed a negative attitude to work/ relied on government support
    • Most foreign investors withdraw from the country
    • Some industries collapsed
  2. Name the organ of the United organization thatpromotes justice in the world.

The international Court of Justice

(1 x 1 = 1 mk)

 

  1. Identify one superpower that was involved in the cold water
    • United States of America ( USA)
    • Union of SovietSocialistRepublic ( USSR)

(Any 1 x 1  = 1mk)

 

SECTION A (25 MARKS)

  1. Name two English speaking member countries of the Economic Community of West Africa States (ECOWAS)
    • Liberia
    • Gambia
    • Ghana
    • Nigeria
    • Sierra Leone

(Any 2 x 1 = 2 mks)

 

  1. Identify one house of the Congress in the united   States of America
    • The House of representatives
    • The Senate

(Any 1 x 1 = 1 mk)

SECTION B (45 MARKS)

  1. (a) Give three stages in the evolution of man before Homo Erectus
    • Aegytopithecus/ Egyptian ape
    • Dryopithecus/ Africans/ Proconsul/ woodland ape
    • Kenyapithecus/ Ramapithecus/ woodland ape/ Kenya ape/ Asian ape
    • Australopithecus/ Southern ape/ man ape/ Zinyanthropus/ Nut erect man
    • Homohabilis/ Handy man/ practical man

Note any order of responses earns marks                        (any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

 

(b) Describe six ways in which the discovery of fire by Early Man improved

his way of life

  • The fire was used to roast/ cook thus he stopped eating raw food
  • Fire was used to provide warmth at night when it was cold
  • Fire was used to provide light in the dwelling/ sites/ caves
  • Fire improved hunting as man could use it to push animals to confined areas thus kill them easily.
  • Fire was used to frighten animals from man’s dwelling places thus improved security
  • Tool making was improved through the use of fire to harden sharpen tips of tools
  • Communication between people living at different places was made possible by the of fire and smoke signals
  • Early man preserved food by drying it over the fire
  • Fire enabled man to harden pottery which was used for storage / cooking/ trade

(Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) Identify three ways in which water was used in industries during the 18th century
    • To turn waterwheels/ grinding stones in four miles
    • To wash/ clean the machines/ maintain cleanliness
    • To cool the machines
    • To turn spinning machines in textile industries
    • To produce steam power to drive  machines

(Any 3 x 1 = 3 mks)

 

(b) Explain six social effects of the industrial revolution in Europe during the 18th century

(i)    Many people migrated to towns to look for jobs leading to overcrowding

(ii)   Increased population in towns led to shortage of houses thereby resulting

to the development of slums

(iii) There was poor sanitation which made people to suffer from various diseases

(iv) The factories emitted pollutants into the air, water and land thus affecting in people health

(v)   Those who did not secure employment in the industrial town engaged in crime and other social evils.

(vi) Industrial revolution led to social stratification where the poor were

Discriminated by the rich

(vii)             Women and children were exploited because they worked for long hours for little pay.

(viii) Trade union developed in order to fight for the rights of industrial

workers to settle industrial disputes.

(ix) Due to long working schedules, some industrial workers neglected their homes leading to family breakups

(Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) Identify the three methods used by the French to acquire colonies in

                        West Africa

  • Signed treaties with the African rulers/ used diplomacy
  • Played off one community against the other/ divide and rule/ treachery
  • Used force to conquer the African / Military expedition

(Any 3 x 1= 3 mks)

 

(b)       Explain six factors that led to the defeat of Samori Toure by the

                        French

(i)        The constant movements of his army and people denied them time to concentrate on gainful activities. This resulted to inadequate food supplies

(ii)       The scorched earth policy that he used when fighting made his people to be impoverished and thus turned against him.

(iii)      Some African communities in the area supported the French against Samori Toure. E.g. Liebba of Sekosso & Ahmiadu Sekou of Tuklor

(iv)      The Diplomatic tactics of playing off the British against the French worked against him as the British refused to give him support when attached by the French

(v)       The determination by the French to establish an overseas empire made them to use their superior weapons on Samori Toure

(vi)      The non- Mandinka and non Muslim communities in his empire supported the French against him because he had conquered/ mistreated them.

(vii)     The British refused to support Samori Toure against the French due to their policy of non – interference.

(viii)    The French besieged Samori Capital/ blocking his retreat thereby forcing him to surrender

(ix)      The establishment of the second empire from the East denied him access to the coast thus affecting supply of arms

(x)       The loss of Baire gold mine cleared him the finances to sustain his forces.

(6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

  1. (a) Give the reasons why it look long for Mozambique to achieve independence from Portugal
    • Portugal was reluctant to part with the economic wealth of Mozambique
    • Portugal was ruled by kings who had no regard for human rights
    • Portugal regarded Mozambique as one of its provinces and not  a colony
    • Portugal had succeed in suppressing revolts by Africans before nationalism took root in Mozambique
    • Lack of unity among  African until 1960’s
    • Illiteracy among Africans  in Mozambique

Any 3 x 1= 3 mks)

 

(b)       Explain six factors that favoured the success of FRELIMO nationalists during their struggle for independence in Mozambique

  • Use of Guerilla tactics to attack the Portuguese from different parts of country strained colonial resources.
  • The local population was recruited in the army which  out numbered the Portuguese  forces
  • Mozambique was highly forested  thus provided good  cover for  the  guerrilla  fighters  from  Portuguese war planes
  • FRELIMO fighters were working on familiar ground/ Terrain
  • The Frelimo nationalists  cultivated their own  food thus being  self sufficient in food supplies
  • The nationalist were aided financially, materially and morally by communist  countries which enabled them  to continue with the struggle
  • Support by the organization of African Unity (OAU) inspired  the nationalists to keep on  the struggle
  • The practice of Frelimo of setting up administrative structures in Liberated areas encouraged the Africans in Mozambique to support the struggle
  • The recognition of the role of women helped  the nationalist to mobilize the communities to support the struggle.
  • Elimination of ethic difference appealed to all the Mozambicans to join   in the common cause/ they were united.
  • The Frelimo leaders were  well organized./ co- ordinated the struggle effectively
  • Frelimo fighters received constant flour of information about the movement of the Portuguese troops.

 

SECTION C (30 MARKS)

  1. (a) List three Europeans Countries that formed the Tripple alliance before the outbreak of the First World War.
    • Germany
    • Austria – Hungary
    • Italy
    • Romania

 

(b) Describe six functions of the General Assembly of the United Nations (U.N)

(i)              The general Assembly liaises with the Security Council in making recommendations on maintenance of peace and security

(ii)             Discusses issues relating to international peace and security.

(iii)            It elects jointly with the Security Council, the judges of the international court of Justice/ appoints the secretary/ general

(iv)            It receives/ acts on report from Security Council and other U.N organs

(v)             It approves U.N budget/ apportions the amounts of construction to be paid by each member state.

(vi)            It elects non- permanent member of the security/ Economic/ Social fields

(vii)           It promotes the development / codification of the international law

  • It facilitates the realization of human fundamental freedoms
  • It promotes higher/ better standards of living among nations.

(Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

 

 

 

  1. (a) State five characteristics of the commonwealth member  states
    • Members of the commonwealth use English as the official language of communication
    • Members appreciate each others cultural values
    • Member countries co- operate in the field of Education
  • They recognize the queen/ king of England as the head  of commonwealth
    • Member countries have similar government/ institutions/ parliamentary system/ judiciary/ civil service/ military practices
    • They participate  in commonwealth games
    • They have economics ties/ the rich nations assist the poor ones with economic/ technical aid

(Any 6 x 2 = 12 mks)

(b)     Explain five challenges facing commonwealth

(i)        The commonwealth is dominated by the developed nations. This

Undermines policies/ decisions made by the less developed members

(ii)       Lacks adequate funds to finance its operations since most of the members

are from the less developed countries.

(iii)      Political instability/ civil wars in many member countries in Africa and Asia has affected the performance of the association in promoting peace/ good governance.

(iv)      Members of the commonwealth have a divided loyalty/ lack commitment due to their involvement in their organizations

(v)       Members of the commonwealth withdraw their membership at will and hence affect smooth operation of the club

(vi)      Ideological differences between the member countries/ capitalism/ communism make it difficult for the members to speak with one voice on matter of international concern.

(vii)     Personality difference between heads of states/ government have negatively affected the association.

(viii)    The association lacks an executive authority to enforce its decisions/ has no standing army

(ix)      The need to correct colonial injustices has created misunderstanding among the members thus making it difficult for it  to effectively  implement its plans

(x)       Racial discrimination reflected by lack of free movement/ restricted visa rules adopted by some counties has undermined social cohesion

(xi)      Some member countries put their national interest before those of the association thus making it difficult for the association to achieve its objectives

(Any 5 x 2 = 10 mks)

 

  1. (a) State three ways in which a person can become a member of parliament in Britain
    • Election of the member to the house of commons
    • Nomination of the person by the Monarch
    • Through inheritance of the house of lords
    • By virtue of office
    • By appointments due to outstanding performance

 

(b)       Describe six duties of the Monarch In Britain

(i)        The Monarch approves/ assents bills before they become laws

(ii)       The monarch approves all appointments to important state of offices

(iii)      The monarch is involved in enacting treaties between government and

other countries in relation to foreign policy

(iv)      The monarch summons/ prorogues/ dissolve parliament in consultation

with the prime minister.

(v)       The monarchy gives consent to all cabinet appointments

(vi)      The Monarchy has powers to pardon people who have been accused of

committing various  offences.

(vii)     The Monarch appoints bishops/ archbishops of the church of England

(viii)    The Monarch advises/ Counsels the head of government

(ix)      The monarch confers honours to persons who have rendered

distinguished/ outstanding.

(x)       The monarchy is the commander – in chief of the Armed Forces

NB:  The prime minister appoints while the monarch approves the appointments.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

K.C.S.E  2010

MARKING SCHEME

HISTORY PAPER 2

SECTION A (25 marks)

 

  1. State the scientific theory that explains the origin of human beings.

– The Evolution theory/Darwin                                                                            1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

  1. State two uses of stone tools by early people during the Old Stone Age period.
  2. i) For skinning animals after hunting.
  3. ii) For digging uproots

iii) For cutting meat

  1. iv) For sharpening one/wood
  2. v) For scraping animals skins/softening
  3. vi) For killing animals during hunting

vii) For protecting/defence                                                                      any 2 x 1 = 2 marks

 

  1. Identify the method used to plant cereal crops when early agriculture began.

– The broadcasting method                                                                      1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

  1. Name two metals that were used as currency in pre-colonial Africa.
  2. i) Iron
  3. ii) Gold

iii) Copper

  1. iv) Silver
  2. v) Bronze

 

  1. State one advantage of using the pipeline over vehicles in transporting oil.
  2. i) The pipeline delivers oil faster than vehicles.
  3. ii) It is safer to transport oil by pipeline than vehicles

iii)       The pipeline ensures regular/continuous supply of oil to required areas/depots.

  1. iv) It is easier to maintain the pipeline than vehicles. 1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

  1. Give the two main items of the Trans-Saharan trade.
  2. i) Gold
  3. ii) Salt

 

  1. Give tow social functions of the ancient city of Athens in Greece.
  2. i) It was a cultural centre/music/art/theatre
  3. ii) It was an educational centre

iii)       It was a sports centre

  1. iv) It was a religious centre Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks

 

 

  1. Name any chartered company that was used to administer Tanganyika during the process of colonisation.

– The German East Africa Company                                                                   1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

  1. Which was the main factor that unified the communities of the Shona Kingdom during the pre-colonial period?

– The Mwari religious cult/Mlimo/religion                                                         1 x 1= 1 mark

 

  1. State two functions of the Lukiko in Buganda Kingdom during the 19th Century.
  2. i) It advised the Kabaka.
  3. ii) It represented the wishes of the people.

iii) It assisted in settling disputes/acted as final court of appeal.

  1. iv) It directed the collection of taxes/how the wealth of the kingdom would be spent.
  2. v) It was the law formulating body in the Kingdom.
  3. vi) It assisted/no general/administration Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks

 

  1. Give one economic reason which made European Countries to scramble for colonies in Africa.
  2. i) To obtain raw materials for the industries.
  3. ii) To search for markets for the manufactured goods.

iii)       To acquire areas to invest their surplus capital                           Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

  1. State one way in which the Ndebele benefited after the British-Ndebele War of 1893 to 1896.
  2. i) The Ndebele Indunas were made headmen.
  3. ii) The Shona police were removes from Matebeleland. Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

  1. Identify two economic results of the First World War.
  2. i) European governments spent huge sums of money.
  3. ii) There was massive destruction of property.

iii)       It led to economic depression/employment/starvation/unemployment.Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks

 

  1. Give two principal organs of the United Nations.
  2. i) The General Assembly
  3. ii) The Security Council

iii)       The Economic and Social Council

  1. iv) The Secretariat
  2. v) The Trusteeship Council
  3. vi) The international Court of Justice Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks

 

  1. Identify two ways in which Mwalimu Julius Nyerere promoted the development of Education in Tanzania after independence.
  2. i) He established the universities of Dar-es-Salaam and Sokoine
  3. ii) He made Kiswahili the medium of instruction in schools.

iii)       He made education to be free and compulsory from primary school to university.

  1. iv) He popularized the philosophy of “Education for self reliance”
  2. v) He introduced Adult education.         Any 2 x 1 = 2 marks

 

  1. 16. State one condition that a country should fulfill in order to become a member of the Non-aligned Movement.
  2. i) A country should be independent.
  3. ii) A country should not be a member of either NATO or WARSAW pact military.

 

  1. Identify one parliamentary duty of the Monarch in Britain.
  2. i) Summons parliament after a general election.
  3. ii) Prologues parliament

iii) Dissolves parliament

  1. iv) Assents bills of parliament
  2. v) Nominates members to the House of Lords.                                     Any 1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

SECTION B = (45 marks)

  1. a) State five reasons why early people domesticated crops and animals during the Neolithic period.
  2. i) Due to increased Human population more food was required.
  3. ii) There was competition for food between human beings and animals.

iii) Over hunting developed stocks of animal on which human beings relied on for food.

  1. iv) Hunting and gathering had become tiresome/insecure.
  2. v) Calamities such as bush fire/floods destroyed vegetation/drove away animals.
  3. vi) Some crops and animals had economic value.

vii) Animals were domesticated to provide security.

viii) There was a change in climate which caused aridity/weather sometimes hindered gathering and hunting.                                                                                         Any 5 x 1 = 5 marks

 

  1. b) Explain five causes of food shortages to Africa today.
  2. i) Many parts of Africa experience little or no rain at all over several years leading to crop failure and hence food shortages/natural hazards.
  3. ii) The rapid population growth rate has overtaken food production rate resulting into food shortages.

iii)       Inadequate/food storage facilities had contributed to food wastages as farmers cannot store store food for a long period.

  1. iv) Poor state of roads in many African countries hinders transportation of food from the areas of surplus to those of deficit.
  2. v) Low prices of food stuff has discouraged many farmers who may have invested so much capital leading to food shortages.
  3. vi) Many farmers in Africa lack enough capital to buy required farm inputs.

vii) Due to crop diseases and pest, a lot of food is destroyed either on the farms or in stores resulting to food shortages.

viii) The emphasis on cash crop farming at the expense of food crops has contributed to low food production leading to food shortages.

  1. ix) Environmental degradation through deforestation/overgrazing of animals had led to soil erosion leading to wasteland, hence low food production/desertification.
  2. x) Civil wars in many African countries have displaced people from their farms and therefore diverted their attention from farming resulting in food shortages.
  3. xi) Poor food policies have discouraged farmers as they are not given enough incentives incase of crop failure/poor economic planning.

xii) The young-able bodied persons migrate to urban centres thus leaving farming to the aged who are not able to contribute much towards food production.

xiii) HIV and AIDS pandemic has impacted negatively on the labour force in food production.

xiv) Poor land tenure system/land fragmentation has reduced the acreage that would have been used for production scarcity.

  1. xv) Over reliance/dependence on famine relief food/other forms of aid has made people not to look for permanent solutions to food shortages.

xvi) Lack of modern farming methods her led to low food production. Any 5 x 2 = 10 marks

 

  1. a) Give three problems faced by factory workers in Europe during the industrial revolution.
  2. i) They were paid low wages/salaries
  3. ii) They worked for long hours

iii) They were exposed to accidents

  1. iv) Accidents victims were laid off without compensation.
  2. v) Inadequate housing made them live in slums.
  3. vi) They suffered from diseases due to poor sanitation/pollution.        Any 3 x 1 = 3 marks

 

  1. b) Explain six factors that have promoted industrialization in South Africa.
  2. i) The availability of many sources of energy to provide the required power of industrialization.
  3. ii) The existence of varied mineral resources to sustain the process of industrialization.

iii) The presence of well developed transport network/infrastructure to facilitate the movement of raw materials and finished industrial goods to the market.

  1. iv) The availability of both internal and external markets for their manufactured goods.
  2. v) The availability of both skilled and unskilled manpower required for industrialization.
  3. vi) The availability of capital generated from South Africa trade in other goods has enabled her to set up industries.

vii) The government’s sound industrial policies which encouraged both local and foreign investors to boost industrialization.

viii) The high quality of goods has led to increased demand for South Africans manufactured goods.

  1. ix) The political instability in the country since the end of apartehid era has created a conducive environment

for industrial development.                                                                Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

  1. a) Give three methods used by European powers to establish colonial rule in Africa.
  2. i) Military conquest/expenditions
  3. ii) They signed treaties/agreements with African rulers/diplomacy/collaboration

iii)       Deception/treachery/luring Africans with European goods.

  1. iv) Chartered trading companies
  2. v) Playing off communities against each other in order to weaken.

 

  1. b) Explain results of the collaboration between the Buganda Agreements of 1900.
  2. i) It led to the loss of independence.
  3. ii) Introduction of Christianity and European influence in buganda.

iii) Islamic influence declined.

  1. iv) Buganda got protection from the British against their traditional economic e.g Bunyoro.
  2. v) Kabakas power were reduced in the peace of the growing educated member of the Lukiko.
  3. vi) Kabaka gained recognition and was referred to as his luglilness.

vii) Buganda an administration position in the colonial administration and was used to conquer other communities.

viii) Buganda advanced more economically than other communities as it acquired European manufactured goods e.g cloth, guns.

  1. ix) Buganda benefited from Western Education and medicine. Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

  1. a) State three ways used by nationalists in ghana to fight for independence.
  2. i) They formed political parties.
  3. ii) They used boycotts/demonstrations/strikes/go-slows.

iii)       They organized political rallies to mobilise mass support.

  1. iv) They used newspapers to articulate their views.
  2. v) They used the legislative council
  3. vi) They composed songs/poems to attack colonialism.

vii) They used trade unions.

viii) They used international forum.                                                        Any 3 x 1 = 3 marks

 

  1. b) Explain six factors that led to the development of African Nationalism in Ghana.
  2. i) Inadequate African representation in the Legislative council based discontent among the Ghanaians.
  3. ii) Loss of powers by the traditional African chiefs created discontent against the colonial government.

iii) The need to guard against possible land alienation by the British united the Africans.

  1. iv) Introduction of taxation by the colonial government was resented by Ghanaians.
  2. v) The meagre earnings by Africans from the sale of cocoa to Europeans created discontent among them.
  3. vi) The order by the colonial government that farmers uproot their crops due to prevalence of the “swollen shoot” disease upset them.

vii) Then involvement of the ex-servicemen in the Second World War inspired them to fight for their independence.

viii) The attainment of independence by India/Pakistan in 1947 encouraged the Ghanaians to demand for their right to govern themselves.

  1. ix) The existence of young educated Ghanaians who had understood the ideals of democracy/freedom who inspired the masses towards a worthy cause.
  2. x) High rate of unemployment among the Africans created resentment/discontent.
  3. xi) The United Nations Charter’s declaration of the importance of political independence for all people inspired the Ghanaians and other leaders.

xii) The charismatic leadership provided by Kwame Nkrumah united the people in their struggle against colonial domination.

xiii) The selective granting of trading licenses to Europeans traders while denying the same to the Africans created discontent.       Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

      SECTION C (30 Marks)

  1. a) Give three conditions which one had to fulfil in order to become a French Citizen in Senegal.
  2. i) Literate/able to read and write in French.
  3. ii) Able to speak in French

iii)  Be a Christian

  1. iv) One must have worked in the French Civil service/be loyal in the French government/military service.
  2. v) Practice monogamy                                                                            Any 3 x 1 = 3 marks

 

  1. b) Explain six differences between the use of British indirect rule and the French assimilation policy.
  2. i) The British used traditional rulers as chiefs while the French appointed assimilated whereas chiefs to become chiefs.
  3. ii) African traditional rulers under British rule retained most of their powers whereas chiefs under French rule had limited powers.

iii) British colonies were administered as separate territories while French colonies were administered as provinces of France.

  1. iv) Most French administrators were represented in the French Chamber of Deputies in France while in British colonies Laws wee made by the Colonial Legislative Assemblies.
  2. v) Africans in French colonies were military officers while the British administrators were both as provinces and non-professionals.
  3. vi) Laws used to govern French colonies were made in the chamber of Deputies in France while British colonies Laws were made by the Colonial Legislative Assemblies.

vii) Assimilated Africans in French colonies became full French citizens while in the British colonies, educated Africans remained colonial subjects.

viii) British indirect rule preserved African cultures while assimilation undermined African culture.                                                                                                                                  Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

  1. a) State the role played by United States of America in ending the Second World War.
  2. i) The U.S.A provided modern military equipment to the allied forces.
  3. ii) She gave financial support to the allied forces.

iii)       She provided military personnel to the allied powers.

  1. iv) S.A blockaded the Panama Canal against the central powers.
  2. v) She dropped atomic bombs at Horishoma and Nagasaki which forced Japan to surrender.

 

  1. b) Explain six causes of the Cold War after 1945.
  2. i) The disagreements between the Soviet Union and the United States of America over reduction of arms led to arms race.
  3. ii) The occupation of Eastern Europe by Soviet Union caused fear among U.S.A and its allies in Western Europe/Iron curtain policy by the USSR.

iii) The ideological differences pursued by the U.S.A and U.S.S.R created mistrust/suspicion among them leading to hostility.

  1. iv) The domination of United Nations by United States of America and her allies was checked by U.S.S.R through the use of her veto power thus increasing the tension.
  2. v) The involvement of both United States of America and U.S.S.R in European conflicts in the late 1940s created tension among them.
  3. vi) America’s Marshal plan to revive European economies after the war made U.S.S.R to counteract by arming a similar one/comical thus enhancing tension.

vii) Formation of military alliances/N.A.T.O by United States of America and her allies led to U.S.S.R and her allies to form a similar alliance/Warsaw pact thus intensifying the rivalry.

viii) Construction of the Berlin wall by U.S.S.R in Germany to block Western after the Second World War.                                                                                         Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

 

 

  1. a) Identify three duties performed by the Secretary General of the new East African Community established in 2001.
  2. i) Is the head of secretariat.
  3. ii) Authorizes expenditure on behalf of the members.

iii)       Is the secretary to the summit/take minutes

  1. iv) Keep records of the proceedings.
  2. v) Implements decisions adopted by East African Community Summit.
  3. vi) Prepares agenda for the meeting any 3 x 1 = 3 marks

 

  1. b) Explain six benefits of the new East African Community established in 2001 to its members.
  2. i) There is wider market for different types of goods produced by each member states.
  3. ii) The citizens of member states buy goods at fair prices due to low tariffs levied on goods.

iii) Opening of border closed establishing a common visa/East African passport has boosted free movement of people within the region.

  1. iv) The community provides a forum for heads of states to discuss issues harmoniously thus promoting mutual understanding/co-operation/friendship.
  2. v) There are employment opportunities for people of member countries in the established common services.
  3. vi) Establishment of the common market create room for enhanced economic development of member countries/spurs greater industrial growth.

vii) The member countries are working together towards establishing East African Federation in order to apply common laws.

viii) There is improvement in transport and communication network to facilitate the movement of people and goods.                                                                          Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HISTORY 2011

 

MARKING SCHEME PAPER 2

 

SECTION A (25marks)

 

1 Give two archaeological sources of information on History and Government.   (2marks)

  1. Tools/utensils/ornaments/onions used by man
  2. Weapons used by man
  • Settlements/ruins of the past/rock paintings
  1. Remains of human/animals
  2. Plant remains.
  3. Garments/ornaments
  • Coins used by man

Any 2×1 =2 marks

 

2Give two reasons that made early human beings to live in groups during the Stone Age

Period.                                                                                                            (2 marks)

  1. For companionship
  2. For security
  • To share resources
  1. To help one another Any 2×1 =2 marks

 

3          Identify two ways through which early agriculture spread in Africa.          (2 marks)

  1. Through migration
  2. Through trade
  • Through intermarriages
  1. Through wars

 

4          State two limitations of using animal transport.                                           (2 marks)

  1. Animal are affected by poor health/injuries/attacked by wild animals
  2. Rugged terrain/extreme weather conditions hampers the movement of animals
  • Animal transport has limited carrying capacity
  1. Animal transport is time consuming/slow
  2. Animal transport is cumbersome. Some animals are stubborn
  3. Animal transport is limited to day-time and not right time.

 

5          Why was silent trade practiced by Trans-Saharan traders? (Open)              (1 mark)

  • Due to language barrier/ lack of common language.

 

 

6Identify the main factor that led to the growth of an ancient town of Meroe.      (1 mark)

  • Existence of iron ore.

 

 

7What was the main function of the Council of elders among Africa societies during the

Pre-colonial period?                                                                                       (1 mark)

  • They mediated/settled disputes/made peace in the community.

 

8          State two social factors that led to the scramble for colonies in Africa by European

Powers.                                                                                                           (2 marks)

  1. The need to abolish slave trade
  2. The desire to spread Christianity/to protect missionaries
  • The desire to spread western civilian/education/western civilization
  1. The need to settle surplus population (any 2×1 = 2 marks)

 

9          Name one African country that was not colonized by the European powers. (1 mark)

  1. Ethiopia
  2. Liberia (any 1×1 =1 marks)

 

10        state two roles played by the African Chiefs in the British Colonial administration in

Nigeria.                                                                                                           (2 marks)

  1. They represented the colonial government at the local level
  2. They recruited labour for public works
  • They collected taxes for the colonial government
  1. They communicated colonial government policies to the people
  2. They tried/heard cases in the local courts (any 2×1 = 2 marks)

 

11        Name the chartered company that administered Zimbabwe during the process of

Colonization.                                                                                                  (1 mark)

  • The British South Africa Company (BSAC) (1 mark)

 

12        Give the main reason for the formation of the League of Nations in 1919. (1 mark)

  • To promote/sustain World peace/security. To prevent the occurrence of another war.(1 mark)

 

13        Give two economic reasons for the growth of African nationalism in Ghana. (2 marks)

  1. The order by the colonial government that Africans uproot cocoa trees affected by diseases
  2. The colonial government denied Africans trading licenses
  • African farmers earned low incomes from the sale of cocoa to European firms
  1. High unemployment rate for the Africans.
  2. Sharp increase in prices of goods. (any  2×1 = 2 marks)

 

14Outline two factors that enable Tanzania to maintain national unity since independence.

  1. Adherence to the policy of socialism (ujamaa)
  2. Application of the constitution
  • Use of Kiswahili as a national language
  1. Leadership that was willing to embrace changes. Good leadership.(any 2×1= 2 marks)

 

15        What is ‘veto power’ as used by the United Nation?                                    (1 mark)

  • A decision cannot be adopted if any of the permanent members of the Security Council votes against it. (1 mark)

 

16        Name one Major political party in the united state of America.      (1 mark)

  1. Republic party
  2. Democratic party (any 1×1 =1 mark)

 

17        Name one type of election held for the House of Common in Britain.        (1mark)

  1. General election
  2. By-election (any 1×1 = 1 mark)

 

SECTION B (45 marks)

 

Answer any THREE questions from this section in the answer booklet provide.

 

18        (a)       Give three physical characteristics of the Home erectus.                (3 marks)

 

  1. Had upright posture/bipedal
  2. Had protruding jaws
  • Was about 5 feet tall/1.5 m
  1. Had slopping forehead
  2. Had deep set eyes/deep eye sockets
  3. Had hairy body (any 3×1 = 3 marks)

 

(b)       Explain six cultural practices of Homo Sapiens during the New Stone Age

(12marks)

 

  1. Made microlithic tools which were small and more efficient that the earlier tools
  2. Lived in rock shelters/cave/hats to protect themselves from harsh weather/wild animals
  • Decorated shelters with animal paintings/hunting scenes
  1. Began to domesticate animals/plants in order to ensure regular food supply
  2. Developed speech which made communication easier
  3. Developed government by setting up rules/laws
  • Developed religion as evidence by the practice of burying the dead with their possessions
  • They practiced simple Art and Craft work/pottery/basketry/weaving
  1. They started a settle way of life where they established villages
  2. They were a variety of garments/ clothing
  3. They decorated their bodies with red ochre/wore orama (any 6×2 =12 marks)

19        (a)       state three disadvantages of coal as a source of energy.      (3 marks)

 

  1. Coal is bulky to transport
  2. Coal causes pollution
  • Mining of coal can lead to injuries/death
  1. It is a non-renewable source of energy
  2. Coal was expensive to mine and transport (any 3×1 = 3 marks)

 

(b)       Explain six effects of the scientific inventions on industry.             (12 marks)

 

  1. Machines have been improved which produce goods on a large scale
  2. Alternative sources of energy have been developed for use in industries
  • Invention of steam engine has improved transportation of raw materials to the industries/finished goods to the market
  1. The development of the printing press has enabled people to read and acquire knowledge/information about industrialization
  2. There has been loss of lives through industrial accidents
  3. Data processing/ storage has been improved by use of computers
  • Robots have been developed which have reduced over reliance on human labour/reduced labour costs.
  • Development of telecommunication has led to buying/selling of goods on the internet/e-commerce
  1. Research has enabled industries to recycle waste products in manufacturing usable goods

(Any 6×2 = 12 marks)

 

20        (a)       State three factors that contributed to the development of the Trans-Atlantic

Trade.                                                                                      (3 marks)

 

  1. Availability of trade items
  2. Demand for slaves in the New World
  • Availability of sailing ships
  1. The discovery of the compass
  2. Availability of fire arms
  3. Existence of trade routes/links (3×1 = 3 marks)

 

(b)       Explain six negative effects of Trans-Atlantic trade on African Communities.

(12 marks)

 

  1. There was increased instability/conflicts among communities as traders raided for slaves
  2. Many Africans lost their live during the slave raids
  • Traditional industries declined as Africans acquired a taste of European goods
  1. There was increased suffering among families as their loved ones were separated/sold to slavery
  2. Some kingdom declined due to continuous attacks from their neighbours in search of trading items
  3. There was destruction of property as communities raided each other for trade items
  • It contributed to the decline of the Trans-Sahara trade as many people found it more profitable
  • There was a decline in agricultural production as the able bodies people were taken away into slavery.
  1. There was serious depopulation in west and parts of Central Africa due to slave trade.
  2. Africans lost confidence in their who sold them to slave dealers
  3. The trade exposed W.A to new diseases
  • There was fear and insecurity due to frequent raids on African settlements
  • Weakened African communities could not resist colonial

(any 6×2 = 12 marks)

 

21        (a)       State three factors that enables European powers to colonise Africa in the late

19th Century.

 

  1. Disunity among African Communities
  2. Superior weapons used by European armies
  • Weak African communities due to wars/natural calamities
  1. Some communities collaborated with the Europeans
  2. African ignorance about Europeans intentions (any 3×1 = 3 marks)

 

 

(b)       Explain six effects of the partition of Africa on African communities.

 

  1. Africans lost independence as European established colonies
  2. African economies weakened by the European exploitation of the resources
  • The Africans system of government were replaced by European system
  1. Africans adopted European language which became official languages in the colonies
  2. Modern African state were created by the boundaries drawn during the partition
  3. Some African communities were split by the boundaries which were drawn during the partition
  • Africans lost land as Europeans established permanent settlements
  • Africans lost their lives/property as they resisted occupation
  1. African culture were undermined through the introduction of Western education/spread of Christianity/health
  2. Closer ties were forged between Africans and Europeans which created overdependence on Europe.
  3. Intensification of warfare among African community
  • Infrastructure was developed in ling major mini and Agricultural areas
  • Introduction of new policies e.g. forced labor

 

 

22        (a)       Give three functions of the Kabaka of Buganda Kingdom during the pre-colonial

Period.

 

  1. He was the Commander in-Chief of the armed forces
  2. Kabaka appointed/dismissed Saza chiefs/senior government official
  • He was head of traditional religion
  1. He was the head of judiciary/final court of appeal
  2. He awarded honours to officers who offered distinguished service/land as award

(any 3×1 =3 marks)

 

(b)       Describe the political organization of the Shona During the pre-colonial period.

  1. The shone were ruled by an emperor/King who had absolute authority over the subjects
  2. The emperor’s position was hereditary so as to reduce succession dispute
  • The emperor was assisted in the administration by the queen mother, the queen sister, army commander, head drummer, head door keeper or head cook
  1. There was an advisory council whose work was to advise the emperor
  2. The empire was divided into provinces which were headed by Provincial/lesser kings
  3. The provinces were divided into Chiefdoms ruled by chief
  • Under the chief were headmen who were in charge of the villages
  • The empire had a standing army whose main duty was to defend/expand the empire
  1. The king/Emperor was symbol of unity as he was semi-divine
  2. There existed priests who acted as spies for the emperor/king (any 6×2 = 12 marks)

 

23        (a)       Identify five ways through which the United Nations (U.N) promotes good

Governance in the world.                                                       (5 marks)

 

  1. Send observers to monitor national elections in various states
  2. Provides financial/logistical assistance to countries during national elections
  • Helped countries to attain independence/establish democratic government
  1. Sends peace keeping forces to war torn countries
  2. Ensures representation of member states in the general Assembly
  3. Arbitrates disputes between countries/warring groups.
  • Monitors/condemns violation of human rights (any 5×1 = 5 marks)

 

(b)       Explain five achievements of the Non-aligned movement (NAM) since its

Formation.                                                                              (10 marks)

 

  1. Provided a platform where member countries would speak with one voice in international for a
  2. He encouraged member countries to articulate their national interests before those of the super power
  • Enables the member countries to exert their voting power/influence in world affairs
  1. Hastened the attainment of independence to those countries that were still under colonial rule
  2. Has promoted peace/security by encouraging member countries to observe neutrality in super power conflicts
  3. Has played a key role in disarmament by condemning the arms race.
  • Has promoted the creation of a new international economic order by encouraging member countries to trade with any of the two super power blocs/financial assistance from each power bloc
  • Has given funds to the needy countries through a fund, created to address demanding circumstances. (any 5×2 = 10 marks)

 

24        (a)       State three objectives for the formation of Common Market for Eastern and

Southern Africa (COMESA)                                                  (3 marks)

 

  1. To cooperate in creating a conducive environment for foreign/cross border/domestic investment
  2. To cooperate in the promotion of peace/security/stability among member states
  • To strengthen relations between COMESA members and the rest of the world/adopt a common position in international for a
  1. To cooperate in realizing the objectives of the African economics community
  2. To promote a more balanced/harmonious development of its production/marketing structures
  3. To promote joint development in all economic fields in order to raise the living standards of the people. (any 3×1 = 3 marks)

 

(b)       Explain six challenges facing the Common Market for Eastern and Southern

Africa. (COMESA)                                                                            (12 marks)

 

  1. Poor transport network has hampered movement of goods/services between member states
  2. The member countries produce similar goods thus limiting the market
  • Some member countries belong to other regional economic blocks/hence not fully committed to COMESA
  1. Civil wars in some members states hamper smooth flow of goods due to insecurity hence lowering the volume of trade
  2. Border disputes among some members states make it difficult for them to cooperate
  3. Some members states prefer trading with their former colonial masters thus posing stiff competition to products from COMESA region
  • Failure of some member states to harmonize tariffs has undermined free flow of goods/services
  • Withdrawal of some members’ states has undermined the planning/financial of COMESA operations.
  1. Member states pursue their national interests thereby working against the objectives of COMESA
  2. Personality differences btw leaders e.g. museveni and Al-Bashir
  3. Quarrels over trading rights under COMESA Egypt and Kenya.
  • Natural calamities e.g. draughts, floods leading to massive food shortages and famine.

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HISTORY & GOVERNMENT

 PAPER 2 2012 MARKING SCHEME

 

  1. Identify one type of artifact that is likely to be found in an archeological site                                                                                                                         (1mark)
  • Tools
  • Weapons
  • Pottery
  • Garments
  • Coins (any 1×1=1mark)
  1. Name one source of information on the Creation Theory of man.
  • The Bible
  • The Koran

 

  1. State two ways in which the Sumerians in Mesopotamia reclaimed land for agriculture
  • They built banks/dykes along rivers to stop flooding.
  • They dug ditches to drain water from swamps.
  • They used canals to irrigate the land.
  • They used the shadoof to draw water to irrigate the land.Any 2
  1. Give the main form of transport that was used in the Trans-Saharan trade,

(i)       Animal transport/Carmel/ horse                       1 x 1=1 mark

  1. Name two groups of people that were involved in the Trans-Atlantic trade.
  • The Europeans
  • The Africans
  • The Americans.                         1 x 1 = 1 mark

 

 

  1. State two negative effects of the development of motor vehicle transport:

– It causes traffic jams especially in urban areas;

– It contributes to environmental pollution;

– It damages roads;

– It causes accidents leading to loss of lives/injuries

Any 2×1=2 marks

  1. Give two inventions that revolutionalized the textile industry in Britain during the 18th Century.                                                                          (2 marks)

(i)        The flying shuttle by John Kay

(ii)       The spinning jenny – James

(iii)      The water frame; – Richard Arkwright

(iv)      The spinning mule – Samuel Criton

(v)        The power loom; – Edmund cartright

(vi)      The cotton gin – Eli witney

(vii)     Sylindrical calico printing machine by Thomas bell     Any 2×1=2 marks

 

  1. Identify the main factor that contributed to the growth of Athens in Ancient Greece,

(i)      Trade/ commercial activities.

 

  1. State two European activities in Africa before 1850

 

  • They were involved in trade.
  • They were spreading Christianity.
  • They were involved in exploration.
  • They were involved in spreading Western

Any 2 x1 = 2 marks

  1. State one way in which African collaboration with the Europeans hastened colonization in Africa.

(1mark)

  • It encouraged Europeans to settle on African land/loss of African land.
  • It created disunity among Africans.
  • It assisted the Europeans in conquering other communities.
  • It assisted/enabled Europeans to establish their control/entrench themselves.

Any 1×1 = 1 mark

  1. Give the main reason why the European powers held Berlin conference of 1884 to                                                                 (1 mark)

– To discuss how to partition/share/divide Africa among themselves.

1×1 = 1 mark

  1. State one way in which the rise of dictators in Europe contributed to the outbreak of the Second World War.                                                                       (1 mark)

 

  • They overthrew democratic government
  • They rearmed themselves.
  • They engaged. In acts of aggression/attacked other countries.

Any 1 x 1= 1 mark

  1. Give two economic benefits enjoyed by the members of the commonwealth.(2 marks)
  • Favourable trading opportunities to members.
  • Financial assistance given to the poor nations.
  • Technical/research assistance to member countries.
  • Support for youth programmes/projects for development.

Any 2×1=2 marks

  1. Give the main reason why the Pan African movement was formed at the beginning of the 20th(1 mark)

-To unite peoples of African descent.                                                1×1=1 mark

  1. Name one financial institution established by the African Union.(1 mark)
  • The African Monetary Fund
  • The African Central Bank
  • The African Investment Bank

Any 1×1 = 1 mark

  1. Identify two factors which have undermined the exploitation of mineral resources in the Democratic Republic of Congo since independence.(2 marks)
  • Civil war in the country;
  • Shortage of labour due to displacement of people;
  • Smuggling of minerals;
  • Political interference by neighbouring states;
  • Poor transport network.

Any 2×1=2 marks

 

17State two ways in which poor transport has slowed down economic      development in Tanzania since independence.                        (2marks)

(i)      It has made transportation of goods/services difficult

  1. ii) It has hindered exploitation of some resources;

iii)     It has slowed down the movement of labour;

  1. iv) It has increased the cost of transport.

 

 

                                                    SECTION B (45 marks)

18 (a)      State three disadvantages of hunting as an economic activity of the early man.

(3 marks)

 

  1. i) It is difficult to locate/spot the animals
  2. ii) Animals are a threat/dangerous to humans;

iii)     It requires many people;

  1. iv) Hunting is time consuming;
  2. v) It is tiresome/cumbersome;
  3. vi) Animals run faster than man.

Any 3×1=3 marks

 

(b)     Explain six benefits of settling in villages during the late stone age period.                                                                                                                               (12 marks)

  1. i) There was security as people could protect themselves against enemies.

ii)Living as a large group enabled people to work together hence accomplishing tasks with ease.

iii)Settling in villages assured man of permanent dwelling thereby reducing movement.

iv)Man began growing crops thereby ensuring regular food supply.

v)Man domesticated animals which provided animal products thereby reducing his    hunting            activities.

vi)Living in villages promoted interactions thereby increasing social cohesion/sharing of ideas

vii)People were able to exchange goods/services hence getting what they did not have.

viii)It enabled them to build better shelter thereby protecting themselves from harsh           weather conditions.

Any 6×2= 12 marks

 

  1. (a) Give three uses of wind as a source of energy in ancient times. (3 marks)

 

  • To winnow grains;
  • To drive/turn wind mills;
  • To propel boats/sailing ships;
  • To drive water pumps;
  • To dry grains Any 3×1=3 marks

 

(b)     Explain six effects of iron working technology on African communities before the

19th Century.                                                                                      (12 marks)

  1. i) The use of iron tools made cultivation of the land easier/faster as they were                more efficient.
  2. ii) Iron tools were used to clear forests thereby enabling people to migrate/settle in new

iii)     Iron weapons were used to fight other communities thereby increasing                            warfare/ conflicts.

  1. iv) It led to the rise of professional smiths who were accorded high status in the community
  2. v) The demand for iron tools enhanced trade between communities.
  3. vi) Communities were able to protect themselves better usingiron we were

directive.

  • Powerful states emerged as iron weapons were used to conquer/annex weaker communities/territories
  • Iron implements were used as a medium of exchange thereby facilitating trade
  1. x) The use of iron tools/implements led to increased food production. Since                more land was brought under cultivation
  • Has led to development of towns eg Meroe.
  1. (a) State live economic activities of the Asante during the 19th Century.
  • They grew crops for food/trade;
  • They carried out trade among themselves/other groups.
  • They were involved in mining;
  • They practiced Art and crafts/basketry/weaving
  • They practised iron working/black smithing;
  • They did hunting/gathering;
  • They practiced pottery making. Any 6 x 2= 12 marks

 

(b)          Describe the social organization of the Buganda Kingdom during the pre-colonial period.                                                                                                 (10 marks)

 

  • They were organized into clans which had their own traditions/customs. .
  • They worshipped many gods with Katonda as their supreme God /polytheism
  • The people highly regarded the Kabaka whom they considered to be semi-divine.
  • The people believed in life after death since they worshipped the spirits of the dead.
  • The umbilical cord/jaw bones of Kabaka were preserved for future remembrance.
  • The people performed sacrifices during the time of misfortune/fortunes.

vii)               They had symbols of royalty in form of royal drums/spears/crowns which were kept at the Kabaka’s

viii)        They had religious shrines which were scattered all over the Kingdom.

  1. ix) They were polygamous /married many wives in order to strengthen social relations.

 

  1. a) Outline five grievances by Africans against apartheid in South Africa.
  2. i) Africans were not allowed to vote for black representatives in government.
  3. ii) They were prohibited from living in urban areas/sharing facilities with whites.

iii)          The pass laws restricted African movement.

  1. iv) They were confined into Bantustans/reserves.
  2. v) The labour laws denied them equal employment opportunities.
  3. vi) Low quality education prepared them for only low cadre jobs.

vii)         The Land Acts gave whites exclusive rights over land.

Any 5×1=5 marks

 

  1. b) Explain five challenges faced by African nationalist in their struggle for a majority rule      in South Africa
  2. i) some nationalist were arrested/detained which crippled their activities thereby slowing down the struggle

(ii)         The political parties were banned by the government making it difficult for the          nationalists to coordinate their activities.

(iii)        The nationalists were not united, creatingtension among themselvesthus hampering         their struggle less effective.

(iv)         The government enacted pass laws which restricted movement thus hampering their             interactions.

(v)         They lacked adequate funds to finance the struggle thus slowing down their operations.

(vi)         They lacked press freedom making it difficult for them to spread their ideas.

(vii)       They lacked advanced weapons thereby making them less effective in their armed    struggle.

(viii)   They had different approaches in their struggle (moderated/radical wings) thus    creating a loophole which      was exploited by the government.

(ix)         Some nationalists were killed which led to low morale hence slowing down the

 

  1. a) Name three communes that were established by the French in Senegal during the colonial period.

(i)         St Louis

(ii)       Goree’

(iii)       Rufisque

(iv)       Dakar

Any 3×1=3 marks

 

  1. b) Describe the structure of the British colonial administration in Northern Africa.                                                                                                                          (12 marks)

(i)         The colonial secretary was based in London

(ii)         Under the colonial secretary was the governor who was in-charge of the

administration of the colony.

(iii)        The colony was divided into provinces headed by a Resident/Provincial

Cornrnissioner who co-ordinated administration in the provinces.

 

(iv)         The provinces were further subdivided into districts headed by District officers who      were answerable to the Provincial Commissioner/Resident.

(v)          Districts were sub-divided into locations/Emirates headed by the Chiefs/Emirs

(vi)         There were headmen who were in-charge of the villages and assisted the Emirs in             matters of administration.

(vii)       Both the Resident/Provincial Commissioner and the District Officers were British.

(viii)      Each province had a protectorate Court of Appeal which was presided over by the     Resident.                                                                                 Any 6×2= 12 marks

  1. (a) Name three permanent members of the United Nations Security Council.                                                                                                                    (3 marks)

(i) France

(ii) China

iii) Russia

(iv) Britain/United Kingdom

(v) United States of America

Any 3×1=3 marks

 

(b)      Explain six ways in which the United Nations provides humanitarian assistance.

(12 marks)

(i)          It assists refugees / displaced persons with clothes in order to preserve human dignity.

(ii)         It assists in resettling displaced persons by negotiating for their resettlement in safe    areas.

(iii)        It provides relief food in drought stricken areas in order to avert loss of lives.

(iv)      It provides medical supplies to the victims of war/other calamities so as to restore    human health.

(v)         It provides shelter to the deserving cases by building houses/giving materials for   construction.

(vi)         It provides education to vulnerable groups in order to promote literacy.

(vii)       It assists in evacuating people affected by flood to safer grounds to avert suffering.

(viii)      It protects refugees by ensuring their respect/observance of basic human rights.

Any 6×2 =12 marks

  1. (a) Identify three categories of members of the Executive in the United States of America.                                                                                 (3 marks)

(i)           The President.

(ii)         The Vice-President.

(iii)        The Cabinet.

(iv)         The Civil Service.                                                      Any 3×1=3 marks

 

  1. b) Describe six functions of the Federal Government of the United States of America

(i)      It handles foreign policy matters which affects her relationship with other      governments or world.

(ii)     It vindicates/arbitrates disputes involving different states of the union with the view       of         reaching an amicable solution.

 

 

 

(iii)        It conducts/regulates trade/commerce between Federal states/foreign nations.

 

(iv)         It is in charge of the national defense of federal states against external aggression.

(v)          It establishes federal courts which administers justice in the states of the union.

(vi)         It levies/collects taxes in various federal states.

(vii)       It can declare war with foreign government with approval by the congress.

(viii)      It makes/issues currency/regulates its value.

(ix)         It pays foreign debt owed to other nations .

(x)          It enacts legislation which governs the federation.

                                                                                                   Any 6×2=12 marks

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

HISTORY & GOVERNMENT

 

Paper 2 (311/2) 2013

SECTION A (25 MARKS)

 

Answer ALL the questions in this section

 

  1. Give the relationship between “History” and “Government”. (1 mark)

History is the study of man’s past activities while Government is the study of how people are

governed.

1 x 1 =1 mark

  1. Name two types of dwellings used by the early man during the Early Stone Age period.

(2 marks)

(i) Rock shelters;

(ii) Tree trunks;

(iii) On trees;

(iv) Caves/stone caves.

(v) In forest                                                                                Any 2 x 1 =2 marks

 

  1. Give two inventions that led to the Agrarian Revolution in Britain. (2 marks)

(i) The seed drill by Jethro Tull;

(ii) The horse-drawn hoe by Jethro Tull;

(iii) Selective breeding of livestock by Robert Bakewell;

(iv) Introduction of fertilizer by Sir John Lawes;

(v) Mechanical thresher by Andrew Melkel;

(vi) Mechanical reaper by Patrick Bell.                                                Any 2 x 1 =2 marks

  1. For marking purposes, the candidate will get right at the mention of the invention

without the inventor.

 

  1. State one theory of origin about the knowledge of iron working in Africa. (1 mark)

(i) It spread to North Africa from the Middle East/diffusion/one area theory;

(ii) It developed independently in different parts of Africa/independent theory.

1 x 1 = 1 mark

  1. Identify the earliest method of trade used during the Trans-Saharan Trade. (1 mark)

Barter trade.                                                                                            1 x 1 =1 mark

 

  1. State two ways in which Africans participated in the Trans-Atlantic Trade. (2 marks)

(i) They acted as middlemen between Europeans merchants and interior communities;

(ii) They acquired /raided slaves;

(iii) Rulers sold their own subjects/they were sold as slaves;

(iv) They marched slaves to the coast;

(v) They transported trade items to the coast.                                       Any 2 x 1  =2 marks

 

  1. Identify two modern means of print media. (2 marks)

(i) Newspapers;    (vi) Brochures;

(ii) Magazines;    (vii) Braille

(iii) Journals;    (viii) Posters

(iv) Periodicals;    (ix) Pamphlets

(v) Books;

Any 2 x 1  =2 marks

 

  1. State the main factor that led to the growth of ancient town of Kilwa. (1 mark)

–  Its control of Sofala gold trade/ trade in gold.                                   1 x 1  =  1 mark

  1. Give one reason why the Golden Stool was important in the Asante Empire: (1 mark)

(i) It was a symbol/source of unity among the states.

(ii) It was considered sacred.                                                                1 x 1  = 1 mark

 

  1. Apart from an empire, name one other type of government that existed in Africa during the

pre-colonial period.                                                                                              (1 mark)

(i) The Kingdoms/monarchy;

(ii) The Chiefdoms/chieftain;

(iii) The Council of elders.

1 x 1  = 1 mark

 

  1. State two ways in which Chief Lewanika of the Lozi collaborated with the British in the

late 19th Century.                                                                                                (2 marks)

(i) He allowed Christian missionaries to settle/operate in his territory;

(ii) He allowed the British to exploit minerals in his land;

(iii) He accepted the British protection over his territory;

(iv) He allowed a British resident to perform administrative duties in the area.

Any 2 x 1  = 2 marks

 

  1. Name one African Community that took part in the Maji Maji uprising between 1905

and 1907.                                                                                                  (1 mark)

(i) Ngindo;    (vi) Luguru;

(ii) Matumbi;    (vii) Zaramo;

(iii) Pogoro;    (viii) Bena;

(iv) Ngoni;     (ix) Ndendeule.

(v) Mpunga;    (x) Wamera

1 x 1  = 1 mark

 

  1. Outline two roles played by the ex-war soldiers in the growth of African Nationalism

after 1945.                                                                                                             (2 marks)

(i) They applied military skills/tactics acquired to fight colonialism;

(ii) They trained African Nationalists in military fighting skills;

(iii) They joined/formed Nationalist movement;

(iv) They organised/mobilised African Nationalists;

(v) They made/serviced the weapons used by the Nationalists.

Any 2 x 1  = 2 marks

 

  1. Highlight one way in which economic rivalries between the European powers contributed

to the outbreak of the First World War.                                                              (1 mark)

(i) Competition for overseas market caused tension/friction;

(ii) Competition for sources of raw materials/colonies fuelled tension;

(iii) Tariff wars among them created tension / suspicion.

(iv) Competition for surplus capital.                                                   1 x 1  = 1 mark

 

  1. Give the main incident which made Japan to surrender unconditionally to the allied powers

in1945.                                                                                                                 (1 mark)

–  The dropping of the atomic bomb on Hiroshima and Nagasaki in 1945.

1 x 1 = 1 mark

  1. State two factors which promote economic relations between nations. (2 marks)

(i) Loans given to other nations;

(ii) Offering grants/aid to other nations;

(iii) Trading activities between nations;

(iv) Investments in foreign nations;

(v) Debt relief to other nations.                                               Any 2 x 1  = 2 marks

 

  1. State two ways in which non-aligned members safeguard their national security. (2 marks)

(i) By keeping off from conflicts of non-member countries;

(ii) By maintaining their sovereignty/independence;

(iii) By maintaining their economic independence;

(iv) By not identifying with either Communism or Capitalism;

(v) By taking independent decisions/actions in international fora;

(vi) By maintaining their cultural identity.

(vii) By not joining military alliances.    Any 2 x 1  = 2 marks

 

SECTION B (45 MArKS) – Answer three questions

 

18.(a) Give five reasons why hunting of wild animals was mainly a group activity during the

Stone  Age period.                                                                                           (5 marks)

(i) Wild animals are dangerous/could kill people;

(ii) They could surround the animals;

(iii) Spotting/locating the animal was easier;

(iv) Less time was taken to catch the animals;

(v) To give moral encouragement/team spirit;

(vi) They could catch more animals.                                    Any 5 x 1  = 5 marks

 

(b) Describe five ways in which the development of the upright posture improved the early

man’s way of life.                                                                                             (10 marks)

(i) The early man was able to move/walk/run faster with long strides;

(ii) Man could use the hands to carry out farming activities;

(iii) Man could use the hands to grasp items conveniently;

(iv) Man could spot/sight the animals/wild fruits which he used to hunt/gather from far

distances;

(v) Man could see the impending danger from a distance and take appropriate measures;

(vi) Man used hands to make tools/ weapons which were used for different purposes.

(vii) Man used the hands to defend himself/attack the enemies.

(viii) Man used the hands to perform/carry out domestic chores/young ones.

Any 5 x 2 = 10 marks

 

19.(a) What were the uses of coal during the Industrial Revolution in Europe. (5 marks)

(i) To drive steam engines;

(ii) To provide lighting;

(iii) To heat water;

(iv) To drive locomotives;

(v) To manufacture dyes/pharmaceutical products/raw materials in industries;

(vi) To produce coke.                                                                        Any 5 x 1  = 5 marks

 

(b) Explain five effects of scientific inventions on medicine.                               (10 marks)

Positive effects

(i) Through medical researches/experiments terminal diseases which used to kill/disfigure

people have been reduced/eradicated;

(ii) Advancement in medical science has helped to reduce suffering/ to relieve people

from pain;

(iii) It has made surgical operations safer thereby reducing the number of people who die

during and after operations;

(iv) The invention of vaccines has helped to prevent/control the spread of diseases leading

to increased life expectancy;

(v) The technology of developing test tube babies has helped childless couples to have

children;

(vi) The inventions have made it possible for transplants of body parts such as heart, liver

and kidneys, thereby sustaining human life;

(vii) Advanced/sophisticated medical equipment which perform computer assisted surgery

have been developed.

(viii) It has led to job creation for medics/other workers who perform various duties in

health institutions;

(ix) It has led to the discovery /manufacture of drugs for treating/curing different diseases.

 

Negative effects

(x) It has led to loss of lives through abortion.

(xi) It has weakened the immune system due to overdependence of drugs/drug abuse.

(xii) Drugs are sometimes expensive and beyond reach of many people.

(xiii) Careless disposal of used medical products cause harm to human beings.

(xiv) Use of contraceptives has led to sexual immorality in the society.

Any 5 x 2  = 10  marks

20.(a) Outline five European activities in Africa during the 19th century.   (5 marks)

(i) Were involved in trade;

(ii) Were spreading Christianity;

(iii) Were involved in exploration;

(iv) Were establishing settlements;

(v) Were signing imperial treaties/establishing colonial rule;

(vi) Were mining;

(vii) Were involved in farming.

(viii) Were involved in stamping out slave trade.

(ix) Were involved in spreading Western education.

(x) Were involved in establishing health facilities.

Any 5 x 1  = 5 marks

(b) Explain five effects of the Mandinka resistance against the French invasion in the late

19th century.          (10 marks)

(i) Many lives were lost due to the protracted war between the two groups;

(ii) There was destruction of property as the Mandinka applied scorched earth policy

during the war;

(iii) The Mandinka were defeated and hence subjected to French colonial rule/

loss of indepence;

(iv) The traditional institutions of the Mandinka were disrupted/weakened rendering them

ineffective in discharging their duties/functions/loss of leadership;

(v) The Mandinka experienced famine as most of the people were engaged in the war at

the expense of farming activities;

(vi) Many people were displaced by the war, thereby becoming refugees in the

neighbouring states;

(vii) The war created suffering /misery among the people leading to a state of despair;

(viii) Samore Toure was captured and deported to Gabon;

(ix) Disruption of economic activities eg. gold mining and trade;

(x) It laid down ground for African nationalism.

Any 5 x 2 = 10 marks

 

21.(a) Identify five contributions made by Kwame Nkrumah of Ghana in promoting

Pan-Africanism.                                                                                              (5 marks)

(i) He attended Pan-African Conference in Manchester in 1945.

(ii) He organized/hosted Pan-African Conference in Accra in 1958.

(iii) He inspired African leaders to unite;

(iv) He encouraged the formation of nationalist movements;

(v) He co-ordinated plans to decolonize West African states/African states.

(vi) He supported black civil rights movement in the U.S.A;

(vii) He condemned European domination in Africa.

Any 5 x 1 = 5 marks

(b) Describe five factors undermining the activities of the African Union (AU) since its

formation  in 2001.                                                                                             (10 marks)

(i) Political instability/civil wars in many countries makes it difficult to execute some

of its programmes;

(ii) Border disputes between member countries creates disunity in the continent;

(iii) Lack of democracy in some countries has contributed to its inability to end human

rights abuses/violations;

(iv) Interference of African affairs by the developed countries undermines the union’s

effort  to implement its policies;

(v) Due to neo-colonialism, the members are more attached to their former colonial

masters at the expense of the union;

(vi) Ideological differences between some African states creates divisions within the

union thus making it difficult to reach at an agreement;

(vii) Lack of a standing army renders it ineffective in implementing decisions which call

for  military intervention;

(viii) National interests are given priority at the expense of the union’s interests;

(ix) Inadequate funds makes it difficult for the union to fulfil all its obligations;

(x) Divided loyalty;

(xi) Personality differences among African leaders.

Any 5 x 2 = 10 marks

 

SECTION C (30 MArKS) – Any two questions

22.(a) State three similarities between the French and the British structure of administration

In Africa.                                                                                                         (3 marks)

(i) Both had a governor as the chief executive of the colony;

(ii) They had provinces as administrative units;

(iii) Both had districts as administrative units;

(iv) Both had locations as administrative units;

(v) They had sub-locations.

Any 3 x 1 = 3 marks

(b) Explain six problems experienced by the French administration in Senegal.

(12 marks)

(i) Communication/language barrier made it difficult for the administrators to be effective;

(ii) Poor transport network hampered their mobility thereby making it difficult to reach

certain areas.

(iii) Resistance by African traditional leaders created obstacles – fear for loss of their

positions.

(iv) The policy of assimilation required patience/was time consuming since some Africans

were reluctant to forsake their way of life;

(v) They faced hostility from Muslims who were opposed to French values which

embraced Christianity;

(vi) The appointed chiefs were undermined by their fellow Africans as they were viewed

as colonial agents;

(vii) They lacked adequate funds to sustain their operations.

(viii) Resistance by the French traders/businessmen – fear for competition from African

traders;

(ix) Resistance by the French parliamentarians – fear for competition of being

outnumbered in the Chamber of Deputies.

Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

23.(a) State three ways in which the government of the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC)

promoted the education of Africans after independence.                             (3 marks)

(i) Education facilities were expanded/construction of schools;

(ii) More Africans were encouraged to join school;

(iii) The curriculum was revised to conform to the needs of the people/ provided

quality education;

(iv) The government established universities/tertiary institutions.

Any 3 x 1 = (3 marks)

(b) Explain the political challenges faced by the Democratic Republic of Congo (DRC)

during the reign of Mobutu Sese Seko.        (12 marks)

(i) The banning of opposition political parties created a one party state which stifled

democracy in the country;

(ii) The dictatorial regime was introduced by replacing federal system with the central

government under his control;

(iii) Appointments based on loyalty/kinship in administration created disunity in the

country;

(iv) The stripping off parliament of its powers through constitutional amendments led to

the establishment of a totalitarian regime;

(v) The opposition to the government created uncertainty/tension in the country leading to

the arrests/harassment of opposition leaders;

(vi) The riots/demonstrations due to the civilians’ dissatisfaction with the regime caused

political tension/stability in the country;

(vii) Civil wars divided the country along tribal line hence compromising national unity;

(viii) Rebellion against the regime backed by external forces led to the overthrowing of

the government.

Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

24.(a) Identify three circumstances that may make a vice-president assume presidency in India.

(3 marks)

(i) When the sitting president dies;

(ii) If the president becomes incapacitated;

(iii) When the president resigns;

(iv) When the president is removed/impeached.

Any 3 x 1 = 3 marks

(b) Explain six functions of the president of India.                                       (12 marks)

(i) He/she dissolves/calls elections of the lower house of parliament/Lok Sabha/House of

the people;

(ii) The president assents/vetoes bills that have been passed by parliament;

(iii) The president is the commander in-chief of the armed forces;

(iv) The president appoints state governors/attorney general / supreme court judges;

(v) The president declares a state of emergency when national security is threatened;

(vi) The president appoints the prime minister on advice of parliament/He calls the leader

of the winning party to form government;

(vii) He/she is a symbol of national unity.

(viii) He establish special councils to arbitrate on inter state disputes.

(ix) He nominates 12 members to the Council of state/Upper House/Rajja Sabha.

(x) He is the leader of political party that nominates him for elections.

(xi) He pardons offenders.

(xii) He makes regulations for certain union territories.

Any 6 x 2 = 12 marks

 

 

 

 

 

 

HISTORY PAPER 2

MARKING SCHEME 2014

 

  1. List two methods used by elders to pass information to the young generation

on history and Government in the traditional African Communities

  • Through proverbs
  • Through legends
  • Through stories/folk tales/narratives
  • Riddles
  • Myths
  • Dances (any 2×1=2mks)

 

  1. State two disadvantages of using caves as shelters by the early human beings

during the stone age period

  • They could collapse over them
  • Wild creatures could bite them
  • Human enemies could easily attack them
  • Caves were exposed to cold/wind/floods (any 2×1=2mks)

 

  1. State two negative effects of the land enclosure system in Britain during 18th Century
  • It displaced the poor people/landlessness
  • It forced the poor people to migrate to urban centres
  • It increased pauperism in Europe
  • Created immigration to other parts of the world  (any 2×1=2mks)

 

  1. Give the main reason why the cannel was preferred as the means of transport

during the trans-Saharan Trade.

  • It could withstand harsh desert conditions (1×1=1mark)

 

  1. Outline one role that twas played by the middlemen during the Trans-Atlantic Trade
  • They transported goods to and from the interior/porters
  • They obtained goods in the interior
  • They exchanged/traded with European traders at the coast                         (1×1=1mark)

 

  1. Give two benefits of the development of the railway transport in Europe during

the 19th century.

 

  • Goods/people could be transported with ease
  • It enabled trade to expand.
  • It led to the development of urban centres/towns
  • It promoted industrialization
  • It created employment opportunities.
  • It was a source of government revenue
  • It led to the exploitation of natural resources       (any 2×1=2mks)

 

 

  1. State two advantages of using fire and smoke signals to pass message in traditional socities

 

  • Message could only be understood by the communities using them.
  • They conveyed messages faster
  • It was a cheaper method of sending messages
  • Message could reach many people/visibility (any 2×1=2mks)

 

  1. State two ways in which the growth of the city of Cairo was influenced by the River Nile

 

  • It was used for transport
  • It provided water for domestic / industrial use
  • The Nile valley was fertile/Agriculture/irrigation               (any 2×1=2mks)

 

  1. Identify one symbol of unity in shona kingdom during the pre-colonial period

 

  • Mwene Mutapa/king /Emperor
  • The Royal fire                                                                                   (1×1=1mark)

 

  1. State one way in which the acquisition of fire arms enabled the king of Buganda to expand during the pre-colonial period

 

  • They were used to conquer/suppress neighbouring kingdoms/enemies
  • To protect the kingdom                                                                     (1×1=1mark)

 

  1. Name the leader of the Lozi who collaborated with the british in the late 19th Century

 

  • Lewanika                                                                                         (1×1=1mark)

 

  1. Identify two European activities in Africa during the 19th Century
  • Trading /legitimate trade
  • Spreading Christianity
  • Exploring
  • Establishing settlements
  • Establishing colonial rule/colonization
  • Establishing western education
  • Mining
  • Establishing western health facilities                                    (any 2×1=2mks)

13.Outline two similar methods used to recruit African labour in the British and French

Colonies in Africa.

  • Imposition of taxes on Africans;
  • They used chiefs to recruit labour;
  • They introduced forced labour. (any 2×1=2mks)

 

 

14.State one economic problem that was experienced by the British colonialists in

Nigeria.(1mark)

  • They lacked adequate funds;
  • Poor transport/communication undermined their work;
  • They lacked adequate skilled labour. ( any 1×1=1mark)

15.Name the political party that led Ghana to independence from Britain in 1957. (1mark)

  • The convention People’s Party(C.P.P)                                 (any 1×1=1mark)

 

16.Name the country that was blamed for the outbreak of the first world war.

-Germany                                                                                         (any 1×1=1mark)

17.Give the main reason why the United States of America adopted the marshall plan after the

second world war.                                                                                                        (1 mark)

 

-In order to influence many countries adopt capitalists ideology./Economic recovery

In Europe.                                                                                                   ( 1×1=1mark)

 

  1. (a) state three characteristics of microlithic tools used during the late stone age period
  • they were small in size
  • they were more efficient
  • They were crafted/fitted with handles/composit/halted
  • They were used to perform multiple tasks
  • They were sharp                                                             (any 3×1=3mks)

 

(b) Explain six challenges faced by early humans in hunting and gathering activities

  • attacks/injuries by animals discouraged them as it posted threats to their lives
  • scarcity of animals/fruits in some cases denied them regular supply of food
  • Unfavourable weather conditions made it difficult to carry out activities
  • Locating animals/fruits was difficult as it would involve large areas
  • It was time consuming as it involved chasing the animals for long distances.
  • Many people were required for the success of the activities
  • It was tedious as animals ran faster than human beings/wild fruits/roots could be found in far off areas.
  • Poisonous fruits/roots cold begathered leading to loss of life
  • Stiff competition with wild animals among human beings for food

(explained x2=12mks)

 

  1. (a) give three uses of electricity in Europe during the 19th century
  • driving machines in factories
  • providing light
  • heating/cooking
  • Powering locomotives/trains
  • Powering communication gadgets

(any 3×1=3mks)

(b) Explain six factors which promoted industrial revolution in india

  • the existence of mineral resources which were used as raw materials to establish industries
  • the existence of cottage industries /industrial base laid the foundation for industrial development as people had acquired relevant skills
  • the availability of funds/loans provided by foreign government enabled the country to setup industries
  • provision of technical / scientific education emphasized by the government produced skilled labour required in the
  • good transport communication system made transportation of goods / services easier/cheaper thereby encouraging investment.

 

  • The provision of credit facilities /loans to local investors facilitated expansion of industries(internal loans)
  • The development plans adopted by the government emphasized industrialization thereby giving impetus to the sector
  • The availability of various resources of energy required enabled the establishment of more industries
  • Political stability in the country gave people confidence to invest in industries
  • Availability of market for industrial goods provided by large population encouraged more people to venture in industrialization
  • Availability of external market trade
  • Its large population that provided unskilled labour required in the industries.

(explained x2=12mks)

  1. (a) outline three reasons why the policy of assimilation was easily applied in the four communes

of Senegal

  • the people had earlier interacted with the Europeans
  • they had inter- with the Europeans
  • most of the people were Christians
  • people were exposed to the outside world due to the proximity to the coast
  • people were detribalized/of mixed origin

(any 3×1=3mks)

(b) explain six effects of the  British direct rule

  • Africans lost large tracts of land to the white settlers thereby straining relations between the two groups
  • introduction of forced labour as the white settlers required cheap labour in their farms
  • formation of African Nationalist movements to address their grievances against white denominations
  • loss of power by traditional powers as the British appointed their own administrators who ruled the people directly
  • imposition of taxes on Africans inorder to force them to provide labour to the whites so as to raise money
  • Africans were exposed to deplorable working conditions which exposed them to risks
  • Introduction of pass laws which restricted the movement of Africans
  • Africans were confined into reserves thereby creating room for European settlements
  • Exploitation of mineral resources /agricultural resources for the benefit of the colonial government at the expense of African development
  • Loss of independence by Africans as they were subjected to British colonial rile
  • Racial segregation
  • Western edction/Christianity
  • Development oof transport & communication network
  • Undermined African culture

(any 6 explained x2=12mks)

 

  1. (a) state three political causes of instability in the Democratic Republic of Congo between

1960-1965

 

  • Tribalism/ethnic differences created conflicts among communities
  • Domination of public service by Belgians/foreigners
  • Kasal/Katanga secession from the rest of the country
  • The assassination of Patrice Lumumba
  • Army mutiny
  • Rise of dictatorship

(any 3×1=3mks)

 

(b) describe six social developments that have taken place in Tanzania since  independence

  • the establishment of more schools/colleges/universities has enabled many people to access education
  • the introduction of free universal primary education has reduced illiteracy levels among the people
  • education system geared toward promoting socialism ideals has created an egalitarian/selfless society thus promoting equity
  • improvement of health through the expansion/establishment of more health facilities/hospitals dispensaries thereby promoting quality of life
  • social cohesion /unity of diverse elements has been promoted by the socialist ideology(Ujamaa) thereby creating a more stable society
  • Kiswahili has been made the national language and given more emphasis in the education system thereby breaking communication barriers / promoting interaction among the people
  • Theatre and sports has been promoted through the establishment of sporting facilities
  • Promotion of African cultural values leading to preservation of African heritage.
  • Freedom to worship to citizens
  • Role of women in the society is highly appreciated

(any 6 explained x2=12mks)

SECTION C ( 30 MARKS)

  1. (a) identify five main organs of the United Nations

 

  • The General Assembly
  • The Security Council
  • The Secretariat
  • The International Court of Justice
  • The Economic and Social Council
  • The Trusteeship Council

(b) explain five ways through which  United  Nations promotes peace in the  world

  • it sends peace-keeping missions to conflict areas inorder to enforce ceasefire/prevent further confrontation
  • it uses envoys to mediate disputes between warring groups so as to find amicable solutions to problems
  • it hears cases through the international court of justice between states/individuals with a view of administering justice
  • it imposes sanctions against states that defy its resolutions in order to force them to comply
  • it uses peace messengers to sensitive people on its importance of peace /encourage peaceful co-existence
  • it encourages disarmament by signing arms control treaties/agreements with a view of reducing tension/suspicion between states
  • it promotes human rights/freedoms by enforcing international laws which protect people against abuse
  • it promotes humanitarian assistance to the needy by giving them protection/basic needs
  • it promotes democracy and good governance in countries by providing electoral assistance/sending observers to monitor elections in order to ensure fairness/credibility
  • it condemns all forms of terrorism/putting in place method of combating it through international agreements

(any 5 point well explained x2=10mks)

  1. (a) state five functions of the commission of African union
  • It implement the decision of the union
  • It co-ordinates African union activities/meetings
  • It receives application for membership
  • It performs administrative functions of the A.U
  • It makes/initiates proposals to other organs

 

(b) explain five achievements of the Pan-African movements

  • it promoted African nationalism by encouraging Africans to unite against colonial injustices
  • it restored African dignity/confidence  by demanding respect for African values
  • it led to formation of O.A.U.
  • it condemned/mobilized people to protest against European colonization domination of Africans eg muslims in 1935 in Ethiopia
  • it made Africans aware of their status in society thereby encouraging them to struggle for their rights
  • it created a sense of unity among people of African descent by enlightening on their common origin/similar prejudices from the Europeans
  • it appealed/put pressure on international community toact against apartheid regime in south Africa
  • it encouraged the formation of nationalist movements which liberated Africans from colonial rule.

(any 5 point well explained x2=10mks)

 

  1. (a) state five responsibilities of the state governments it the united states of America
  • To maintain law and order
  • To generate revenue
  • To provide education facilities
  • To administer justice
  • To provide health facilities
  • To provide recreational facilities
  • To make/pass laws

(any 5 x2=10mks)

(b) Explain five functions of the cabinet in India

  • it formulates policy matters that are followed by the state/federal governments in the provision of services
  • it recommends all the major appointments made by the president in various sectors of the government
  • it settles departmental disputes inorder to ensure harmonious working relations between them
  • it co-ordinates activities/programs functions of the departments in their respective ministries
  • it advises the president /prime minister on various matters of the state/federal government
  • it defends government policies/decisions both within outside the parliament, thereby popularizing those policies
  • it approves all proposal for the legislative enactment of the government policies
  • it oversees the execution/implementation of government policies so as to ensure service delivery to the people

(any 5 point well explained x2=10mks)

KCSE 2024 Exam Papers, Revision Questions

KCSE 2024 Exam Papers, Revision Questions.

Trending poetry QUESTIONS (3).pdf
TRANSFORMATIONS I(MS)-525.pdf
TOP SCHS’ JOINT PREMOCK S1-1.pdf
THE FATHERS OF NATIONS GUIDE (2).pdf
THE BOOSTER NATIONAL SCHOOLS MOCK 2024.pdf
TAXATION ana.pdf
SOARING HIGH PREMOCK S1-1.pdf
SMATGRADE PREMOCK S1.-1.pdf
SILENT SONGS POSSIBLE KCSE QUESTIONS (2).pdf
SILENT SONGS GUIDE BOOK (3).pdf
SAMARITAN GUIDE SAMPLE (2).pdf
SAMARITAN EXERPTS QUESTIONS.pdf
SAMARITAN ESSAY QUESTIONS (3).pdf
PARLIAMENT OF OWLS DETAILED GUIDE.pdf
PARLIAMENT OF OWIS ESSAYS.pdf
null-1-1.pdf
null-1-1.pdf
nguu za jadi BEST QUIGK GUIDE (3).pdf
NATIONAL SCHOOLS PREMOCK S2-1.pdf
NATIONAL SCH’S PREMOCK S1-1.pdf
MWONGOZO WA BEMBEA YA MAISHA (2).pdf
music TERM 2.pdf
MOVEMENT GRADE 1 TERM 2.pdf
MATHEMATICS GRADE 1 TERM 2 .pdf
MAT KPSEA 2024 TOP PREDICTION TRIALS.pdf
MAT GD 4 TERM 2 11 WEEKS.pdf
MASWALI YA NGUU ZA JADI.pdf
MASWALI YA kisasa ya ushairi (2).pdf
MASENO HIGH SCHOOL 2024 MOCK EXAM.pdf
MARANDA HIGH SCHOOL MOCK 2024.pdf
MAPAMBAZUKO YA MACHWEO POSSIBLE QUESTIONS (3).pdf
MAPAMBAZUKO YA MACHWEO GUIDE (2).pdf
MANGU MID-TERM 1 2024.pdf
UNIQUE POETRY QUESTIONS (1).pdf
MANGU KCSE PRE-MOCK 1 2024 KCSE.pdf
LIT ONE.pdf